Previous PageTable Of ContentsNext Page

DLAD PART 52 – SOLICITATION PROVISIONS AND CONTRACT CLAUSES



PART 52 – SOLICITATION PROVISIONS AND CONTRACT CLAUSES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Revised December 29, 2015 through PROCLTR 2016-02)

SUBPART 52.1 – INSTRUCTIONS FOR USING PROVISIONS AND CLAUSES

52.101 Using Part 52.

SUBPART 52.2 – TEXTS OF PROVISIONS AND CLAUSES

52.200 Scope of subpart.

52.204-9000 Contractor Personnel Security Requirements.

52.204-9001 Electronic Order Transmission.

52.208-9001 Acquisition of Federal Prison Industries, Incorporated (FPI) Items.

52.209-9000 Qualified Products List (QPL) Connector Assemblies and QPL Electrical Contacts.

52.209-9001 Source Approval – Aircraft Launch and Recovery Equipment (ALRE).

52.209-9002 Qualified Testing Suppliers List (QTSL) – Federal Supply Classes (FSCs) 5961

Semiconductors and Hardware Devices and 5962 Electronic Microcircuits.

52.209-9012 Qualified Suppliers List for Manufacturers/ Qualified Supplies List for Distributors.

52.209-9013 Component Qualified Products List/Qualified Manufacturers List (QPL/QML) Items.

52.209-9016 Evaluation of Offers – First Article Testing.

52.209-9017 First article – Contractor Testing – Additional Requirements.

52.209-9018 First article – Government Test – Additional Requirements.

52.209-9019 Requests for Waiver of First Article Testing Requirements.

52.209-9028 Qualified Suppliers List of Distributors (QSLD) – Federal Supply Classes (FSCs)

5961 Semiconductors and Hardware Devices and 5962 Electronic Microcircuits.

52.211-9000 Government Surplus Material.

52.211-9003 Conditions for Evaluation of Offers of Government Surplus Material.

52.211-9005 Conditions for Evaluation and Acceptance of Offers for Critical Safety Items.

52.211-9006 Changes in Contractor Status, Item Acquired, and/or Manufacturing Process/Facility

– Critical Safety Items.

52.211-9007 Withholding of Materiel Review Board (MRB) Authority -- Critical Safety Items.

52.211-9009 Non-acceptability of Government Surplus Material.

52.211-9010 Military Shipping Label (MSL) Requirements – Military Standard (MIL-STD) 129P.

52.211-9012 Obsolete Components/Materials.

52.211-9013 Shipper’s Declaration of Dangerous Goods.

52.211-9014 Contractor Retention of Traceability Documentation.

52.211-9018 Availability of Mylar Drawings.

52.211-9019 Reduced Delivery Schedule Applies when First Article Testing Requirements are

Waived.

52.211-9022 Superseded Part-Numbered Items.

52.211-9023 Substitution of Item After Award.

52.211-9024 Shelf-Life Items Manufacturing Restrictions.

52.211-9031 Marking Requirements for High and Low Pressure Cylinders.

52.211-9032 Shipping and Routing.

52.211-9034 Packaging/Marking Requirements for Diminishing Manufacturing Sources (DMS)

Buys.

52.211-9035 Marking Requirements.

52.211-9036 Physical Identification/Bare Item Marking.

52.211-9037 Time of Delivery – Direct Vendor Delivery (DVD).

52.211-9039 Compliance with Coast Guard Requirements.

52.211-9041 Lengths, Tickets, Packaging, Marking of Cuts or Pieces.

52.211-9042 Additional Documentation Requirements for Source Approval Request – Critical

Application Item and Critical Safety Item.

52.211-9045 Pre-market Notification.

52.211-9047 Manufacturer’s Make or Model Number.

52.211-9048 Data Name Plates.

52.211-9050 Quantity Variance for Aerial Photographic Film.

52.211-9052 Notification to Government of and Contemplated Production Phase-out.

52.211-9053 Expedited Handling Shipments.

52.211-9063 Unit Package Marking Requirement for Component Lead Finish.

52.211-9064 Drawing Limitations (Tank-Automotive and Armaments Command (TACOM) Depot

Level Repairable (DLR) – DLA Land and Maritime).

52.211-9071 Required Source Approval (Logistics Command (LOGCOM) Depot Level

Repairable (DLR) - DLA Land and Maritime).

52.211-9085 Prohibited Packing Materials (DLA Maritime-Norfolk and Puget Sound).

52.211-9087 Level I Material Marking (DLA Maritime-Norfolk).

52.211-9088 Level I Pressure Boundary Markings (DLA Maritime-Norfolk).

52.211-9089 Level I Fastener Identification (DLA Maritime-Norfolk).

52.211-9094 Preparation for Delivery.

52.211-9095 Palletization of Shipments.

52.212-9001 Application of Fast Payment to Part 12 Acquisitions.

52.213-9001 Evaluation Factor for Source Inspection.

52.213-9008 Automated Contract Evaluation System.

52.213-9010 Indefinite Delivery Purchase Order (IDPO) Evaluation.

52.213-9011 Indefinite Delivery Purchase Order (IDPO) Agreement.

52.213-9012 Indefinite Delivery Purchase Order (IDPO) Contract.

52.215-9002 Socioeconomic Proposal.

52.215-9003 Use of Past Performance Information Retrieval System – Statistical Reporting

(PPIRS-SR) Information in Past Performance Evaluation.

52.215-9009 All or None for Automated Procurements.

52.215-9011 Requirements for Quantity Increments or Ranges.

52.215-9023 Reverse Auction.

52.215-9033 Competing Individual Delivery Orders through On-line Reverse Auctioning.

52.215-9035 Sales Pricing Practices – Noncommercial Items.

52.215-9036 Sales Pricing Practices – Commercial Items.

52.215-9037 Price reductions.

52.216-9000 Implementation of FAR 52.216-2 Economic Price Adjustment—Standard Supplies.

52.216-9002 Implementation of FAR 52.216-4 Economic Price Adjustment—Labor and Material.

52.216-9006 Addition/Deletion of Items.

52.216-9008 Offeror’s Quantity Limitations.

52.216-9012 Economic Price Adjustment – For Unitized Group Rations (UGR) – A Components -

Actual Material Costs.

52.216-9013 Evaluation of Offers for Indefinite Delivery Type Solicitations.

52.216-9014 Area Requirements – Tentative Destinations.

52.216-9015 Area Requirements – Contiguous United States (CONUS).

52.216-9019 Area Requirements – East and West of Mississippi.

52.216-9022 Placement of Task/Delivery Orders Against Multiple Indefinite Delivery Contracts.

52.216-9026 Pricing of Delivery Orders with Quantity Increments.

52.216-9027 Evaluation of Quantity Sensitive and Indefinite Delivery Contracts.

52.216-9028 Economic Price Adjustment Labor and Material.

52.216-9029 Economic Price Adjustment Lead, Battery Consignment Program.

52.216-9030 Economic Price Adjustment – Department of Labor Price Index.

52.216-9032 Economic Price Adjustment (EPA) – Established Market Price.

52.216-9032 Economic Price Adjustment (EPA) – Established Market Price Alternate I.

52.216-9032 Economic Price Adjustment (EPA) – Established Market Price – Milk Alternate II.

52 216-9032 Economic Price Adjustment (EPA) – Established Market Price – Milk Alternate III.

52.216-9033 Economic Price Adjustment – Established Prices.

52.216-9034 Economic Price Adjustment – Published Market Price - Silver.

52.216-9035 Economic Price Adjustment – Published Market Price - Lead.

52.216-9036 Evaluation of Offers - Economic Price Adjustment.

52.216-9037 Evaluation of Bids - Economic Price Adjustment.

52.216-9038 Price Redetermination – Prospective (DEVIATION - PERMANENT).

52.216-9039 Economic Price Adjustment – Standard Supplies Deviation.

52.216-9043 Economic Price Adjustment – Federal Supply Schedule Prices.

52.216-9046 Economic Price Adjustment – Other Federal Agency Contracts – E-CAT.

52.216-9054 Economic Price Adjustment – Polymeric Traypack Ration.

52.216-9058 Economic Price Adjustment (EPA) – Established Market Price – Wool Cloth.

52.216-9059 Economic Price Adjustment – Meal Cold Weather/Long Range Patrol (MCW/LRP).

52.216-9060 Economic Price Adjustment – Meal Ready to Eat (MRE) Assembly.

52.216-9061 Economic Price Adjustment (EPA) Table Spreads.

52.216-9062 Economic Price Adjustment (EPA) Unitized Group Ration (UGR).

52.216-9063 Economic Price Adjustment – Tailored Operational Training Meal (TOTM).

52.216-9065 Economic Price Adjustment – Actual Material Costs for Subsistence Product Price

Business Model.

52.216-9066 Economic Price Adjustment – Market Prices – DLA Distribution.

52.216-9067 Economic Price Adjustment - Liquid Propane Gas – DLA Distribution.

52.216-9068 Economic Price Adjustment – Published Market Price – Electricity – Heat Rate.

52.216-9069 Economic Price Adjustment – Published Market Price – Domestic Bulk.

52.216-9070 Economic Price Adjustment – Daily Market Price Indicators (Ships’ Bunkers).

52.216-9075 Economic Price Adjustment – Published Market Price – Ships Bunkers.

52.216-9083 Restitution.

52.216-9084 Economic Price Adjustment – National Contracts – Subsistence.

52.216-9085 Economic Price Adjustment – DLA Multiple Award Schedule Contracts.

52.217-9002 Conditions for Evaluation and Acceptance of Offers for Part Numbered Items.

52.217-9003 Manufacturing or Production Information.

52.217-9006 Surge and Sustainment (S&S) Investments.

52.217-9007 Surge and Sustainment (S&S) Instructions to Offerors.

52.217-9008 Surge and Sustainment (S&S) Evaluation.

52.217-9009 Surge and Sustainment (S&S) Pricing.

52.217-9010 Limitations on Use of Surge and Sustainment (S&S) Government Investment.

52.217-9011 Provisioning.

52.217-9012 Warstopper Program Material Buffer Availability.

52.217-9017 Tailored Logistics Support Purchasing Reviews.

52.217-9018 Supply Assurance Through Multisource Contracting.

52.217-9020 Corporate Contract Fill Rate and Unfilled Orders.

52.217-9023 Restriction of Alternate Offers for Source Controlled Items.

52.219-9004 Small Business Program Representations.

52.219-9008 Combined Historically Underutilized Business Zone (HUBZone)/

Small Business Set-Aside Instructions – Type 1.

52.219-9009 Combined HUBZone/Small Business Set-Aside Instructions – Type 2.

52.219-9013 Combined Set-Aside Instructions – Type 1.

52.219-9014 Combined Set-Aside Instructions – Type 2.

52.223-9003 Marking Dangerous or Hazardous Materials.

52.223-9004 Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA).

52.223-9007 Permission for Mercury (DLA Maritime).

52.225-9003 Customs Clearance Procedures for United States (U.S.) Subsistence in the European

Union.

52.227-9000 Commercial Manuals for Naval Shipboard Use Items.

52.227-9005 Restrictions on Use of Boeing Rights Guard Technical Data.

52.227-9006 Use of Colt Industries Restricted Technical Data.

52.227-9007 Restrictions on Use of OTO Melara-Limited Rights Technical Data.

52.227-9008 Restriction on Use of FN Herstal Technical Data.

52.232-9006 Transporter Proof of Delivery (TPD).

52.232-9008 Constructive Acceptance.

52.233-9000 Agency Protests.

52.233-9001 Disputes: Agreement to Use Alternate Disputes Resolution (ADR).

52.237-9002 Key Personnel – Fixed Price Service Contracts.

52.237-9003 Site Visit Coordinator.

52.242-9005 Report of Shipment of Perishable Medical Items - DLA Troop Support – Medical.

52.245-9023 Firm and Flexible Sizes.

52.245-9024 Special Measurements.

52.246-9000 Certificate of Quality Compliance.

52.246-9002 Product Certification and Test Report(s) (Metals).

52.246-9003 Measuring and Test Equipment.

52.246-9004 Product Verification Testing.

52.246-9006 Place of Performance – Government Inspection, Acceptance and Shipping Point.

52.246-9008 Inspection and Acceptance at Origin.

52.246-9012 Preparation for Delivery and Inspection of Fresh Fruits and Vegetables.

52.246-9013 Contractor and Government Samples at Origin.

52.246-9014 Certificate of Conformance.

52.246-9023 General Inspection Requirements.

52.246-9024 Alternative Inspection Requirements for Selected Items.

52.246-9025 Reinspection of Nonconforming Supplies.

52.246-9030 Shade Evaluation of Contractor Furnished Components.

52.246-9031 Shade Evaluation.

52.246-9039 Removal of Government Identification from Non-Accepted Supplies.

52.246-9043 Higher-level Contract Quality Requirement (Non-manufacturers).

52.246-9044 Sanitary Conditions.

52.246-9045 Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act-Wholesale Meat Act.

52.246-9046 Phytosanitary Certificates for Export Shipments of Produce.

52.246-9051 Repackaging of Hazardous Material.

52.246-9061 Warranty of Industrial Plan Equipment (IPE) – Federal Supply Group (FSG) 34.

52.246-9062 Repackaging to Correct Packaging Deficiencies.

52.246-9063 Warranty of Supplies, Extended (66 Months).

52.246-9065 Protection from Degradation due to Electrostatic/Electromagnetic Forces.

52.246-9066 Documentation of Traceability.

52.246-9085 Production Lot Testing (PLT) – Government.

52.246-9086 Production Lot Testing (PLT) – Contractor.

52.246-9093 Inspection Standards Wood Products.

52.246-9094 Level I Material Certification (DLA Maritime-Norfolk).

52.246-9095 Quality Assurance Provision for Approved Government Surplus Material.

52.247-9001 Port Handling and Ocean Costs in Bid Evaluation.

52.247-9011 Vendor Shipment Module (VSM).

52.247-9012 Requirements for Treatment of Wood Packaging Material (WPM).

52.247-9036 Shipping Instructions (Export).

52.247-9054 Computation of Cube – Wood Products.

52.247-9059 F.o.b. Origin, Government-Arranged Transportation.

52.249-9000 Administrative Costs of Reprocurement after Default.

SUBPART 52.1 – INSTRUCTIONS FOR USING PROVISIONS AND CLAUSES

52.101 Using Part 52.

(b) Numbering.

(2) Provisions or clauses that supplement Federal Acquisition Regulations (FAR) and Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS).

(ii) Only those provisions and clauses in this directive that are codified are preceded by an assigned CFR chapter number.

(B) See 1.301-91(c).

SUBPART 52.2 – TEXTS OF PROVISIONS AND CLAUSES

(Revised October 21, 2015 through PROCLTR 2015-12)

52.200 Scope of subpart.

This subpart sets forth the texts of all Defense Logistics Acquisition Directive (DLAD) provisions and clauses, and for each provision and clause, gives a cross-reference to the location in the DLAD that prescribes its use.

52.204-9000 Contractor Personnel Security Requirements.

As prescribed in 4.1303-90, insert the following clause:

CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL SECURITY REQUIREMENTS (JUL 2015)

(a) Work to be performed under this contract or task order may, in full or in part, be performed at the Defense Logistics Agency (DLA) Headquarters (HQ), DLA field activity office(s), or other Federally-controlled facilities. Prior to beginning work on a contract, DLA requires all Contractor personnel working on the Federally-controlled facility to have, at a minimum, an initiated National Agency Check with Written Inquiries (NACI) or NACI equivalent and favorable completion of a Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) fingerprint check.

(b) Additionally, in accordance with Department of Defense (DoD) Regulation 5200.2-R, Personnel Security Programs, and DLA Issuance 4314, Personnel Security Program, all DoD Contractor personnel who have access to Federally-controlled information systems must be assigned to positions which are designated at one of three information technology (IT) levels, each requiring a certain level of investigation and clearance, as follows:

(1) IT-I for an IT position requiring a single scope background investigation (SSBI) or SSBI equivalent;

(2) IT-II for an IT position requiring a National Agency check with Law and Credit (NACLC) or NACLC equivalent; and

(3) IT-III for an IT position requiring a NACI or equivalent.

Note: IT levels will be designated according to the criteria in DoD 5200.2-R.

(c) Previously completed security investigations may be accepted by the Government in lieu of new investigations if determined by the DLA Intelligence Personnel Security Office to be essentially equivalent in scope to the contract requirements. The length of time elapsed since the previous investigation will also be considered in determining whether a new investigation is warranted. To assist the Government in making this determination, the Contractor must provide the following information to the respective DLA Intelligence Personnel Security Office immediately upon receipt of the contract. This information must be provided for each Contractor employee who will perform work on a Federally-controlled facility and/or will require access to Federally-controlled information systems:

(1) Full name, with middle name, as applicable, with social security number;

(2) Citizenship status with date and place of birth;

(3) Proof of the individual’s favorably adjudicated background investigation or NACI, consisting of identification of the type of investigation performed, date of the favorable adjudication, name of the agency that made the favorable adjudication, and name of the agency that performed the investigation;

(4) Company name, address, phone and fax numbers with email address;

(5) Location of on-site workstation or phone number if off-site (if known by the time of award); and

(6) Delivery order or contract number and expiration date; and name of the Contracting Officer.

(d) The Contracting Officer will ensure that the Contractor is notified as soon as a determination is made by the assigned or cognizant DLA Intelligence Personnel Security Office regarding acceptance of the previous investigation and clearance level.

(1) If a new investigation is deemed necessary, the Contractor and Contracting Officer will be notified by the respective DLA Personnel Security Office after appropriate checks in DoD databases have been made.

(2) If the Contractor employee requires access to classified information and currently does not have the appropriate clearance level and/or an active security clearance, the DLA Intelligence Personnel Security Office will relay this information to the Contractor and Contracting Officer for further action. Investigations for Contractor employees requiring access to classified information must be initiated by the Contractor Facility Security Officer (FSO).

(3) The Contracting Officer will ensure that the respective DLA Intelligence Personnel Security Office initiates investigations for Contractor employees not requiring access to classified information (i.e., IT or unescorted entry).

(4) It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure that adequate information is provided and that each Contractor employee completes the appropriate paperwork, as required either by the Contracting Officer or the DLA Intelligence Personnel Security Office, in order to begin the investigation process for the required clearance level.

(e) The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that each Contractor employee assigned to the position has the appropriate security clearance level.

(f) The Contractor shall submit each request for IT access and investigation through the Contracting Officer to the assigned or cognizant DLA Intelligence Personnel Security Office. Requests shall include the following information and/or documentation:

(1) Standard Form (SF) 85, Questionnaire for Non-Sensitive Positions, or the SF 86, Questionnaire for National Security Positions (see note below);

(2) Proof of citizenship (i.e., an original or a certified copy of a birth certificate, passport, or naturalization certificate); and

(3) Form FD-258, Fingerprint Card (however, fingerprinting can be performed by the cognizant DLA Intelligence Personnel Security Office).

(Note to (f)(1) above: An investigation request is facilitated through use of the SF 85 or the SF 86. These forms with instructions as well as the Optional Form (OF) 306, Declaration for Federal Employment, which is required with submission of the SF85 or SF 86, are available at the Office of Personnel Management’s (OPM) system called Electronic –Questionnaires for Investigations Processing (e-QIP). Hard copies of the SF85 and SF86 are available at OPM’s web-site, www.opm.gov, but hard copies of the forms are not accepted.)

(g) Required documentation, listed above in paragraphs (f) (1) through (3), must be provided by the Contractor as directed by the Contracting Officer to the cognizant DLA Intelligence Personnel Security Office at the time of fingerprinting or prior to the DLA Intelligence Personnel Security Office releasing the investigation to OPM.

(h) Upon completion of the NACI, NACLC, SSBI, or other sufficient, appropriate investigation, the results of the investigation will be forwarded by OPM to the appropriate adjudication facility for eligibility determination or the DLA Intelligence Personnel Security Office for review and determination regarding the applicant’s suitability to occupy an unescorted entry position in performance of the DLA contract. Contractor personnel shall not commence work on this effort until the investigation has been favorably adjudicated or the Contractor employee has been waived into the position pending completion of adjudication. The DLA Intelligence Personnel Security Office will ensure that results of investigations will be sent by OPM t to the Department of Defense, Consolidated Adjudications Facility (DoD CAF) or DLA Intelligence Personnel Security Office.

(i) A waiver for IT level positions to allow assignment of an individual Contractor employee to commence work prior to completion of the investigation may be granted in emergency situations when it is determined that a delay would be harmful to national security. A request for waiver will be considered only after the Government is in receipt of the individual Contractor employee’s completed forms, the background investigation has been initiated and favorable FBI fingerprint check has been conducted. The request for a waiver must be approved by the Commander/Director or Deputy Commander/Director of the site. The cognizant DLA Intelligence Personnel Security Office reserves the right to determine whether a waiver request will be forwarded for processing. The individual Contractor employee for which the waiver is being requested may not be assigned to a position, that is, physically work at the Federally-controlled facility and/or be granted access to Federally-controlled information systems, until the waiver has been approved.

(j) The requirements of this clause apply to the prime Contractor and any subcontractors the prime Contractor may employ during the course of this contract, as well as any temporary employees that may be hired by the Contractor. The Government retains the right to request removal of Contractor personnel, regardless of prior clearance or adjudication status whose actions, while assigned to this contract, who are determined by the Contracting Officer to conflict with the interests of the Government. If such removal occurs, the Contractor shall assign qualified personnel, with the required investigation, to any vacancy.

(k) All Contractor personnel who are granted access to Government and/or Federally-controlled information systems shall observe all local automated information system (AIS) security policies and procedures. Violations of local AIS security policy, such as password sharing, performing personal work, file access violations, or browsing files outside the scope of the contract, will result in removal of the Contractor employee from Government property and referral to the Contractor for appropriate disciplinary action. Actions taken by the Contractor in response to a violation will be evaluated and will be reflected in the Contractor’s performance assessment for use in making future source selection decisions. In addition, based on the nature and extent of any violations of AIS security policy, the Government will consider whether it needs to pursue any other actions under the contract such as a possible termination.

(l) The Contractor may also be required to obtain a Common Access Card (CAC) or Installation Access Badge for each Contractor employee in accordance with procedures established by DLA. When a CAC is required, the Contracting Officer will ensure that the Contractor follows the requirements of Homeland Security Presidential Directive 12 and any other CAC-related requirements in the contract. The Contractor shall provide, on a monthly basis, a listing of all personnel working under the contract that have CACs.

(m) Contractor personnel must additionally receive operations security (OPSEC) and information security (INFOSEC) awareness training. The DLA annual OPSEC refresher training and DLA annual INFOSEC training will satisfy these requirements and are available through the DLA Intelligence Office.

(n) When a Contractor employee who has been granted a clearance is removed from the contract, the Contractor shall provide an appropriately trained substitute who has met or will meet the investigative requirements of this clause. The substitute may not begin work on the contract without written documentation, signed by the Contracting Officer, stating that the new Contractor employee has met one of the criteria set forth in paragraphs (c), (d), or (i) of this clause, (i.e., acceptance of a previously completed security investigation, satisfactory completion of a new investigation, or a waiver allowing work to begin pending completion of an investigation). Contractor individual employees removed from this contract as a result of a violation of local AIS security policy are removed for the duration of the contract.

(o) The following shall be completed for every employee of the Government Contractor working on this contract upon contract expiration. Additionally, the Contractor shall notify the contracting officer immediately in writing whenever a Contractor employee working on this contract resigns, is reassigned, is terminated or no longer requires admittance to the Federally-controlled facility or access to Federally-controlled information systems. When the Contractor employee departs, the Contractor will relay departure information to the cognizant DLA Intelligence Personnel Security Office and the Trusted Agent (TA) that entered the individual into the Trusted Associated Sponsorship System (TASS), so appropriate databases can be updated. The Contractor will ensure each departed employee has completed the DLA J6 Out-Processing Checklist, when applicable, for the necessary security briefing, has returned any Government-furnished equipment, returned the DoD CAC and DLA (or equivalent Installation) badge, returned any DoD or DLA vehicle decal, and requested deletion of local area network account with a prepared Department of Defense (DD) Form 2875. The Contractor will be responsible for any costs involved for failure to complete the out-processing, including recovery of Government property and investigation involved.

(p) These Contractor security requirements do not excuse the Contractor from meeting the delivery schedule/performance requirements set forth in the contract, or waive the delivery schedule/performance requirements in any way. The Contractor shall meet the required delivery schedule/performance requirements unless the contracting officer grants a waiver or extension.

(q) The Contractor shall not bill for personnel, who are not working on the contract while that Contractor employee’s clearance investigation is pending.

(End of Clause)

52.204-9001 Electronic Order Transmission.

As prescribed in 4.502-90, insert the following provision:

ELECTRONIC ORDER TRANSMISSION (NOV 2011)

(a) Supplies procured through the Defense Logistics Agency (DLA) may be ordered via electronic ordering. Offerors must check one of the following alternatives for paperless order transmission:

( ) Electronic data interchange (EDI) transmissions in accordance with American National Standards Institute (ANSI) X12 Standards through a DLA transaction services approved value added network (VAN).

( ) Electronic mail (email) award notifications containing web links to electronic copies of the Department of Defense (DD) Form 1155, Order for Supplies or Services.

(b) Offerors choosing email notification for order transmission shall register their email address on the DLA internet bid board system (DIBBS) home page at https://www.dibbs.bsm.dla.mil/ as part of the vendor registration.

(c) Offerors choosing EDI for order transmission will receive transaction sets at time of award. The Contractor shall acknowledge receipt of each order by transmitting a functional acknowledgement or order receipt message within 24 hours, except for weekends and holidays where acknowledgement shall be the next working day. Failure to establish system(s) connectivity for successfully receiving and processing EDI orders within 30 days after date of award may be grounds for termination of the contract by the Government.

(d) Issuance of an EDI transmission or email notification constitutes a binding order. Successful offerors are authorized and expected to commence performance upon receipt.

(e) Note: Information regarding EDI, ANSI X12 transactions and DLA transaction services approved VANs can be obtained from the DAAS web site by going to https://www.transactionservices.dla.mil/daashome/edi-vanlist-dla.asp.

(f) Questions concerning electronic ordering should be directed to the appropriate supply center contact below:

DLA Land and Maritime

Post Office (P. O.) Box 3990

Columbus, Ohio 43218-3990

DLA Troop Support

Attention: J6P

Information Operations

700 Robbins Avenue

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19111-5092

Phone: 215-737-2130

or -

DLA Aviation

Procurement Process Support Directorate

Systems and Procedures Division

Attention: BPSC

8000 Jefferson Davis Highway

Richmond, Virginia 23297-5516

(End of Clause)

52.208-9001 Acquisition of Federal Prison Industries, Incorporated (FPI) items.

As prescribed in 8.604(c)(90)(i), insert the following provision:

ACQUISITION OF FEDERAL PRISON INDUSTRIES INCORPORATED (FPI) ITEMS (NOV 2011)

(a) For items listed on the FPI schedule of products made in federal penal and correctional institutions, issuance of this solicitation will constitute market research. Price, quality, and delivery will be evaluated both as part of the Contracting Officer’s award decision and as the comparability determination required by Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.602.

(b) The award evaluation and comparability determination will be conducted using the award criteria contained in this solicitation. FPI will receive an order to fulfill this requirement if its offer is comparable to those from private-sector sources. By signing an award resulting from this solicitation, the Contracting Officer signifies that a comparability determination has been made.

(End of Provision)

52.209-9000 Qualified Products List (QPL) Connector Assemblies and QPL Electrical Contacts.

As prescribed in 9.203-90(a)(2), insert the following clause:

QUALIFIED PRODUCTS LIST (QPL) CONNECTOR ASSEMBLIES AND QPL ELECTRICAL CONTACTS (NOV 2011)

(a) The offeror is not restricted to utilizing connector bodies and electrical contacts and/or backshells produced by the same manufacturer in the production of the connector assembly, but may utilize connector bodies from one manufacturer and electrical contacts and/or backshells from a second manufacturer in the production of a technically acceptable assembly; provided, the connector shell manufacturer and the electrical contact manufacturer are both currently qualified to their respective QPLs.

(b) In the event that an offeror elects to utilize connector shells and electrical contacts manufactured by different qualified sources, the offeror agrees to provide:

(1) Name of shell manufacturer(s):

(2) Manufacturer(s)’ part number (P/N):

(3) Name of contact manufacturer(s):

(4) Manufacturer(s)’ P/N:

(5) To the Contracting Officer, prior to delivery, suitable documentation and/or a representation signed by an authorized Contractor representative responsible for quality assurance, demonstrating that the connector shells and electrical contacts in question were manufactured by/obtained from a current QPL source(s).

(End of Clause)

52.209-9001 Source Approval – Aircraft Launch and Recovery Equipment (ALRE).

As prescribed in 9.207-90(a), insert the following provision:

SOURCE APPROVAL – AIRCRAFT LAUNCH AND RECOVERY EQUIPMENT (ALRE)

(NOV 2011)

(a) To be eligible for award under this solicitation, an offeror must be an approved source or provide the product of an approved source as determined by the Engineering Support Activity, Naval Air Warfare Center (NAWC) Aircraft Division Lakehurst. The criteria and procedures for source approval is contained in Part I of the Naval Inventory Control Point (NAVICP) Philadelphia brochure entitled "Source Approval Information Brochure for Spares". The latest version of this brochure may be obtained by accessing NAVICP's website:

https://www.navsup.navy.mil, Our Team, NAVICP, Business Opportunities, Commodities, Source Approval Request (SAR) Brochure - Spares

(b) To assist in the determination of source approval, the offeror may be required to submit to a survey prior to award in which NAWC Lakehurst may participate.

(c) In addition, the offeror must provide the following information, which may be considered in determining whether the offeror is an approved source:

(1) A source approval letter from NAVICP's Engineering and Product Support Directorate;

(2) Successful completion of a prior United States (U.S.) Government contract for the same item(s) being procured under this procurement, or;

(3) Other evidence indicating that the offeror meets the source approval criteria.

(End of Provision)

52.209-9002 Qualified Testing Suppliers List (QTSL) – Federal Supply Classes (FSCs) 5961 Semiconductors and Hardware Devices and 5962 Electronic Microcircuits.

As prescribed at 9.203-90(a)(2), insert the following clause:

QUALIFIED TESTING SUPPLIERS LIST (QTSL) – FEDERAL SUPPLY CLASSES (FSCS) 5961 SEMICONDUCTORS AND HARDWARE DEVICES AND 5962 ELECTRONIC MICROCIRCUITS (FEB 2014)

(a) Only offerors who are listed, or qualified for listing (as determined by the contracting officer), on the DLA Land and Maritime Qualified Testing Suppliers List (QTSL) - FSCs 5961 Semiconductors and Hardware Devices and 5962 Electronic Microcircuits, at the time of award, shall be eligible for award based upon QTSL compliance.

(b) Offers from the following sources shall take precedence over offers submitted based upon QTSL compliance:

(1) Offers from approved sources listed in the item description (such as original component manufacturers (OCMs) and original equipment manufacturers (OEMs); or

(2) Offers from sources listed, or are qualified for listing (as determined by the contracting officer), on the applicable qualified products list (QPL) or qualified manufacturers list (QML), if any; or

(3) Offers from authorized distributors of approved or QPL or QML qualified sources (as determined by the contracting officer) (see (1) and (2) above) with adequate traceability (as determined by the contracting officer) to the approved or qualified source; or

(4) Offers from distributors listed, or are qualified for listing (as determined by the contracting officer), on the DLA Land and Maritime Qualified Suppliers List of Distributors (QSLD) for FSCs 5961 and 5962 at the time of award.

(c) QTSL contractors shall offer and supply the product of an approved and qualified source as identified in the item description.

(d) The Government may terminate the contractor's QTSL status at any time for failure of the contractor to maintain compliance with the DLA Land and Maritime document entitled, “Criteria and Provisions for Qualified Testing Suppliers List.” (See paragraph (g) below of this clause to obtain the document.) Maintaining QTSL status is a contractual requirement; therefore, the Contracting Officer may terminate the contract for default for the contractor’s failure to maintain such status.

(e) Upon request, the Contractor shall supply to the contracting officer the results of the mandatory testing, as referenced in the document “Criteria and Provisions for Qualified Testing Suppliers List” and listed in Joint Electron Device Engineering Council (JEDEC) Standard JESD 31. If requested before award, successful results of mandatory testing are a requirement to be eligible for award.

(f) The Government reserves the right to perform additional testing at its discretion. If the solicitation requires inspection and acceptance at destination, the Government reserves the right to award with inspection and acceptance at origin, in which case DLAD clause 52.246-9004, Product Verification Testing, will be incorporated into the contract as awarded.

(g) The provisions governing qualification for the QTSL, and the applicable qualification criteria, may be obtained—

(1) From the QTSL general information web page, found at http://www.landandmaritime.dla.mil/offices/sourcing_and_qualification/offices.aspx?Section=QTS;

(2) By sending an email to: landandmaritime.qtsl@dla.mil; or

(3)(i) By writing to the following address when using the United States Postal Service (USPS):

Defense Logistics Agency (DLA) Land and Maritime

Attention: VQE Chief

Post Office (P.O.) Box 3990

Columbus, Ohio 43218-3990

or

(ii) By writing to the following address when using private carriers, to include United Parcel Service (UPS) or Federal Express (FEDEX):

DLA Land and Maritime

Attention: VQE Chief

3990 East Broad Street

Columbus, Ohio 43213

(End of Clause)

52.209-9012 Qualified Suppliers List for Manufacturers(QSLM)/Qualified Suppliers List for Distributors (QSLD).

As prescribed in 9.203-90(a)(3), insert the following clause:

QUALIFIED SUPPLIERS LIST FOR MANUFACTURERS (QSLM)/QUALIFIED SUPPLIERS LIST FOR DISTRIBUTORS (QSLD) (NOV 2011)

The following is applicable only when qualified suppliers list (QSL)/QSM is specified in the purchase order text (POT).

(a) Only manufacturers on the Qualified Suppliers List for Manufacturers (QSLM) and distributors on the Qualified Suppliers List for Distributors (QSLD) which appear on the DLA Troop Support Qualified Suppliers List (QSL) for the item(s) listed on the POT are eligible for award.

(b) The provisions governing qualification, and the applicable qualification criteria, may be obtained by either going to the DLA Troop Support QSLM/QSLD general information website or by writing to:

Commander

DLA Troop Support

Building 3B

700 Robbins Avenue

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19111

(c) The requirement of this clause for status as a QSLM/QSLD concern at the time of award is in addition to, and does not abrogate, any requirement for an Offeror to provide a qualified products list (QPL) item when such requirement is specified. In addition, a concern with QSLD status must furnish the product of a concern with QSLM status whether the item is governed by a QPL or not.

(d) The Contracting Officer may recommend termination of the Contractor's QSLM/QSLD status at any time for failure by the Contractor to maintain qualification. Further, Government officials who have responsibility for establishing and maintaining the QSL may terminate the qualified status of a QSLM and/or QSLD concern if they determine that the concern has failed to maintain the qualifications required for such status. Maintenance of QSL status is a contractual requirement. Therefore, the Contracting Officer may terminate the contract for default for failure to maintain such status.

(End of Clause)

52.209-9013 Component Qualified Products List(QPL)/Qualified Manufacturers List (QML) Items.

As prescribed in 9.203-90(a)(4), insert the following clause:

COMPONENT QUALIFIED PRODUCTS LIST (QPL)/ QUALIFIED MANUFACTURERS LIST (QML) (NOV 2011)

If indicated elsewhere within the body of this solicitation/award that the item(s) being procured contain “one or more components which must meet QPL/QML specifications”, the Contractor represents by submission of its quote/offer that it will supply such component item(s) only from sources currently qualified on the applicable QPL(s)/QML(s).

(End of Clause)

52.209-9016 Evaluation of Offers – First Article Testing.

As prescribed in 9.306(f)(2), insert the following provision:

EVALUATION OF OFFERS – FIRST ARTICLE TESTING (MAR 2009)

The cost to the Government for first article testing shall be a factor in evaluating offers. The Government’s testing cost will be added to the offered price of the applicable item. Unless cited elsewhere in this solicitation, the testing cost is shown below:

Item

Government testing cost

 

$

 

$

(End of Provision)

52.209-9017 First article – Contractor Testing – Additional Requirements.

As prescribed in 9.308-1(90)(ii)(A), insert the following clause:

FIRST ARTICLE – CONTRACTOR TESTING – ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS (AUG 2014)

(a) For the lots/items identified in this contract as requiring “Contractor First Article Test (FAT) (including test report)” in accordance with the clause at Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 52.209-3, the Contractor shall –

(1) Conform with technical requirements stated and/or referenced in the solicitation; including number of units to be tested, data required, performance or other characteristics that the first articles shall meet, sequence of processes, tests to which the first articles shall be subjected, and conformance criteria for each requirement specified; and

(2) Provide all facilities, equipment and personnel required to perform the examination and evaluation of the first article when first article testing will be conducted at the Contractor's plant. The Government reserves the right to charge the Contractor for any additional costs of examination and evaluation caused by failure of the Contractor to make available the first article or the required facilities, equipment or personnel, at the time the Contractor advised the testing would take place (see paragraph (a) of the clause at FAR 52.209-3).

(3) Prepare and disseminate the FAT report as follows:

(i) Prepare the test report in accordance with data item description DI-NDTI-80809B, entitled, “Test/Inspection Report;”

(ii) Mark the test report, “First article test report – Contract number: [Contractor insert Contract number] and lot/item number: [Contractor insert lot/item number];”

(iii) Present the test report to the inspecting activity quality assurance representative (QAR) for review. The QAR will –

(A) Prepare recommendations;

(B) Countersign the first article report;

(C) Forward two copies to the Contracting Officer at the buying activity; and

(D) Provide notification by e-mail, including award number, National Stock Number (NSN), and additive contract Line-item (CLIN) number, and provide copy of award, if not available in Electronic Document Access (EDA), to the Contracting Officer and to:

(1) For awards issued by DLA Land and Maritime

See FAR Clause 52.209-3

(2) For awards issued by DLA Troop Support:

(i) DLA Troop Support

Attention: First Article Testing Monitor

Building 3

700 Robbins Avenue

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19111; or

(ii) For acquisitions of Clothing and Textile (C&T) items, Medical and Subsistence items, and Meal, Ready-To-Eat (MRE) and Tray Pack Items, the Contracting Officer, who acts as FAT/Testing Monitor;

(3) For awards issued by DLA Aviation:

DLA Aviation

ATTN: VGA, Product Assurance Office

8000 Jefferson Davis Highway

Richmond, Virginia 23297-5516

(4) For awards issued by Naval Surface Warfare Center, Carderock Division:

Commanding Officer

Naval Surface Warfare Center

Code 954, Building 77L,

Philadelphia Business Center, Carderock Division

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19112-5083

Telephone: (215) 897-1146

(5) For awards issued by Naval Sea Systems Command, Washington Navy Yard:

Commander

Naval Sea Systems Command, Sea 05M3

1333 ISAAC Hull Avenue, SE Stop 5160

Washington Navy Yard, District of Columbia (DC) 20376-5160

Telephone: (202) 781-3729

(iv) Submit the First Article Test Report to the Government activity specified in the contract within the number of calendar days from date of contract (or date of first delivery order, for indefinite delivery contracts) specified in the contract; accompanied by –

(A) Department of Defense (DD) Form 250, Material Inspection and Receiving Report, signed by the QAR and indicating Contract Quality Assurance was accomplished prior to signing the DD Form 250; and

(B) Contractor’s certification that the same processes and facilities used to manufacture the first article units will be used to manufacture the production units; and

(4) Pay all costs incurred for transportation of first article samples and test reports under this contract; and, if applicable, any costs of manufacturing and re-testing additional first articles, and administrative costs to the Government for re-procurement.

(b) The Contractor shall enter an offered price in the CLIN for “Contractor First Article Test (FAT) (including test report)” that includes all costs associated with the production and testing of the first articles and the preparation of the First Article Test Report. Offers that do not cite a separate price for the “Contractor First Article Test (FAT) (including test report)” CLIN, or do not specify there is a separate charge for the “Contractor First Article Test (FAT) (including test report)” shall be evaluated under the presumption that there is no separate charge for the production and testing of the first articles and the preparation of the First Article Test Report.

(End of Clause)

ALT II (NOV 2011) As prescribed in 9.308-1(90)(3)(ii)(A)(2), insert the following paragraphs (a)(2)(i)-(iii) in lieu of paragraph (a)(2) in the basic clause. The Contracting Officer shall complete the fill-ins in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) with information in the Material Master, Product Assurance tab.

(a)(2)(i) Provide written notice to the Contracting Officer and the inspecting activity quality assurance representative (QAR) of the date, time, and location when the first articles will be manufactured and tested.

The Contractor shall provide this notice in accordance with the time frame specified in the contract (see paragraph (a) of the clause at Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 52.209-3). The QAR shall witness the production and testing of the first articles.

The Government reserves the right to charge the Contractor for any additional costs of examination and evaluation caused by failure of the Contractor to make available the first article units, or required facilities, equipment or personnel, at the time the Contractor specified in its notice to the Government. The same criteria for the acceptance of a Certificate of Compliance for the components of the entire contract quantity shall apply to the acceptance of the first article components, unless specifically stated otherwise. Materials used in fabrication of first articles shall be in strict conformity with the applicable specification of the contract, unless the Contracting Officer authorizes otherwise.

In the event of a conflict between the applicable specification and the first article, the specification shall prevail.

Prior to the approval of the first article, the Contractor shall not initiate any cutting or otherwise use any Government-furnished property beyond that required for the first article quantities.

(a)(2)(ii) The first article will be approved [the Contracting Officer shall indicate appropriate provision below]:

[____] After inspection indicates that it meets the contractual requirements. The inspection shall be conducted on a sample drawn in accordance with contractual requirements.

[____] If the examination indicates one of the following, whichever is applicable:

(1) No dimensional defect is found nor are more than 10% of the units examined found to contain major or minor "A" defects; or

(2) No dimensional defect is found nor are more than 10% of units examined found to contain 3 or 2 point defects; or

(3) When the classification of defects contains only major or minor defects or only one class of defects, and no dimensional defect is found nor more than 10% of the units examined found to contain a defect.

[____] Other:

(a)(2)(iii) In the event the Government determines that, as a basis for granting conditional first article approval, a corrective action plan is needed to confirm that first article deficiencies are readily correctable in production, the Contracting Officer will notify the Contractor, in writing, of the requirement to submit such plan to the Contracting Officer within ten (10) working days after receipt of the Government notification. The corrective action plan must clearly detail how the Contractor intends to correct cited deficiencies.

Should there be insufficient time to obtain a corrective action plan and comply with the timeframe allotted for notification of the Contractor of first article acceptability by the Government, the Contracting Officer shall request from the Contractor an extension to the time period for first article approval. In the event the Contractor (1) does not submit the corrective action plan within the ten (10) working day timeframe, (2) refuses to extend the stated time period for first article approval, or (3) submits an otherwise unacceptable plan, and the deficiencies are such that the Government cannot determine them to be readily correctable without further proof from the Contractor, then the Government shall take action to disapprove the first article.

ALT III (SEP 2008) As prescribed in 9.308-1(90)(ii)(A)(3), add the following paragraph (a)(3)(v) to the basic clause:

(a)(3)(v) Comply with the following terms for disposition of first articles [Contracting Officer shall complete appropriate fill-in]:

[____] The Contractor shall hold at least one approved first article unit at the production facility until all production quantities have been produced and accepted. (In the case of indefinite delivery contracts, the Contractor shall hold the first article unit until final production run has been approved and accepted on the first delivery order.) This first article unit shall be considered a production guide or manufacturing standard if defects are reported on delivered material or problems are encountered production.

[____] The Contractor shall retain all first article units as production standards. The Contractor shall not submit the first article units for acceptance as part of the order quantity.

[____] Other: __________________________________________________________

ALT IV (SEP 2008) As prescribed in 9.308-1(90)(ii)(A)(4), insert the following paragraph (a)(1) in lieu of paragraph (a)(1) in the basic clause:

(a)(1) Conform with technical requirements stated and/or referenced in the solicitation; including number of units to be tested, data required, performance or other characteristics that the first articles shall meet, sequence of processes, tests to which the first articles shall be subjected, and conformance criteria for each requirement specified. Until notification of first article test is received, the aggregate amount of progress payments applicable to manufacturers of the first article test sample shall be limited to [Contracting Officer shall complete appropriate fill-in]:

[____] $__________

[____] ____% of the total contract price.

ALT V (NOV 2011) As prescribed in 9.308-1(91)(ii)(A)(5), insert the following paragraph (a)(2) in lieu of paragraph (a)(2) in the basic clause.

(a)(2) Provide advance written notice at least fourteen (14) calendar days (or as otherwise specified in the contract) to the Contracting Officer and the Inspecting Activity Quality Assurance Representative (QAR) of the date, time, and location when the first articles will be manufactured and tested; so that the QAR may witness the tests. The Government reserves the right to charge the Contractor for any additional costs of examination and evaluation caused by failure of the Contractor to make available the first article units, or required facilities, equipment or personnel, at the time the Contractor specified in its notice to the Government (see paragraph (a) of the clause at Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 52.209-3).

52.209-9018 First Article - Government Test – Additional Requirements.

As prescribed in 9.308-2(91)(ii)(A), insert the following clause:

FIRST ARTICLE – GOVERNMENT TEST – ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS (AUG 2014)

(a) For the lots/items identified in this contract as requiring Government first article test (FAT) in accordance with the clause at Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 52.209-4, the Contractor shall—

(1) Conform with technical requirements stated and/or referenced in the solicitation; including number of units to be produced, data required, performance or other characteristics that the first articles shall meet, sequence of processes, tests to which the first articles shall be subjected, and conformance criteria for each requirement specified.

(2) Provide all facilities, equipment and personnel required to perform the examination and evaluation of the first article units when first article testing will be conducted at the Contractor's plant. The Government reserves the right to charge the Contractor for any additional costs of examination and evaluation caused by failure of the Contractor to make available the first article units or the required facilities, equipment or personnel, at the times specified in the above mentioned notice to the Contracting Officer.

(3)(i) At least fourteen (14) calendar days, or as otherwise specified in the contract, prior to the date when the Contractor will present the first articles to the quality assurance representative (QAR) for inspection to determine compliance with specification requirements, provide written notice to:

(A) The Contracting Officer;

(B) The QAR; and

(C) The following:

(1) For awards issued by DLA Land and Maritime:

DLA Land and Maritime - VP

Test Coordinator Office

Post Office (P. O.) Box 3990

Columbus, Ohio 43218-3990;

(2) For awards issued by DLA Troop Support:

(i) DLA Troop Support

Attention: First Article Testing Monitor

Building 3

700 Robbins Avenue

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19111; or

(ii) For acquisitions of Clothing and Textile (C&T) items; Medical and Subsistence items; and Meal, Ready-To-Eat (MRE) and Tray Pack Items, the Contracting Officer, who acts as FAT/Testing Monitor;

(3) For awards issued by DLA Aviation:

DLA Aviation

ATTN: VGA, Product Assurance Office

8000 Jefferson Davis Highway

Richmond, Virginia 23297-5516

(4) For awards issued by Naval Surface Warfare Center, Carderock Division:

Commanding Officer

Naval Surface Warfare Center

Code 954, Building 77L

Philadelphia Business Center, Carderock Division

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19112-5083

Telephone: (215) 897-1146

(5) For awards issued by Naval Sea Systems Command, Washington Navy Yard:

Commander

Naval Sea Systems Command

Sea 05M3, 1333 ISAAC Hull Avenue, SE Stop 5160

Washington Navy Yard, District of Columbia (DC) 20376-5160

Telephone: (202) 781-3729

(ii) When first article units are presented to the QAR, provide the Contractor’s certification that the same processes and facilities used to manufacture the first article units shall be used to manufacture the production units.

(iii) Prior to shipping the first article units to the Government testing facility specified in paragraph (a) of the clause FAR 52.209-4 (or resubmitting any first article units after conditional approval or disapproval by the Government testing facility), obtain a statement from the QAR that the first article units have been inspected and determined to comply with the specification requirements.

(4) Prepare shipping containers for first article units in accordance with the following:

(i) Exterior marking and shipping documentation.

(A) Mark packages containing first article units in bold letters, below and to the left of the address, as follows: “First Article Exhibits: Contract Number [Contractor insert] and Lot/Item Number [Contractor insert];” and

(B) Use a hard copy of the Department of Defense (DD) Form 250 as a packing list on the exterior of the shipping container, in accordance with military standard (MIL-STD) 129, paragraph 5.3, Exterior Container Documentation.

(ii) Interior documentation requirements. Include the following with all shipments of first article units:

(A) Hard copies of the Statement of Inspection and DD Form 250, signed by the QAR;

(B) Copy of the contract, or those portions of the contract that pertain to the Government First Article Test (FAT) requirements;

(C) Copies of test reports, showing actual results;

(D) Material certifications;

(E) Process operations sheets;

(F) Copies of drawings used to manufacture the first article units. (Contractor may mark documents, as appropriate, to restrict from public disclosure and/or from Government use other than for evaluation);

(G) Contractor’s certification that the same processes and facilities used to manufacture the first article units shall be used to manufacture the production units;

(H) Documents required under a contract deliverables requirements list, if applicable; and

(I) Any other documentation required by the contract;

(5)(i) Send all first article units by traceable means (e.g., certified or registered mail, United Parcel Service, Federal Express, etc.).

(ii) At the time first article units are shipped, provide copies of the signed DD Form 250, the QAR Statement of Inspection, and transportation tracking information to the—

(A) Contracting Officer; and

(B) Points of contact identified at paragraph (a)(3)(i)(C) of this clause.

(6) Submit first articles to the Government testing facility identified in paragraph (a) of the clause at FAR 52.209-4, within the number of calendar days from date of contract as specified in paragraph (a) of the clause at FAR 52.209-4; and

(7) Pay all costs incurred for transportation of first article units under this contract; and, if applicable -

(i) Costs of manufacturing and re-testing additional first articles; and

(ii) Administrative costs for re-procurement by the Government.

(b) The Contractor shall enter an offered price in the contract line-item (CLIN) for “Government First Article Test (FAT)” that includes all costs associated with the production and testing of the first articles. Offers that do not cite a separate price for the “Government First Article Test (FAT)” CLIN, or do not specify there is a separate charge for the “Government First Article Test (FAT)”, shall be evaluated under the presumption that there is no separate charge for producing and testing the first article units.

(c) Upon completion of the first article testing, the Government test facility will submit its report of testing in duplicate) to the Contracting Officer and to the points of contact identified at paragraph (a)(3)(i)(C) of this clause.

(d) If first article units are conditionally approved or disapproved, the Government shall take action in accordance with the clause at FAR 52.209-4.

(1) Final disposition of conditionally approved or disapproved first article units is determined at the discretion of the Government.

(2)(A) Disapproved first article units may be returned to the Contractor at the Government’s discretion, if the Contractor submitted the following information to the Contracting Officer and to the points of contact identified at paragraph (a)(3)(i)(C) of this clause within fifteen (15) calendar days after receiving notification of disapproval of the first article unit:

(1) Contractor’s complete “Ship To” address;

(2) Name of Contractor’s point of contact (POC)/addressee;

(3) Phone number of Contractor’s POC; and

(4) Transportation cost codes (e.g., Contractor’s FED-EX, DHL, UPS shipping account numbers, etc.).

(B) In the event the Contractor fails to provide the information required above, the Agency may, at its discretion, dispose of the material.

(End of Clause)

ALT I (SEP 2008) As prescribed in 9.308-2(91)(ii)(A)(1), insert the following paragraph (a)(2) in lieu of paragraph (a)(2) in the basic clause:

(a)(2) Provide written notice to the Contracting Officer and the cognizant quality assurance representative (QAR) at least fourteen (14) calendar days, or as otherwise specified in the contract, prior to manufacture of the first articles, to accommodate an in-process verification of the first article manufacture by the QAR. Provide all facilities, equipment and personnel required to perform the examination and evaluation of the first article units when first article testing will be conducted at the Contractor's plant. The Government reserves the right to charge the Contractor for any additional costs of examination and evaluation caused by failure of the Contractor to make available the first article units or the required facilities, equipment or personnel, at the times specified in the above mentioned notice to the Contracting Officer.

ALT II (SEP 2008) As prescribed in 9.308-2(91)(ii)(A)(2), insert the following paragraphs (a)(2)(i)-(iii) in lieu of paragraph (a)(2) in the basic clause. The Contracting Officer shall complete the fill-ins in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) with information in the material master, product assurance tab.

(a)(2)(i) At least fourteen (14) calendar days (or as otherwise provided in the contract) prior to the manufacture and testing of the first article units, provide written notice to the Contracting Officer and the Inspecting Activity Quality Assurance Representative (QAR). The QAR shall witness the production and testing of the first articles. The same criteria for the acceptance of a Certificate of Compliance for the components of the entire contract quantity shall apply to the acceptance of the first article components unless specifically stated otherwise. Materials used in fabrication of first articles shall be in strict conformity with the applicable specification of the contract unless the Contracting Officer authorizes otherwise. In the event of a conflict between the applicable specification and the first article, the specification shall prevail. Prior to the approval of the first article, the Contractor shall not initiate any cutting or otherwise use any Government-furnished property beyond that required for the first article quantities.

(a)(2)(ii) The first article will be approved [Contracting Officer shall complete appropriate fill-in below]:

[____] After inspection indicates that it meets the contractual requirements. The inspection shall be conducted on a sample drawn in accordance with contractual requirements.

[____] If the examination indicates one of the following, whichever is applicable:

(1) No dimensional defect is found nor are more than 10% of units examined found to contain major or minor "A" defects; or

(2) No dimensional defect is found nor are more than 10% of units examined found to contain 3 or 2 point defects; or

(3) When the classification of defects contains only major or minor defects or only one class of defects, and no dimensional defect is found nor are more than 10% of the units examined found to contain a defect.

[____] Other: _________________________________________________

(a)(2)(iii) In the event the Government determines that, as a basis for granting conditional first article approval, a corrective action plan is needed to confirm that first article deficiencies are readily correctable in production, the Contracting Officer will notify the Contractor, in writing, of the requirement to submit such plan to the Contracting Officer within ten (10) working days after receipt of the Government notification. The corrective action plan must clearly detail how the Contractor intends to correct cited deficiencies. Should there be insufficient time to obtain a corrective action plan and comply with the timeframe allotted for notification of the Contractor of first article acceptability by the Government, the Contracting Officer shall request from the Contractor an extension to the time period for first article approval. In the event the Contractor (1) does not submit the corrective action plan within the ten (10) working day timeframe, (2) refuses to extend the stated time period for first article approval or (3) submits an otherwise unacceptable plan and the deficiencies are such that the Government cannot determine them to be readily correctable without further proof from the Contractor, then the Government shall take action to disapprove the first article.

ALT VI (SEP 2008) As prescribed in 9.308-2(91)(ii)(A)(6), insert the following paragraphs (a)(1)(i)-(ii) in lieu of paragraph (a)(1) in the basic clause:

(a)(1)(i) Conform with technical requirements stated and/or referenced in the solicitation; including number of units to be tested, data required, performance or other characteristics that the first articles shall meet, sequence of processes, tests to which the first articles shall be subjected, and conformance criteria for each requirement specified; and

(a)(1)(ii) The following terms apply regarding disposition of first article units [Contracting Officer shall complete appropriate fill-in]:

[____] The Contractor shall hold at least one approved first article unit at the production facility until all production quantities have been produced and accepted. (In the case of indefinite delivery contracts, the Contractor shall hold the first article unit until final production run has been approved and accepted on the first delivery order.) This first article unit shall be considered a production guide or manufacturing standard if defects are reported on delivered material or problems are encountered during production.

[____] The Contractor shall retain all first article units as production standards. The Contractor shall not submit the first article units for acceptance as part of the order quantity.

[___] The Government shall retain all first article units.

[___] The Government shall retain all the first article units; except that at least one approved first article unit shall be returned by the Government and retained by the Contractor at the production facility until all production quantities have been produced and accepted. This first article unit shall be considered a production guide or manufacturing standard if defects are reported on delivered material or problems are encountered during production.

[___] The Government shall not return the first articles to the Contractor, because the items shall be subjected to destructive testing.

[____] Other: ___________________________________________________________

52.209-9019 Requests for Waiver of First Article Testing Requirements.

As prescribed in 9.306(c)(1), insert the following clause:

REQUESTS FOR WAIVER OF FIRST ARTICLE TESTING REQUIREMENTS (SEP 2008)

(a) The Government reserves the right to waive the first article testing requirement when all the following criteria are met [Offeror shall insert information in space provided below, attach documentation to offer, or provide under separate cover to Contracting Officer.]

(1)(i) Source has manufactured the product within the last five (5) years; or

(ii) Identical or similar supplies were previously furnished by the Offeror within the past three (3) years and approved by the Government:

(A) Contract Number(s):

Date(s):

Issuing Government Agency or Agencies:

(B) Item previously furnished, identified by part number, type, model number, etc.):

(C) Engineering control document/change number of item previously furnished:

(2) There have been no changes to manufacturing processes, tooling, or locations;

(3) There have been no changes to manufacturing data (e.g., drawing revisions that change materials, dimensions, processes, inspection or testing requirements; or subcontractors used to manufacture the items successfully in the past);

(4) There has been no adverse quality history for the material manufactured in the last three (3) years; and

(5) Item supplied will be of same design and manufactured by same method at same facilities as item previously approved.

(b) Alternative prices. Offerors who ask to be considered for a waiver of the first article testing requirement may provide alternative offered prices. [Offeror shall insert information in space provided below, attach documentation to offer, or provide under separate cover to Contracting Officer.] An alternative offered price will not be a factor in evaluation for award, unless the Government determines to waive the first article testing requirement for the prospective Contractor involved. If no alternative prices are offered, evaluation shall be based on pricing as shown elsewhere in the offer.

Alternative Prices Offered If First Article Testing Requirement Is Waived:

Item Number:

Price:

(End of Clause)

Alternate I (JUL 2008) As prescribed in 9.306(c)(1)(i), use the following paragraph (b) instead of paragraph (b) in the basic clause at 52.209-9019, and renumber paragraphs (b)-(d) in the basic clause as (c)-(e), respectively:

(b) When the clause at 52.209-9021, Drawing Approval Prior to Production, applies, the requirement for first article approval test shall not be waived prior to award; unless a waiver is granted for submission of drawings (see 52.209-9021(h)). If a waiver is granted, see 52.209-9021(i) for reduction(s) in delivery schedule(s) that shall apply, in addition to whatever reduction(s) in delivery schedule(s) that may apply pursuant to 52.211-9019, Reduced Delivery Schedule Applies When First Article Testing Requirements Are Waived.

Alternate II (FEB 2010) As prescribed in 9.306(c)(1)(ii), insert the following paragraphs (a)-(b) in lieu of the basic clause:

(a) For items from suppliers which are identical or similar to items previously furnished to the Government, which were acceptable in all respects, the requirements for first article(s) may be waived by the Government.

(b) Offerors having evidence which they believe to substantiate a Government waiver of the First Article requirements should furnish the following information with the offer:

Contract Number

Part Number/ Date Or Revision

Date First Article Approved

     

52.209-9028 Qualified Suppliers List of Distributors (QSLD) – Federal Supply Classes (FSCs) 5961 Semiconductors and Hardware Devices and 5962 Electronic Microcircuits.

As prescribed at 9.203-90(a)(5), insert the following clause:

QUALIFIED SUPPLIERS LIST OF DISTRIBUTORS (QSLD) – FEDERAL SUPPLY CLASSES (FSCs) 5961 SEMICONDUCTORS AND HARDWARE DEVICES AND 5962 ELECTRONIC MICROCIRCUITS (FEB 2014)

(a) Only the following shall be eligible for award (except as provided in paragraph (e) of this clause):

(1) Offers from approved sources listed in the Item Description (such as Original Component Manufacturers (OCMs) and Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs); or

(2) Offers from sources listed or qualified for listing (as determined by the contracting officer) on the applicable Qualified Products List (QPL) or Qualified Manufacturers List (QML) at the time of award; or

(3) Offers from authorized distributors of approved or QPL or QML qualified sources (as determined by the contracting officer) (see (1) and (2) above) with adequate traceability (as determined by the contracting officer) to the approved or qualified source; or

(4) Offers from distributors listed or qualified for listing (as determined by the contracting officer) on the DLA Land and Maritime Qualified Suppliers List of Distributors (QSLD) for FSCs 5961 and 5962 at the time of award.

(b) QSLD contractors must supply the product of a currently approved/qualified source as specified in the solicitation/contract. An offeror’s listing on the QSLD does not abrogate any requirement to provide a QPL or a QML item from a currently approved/qualified source when a QPL or QML requirement is specified.

(c) The Government may terminate the Contractor's QSLD status at any time for failure of the Contractor to maintain compliance with the provisions and qualification criteria governing qualification for the QSLD, and Government officials who have responsibility for establishing and maintaining the QSLD may terminate the qualified status of a contractor on the QSLD for such failure. Maintaining QSLD status is a contractual requirement; therefore, the Contracting Officer may terminate the contract for default for the Contractor’s failure to maintain such status.

(d) Upon request, the Contractor shall provide to the Contracting Officer traceability as outlined in clause 52.211-9014, Contractor Retention of Traceability Documentation. If requested before award, acceptable traceability documentation is a requirement to be eligible for award.

(e) In the event no offers are received from any of the sources listed in Section (a) of this clause, the Government reserves the right to make an award based on offers received from sources listed or qualified for listing (as determined by the Contracting Officer) on the Qualified Testing Suppliers List (52.209-9002).

(f) The provisions governing qualification for the QSLD, and the applicable qualification criteria, may be obtained—

(1) From the QSLD general information web page, found at http://www.landandmaritime.dla.mil/offices/sourcing_and_qualification/offices.aspx?Section=QSL ;

(2) By sending an email to landandmaritime.qsld@dla.mil; or

(3)(i) By writing to the following address when using the United States Postal Service (USPS):

DLA Land and Maritime

Attention: VQE Chief

Post Office (P.O.) Box 3990

Columbus, Ohio 43218-3990

or

(ii) by writing to the following address when using private carriers, to include United Parcel Service (UPS) or Federal Express (FEDEX):

DLA Land and Maritime

Attention: VQE Chief

3990 East Broad Street

Columbus, Ohio 43213

(End of Clause)

52.211-9000 Government Surplus Material.

As prescribed in 11.304-91(a), insert the following clause:

GOVERNMENT SURPLUS MATERIAL (AUG 2014)

(a) Definition.

“Surplus material,” as used in this clause, means new, unused material that was purchased and accepted by the U.S. Government and subsequently sold by the DLA Disposition Services, by Contractors authorized by DLA Disposition Services, or through another Federal Government surplus program. The terms “surplus” and “Government surplus” are used interchangeably in this clause.

(b) The Offeror agrees to complete this clause and provide supporting documentation sufficient to demonstrate that the surplus material being offered was previously owned by the Government and meets solicitation requirements. The Offeror must provide this information and any supporting documentation on or before the date that quotes/offers are due. The Contracting Officer may require additional documentation after submission of the quote/offer, and the Offeror must provide the documentation within 24 hours after notification from the Contracting Officer, if the Contracting Officer does not state a different response period. The Contracting Officer may require a shorter submission timeframe under conditions that warrant an expedited response, such as to support disaster relief or other urgent requirements. Upon request from the Offeror for an extension to respond, the Contracting Officer has sole discretion to extend the timeframe when in the best interest of the Government. Failure to provide the required information and supporting documentation within the required timeframe may result in rejection of the offer. Unless the solicitation states otherwise, Offerors of surplus material are authorized to open packages, inspect material, and reseal packages. Each time this is done, the Offeror’s authorized representative or inspector must sign the packages where they were resealed and annotate the date of inspection.

(c) With respect to the surplus material being offered, the Offeror represents that:

(1) The material is new, unused, and not of such age or so deteriorated as to impair its usefulness or safety. Yes __ No __

The material conforms to the technical requirements cited in the solicitation (e.g., commercial and Government entity (CAGE) code and part number, specification, etc.). Yes __ No __

The material conforms to the revision letter/number, if any is cited. Yes __ No __Unknown __

If no, the revision offered does not affect form, fit, function, or interface. Yes __ No __ Unknown __

The material was manufactured by:

(Name): ____________________________________________________

(Address): ___________________________________________________

(2) The Offeror currently possesses the material. Yes __ No __

If no, the Offeror must attach or forward to the Contracting Officer an explanation as to how the offered quantities will be secured. The Contracting Officer has the sole discretion to determine whether or not the Offeror’s explanation as to how the offered quantities will be secured is adequate.

If yes, the Offeror purchased the material from a Government selling agency or other source. Yes __ No __

If yes, provide the information below:

Government Selling Agency: ______________________________________

Contract Number: _______________________________________________

Contract Date: (Month, Year):_____________________________________

Other Source: __________________________________________________

Address:_______________________________________________________

Date Acquired: (Month/Year) ______________________________________

(3) The material has been altered or modified. Yes __ No __

If yes, the Offeror must attach or forward to the Contracting Officer a complete description of the alterations or modifications.

(4) The material has been reconditioned. Yes __ No __

a) If yes, (i) the price offered includes the cost of reconditioning /refurbishment. Yes __ No __; and

(ii) The Offeror must attach or forward to the Contracting Officer a complete description of any work done or to be done, including the components to be replaced and the applicable rebuild standard.

The material contains cure-dated components. Yes __ No __

If yes, the price includes replacement of cure-dated components. Yes __ No __

(5) The material has data plates attached. Yes __ No __

a) If yes, the Offeror must state below all information contained thereon, or forward a copy or facsimile of the data plate to the Contracting Officer.

_________________________________________________________

(6) The offered material is in its original package. Yes __ No __

(If yes, the Offeror has stated below all original markings and data cited on the package; or has attached or forwarded to the Contracting Officer a copy or facsimile of original package markings.)

Contract Number ___________________________________________________

National Stock Number (NSN)________________________________________

Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) Code________________________

Part number_______________________________________________________

Other markings/data_________________________________________________

(7) The Offeror has supplied this same material (National Stock Number) to the Government before. Yes __ No __

If yes, (i) the material being offered is from the same original Government contract number as that provided previously. Yes __ No __; and

(ii) State below the Government Agency and contract number under which the material was previously provided:

Agency _______________________________________________

Contract Number________________________________________

(8) The material is manufactured in accordance with a specification or drawing. Yes __ No __

If yes, (i) the specification/drawing is in the possession of the Offeror. Yes __ No __; and

(ii) The Offeror has stated the applicable information below, or forwarded a copy or facsimile to the Contracting Officer. Yes __ No __

Specification/Drawing Number ___________________________________

Revision (if any) _______________________________________________

Date__________________________________________________________

(9) The material has been inspected for correct part number and for absence of corrosion or any obvious defects. Yes __ No __

If yes, (i) Material has been re-preserved. Yes __ No __;

(ii) Material has been repackaged. Yes __ No __;

(iii) Percentage of material that has been inspected is ______% and/or number of items inspected is _______; and

(iv) A written report was prepared. Yes __ No __

If yes, the Offeror has attached it or forwarded it to the Contracting Officer. Yes__ No__

(d) The Offeror agrees that in the event of award and notwithstanding the provisions of the solicitation, inspection and acceptance of the surplus material will be performed at source or destination subject to all applicable provisions for source or destination inspection.

(e) The Offeror has attached or forwarded to the Contracting Officer one of the following, to demonstrate that the material being offered was previously owned by the Government (Offeror check which one applies):

___ For national or local sales, conducted by sealed bid, spot bid or auction methods, a solicitation/Invitation For Bid and corresponding DLA Disposition Services Form 1427, Notice of Award, Statement and Release Document.

___ For DLA Disposition Services Commercial Venture (CV) Sales, the shipment receipt/delivery pass document and invoices/receipts used by the original purchaser to resell the material.

___ For DLA Disposition Services Recycling Control Point (RCP) term sales, the statement of account or billing document.

___ For property sold under the exchange or sale regulation, conducted by sealed bid, auction or retail methods, a solicitation/invitation for bid and corresponding DLA Disposition Services form 1427.

___ When the above documents are not available, or if they do not identify the specific NSN being acquired, a copy or facsimile of all original package markings and data, including NSN, commercial and Government entity (CAGE) code and part number, and original contract number. (This information has already been provided in paragraph (c)(6) of this clause. Yes __ No __.)

___ When none of the above are available, other information to demonstrate that the offered  material was previously owned by the Government. Describe and/or attach.

______________________________________________________________

(f) This clause only applies to offers of Government surplus material. Offers of commercial surplus, manufacturer’s overruns, residual inventory resulting from terminated Government contracts, and any other material that meets the technical requirements in the solicitation but was not previously owned by the Government will be evaluated in accordance with the provision at 52.217-9002.

(g) Offers of critical safety items must comply with the additional requirements in 52.211-9005.

(h) If requested by the Contracting Officer, the Offeror shall furnish sample units, in the number specified, to the Contracting Officer or to another location specified by the Contracting Officer, within 10 days after the Contracting Officer's request. The samples will be furnished at no cost to the Government. All such samples not destroyed in evaluation will be returned at the Offeror's expense. The samples will be evaluated for form, fit, and function with subassembly, assembly, or equipment with which the items are to be used. End items furnished under any contract award to the Offeror furnishing the samples can include the returned samples, and all acceptable end items will have a configuration identical to the samples. If specific tests of the samples' performance are made by the Government, the Offeror will be furnished the results of such tests prior to a contract being entered into. In addition to any other inspection examinations and tests required by the contract, the performance of the end items will be required to be as good as that of the samples submitted insofar as specific performance tests have been made by the Government and the results thereof furnished to the Offeror.

(i) In the event of award, the Contractor will be responsible for providing material that is in full compliance with all requirements in the contract or order, whether or not the Contractor has possession of applicable drawings or specifications, and despite the fact that the Government is unable to conduct in-process inspection. The Contractor’s responsibility to perform is not diminished by compliance with the requirement to demonstrate that the offered material was previously owned by the Government. The material to be furnished must meet the requirements of the current contract or order, whether or not the material met Government requirements in existence at the time the material was initially manufactured or sold to the Government. The Government has the right to cancel any resulting purchase order or terminate any resulting contract for default if unacceptable material is tendered.

(j) If higher level quality requirements apply to the material being acquired, those requirements do not apply to surplus material furnished under this contract.

ALT I (AUG 2008) GOVERNMENT SURPLUS MATERIAL

As prescribed in 11.304-91(a)(3), delete paragraphs (a)-(j) of the basic clause, and insert the following:

The item being solicited is a life support item. Due to the item’s critical nature, offers of surplus material will only be evaluated to accommodate unique contingencies, such as when the aircraft / system is obsolete; the original equipment manufacturer is out of business; or the sole source end or does not respond. If the Government determines to evaluate an offer of surplus material, the offeror shall provide all information required and conform to all terms and conditions in the clause at 52.211-9000, Government Surplus Material.

(End of Clause)

52.211-9003 Conditions for Evaluation of Offers of Government Surplus Material.

As prescribed in 11.304-91(a), insert the following provision:

CONDITIONS FOR EVALUATION OF OFFERS OF GOVERNMENT SURPLUS MATERIAL

(AUG 2014)

(a) Definition.

“Surplus material,” as used in this provision, has the same meaning as in the clause at 52.211-9000, Government Surplus Material.

(b) The Agency will evaluate an offer of surplus material when the Contracting Officer determines the Offeror is otherwise in line for award, after adding the cost of evaluation ($500 for internal evaluation and, if applicable, an additional $600 for each Engineering Support Activity (ESA) evaluation, plus any additional fees required for special testing and/or inspection).

(c) When an offer is for a quantity less than the solicited quantity, the Contracting Officer will consider the $500 cost of issuing and administering more than one award. The Contracting Officer will also consider the anticipated impact on the unit price of the remaining quantity, to determine the total cost to the Government.

(d) When an offer of surplus material is received in response to a solicitation for a long-term contract, the Contracting Officer shall consider whether the quantity of surplus material meets the requirements of the solicitation. If so, the Contracting Officer shall consider the offer of surplus material to be responsive to the solicitation. If not, the Contracting Officer shall reject the offer as not conforming to the solicitation and shall forward a summary of the offer to the Supply Planner. The Supply Planner shall take appropriate action in the best interest of the Government, based on the Supply Planner’s judgment; such as initiating a separate, fixed-quantity purchase request, if warranted by the agency’s supply position.

(End of Provision)

52.211-9005 Conditions for Evaluation and Acceptance of Offers for Critical Safety Items.

As prescribed in 11.304-90(a), insert the following clause:

CONDITIONS FOR EVALUATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF OFFERS FOR CRITICAL SAFETY ITEMS (APR 2014)

(a) Definitions.

"Actual manufacturer" means an individual, activity, or organization that performs the physical fabrication processes that produce the deliverable part or other items of supply for the Government. The actual manufacturer must produce the part in-house. The actual manufacturer may or may not be the design control activity.

"Approved source" means a prime Contractor or the actual manufacturer(s) cited in the Purchase Order Text (POT) formerly know as the Acquisition Identification Description (AID). It does not include design control activities with no manufacturing capability.

"Critical safety item" (CSI) means a part, assembly, installation, or production system with one or more critical characteristics that, if not conforming to the design data or quality requirements, would result in an unsafe condition that could cause loss of, or serious damage to, the end item or major components, loss of control, or serious injury or death to personnel.

"Design control activity" means a Contractor or Government activity having responsibility for the design of a given part, and for the preparation and currency of engineering drawings and other technical data for that part. The design control activity may or may not be the actual manufacturer.

"Exact product" and "alternate product" are defined in the provision at Defense Logistics Acquisition Directive (DLAD) clause 52.217-9002, Conditions for Evaluation and Acceptance of Offers for Part Numbered Items.

"Prime Contractor" means a Contractor having responsibility for design control and/or delivery of a system/equipment such as aircraft, engines, ships, tanks, vehicles, guns and missiles, ground communications and electronics systems, and test equipment.

"Rebranding" means remarking, re-labeling, repackaging, or otherwise obscuring the marking of the approved source cited in the POT (i.e., the prime Contractor or actual manufacturer).

(b) The item being acquired is a critical safety item (CSI). Given their vital importance and the catastrophic consequences that can result if they fail, procurement of these items requires the highest standards of oversight and verification.

(c) This clause applies only to offers of "exact product." Offers of "alternate product" will be evaluated in accordance with the clause at DLAD 52.217-9002. Offerors of Government surplus material must comply with the requirements in the clause at DLAD 52.211-9000 in addition to this clause, and surplus offers will be evaluated in accordance with the provision at DLAD 52.211-9003.

(d) If the Offeror is the prospective awardee and is not currently an approved source cited in the POT on the schedule page of this solicitation, the Offeror will be requested by the Contracting Officer to provide documented evidence prior to award sufficient to establish that the item being offered is (or will be) the exact item cited in the POT and is (or will be) manufactured by an approved source cited in the POT, modified (if necessary) to conform to any additional requirements set forth in the POT, and is (or will be) manufactured by or under the direction of an approved source cited in the POT. Additionally, if the Offeror manufactures the offered item for an approved source cited in the POT, evidence of approval and acceptance by the approved source will be required. Evidence must include the following at a minimum, plus whatever additional evidence the Contracting Officer determines necessary to sufficiently establish the identity of the item and its manufacturing source:

(1) If offered item(s) are "not in stock" or "not yet manufactured" --

(i) A copy of Offeror's Request for Quotation to approved source cited in POT; and

(ii) An original, hard copy of quotation received by Offeror from approved source cited in POT; or other verifiable documentation of quotation. (If Offeror is unable to provide this documentation to the Contracting Officer prior to award, it must be provided to the Quality Assurance Representative (QAR) for examination at time of source inspection.)

(iii) For offers of surplus material, a completed 52.211-9000 with supporting documentation.

(2) If offered item(s) are "shipped" or "in stock" --

(i) A copy of invoice on approved source's letterhead. (Invoice must identify exact item cited in POT and a quantity sufficient to satisfy the solicitation requirement.); or

(ii) A copy of packing slip which accompanied shipment from approved source to Offeror. (Packing slip must identify exact item cited in POT and a quantity sufficient to satisfy the solicitation requirement; or

(iii) For offers of surplus material, a completed 52.211-9000 with supporting documentation; and

(iv) Inventory control records to establish that items Offeror proposes to furnish under current order are still in Offeror's stock. (This documentation is mandatory and must be provided to Quality Assurance Representative (QAR) for examination at time of source inspection. Documentation may be provided to Contracting Officer prior to award, at Offeror's discretion.)

(3) If the offeror is an authorized dealer/distributor, or manufactures the item for an approved source --

(i) An authorized dealer/distributorship agreement, licensee agreement, or other type of agreement. (The agreement must specifically identify the exact item, or otherwise ensure that the Offeror is authorized by the approved source to manufacture or distribute the exact item being acquired. If the agreement covers a general product line or is otherwise not product-specific, the Offeror must also furnish additional documentation to address the exact item being acquired (see above).); or

(ii) Letter from an approved source cited in the POT, specifically identifying Offeror as authorized to distribute or manufacture the exact item cited in the POT for that approved source; or

(iii) Other verifiable information (e.g., listing of authorized dealers on official Web page of an approved source) to establish the Offeror's authority to manufacturer or distribute the exact item cited in the POT for an approved source cited in the POT.

(4) When the POT specifies a revision number --

(i) Documentation establishing that the offered item was (or will be) made in accordance with the revision cited in the POT. (This requirement is considered to have been met when documentation provided by Offeror to satisfy other portions of this clause or solicitation already establishes that offered item was (or will be) made to the revision cited in the POT); or

(ii) Documentation identifying the revision offered and the differences between the revision offered and the revision cited in the POT.

(e) By the submission of this offer, the Offeror represents that --

(1) The item(s) to be provided to the Government --

(i) Is (or will be) in full compliance with all requirements specified in the solicitation; and

(ii) Is not (or will not be) --

(A) A factory second;

(B) Changed, mutilated, or rebranded;

(C) A manufacturer's overrun;

(D) A rejected item; or

(E) Government surplus material (unless Offeror has complied with clause at DLAD 52.211-9000, Government Surplus Material).

(2) In the event of item failure, Offeror will have access to, and will provide to the Government upon request, all information necessary to trace the item back through the manufacturing process.

(3) Any documentation provided by Offeror will correspond to the exact item(s) that will be furnished to the Government; or Offeror will obtain updated documentation and provide it to the Government (if, for example, Offeror sells item(s) to another Buyer before award or before tender for acceptance).

(f) Failure to provide adequate documentation within the timeframe requested by the Contracting Officer may result in rejection of the offer.

(End of Clause)

52.211-9006 Changes in Contractor Status, Item Acquired, and/or Manufacturing Process/Facility – Critical Safety Items.

As prescribed in 11.304-90(b), insert the following clause:

CHANGES IN CONTRACTOR STATUS, ITEM ACQUIRED, AND/OR MANUFACTURING PROCESS/FACILITY -- CRITICAL SAFETY ITEMS (APR 2014)

(a) If any changes occur in the Contractor’s business status or relationship with the approved source(s) after award of this contract (such as, for example, inability to obtain manufacturing process information; or changes in status as authorized dealer/distributor, or in terms of licensing arrangement), the Contractor shall immediately provide notification and documentation of the changes to the Administrative Contracting Officer (ACO).

(b) The Contractor shall immediately provide to the Administrative Contracting Officer (ACO) notification (and documentation, if available) of any of the following changes the Contractor becomes aware of:

(1) Later revisions to drawings, specifications or standards that differ from the revision cited in the Purchase Order Text (POT), formerly known as the Acquisition Identification Description (AID), in the contract;

(2) Changes in the manufacturing process;

(3) A change in the approved source’s manufacturing location; or

(4) A transfer of manufacturing facilities by the approved source since last manufacture.

(End of Clause)

52.211-9007 Withholding of Materiel Review Board (MRB) Authority.

As prescribed in 11.304-90(c), insert the following clause:

WITHHOLDING OF MATERIEL REVIEW BOARD (MRB) AUTHORITY - CRITICAL SAFETY ITEMS (NOV 2011)

The item being acquired is a critical safety item. Notwithstanding any other term or condition included in this contract/agreement, Materiel Review Board (MRB) authority is hereby withheld. (This clause does not apply to sources that have explicit authority to retain MRB authority, which are identified on the DLA Aviation Technical Oversight Office (TOO) Web site.)

(End of Clause)

52.211-9009 Non-Acceptability of Government Surplus Material.

As prescribed in 11.304-91(b), insert the following provision:

NON-ACCEPTABILITY OF GOVERNMENT SURPLUS MATERIAL (NOV 2011)

(a) Definition.

“Surplus material,” as used in this clause, means new, unused material that was purchased and accepted by the U.S. Government and subsequently sold by the DLA Disposition Services, by Contractors authorized by DLA Disposition Services, or through another Federal Government surplus program. The terms “surplus” and “Government surplus” are used interchangeably in this clause.

(b) The Government has determined that offers of surplus material will not be considered for this acquisition.

(End of Provision)

52.211-9010 Shipping Label Requirements – Military Standard (MIL-STD) 129P.

As prescribed in 11.290(b)(1), insert the following clause:

SHIPPING LABEL REQUIREMENTS – MILITARY STANDARD (MIL-STD) 129P (APR 2014)

(a) MIL-STD-129, revision P, current version, establishes requirements for Contractors that ship packaged materiel to the Government to provide both linear bar codes and two-dimensional (2D) symbols on shipping labels (but see paragraph (d) for exceptions to the requirement for 2D symbols). Shipping labels with 2D symbols are referred to as military shipping labels (MSL). See the Defense Logistics Agency (DLA) packaging web site identified in paragraph (e) for change notices to MIL-STD-129P that apply. Linear (code 3 of 9 or code 39) bar codes continue to be required on interior packages (unit packs and intermediate packages) for the national stock number (NSN) and, when applicable, the serial number(s); and on exterior shipping containers and palletized unit loads for the NSN, commercial and Government entity (CAGE) code, contract number and, when applicable, the serial number(s). This data is also required to be linear bar-coded on the Department of Defense (DD) form 250.

(b) The shipping label described in this clause replaces former DD form 1387 and is illustrated in Figures 2a and 2b of MIL-STD-129P.

(1) The shipping label requires code 3 of 9 or code 39 linear bar codes for the transportation control number (TCN), piece number and DOD activity address code (DoDAAC) for the ultimate consignee or mark-for address.

(2) The 2D symbol on the shipping label must contain the document (requisition) number, NSN, originating activity’s routing identifier code (RIC), unit of issue, quantity, condition code, and unit price, which are ordinarily included on the DD Form 250. A complete list of data elements is defined in table IV of MIL-STD-129P. The TCN should be part of the mark-for information on the contract. This mark-for should be directly below the ship-to address in the contract. All TCNs must be unique, and each part of a shipment (partial shipment of one or more pieces) loaded on a different conveyance requires a unique TCN. Samples of TCN construction may be found at the DLA web site identified in paragraph (e) of this clause. (A general construction of a TCN is provided below.) Except for the TCN, which must always be present on the shipping label, when the contract omits any other data elements as defined in table IV of MIL-STD-129P and if the information is not available from the administrative contracting officer, then the field is not required as part of the shipping label and may be left blank.

TCN positions 1-14 requisition/document number

TCN position 15 Enter the suffix code; if none, enter “X”

TCN position 16 Enter “X” if not a partial shipment; if a partial shipment, enter “A” for first shipment, “B” for second shipment, etc. (see paragraph L., Appendix L, Part II of the Defense Transportation Regulation (DTR), DOD 4500.9-R)

TCN Position 17 Enter “X”

(c) The following must comply with the requirements in table IV of MIL-STD-129P and include all applicable data elements identified in the table.

(1) All diverted or redirected outside the contiguous United States (OCONUS) direct vendor delivery (DVD) and prime vendor shipments which pass through the Defense Transportation System (DTS) via Defense Distribution depot consolidation points (see below), aerial ports of embarkation, pre-positioned ship operations sites, or the Norfolk, Virginia container freight station.

Container Consolidation Point

DODAAC

Defense Depot San Joaquin California (DDJC)(CCP WHSE 30)

W62N2A and SW3225

Defense Depot Susquehanna Pennsylvania (DDSP)(CCP Door 135-168)

W25N14 and SW3123

(2) Shipments for depot storage with destinations to the following OCONUS (overseas) locations:

(3) Direct vendor delivery (DVD) shipments. The following additional guidance applies when bar coding DVD shipments:

(i) In addition to other marking requirements in the contract, the following separate lines of bar coded data, with human readable interpretation (HRI) printed clearly below the element, shall be provided. No spaces shall separate the individual data elements within each line.

(A) Document number and suffix. The document number consists of a 14-character (15 characters when a suffix is included) alpha-numeric code. It may be listed on a contract/award as the requisition number, transportation control number (TCN), etc. If there is no TCN, use the requisition number followed by “XXX.”

(B) National stock number (NSN). The NSN will appear as a 13-digit code without the dashes. If there is no NSN, use the CAGE and part number.

(C) ICP routing identifier code (RIC). The RIC for each procuring activity is as follows:

S9C – DLA Land and Maritime - construction

S9E – DLA Land and Maritime – electronics

S9F – DLA Energy – missiles

S9G – DLA Aviation

S9I – DLA Troop Support - general and industrial

S9T – DLA Troop Support - clothing and textiles

S9M – DLA Troop Support - medical materiel

   

(D) Unit of issue. The appropriate unit of issue (U/I) will appear as a two-digit alpha character.

(E) Quantity. The quantity will appear as a five-position number, including zero fillers on the left.

(F) The above will be followed by an “A” and eight zeros (specifically, “A00000000”).

(ii) These bar code markings shall be placed on labels affixed to either to DD Form 250 or the commercial packing list. If used on the DD Form 250, it should be in blocks 15, 16, 17, etcetera. In either case, these documents shall be furnished in packing list envelopes affixed to the outside of the shipping container.

(iii) The bar code symbology shall be code 3 of 9 (code 39) in accordance with

the International Organization for Standardization (ISO)/ the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)-16388.

(d) Listed below are exceptions to requirements in Table IV of MIL-STD-129P. These shipments/orders require only a DD form 250 or commercial invoice and a shipping label, with the document number (except for shipments described in subparagraph (d)(5)); NSN; RIC; unit of issue; quantity; condition code; and unit price. This data must be code 3 of 9 (code 39) bar code symbology in accordance with ISO/IEC-16388. (Although not mandatory, a military shipping label in accordance with MIL-STD-129P is acceptable for depot shipments.)

(1) Subsistence items procured through full-line food distributors (prime vendors), “market ready” type items such as fresh milk, ice cream, and other fresh dairy products, fresh bread and other fresh bakery products, and all fresh fruits and vegetables, shipped within the contiguous United States (CONUS) to customers within CONUS.

(2) Any item for which ownership remains with the vendor until the item is placed in designated locations at the customer location prior to issuance to the customer. Government control begins upon placement of the item by the vendor into the designated location or issuance from the designated location by vendor personnel (that is, the vendor is required to stock bins at the customer location and/or issue parts from a vendor controlled parts room).

(3) Bulk purchases of petroleum, oil and lubricant products delivered by (A) pipeline; or (B) tank car, tanker and tank trailer for which the container has (1) a capacity greater than 450 liter (119 gallons) as a receptacle for a liquid; (2) a maximum net mass greater than 400 kilogram (882 pounds) and a capacity greater than 450 liter (119 gallons) as a receptacle for a solid; or (3) a water capacity greater than 454 kilogram (1000 pounds) as a receptacle for a gas.

(4) Medical items procured through DVD suppliers or prime vendors that ship directly to the end customer, such as medical treatment facilities, hospitals, or clinics, and do not pass through the Defense Transportation System.

(5) CONUS-originated shipments for depot storage with destinations to the following:

Depot Storage Site

DoDAAC

Defense Depot Susquehanna Pennsylvania (DDSP)

W25G1U and SW3124

Defense Depot San Joaquin California (DDJC)

W62G2T and SW3224

Defense Depot Norfolk Virginia (DDNV)

SW3117

Defense Depot San Diego California (DDDC)

SW3218

Defense Depot Jacksonville Florida (DDJF)

SW3122

Defense Depot Puget Washington (DDPW)

SW3216

Defense Depot Cherry Point North Carolina (DDCN)

SW3113

Defense Depot Richmond Virginia (DDRV)

SW0400

Defense Depot Red River Texas (DDRT)

W45G19 and SW3227

Defense Depot Corpus Christi Texas (DDCT)

W45H08 and SW3222

Defense Depot Tobyhanna Pennsylvania (DDTP)

W25G1W and SW3114

Defense Depot Anniston Alabama (DDAA)

W31G1Z and SW3120

Defense Depot Hill Utah (DDHU)

SW3210

Defense Depot Oklahoma City Oklahoma (DDOO)

SW3211

Defense Depot Warner Robins Georgia (DDWG)

SW3119

Defense Depot Barstow California (DDBC)

SW3215

Defense Depot Albany Georgia (DDAG)

SW3121

(6) Delivery orders when the basic contract has not been modified to require MIL-STD-129P.

(e) MIL-STD-129P provides numerous illustrations of what should be bar-coded and the recommended placement of the bar code. Further information is available on the DLA packaging web site. In addition, DLA’s distribution and planning and management system (DPMS) is a web-based system capable of providing shipping instructions and military shipping labels. Users must first register at DLA Distribution’s website. Click “ok” then “create account” to get access to use the DPMS production site. DPMS training is available. Click “vendor application,” then “user’s guide.”

(f) A copy of ISO/IEC-16388 is available from:

The American National Standards Institute

25 West 43rd Street, New York, NY 10036

or through www.ansi.org or www.iso.org/iso/home.html.

(End of Clause)

Alternate I (AUG 2005). As prescribed in 11.290(b), replace subparagraph (c)(3)(i)(C) of the basic clause with the following:

(C) ICP routing identifier code (RIC). The RIC for all procuring activities is “SMS.”

52.211-9012 Obsolete Components/Materials.

As prescribed in 11.401-91, insert the following clause:

OBSOLETE COMPONENTS/MATERIALS (NOV 2011)

The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer immediately upon determining the unavailability of obsolete materials or components. The Contractor may recommend a solution including details regarding the impact on the contract price and delivery. If the Contracting Officer accepts the recommended solution, a modification shall be executed between the Government and the Contractor equitably adjusting the contract price and revising the delivery. Under no circumstances shall the Contractor initiate any redesign effort or incur any additional costs without the express, written authorization of the Contracting Officer. In the event the Contracting Officer does not accept the recommended solution or authorize a redesign effort by the Contractor, the contract or the affected contract line-item (CLIN), as applicable, may be terminated for convenience in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) Part 49 procedures or FAR 52.212-4, Contract Terms and Conditions - Commercial Items, for commercial awards.

(End of Clause)

52.211-9013 Shipper’s Declaration of Dangerous Goods.

As prescribed in 11.204-90, insert the following clause:

SHIPPER’S DECLARATION OF DANGEROUS GOODS (APR 2014)

(a) Contractors shall complete and attach a prescribed Shipper's Declaration for Dangerous Goods Form and an Air Waybill for each TP1 or TP2 shipment containing dangerous or hazardous goods or materials. Dangerous goods and/or hazardous materials are those items defined or classified as such in Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, and the International Air Transport Association (IATA) Dangerous Goods Regulations. Generally, dangerous goods are those items containing any dangerous material or substance which is flammable, corrosive, combustible, explosive, poisonous, toxic, radioactive, unduly magnetic, contains oxidizing agents or is otherwise hazardous.

(b) Contractors shall not offer dangerous or hazardous goods or materials for transportation by military air until properly packaged, marked, and labeled in accordance with military standard (MIL-STD) 129P and military publication, Preparing Hazardous Materials for Military Air Shipments, AFMAN 24-204/TM 38-250/NAVSUP PUB 505/MCO P4030.19H, Defense Logistics Agency Instruction (DLAI) 4145.3. This publication also contains instructions on how to properly complete the Shipper's Declaration for Dangerous Goods. Forms may be purchased through commercial means and can be viewed at http://www.iata.org/publications/pages/index.aspx.

(End of Clause)

52.211-9014 Contractor Retention of Traceability Documentation.

As prescribed in 11.304-92(a), insert the following clause:

CONTRACTOR RETENTION OF TRACEABILITY DOCUMENTATION

(AUG 2012)

(a) This clause applies whenever the Contractor is not the manufacturer of the item(s) to be furnished.

(b)(1) The Contractor shall retain evidence to document that items furnished under this contract conform to contract requirements. Evidence will generally include information tracing the items back to the manufacturing source or its authorized distributor. At a minimum, evidence shall be sufficient to establish the identity of the item, its manufacturing source, and conformance to the item description.

(2) Examples of traceability documentation include, but are not limited to, the following:

(i) Purchase order(s)/invoice(s) between manufacturer(s)/distributor(s), identifying part number (and/or technical data package (TDP) with revision level) and quantities;

(ii) Original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or approved/qualified source’s packing slips, identifying part number (and/or TDP with revision level) and quantities;

(iii) OEM or approved/qualified source’s certification, identifying part number (and/or TDP with revision level) and quantities; and/or

(iv) OEM or approved/qualified source’s identifiable standard packaging, with part number (and/or TDP with revision level) cited on the package.

(3) The Contractor shall be responsible for the assurance of type, kind, count, and condition. Preservation, packing, packaging, and marking shall be in accordance with contractual requirements.

(4) The Contractor shall provide documentation of traceability for review—

(i) Upon request by the Contracting Officer at any time prior to or after award;

(ii) At time of Government source inspection, if applicable; and/or

(iii) During random or directed post-award audits.

(5) The Contractor shall retain documentation in accordance with this clause for 5 years after final payment under this contract.

(c) The Offeror/Contractor shall provide documentation of traceability for review—

(1) Upon request by the Contracting Officer at any time prior to or after award;

(2) At time of Government source inspection, if applicable; and/or

(3) During random or directed post-award audits.

(d) Traceability documentation shall, at a minimum, include the following:

(1) If the Offeror/Contractor is an authorized dealer/distributor for an approved source for the specific item being procured by the Government, the following requirements apply:

(i) The Offeror/Contractor shall maintain at least one of the following:

(A) A copy of its current dealer/distributorship agreement;

(B) A letter of authorization from the approved source; or

(C) A link to an official website maintained by the approved source, which shall clearly identify the Offeror as an authorized dealer/distributor.

(ii) By submission of documentation described in subparagraph (d)(1)(i) of this clause, the Offeror/Contractor represents that:

(A) The dealer/distributor relationship with the approved source applies to the specific item being procured by the Government; and

(B) If the Contractor’s dealer/distributor status with the approved source changes after award, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer. Failure to provide such notification is grounds for cancellation of award or termination for default/cause, as applicable.

(2) If the Offeror/Contractor is not an authorized dealer/distributor for an approved source for the specific item being procured by the Government, the following requirements apply:

(i) If the Offeror/Contractor identified the offered item as “not in stock/not currently owned by the Offeror" or "not yet manufactured," the Offeror/Contractor shall—

(A) Maintain a verifiable quotation from the approved source, or from an authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source.

(B) Include the following information in its quotation:

(1) The item part number or designation, which shall be provided in sufficient detail to document that the item being quoted is the same as the item being procured by the Government;

(2) The quantity, which shall be sufficient to satisfy the solicitation requirement;

(3) The unit price quoted by the approved source, or by the authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source;

(4) The date of the quotation; and

(5) The name and phone number of the representative of the approved source, or of the authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source.

(C) The quotation shall be on the letterhead of the approved source, or of an authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source; or an electronic quotation, which shall be clearly identifiable as coming to the Offeror/Contractor from the approved source, or from an authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source.

(D) If the offered items are obtained from an authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source, the Offeror/Contractor shall maintain the information described in subparagraph (d)(1)(i) of this clause to document the authorized dealer/distributor arrangement; and the terms in subparagraph (d)(1)(ii) of this clause shall apply.

(ii) If the Offeror/Contractor identified the offered item as “shipped” or “in stock/currently owned by the Offeror,” the following requirements apply:

(A) The Offeror/Contractor shall maintain one of the following documents:

(1) The invoice received by the Offeror/Contractor from the approved source, or from an authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source; or

(2) The packing slip that accompanied the shipment to the Offeror/ Contractor from the approved source, or from an authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source. The packing slip shall include a packing slip number. (If no packing slip number was provided, the Offeror/Contractor shall obtain and maintain written documentation from the approved source, or from the authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source, verifying the packing slip number. Such documentation shall include the name and address of the approved source, or of the authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source; the date of the correspondence; and the name and phone number of the representative of the approved source, or of the authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source, who provided the information.)

(B) The documentation furnished in accordance with subparagraph (c)(2)(ii)(A) of this clause shall include the following:

(1) Date;

(2) The name and address of the approved source, or of the authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source;

(3) The name and phone number of the representative of the approved source, or of the authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source;

(4) The item part number or designation, which shall be provided in sufficient detail to document that the item provided to the Contractor is the same as the item being procured by the Government;

(5) The quantity, which shall be sufficient to satisfy the solicitation requirement;

(6) The unit price charged by the approved source, or by the authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source; and

(7) The Offeror’s/Contractor’s name and address.

(C) If the offered items are obtained directly from an authorized dealer or distributor, the Offeror/Contractor shall maintain the information described in subparagraph (d)(1)(i) of this clause to document the authorized dealer/distributor arrangement; and the terms in subparagraph (d)(1)(ii) of this clause shall apply.

(3) If the offered items are not obtained directly from an approved source, or from an authorized dealer/distributor of an approved source, the Offeror/Contractor shall maintain documentation, as described in subparagraph (d)(2) of this clause, sufficient to establish the complete line of ownership or distribution from the approved source, or from an authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source, to the Offeror/Contractor.

(e) The Contracting Officer determines the acceptability and sufficiency of documentation or other evidence, at his or her sole discretion. If the Contracting Officer finds the evidence to be unacceptable, or if the Contractor fails to retain or provide the requested evidence, the award may be cancelled or contract may be terminated for cause/default, as applicable.

(f) At the Contracting Officer’s discretion, documentation of traceability provided by the Contractor, in accordance with provisions in the solicitation and/or clauses included in this contract, may be used to determine the acceptability of documentation retained in accordance with this clause.

(g) Notwithstanding any documentation provided by the Offeror prior to purchase order issuance/contract award, the Government reserves the right to require additional documentation attesting to the authenticity of the material at any time before or after contract delivery.

(h) If the solicitation states inspection and acceptance shall take place at destination, the Government reserves the right to change the place of inspection and acceptance to origin and to invoke 52.246-9004, Product Verification Testing, at time of award, with no increase in the awarded unit price.

(i) The Contractor shall be responsible for the assurance of type, kind, count, and condition. Preservation, packing, packaging, and marking shall be in accordance with contractual requirements.

(j) The Contractor shall retain documentation in accordance with this clause for 5 years after final payment under this contract.

(End of Clause)

52.211-9018 Availability of Mylar Drawings.

As prescribed in 11.201(b)(S-90)(1), insert the following clause:

AVAILABILITY OF MYLAR DRAWINGS (NOV 2011)

(a) A mylar drawing is available from the Government. The mylar drawing may be provided via stable based film or electronically (refer to applicable technical repository instructions to determine available format). If unable to use the electronic format, the Contractor will be responsible for any costs incurred for conversion to a hard copy.

(b) The mylar drawings will be sent by the Government within 30 days after the effective date of the award/contract to the address on the award document, unless the Contractor indicates a different address below:

 

(c) If mylars are not received, or for other questions, contact the contract administrator as follows.

(1) Contact then e-mail the Contract Administrator listed in the issuing office block with a copy to the following, as appropriate:

(i) DLA Land and Maritime, VTRD, (614) 692-2343.

(ii) DLA Troop Support, ITC, (215) 737-7489.

(iii) DLA Aviation, (804) 279-6695, Mylar Room. (Note: It is imperative for offerors to access the website prior to the solicitation closing date, and download or order the Technical Data Package (TDP) to determine available Mylar format. If an electronic format representation of the Mylar is not available for download at the above website, a stable based film or CD, as applicable, will be provided to the awardee at time of award.)

(2) Notification of non-receipt should include the following information

(i) Contract/purchase order number

(ii) National stock number (NSN)

(iii) Mylar document number (include revision level)

(iv) Sheet/frame number (required only in cases where partial mylar data has been received)

(End of clause)

52.211-9019 Reduced Delivery Schedule Applies when First Article Testing Requirements are Waived.

As prescribed at 9.306(f)(2) and 11.404 (a)(S-90) (2)(i), insert the following clause:

REDUCED DELIVERY SCHEDULE APPLIES WHEN FIRST ARTICLE TESTING REQUIREMENTS ARE WAIVED (SEP 2008)

If the requirement for first article testing is waived by the Government, the delivery schedule for the production quantity shall be reduced by the number of calendar days allotted for the submission and approval of the first articles. (In the case of indefinite delivery contracts, the reduced number of calendar days shall apply to the delivery schedule for the initial/first delivery order of the production quantity. If more than one time frame has been allocated for first article testing, this information will be itemized in the production quantity delivery schedule.) Application of a reduced delivery schedule will not be a factor in evaluation for award, unless delivery is identified as an evaluation factor in the solicitation.

(End of Clause)

52.211-9022 Superseded Part-Numbered Items.

As prescribed in 11.304-92, insert the following clause:

SUPERSEDED PART-NUMBERED ITEMS (NOV 2011)

(a) Part number (P/N) changes. Part number changes are acceptable only when the offeror completes the following verification:

The offeror represents that the P/N requested in the solicitation has been changed from Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) code _____________, P/N ____________________ to P/N ________________ and that this is a part number change only. The reason for the change is _________________________.

The offeror represents that there has been no change to the parts form, fit, function, configuration, application, or physical nature and is therefore an exact item of replacement. Any award issued to the offeror for the new, superseding P/N shall be based on this verification. The Government may cancel any award for P/Ns determined to be unacceptable, and return any unacceptable parts for full refund including reimbursement for shipping charges. The Government also reserves the right to dispose of the unacceptable part, at Contractor expense.

The Government has the right either to reject or to require correction of nonconforming supplies. Supplies are nonconforming when they are defective in material or workmanship or are otherwise not in conformity with contract requirements.

(b) If an item is superseded during the term of this award, the Contractor shall advise the Contracting Officer within fifteen (15) business days of such determination, or within five (5) business days if the superseded item is covered by a delivery order issued prior to the determination. The notice shall include complete information concerning the replacement item as it relates to the form, fit, and function, configuration, application, or physical nature of the superseded item. The Contracting Officer will determine whether the replacement item is acceptable to the Government, advise the Contractor within fifteen (15) business days, and modify the contract accordingly.

(End of Clause)

52.211-9023 Substitution of Item After Award.

As prescribed in 11.304-92, insert the following clause

SUBSTITUTION OF ITEM AFTER AWARD (NOV 2011)

When the purchase order text (POT) identifies supplies by manufacturer's name, commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) code , and part number, the specified item(s) are the only item(s) acceptable under this contract. The Contractor may not substitute a different item after award.

(End of Clause)

52.211-9024 Shelf-Life Items Manufacturing Restrictions.

As prescribed in 11.304-93, insert the following clause:

SHELF-LIFE ITEMS MANUFACTURING RESTRICTIONS (MAY 2013)

(a) Products delivered under this contract shall be manufactured/cured/assembled to ensure that a minimum of 85% (allowing for rounding to whole months) shelf-life is remaining at time of receipt by the Government.

(b) Marking or labeling shall reflect these data.

(c) Supplies received by the Government with less than 85% shelf-life remaining will be considered to be nonconforming within the meaning of the Inspection Clause.

(End of Clause)

Alternate I As prescribed in 11.304-93 insert the following clause instead of 52.211-9024:

SHELF-LIFE ITEMS MANUFACTURING RESTRICTIONS FOR FEDERAL SUPPLY GROUP (FSG) 91, FUELS, LUBRICANTS, WAXES AND OILS - ALTERNATE I (MAY 2013)

(a) Products delivered under this contract shall be manufactured/cured/assembled to ensure that a minimum of 75% (allowing for rounding to whole months) shelf-life is remaining at time of receipt by the Government.

(b) Marking or labeling shall reflect these data.

(c) Supplies received by the Government with less than 75% shelf-life remaining will be considered to be nonconforming within the meaning of the Inspection Clause.

(End of Clause)

52.211-9031 Marking Requirements for High and Low Pressure Cylinders.

As prescribed in 11.204-95, insert the following clause:

MARKING REQUIREMENTS FOR HIGH AND LOW PRESSURE CYLINDERS (NOV 2011)

The serial number to be marked on each cylinder, as required by the specification cited in the Schedule of this solicitation, shall cite the DLA Aviation prefix of "CX".

(End of Clause)

52.211-9032 Shipping and Routing.

As prescribed in 11.404(a)(S-90) 3)(i), insert the following clause:

SHIPPING AND ROUTING (NOV 2011)

(a) The Contractor shall make shipments of the supplies called for by or ordered under this contract, by the method specified in the Schedule, to the delivery point, in the quantity, and according to the delivery date specified in the order or in the Schedule.

(b) On free on board (f.o.b.) destination items involving multiple truck load shipments, the Contractor shall assign one shipment number for shipments made on the same day.

(c) The Contractor shall furnish serially numbered seals and effectively seal all transport trucks and trucks and trailers. The marking on the seal shall be indicated on all shipping documents.

(d) Placards, as required by 49 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 172.506 and 49 CFR 172.508, shall be furnished and affixed to all tank trucks by the Contractor unless placards are already affixed.

(e) The Contractor shall inspect all shipping conveyances prior to loading to insure that product loaded will not be lost or contaminated by the condition of the equipment. Tank truck inspection must be performed by qualified Contractor personnel. Delegation of this responsibility shall not be passed to the tank truck operator/driver. The tank truck operator/driver may be permitted to physically load the tank truck; however, the loading operation must be under the surveillance and direction of Contractor personnel.

(End of Clause)

52.211-9034 Packaging/Marking Requirements for Diminishing Manufacturing Sources (DMS) Buys.

As prescribed in 11.204-97, insert the following clause:

PACKAGING/MARKING REQUIREMENTS FOR DIMINISHING MANUFACTURING SOURCES (DMS) BUYS – DLA MARITIME (NOV 2011)

Requirements apply only to line item _________, purchase request (PR) __________ , national stock number (NSN) _________________.

(a) Item shall be supplied as follows:

(1) Dual-in-line type - Microcircuits shall be supplied in aluminum rails not to exceed 20 inches in length. Plastic rails are not acceptable. Stoppers in ends of rails shall be constructed of aluminum or rubber. Stoppers fabricated with any other material are unacceptable. Each rail shall be marked with the national stock number (NSN), part number (P/N), unit of issue (U/I), and quantity applicable to the devices therein. Only one identification label shall be applied to each rail.

(2) Flat pack and can type - Microcircuits shall be supplied in individual carriers designed for the device or protected in a way that is normally acceptable in industrial practice, provided this meets the requirements of paragraph 2 below. Each interior container shall be marked with the NSN, P/N, U/I and quantity applicable to the devices therein.

(b) General precautions:

(1) Packaging shall protect the item from physical and mechanical damage and from degradation due to electrostatic (ES) and electromagnetic (EM) environmental field forces.

(2) Any wrapping and cushioning materials used shall be non-static-generating, non-corrosive, and shall not crumble, flake, powder, shed, or be of fibrous construction. Cushioning materials as required shall be of the following:

(i) Flexible cellular, plastic

(ii) Open cell, plastic

(iii) Velostat foam, black

Note: These cushioning materials may be used as a wrap.

(c) When necessary, because of limited quantities, to ship items of more than one NSN in a shipping container, all identical items shall be segregated in suitable intermediate containers and identified with the NSN, P/N, U/I and quantity.

(d) In addition to military standard (MIL-STD) 129P identification marking, each intermediate and shipping container shall be labeled with "Sensitive Electronic Device" label as shown in MIL-STD-129P. (This label shall not be affixed to aluminum rails). Delivery address and "Mark for" shall be as specified in the procurement document.

(End of Clause)

52.211-9035 Marking Requirements.

As prescribed in 11.204-98, insert the following clause:

MARKING REQUIREMENTS –DLA MARITIME (NOV 2011)

Marking of unit, intermediate and shipping containers for shipment and storage: Unless authorized by paragraph 7 below, all shipments, regardless of levels specified, including industrial, shall be marked in accordance with the most recent version of military standard (MIL-STD) 129P, “Marking for Shipment and Storage". In addition to MIL STD-129P requirements, the following instructions also apply:

(a) Joint Army-Navy (JAN) and other special markings in accordance with Government specifications: As designated, the following marking shall be placed on the unit package (carton, box, bag, etc., used as the initial protection), in addition to normal MIL-STD 129P marking. If the marking space on the MIL-S (JTD-129P identification side of the unit package is too small, 3 inches by 4 inches or less surface area) to accommodate this additional marking, the reverse side of the package may be used.

(1) Semiconductor Devices procured under MIL-PRF-19500M:

(i) Part or identifying number (PIN)

(ii) Manufacturer's identification (ID) and symbol

(iii) Lot identification code and code of assembly plant (if applicable)

(iv) Beryllium oxide identifier (if applicable)

(v) Electrostatic discharge sensitivity identifier (if applicable)

(vi) Country of origin

(vii) Diminishing manufacturing sources (DMS) marking (if applicable)

(2) Microcircuits procured under MIL-M-385 I0J, Notice 1:

(i) PIN

(ii) Identification code

(iii) Manufacturer's identification

(iv) Manufacture's designation symbol

(v) Country of origin

(vi) 'JAN' certification mark

(vii) Special marking

(viii) Electrostatic discharge sensitivity identifier

(3) Other semiconductor devices and microcircuits not procured under a military specification:

(i) Identification number

(ii) Manufacturer's identification

(iii) Manufacturers date code

(4) Special marking as required under an applicable Military Specification.

(b) Sensitive Electronic Devices: When the MIL-STD-2073-1D, Packaging Requirements Code specifies method of preservation GX or ZZ, with special marking code “39” (ESD Sensitive Electronic Device Requirements), sensitive electronic devices caution marking shall be applied as specified in MIL-STD-129P.

(c) Bar Code Marking: Regardless of levels of packaging specified (including Industrial), bar code marking shall be applied to all unit, intermediate, and exterior containers in accordance with MIL-STD-129P.

(1) Exterior containers: For Defense Logistics Agency (DLA) contracts, each exterior shipping containers shall be bar coded with the National Stock Number (NSN), contract number (including the call number) and Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) code.

(2) Multipacks:

(i) Item identification markings. Item identification markings will not be bar coded on the exterior shipping container of multipack shipments. However, unit packs and intermediate containers in the multipack shall be bar coded.

(ii) Contract number. Contract number will be bar coded on the exterior shipping container of the multipack if the number applies to all unit and intermediate containers inside the multipack. If mixed contract numbers are contained in the multipack, then the exterior container will not be bar coded.

(d) Hazardous Materials: (Performance Oriented Packaging).

In addition to the packaging requirements included in the commodity specification listed below, the supplies shall comply with applicable packaging requirements of AFMAN 24-204 (DLAI 4145.3), Preparing Hazardous Material for Military Air Shipments, the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) technical instructions for the safe transport of dangerous goods by air. The International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG CODE) and Title Forty-nine of the Code of Federal Regulations (49 CFR).

To the extent that there is conflict between the requirements of the commodity specification and other packaging data listed below and the requirements of AFMAN 24-204 (DLAI 4145.3), ICAO, and IMDG CODE, the provisions in AFMAN 24-204 (DLAI 4145.3), ICAO and IMDG CODE will control over the conflicting provisions in the commodity specification and other packaging data.

Unless otherwise specified by the procuring activity, interior and exterior containers of hazardous material shall be properly classified, documented, certified, described, packaged, marked, and labeled in accordance with AFMAN 24-204 (DLAI 4145.3), ICAO, IMDG CODE, 49 CFR, and MIL-STD-129P.

In addition to the above requirements, the CAGE code, shall be marked on all unit, intermediate and exterior containers.

(e) Exterior Documentation: Packing list as specified in MIL-STD-129P is required.

(f) Parcel Post Army Post Office (APO)/Fleet Post Office (FPO) Shipments: The statement "Contents for Official Use. Exempt from Customs Requirements" shall be annotated above the mailing address.

(g) Electronics Exclusions: Electron Tubes: These items shall be marked in accordance with MIL-E-75H.

(h) Warranty markings: When specified in the contract that the supplies are being required with a warranty agreement, the unit intermediate, and shipping containers shall be marked in accordance with MIL-STD-129P.

(End of Clause)

52.211-9036 Physical Identification/Bare Item Marking.

As prescribed in 11.204-99, insert the following clause:

PHYSICAL ITEM IDENTIFICATION/BARE ITEM MARKING – DLA LAND AND MARITIME (NOV 2011)

Unless authorized by exclusions listed below, all items shall be marked as specified in military standard (MIL-STD) 130N. The following DLA Land and Maritime supplemental marking requirements shall take precedence in case of conflict with MIL-STD-130N.

DLA Land and Maritime Exclusion:

(a) Unless the design control document specifically cites other marking requirements, the item will be considered too small to mark under the conditions listed below (however, 52.211-9035, Marking Requirements, applies):

(1) For federal supply classes (FSCs) 5905, 5910, 5935, 5961, 5962, and 5999, items smaller than .100 inch in diameter and .250 inch in length or .100 inch square X .250 inch in length, exclusive of wire leads, will not be marked.

(2) Other FSCs managed by DLA Land and Maritime will not be marked if the item is smaller than .250 inch in diameter X .500 inch long or .250 inch square X .500 inch long, exclusive of wire leads.

(3) Restrictions (1) and (2) above will not preclude marking of items of smaller dimensions if it is the manufacturers or vendor's standard practice to do so.

(b) No other physical item marking exclusions are authorized unless specified by MIL-STD-130N.

(End of Clause)

52.211-9037 Time of Delivery – Direct Vendor Delivery (DVD).

As prescribed in 11.404 (a)(S-90)(2)(iii), insert the following clause:

TIME OF DELIVERY – DIRECT VENDOR DELIVERY (DVD) (NOV 2011)

Delivery orders shall specify the date of delivery based on the priority of the delivery order line item. Ramp up periods, when needed, will be as specified elsewhere in the schedule.

(a) For any delivery order which specifies a priority of 1 to 3 and has a delivery location within the contiguous United States (CONUS), the Contractor shall be required to ship and deliver the order quantities so as to ensure receipt at the delivery destination(s) within _____ days after date of order for free on board (f.o.b.) destination and/or within____ days after date of order for f.o.b. origin.

(b) For any delivery order which specifies a priority of 1 to 3 and has a delivery location outside the contiguous U.S. (OCONUS), the Contractor shall be required to ship and deliver the order quantities so as to ensure receipt at the delivery destination(s) within _____ days after date of order for f.o.b. Destination and/or within____ days after date of order for f.o.b. origin.

(c) For any delivery order which specifies a priority of 4 to 15, has a delivery location within CONUS, a required delivery date (RDD) of 444, 555, 777 N**, E** or a Julian date within 8 days of date of order, the Contractor shall be required to ship and deliver the order quantities so as to ensure receipt at the delivery destination(s) within _____ days after date of order for f.o.b. destination and/or within____ days after date of order for f.o.b. origin.

(d) For any delivery order which specifies a priority of 4 to 15, has a delivery location OCONUS, an RDD of 444, 555, 777 N**, E** or a Julian date within 8 days of date of order, the Contractor shall be required to ship and deliver the order quantities so as to ensure receipt at the delivery destination(s) within _____ days after date of order for f.o.b. destination and/or within____ days after date of order for f.o.b. origin.

(e) For all other delivery orders which specify a priority of 4 to 15 and have a delivery location within CONUS, the Contractor shall be required to ship and deliver the order quantities so as to ensure receipt at the delivery destination(s) within _____ days after date of order for f.o.b. destination and/or within____ days after date of order for f.o.b. origin.

(f) For all other delivery orders which specify a priority of 4 to 15 and have a delivery location OCONUS, the Contractor shall be required to ship and deliver the order quantities so as to ensure receipt at the delivery destination(s) within _____ days after date of order for f.o.b. destination and/or within____ days after date of order for f.o.b. origin.

(g) Shipments to stock locations:

For any delivery order which specifies delivery to a Defense Logistics Agency (DLA)/Department of Defense (DoD) stock location, the Contractor shall be required to ship and deliver the order quantities so as to ensure receipt at the delivery destination(s) within _____ days after date of order for f.o.b. destination and/or within____ days after date of order for f.o.b. origin.

(h) First article:

When first article is required, the delivery timeframe will commence upon approval of first article. The delivery date of the first delivery order will be the delivery based on the priority of the delivery order line item plus the delivery timeframe specified by Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) Clause 52.209-3 or 52.209-4 (Section I) for submission of approval of the first article.

(i) Offeror’s proposed schedule:

Offerors proposing to meet the Government’s required delivery schedule, as shown above, need not enter anything in the “Offeror’s Proposed Schedule” section.

For priority 1-3 items with destinations within CONUS, delivery shall be within _____ days after date of order for f.o.b. destination and/or within____ days after date of order for f.o.b. origin.

For priority 1-3 items with destinations outside CONUS, delivery shall be within _____ days after date of order for f.o.b. destination and/or within____ days after date of order for f.o.b. origin.

For priority 4-15, destination within CONUS, an RDD of 444, 555, 777 N**, E** or a Julian date within 8 days of date of order, delivery shall be within _____ days after date of order for f.o.b. destination and/or within____ days after date of order for f.o.b. origin.

For priority 4-15, destination outside CONUS, an RDD of 444, 555, 777 N**, E** or a Julian date within 8 days of date of order, delivery shall be within _____ days after date of order for f.o.b. destination and/or within____ days after date of order for f.o.b. origin.

For priority 4 to 15 (all others), destination within CONUS, delivery shall be within _____ days after date of order for f.o.b. destination and/or within____ days after date of order for f.o.b. origin.

For priority 4 to 15 (all others), destination outside CONUS, delivery shall be within _____ days after date of order for f.o.b. destination and/or within____ days after date of order for f.o.b. origin.

For shipments to DLA/DoD stock locations, delivery shall be within _____ days after date of order for f.o.b. destination and/or within____ days after date of order for f.o.b. origin.

(j) The Contractor shall furnish copies of both shipping and delivery documents whenever requested by the Contracting Officer.

(k) Offering a greater number of delivery days than requested in (a) thru (g) may result in the offer being rejected.

(End of Clause)

52.211-9039 Compliance with Coast Guard Requirements.

As prescribed in 11.107-90, insert the following clause:

COMPLIANCE WITH COAST GUARD REQUIREMENTS (NOV 2011)

(a) Items furnished under this solicitation/contract must be approved by the Coast Guard before delivery by the Government.

(b) Offeror, check one:

[ ] Product has Coast Guard approval. A copy of approval is attached.

[ ] Product currently is being evaluated by the Coast Guard.

[ ] Product does not have Coast Guard approval.

(c) If the item does not have Coast Guard approval, the Contractor shall submit the following to the Commandant, United States (U.S). Coast Guard, 1300 E. Street North West, Washington, DC 20591, for approval.

(1) A preproduction sample.

(2) A copy of the specifications.

(3) Two copies of the plans.

(4) Test records in accordance with the required Coast Guard standards.

(d) The preproduction sample and test reports shall be delivered to U.S. Coast Guard within 90 days after contract award. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the letter forwarding the sample to the Coast Guard to the Contracting Officer at the address located in Block 6 of the award. The letter will also cite the contract number to which the sample is applicable.

(e) When Coast Guard approval is received, a copy of the approval and a copy of the test records citing the contract number shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer at the address located in Block 6 of the award. A notice of approval shall not relieve the Contractor from complying with applicable specifications(s) and all other terms and conditions of this contract.

(f) If the sample/test report is disapproved, the Government may terminate for default as stipulated in paragraph (g) below or the Contractor may be required, at the option of the Government, to have repeated any or all of the tests, and/or to deliver another sample as required by the Coast Guard, under the terms and conditions and within the time specified by the Government. After each requirement for additional tests, the Contractor shall, at no additional cost to the Government, make any required changes or modifications. All costs related to all tests to demonstrate compliance with Coast Guard standards shall be borne by the Contractor, including any and all costs for additional testing which may be required following disapproval of any sample/testing report.

(g) If the sample/test report is disapproved by the Coast Guard, the Contractor shall be deemed to have failed to make delivery within the meaning of the Default Clause of this contract. Approval/ disapproval typically takes place within 55 days of the submission of the sample/test report (45 days for Coast Guard evaluation plus 10 days administrative lead time).

(h) Prior to approval of the preproduction sample, the acquisition of materials or components for, or the commencement of production of, the balance of the contract quantity is at the sole risk of the Contractor. Prior to approval, the costs thereof shall not be allocable to this contract for (1) progress payments, or (2) termination settlement if the contract is terminated for the convenience of the Government.

(i) The Government reserves the right to waive the requirement for submission of a preproduction sample as stated in the specification upon satisfactory evidence that the Coast Guard previously has reviewed and accepted an identical item. However, previous Coast Guard acceptance of the item does not constitute waiver of any requirements set forth in the terms and conditions of this contract.

(j) If the item is already approved, the delivery schedule for production quantity shall be reduced by the 145 days allotted for submission and acceptance of such samples. However, the earlier delivery schedule(s) shall not be a factor in evaluation for award.

(End of Clause)

52.211-9041 Lengths, Tickets, Packaging, Marking of Cuts or Pieces.

As prescribed in 11.272-90, insert the following clause:

LENGTHS, TICKETS, PACKAGING, MARKING OF CUTS OR PIECES – DLA TROOP SUPPORT, CLOTHING AND TEXTILES (C&T) (NOV 2011)

(a) Lengths of cuts or pieces. The gross length of single continuous pieces (regular length) shall be as stated in the applicable specification or deviation thereto. On pieces where shade swatches have been removed, gross yards shall exclude any material cut pursuant to the shade evaluation clause. Pieces under_________ yards in length will be considered for acceptance as follows:

 

Gross Length Of Short Pieces (Yards)

 

From:

To:

 

Maximum % Permitted Of Total Contract Yardage

 

Discount From Contract Price

Pieces under _______________ yards in length will not be accepted. When splicing is permitted, each individual cut so spliced will nevertheless be considered as a separate piece. Short lengths listed in this paragraph as acceptable must be presented to the Government Quality Assurance Representative (QAR) in separate groupings, identified as short lengths, and segregated by respective length ranges. The total yardage within any short length range, presented for acceptance at any stage of contract performance, shall not exceed the percentage specified in relation to the total yardage (gross of all regular and short length pieces) shipped to date on the contract plus the yardage in the lot being presented for acceptance.

(b) Piece tickets:

(1) The piece ticket shall not include in the gross quantity any yardage removed there from for purposes of Contractor and Government verification testing, shade evaluation, standby samples, etc., but shall show only actual yardage in the piece.

(2) One piece ticket shall be required for each length (whether a regular length or a short length as outlined in paragraph (a) above) showing gross yardage. Information on the ticket shall be specified in the applicable requirements for preparation for delivery.

(3) Where permitted, when two or more pieces are put up on the same roll and the roll is shipped unwrapped, one ticket shall be attached to each piece and one additional ticket shall be attached to the roll.

(4) Where permitted, when two or more pieces are put up on the same roll and the roll is shipped wrapped, one ticket shall be attached to each piece and two additional tickets shall be attached to the roll. One of the additional tickets shall be inserted in the paper tube and the other such additional ticket so positioned that, though covered by the wrapping, it can be readily located and drawn. An "X" marked on the outside wrapping shall indicate the position of the latter ticket.

(5) The additional tickets required by subparagraph (3) or (4) above shall be as specified in the applicable requirements for preparation for delivery. These tickets shall show gross yardage of each piece on the reverse side and the total gross yards of the pieces comprising the roll on the face side.

(c) Packaging and marking of short length:

(1) Packaging: Lengths from ____________ to _____________ yards will be packed separately from regular length pieces. In addition, each length range as indicated in the table of paragraph (a), "Length of Cuts or Pieces" will, in turn, be packed separately. The total number of short lengths rolled on a tube shall be limited by the maximum yardage or maximum weight (whichever is applicable) specified for a roll.

(2) Marking: Marking of containers shall clearly indicate "Short Lengths", followed by the length range of the contents. This information shall immediately follow the nomenclature.

(End of Clause)

52.211-9042 Additional Documentation Requirements for Source Approval Request – Critical Application Item and Critical Safety Item.

As prescribed in 11.304-93(c), insert the following provision:

ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS FOR SOURCE APPROVAL REQUEST – CRITICAL APPLICATION ITEM AND CRITICAL SAFETY ITEM (NOV 2011)

(a) If an item other than that cited in the Purchase Order Text (POT) is offered under provision 52.217-9002 of this solicitation, this provision specifies the Government's requirements for additional documentation needed to evaluate whether the offered item meets the requirements for the Critical Application Item (CAI) and/or Critical Safety Item (CSI) identified in the POT. The offeror shall determine which category applies. The specified documentation for that category, as well as that specified for all categories at subparagraph (b), shall be submitted in support of the manufacturing process. The DLA Aviation website provides the mandatory requirements to submit for CATEGORY I – III parts.

(1) Category I - Manufacturer of the same item for the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) or for the Department of Defense (DoD).

(2) Category II - Manufacturer of a similar item for the OEM or DoD. (A similar item is defined as an item whose design, application, operating parameters, material, and manufacturing processes are similar to those of the item for which source approval is sought.)

(3) Category III - New manufacturer. The exact or similar item has not been previously provided to the OEM or DoD.

(b) Requirements for all categories.

(1) Documentation shall be provided stating if the company seeking approval is a nonmanufacturing source or the actual manufacturer. If the company seeking approval is a nonmanufacturing source, the required information shall also be submitted on the manufacturer.

(2) Any SAR identified to Boeing Rights Guard must comply with the Boeing Rights Guard Agreement.

(End of Provision)

52.211-9045 Pre-market Notification.

As prescribed in 11.204-92, insert the following provision:

PRE-MARKET NOTIFICATION - DLA TROOP SUPPORT - MEDICAL (NOV 2011)

(a) All offerors must be in compliance with Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act for those medical device products intended to be delivered to the Government. In accordance with 21 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 807 Subpart E, approval is required 90 days prior to either the submission of the initial offer (date the bid/proposal is signed) or the original opening/closing date (whichever comes first). Offerors are required to be in compliance by listing below the item number, corresponding premarket notification number and date of Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approval or the specific basis for exemption from the notification procedures as delineated in 21 CFR Part 807 Subpart E.

(b) The Government will rely on the offeror’s information for evaluation and award purposes. Offerors not in compliance 90 days prior to either the submission of the initial offer (date the bid/proposal is signed) or the original opening/closing date (whichever comes first), or not providing the information below, will be determined technically unacceptable (nonresponsive if an invitation for bid (IFB) and the offer will be rejected. Offerors that are determined ineligible will not be allowed to submit evidence of compliance at a later date. False information will be grounds for terminating any contract(s) resulting from this solicitation.

Item Number Premarket Notification Number/Approval Date

OR

State Basis for Exemption

I (name of authorized representative), ______________________________________, hereby state that to the best of my knowledge and belief the information provided here is complete and accurate.

Authorized Representative’s Signature _________________________________

Authorized Representative’s Title __________________________Date _________

(End of Provision)

52.211-9047 Manufacturer’s Make or Model Number.

As prescribed in 11.274-4(90), insert the following provision:

MANUFACTURER'S MAKE OR MODEL NUMBER (NOV 2011)

(a) Offerors are requested to provide the following information regarding the items offered:

Manufacturer's Name

Make

Model Number

also, include National Stock Number (NSNs)

(if previously assigned to the model in your offer), and contracts (if applicable)

(b) Furnishing this information does not relieve the offeror from supplying items that conform to the item description. Information is required solely for purposes of assigning a permanent National Stock Number (NSN) and is not for use in evaluation of offers. Marking of items acquired under generic end item identification must be an NSN referenced to a specific manufacturer and his make or model number. Contractor will affix the permanent (specific) NSN to equipment data plates, container markings, and other documents required by the contract in lieu of the temporary (generic) NSN shown in this solicitation. If specific NSN assignment is not made and furnished to the Contractor as a part of the contract, notify the Administrative Contracting Officer.

(End of Provision)

52.211-9048 Data Name Plates.

As prescribed in 11.274-4(91), insert the following provision:

DATA NAME PLATES - DLA TROOP SUPPORT - SUBSISTENCE (NOV 2011)

(a) The most current version of military standard (MIL-STD) 130L is applicable with the exception of paragraphs 4.1, 4.5, 4.6, 4.11 and 4.13. Data name plates shall be made of minimum 20 gauge corrosion-resisting metal and attached to each item by rivets, screws, or welding in such a manner as to meet the applicable National Sanitation Foundation sanitary requirements for this equipment. The plate shall contain the following information stamped, engraved or applied by photosensitive means.

National stock number

Procurement Instrument Identification Number

Specification data

Manufacturer's name, address, phone number

Supplier's name, address, phone number

Manufacturer's model number

DIC approved manual number

(b) Each plate shall be placed so that it is readily visible to the operator during normal operating use. Each plate shall be placed in a manner as to not adversely affect the life and utility of the item.

(End of Provision)

52.211-9050 Quantity Variance for Aerial Photographic Film.

As prescribed in 11.703-90, insert the following clause:

QUANTITY VARIANCE FOR AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHIC FILM (JUN 2008)

The Contractor may supply short lengths of film and bill for the actual footage shipped. Short roll film length shall be equal to not less than ninety percent (90%) of the nominal film length cited in the item nomenclature. Actual film length will be cited on each short roll unit package.

(End of Clause)

52.211-9052 Notification to Government of and Contemplated Production Phase-out.

As prescribed in 11.9001(b)(1), insert the following clause:

NOTIFICATION TO GOVERNMENT OF AND CONTEMPLATED PRODUCTION PHASE-OUT (NOV 2011)

(a) Items described in this acquisition have been designated “critical application items;” production phase-out of such items by the manufacturer could jeopardize the Government's ability to provide continued support for weapon systems or other vital equipment or programs.

(b) In the event that manufacturing phase-out or discontinuance of production of such items is contemplated, the Contractor is required to publish the discontinuance in the Government-Industry Data Exchange Program (GIDEP), where feasible, and to provide immediate advance notice of production phase-out to the applicable supply center diminishing manufacturing suppliers and material shortages (DMSMS) point of contact (POC), with copies to the DLA HQ DMSMS program manager and the DMSMS integrated support team (IST), as designated below:

Supply Center: DLA Aviation, Office: FAGD

Address: 8000 Jefferson Davis Highway , Richmond, Virginia 23297-5862

Supply Center: DLA Troop Support

Address: 700 Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19111-5096

Supply Center: DLA Land and Maritime, Office: VSD

Address: 3990 East Broad Street, Columbus, Ohio 43218

DLA Headquarters (HQ): Defense Logistics Agency, Office: DLA J3

Address: 8725 John J. Kingman Rd., Suite 4240, Fort Belvoir, Virginia 22060-6221

Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages (DMSMS) Integrated Supplier Team (IST): DLA DMSMS IST “VSD”

3390 East Broad Street, Columbus, Ohio 43218

Phone: (614) 692-7493

(End of Clause)

52.211-9053 Expedited Handling Shipments.

As prescribed in 11.604-90(b), insert the following clause:

EXPEDITED HANDLING SHIPMENTS (NOV 2011)

(1) Requisitions and contracts identified as not mission capable shipments (NMCS) shipments, requiring “expedited handling”, have an NMCS code shown in the RDD block of the address label. Applicable codes are “999” or any three digit code beginning with the letter “N”. The Contractor will mark all “expedited handling” shipments with identifying labels. NMCS “999” shipments shall be marked with two 999 Labels on each container. For NMCS conditions other than 999, containers shall be marked with two “NMCS” labels. Tags shall be used when labels are impractical. Place one label adjacent to the address and the other label on the opposite side of the container. Use the largest labels that will fit.

(2) Military Shipping Labels (MSL) are required on all shipments (see Defense Logistics Acquisition Directive (DLAD) clause 52.211-9010). Enter the code “999” or “NMCS” as applicable in the required delivery date (RDD) block, and insert a large “1” in the box entitled Transpriority.

(End of Clause)

52.211-9063 Unit Package Marking Requirement for Component Lead Finish.

As prescribed in 11.291, insert the following clause:

UNIT PACKAGE MARKING REQUIREMENT FOR COMPONENT LEAD FINISH (NOV 2011)

(a) In addition to all other marking requirements in this contract, the Contractor shall apply one of the assigned markings in accordance with paragraphs 5.3.1 and 5.3.2 of IPC/JEDEC J-STD-609, “Marking and Labeling of Components, printed circuit boards (PCBs) and printed circuit board assemblies (PCBAs) to Identify Lead (Pb), Pb-Free and Other Attributes,” to each individual unit pack of the item being acquired. Placement of the markings shall be in accordance with paragraph 6.1 of the standard.

(b) Copies of the current version of this standard may be purchased or downloaded from the Association Connecting Electronics Industry (IPC), http://www.ipc.org, or the Solid State Technology Association (JEDEC), http://www.jedec.org.

(End of Clause)

52.211-9064 Drawing Limitations - Tank-Automotive and Armaments Command (TACOM) Depot Level Repairable (DLR) – DLA Land and Maritime.

As prescribed in 11.204-100, insert the following clause:

DRAWING LIMITATIONS - TANK-AUTOMOTIVE AND ARMAMENTS COMMAND (TACOM) DEPOT LEVEL REPAIRABLE (DLR) – DLA LAND AND MARITIME (NOV 2011)

(a) The drawings supplied with this contract are not shop or process drawings. They are engineering design drawings that are adequate to permit manufacture, depict the completed (item(s), and serve as the basis for inspection of the completed item(s).

(b) The drawings do not cover intermediate drawings/specifications or steps in the manufacturing process. As a result, even if the Contractor meets all the dimensions and tolerances specified in the engineering design drawing for each individual part, a cumulative unacceptable fit for the contract item could result.

(c) The Contractor is responsible for producing the shop or process drawings needed to cover intermediate steps in the manufacturing process.

(d) The Contractor agrees that it has obtained all specifications and drawings necessary to manufacture the items being solicited in accordance with the Technical Data Package (TDP), including all incorporated specifications and drawings. The Contractor is responsible for having all drawings and specifications. Delivery delays are not excusable where the Contractor asserts that it did not have a specification or drawing and has failed to request, in writing, the specification from the Contracting Officer prior to the solicitation closing date.

(e) If the Contractor fails to produce an end item with a cumulative fit that conforms to Government drawings, specifications or other supplemental manufacturing documentation, the Contractor shall be responsible for correcting this condition at no additional cost to the Government and no delivery schedule extension.

(End of Clause)

52.211-9070 Relief from Diminishing Manufacturing Sources or Material Shortages Components (F-16 Program).

As prescribed in 11.9002-90(a), insert the following clause:

RELIEF FROM DIMINISHING MANUFACTURING SOURCES OR MATERIAL SHORTAGES COMPONENTS (F-16 PROGRAM) (APR 2013)

(a) A diminishing manufacturing sources or material shortages (DMSMS) component is a component or material, intended to be incorporated directly into an end item specified to be delivered under the purchase order or contract, that is unavailable from all manufacturers known to the Contractor, in the quantity necessary to comply with the delivery terms of the purchase order or contract.

(b) The Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing whenever the Contractor believes that one or more of the components or materials intended to be incorporated directly into an end item specified to be delivered under the purchase order or contract is a diminishing manufacturing source (DMS) component. The notice shall identify the part number, national stock number, and nomenclature of each DMS component.

(c) If the Contractor believes that one or more of the components or materials intended to be incorporated directly into an end item specified to be delivered under the purchase order or contract is a DMS component, the Contractor may request contractual relief according to this clause. The Contractor shall submit the request in writing to the Contracting Officer within thirty (30) days after the Contractor discovers a DMS situation. The request shall indicate that it is a request for contractual relief according to this clause and shall include, if applicable, the following information:

(1) a part number for each DMS component, its national stock number, nomenclature an actual manufacturer; part number of the end item where the DMS component is incorporated, national stock number, nomenclature, and actual manufacturer of the end item, description of the physical location on the weapon system where the end item is used; identification of the organization or organizations within DoD that manage the end item and those that manage each DMS component of the end item; identification of other public and private entities known by the Contractor to use substantially the same DMS component or end item; all technical remedies the Contractor recommends, if any, to overcome or mitigate the unavailability of DMS components (e.g., an engineering change proposal or the substitution of components having the same form, fit, and function); and

(2) a statement substantially as follows signed by an individual authorized to bind the Contractor contractually:

"To the best of the Contractor's knowledge and belief, the components or materials identified according to paragraph (c) of the clause titled Relief from Diminishing Source or Material Shortage Components of [purchase order or contract] number ______________ are DMS component(s) according to the definition in paragraph (a) of that clause."

(d) The Contracting Officer shall decide whether the request complies with the informational requirements of paragraph (c). If the Contracting Officer finds that the request substantially complies with such requirements, the Contracting Officer shall determine whether the components or materials identified according to the paragraph (c) are DMS components. In making the determination, the Contracting Officer shall consider the information the Contractor furnished with the request; and shall consult knowledgeable technical personnel, and, to the extent practicable, the organizations and points of contact the Contractor identified in the request; and may consider any other relevant information available to the Government.

(e) If the Contracting Officer finds that the Contractor's request does not substantially comply with the informational requirements of paragraph (c), or if the Contracting Officer determines that none of the components or materials identified according to paragraph (c) is a bona fide DMS component, the Contracting Officer shall, within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of the request, notify the Contractor in writing accordingly. The notice shall identify the deficiencies in the request, or shall state the reasons the Government disagrees with the Contractor's statement that the components or materials identified are DMS components. The Contracting Officer may, thereafter, accept a revision of the request.

(f) If the Contracting Officer finds that the Contractor's request substantially complies with the informational requirements of paragraph (c), and determines that one or more of the components or materials identified are bona fide DMS components, the Contracting Officer shall, within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of the request, notify the Contractor in writing accordingly. The notice shall constitute the government's acknowledgment that, if the Contractor fails to deliver the end item within the time specified in the purchase order or contract, the Government will consider the DMS components to be a cause beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor to the extent the Contractor's failure to perform is attributable to the DMS components. Additionally, the Contracting Officer may consider a proposal, if offered by the Contractor, to address the additional costs associated with alternative sources or work-around solutions to such DMS situation.

(g) No provision of this clause, nor any action taken by the Government according to this clause, shall, in itself, relieve the Contractor of the duty to respond to any delinquency notice prescribed in Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 49.607. Failure to agree upon the existence of a DMS situation shall be a dispute within the meaning of the clause in this contract entitled "Disputes".

(End of Clause)

52.211-9071 Required Source Approval - Logistics Command (LOGCOM) Depot Level Repairable (DLR) –DLA Land and Maritime.

As prescribed in 11.304-93(f), insert the following provision:

REQUIRED SOURCE APPROVAL – LOGISTICS COMMAND (LOGCOM) DEPOT LEVEL REPAIRABLE (DLR) – DLA LAND AND MARITIME (NOV 2011)

(a) The source(s) listed below have been approved by the Government for supply of the spare/component parts called for herein in order to assure the requisite safe, dependable, effective operation, and support of military equipment. Offerors other than the below listed approved source(s) will not be considered for award under this solicitation unless:

(1) The Offeror submits prior to or concurrent with its proposal proof of prior Government approval as a supplier of the required item(s); or,

(2) The Offeror submits prior to or concurrent with its proposal evidence of having satisfactorily produced the required item(s) for the Government or the prime equipment manufacturer(s); or,

(3) The Offeror submits prior to or concurrent with its proposal a certification specifying that the required item(s) will be obtained from sources having current Government approval as a result of satisfactorily supplying the same item(s) to the Government or the prime equipment manufacturer(s); or,

(4) The Offeror submits prior to or concurrent with its proposal such complete and current engineering data for the item(s) (including manufacturing control drawings, qualification test reports, quality assurance procedures, etc.) as may be required for evaluation purposes to determine the acceptability of the item as supplied by your firm for Government use; or

(5) The Offeror, who is not the manufacturer, notifies the Procuring Contracting Officer (PCO) at least ten (10) days prior to the opening of bids or proposals that the Offeror intends to provide surplus parts manufactured by one of the approved sources listed below. The Government will determine on a case-by-case basis, whether or not surplus parts can be considered in view of the criticality of the parts, and the extent of the evidence necessary for the Offeror to establish that the parts conform to the applicable specifications.

(b) Offers based on the submittal of approval information in accordance with paragraph (a) of this clause may, as determined by the Contracting Officer, be considered for award under this solicitation only if:

(1) The evaluation of such offers is practicable and in the Government's interest considering the availability of resources and cost to the Government for the qualification of new sources for the required item(s) as well as the advantages anticipated to be derived by the Government as a result of such qualification; and,

(2) The Government can, in fact, determine that the item, as supplied by the Offeror, is acceptable for Government use; and,

(3) In all cases, the evaluation/verification of the submittal and the requisite approval and award thereon can be made in time to meet the Government's requirements.

(c) The Government's decision regarding the suitability/acceptability of Offeror submittals under paragraphs (a) and (b) hereof, and the consideration for award based thereon, shall be final.

(d) The listing of approved sources below does not constitute a predetermination of responsibility or ability of the listed sources to perform on this particular procurement.

Approved sources:

Item Number

Manufacturer

Manufacturer Code

Part Number

(End of Provision)

52.211-9085 Prohibited Packing Materials (DLA Maritime-Norfolk and Puget Sound).

As prescribed in 11.204-105, insert the following clause in full text:

PROHIBITED PACKING MATERIALS (DLA MARITIME-NORFOLK AND PUGET SOUND)

(JUN 2011)

The following packing materials are prohibited: asbestos, excelsior, newspaper or shredded paper (all types including waxed paper, computer paper and similar hydroscopic or non-neutral material), and loose fill polystyrene. In addition, the use of yellow wrapping or packaging material is prohibited except where used for the containment of radioactive material.

(End of Clause)

52.211-9087 Level I Material Marking (DLA Maritime-Norfolk)).

As prescribed in 11.304-90(e), insert the following clause in full text:

LEVEL I MATERIAL MARKING (DLA MARITIME-NORFOLK) (NOV 2011)

(a) The following are the minimum marking requirements. Additions or alternative marking requirements, if applicable, will be specified in the procurement specification ordering data.

(b) All materials, which secure or act as pressure boundaries of Level I systems, supplied must be permanently and legibly marked in accordance with military standard (MIL-STD) 792 (latest revision) unless otherwise specified in the applicable specifications or drawings.

(c) The marking will not affect the fit, form or function of the material. For welded items, the marking will be located at least 1/2 inch from the weld edge. Items prepared for silver brazing will be marked outside the ultrasonic text area.

(d) Traceability markings for items with precision machined or plated surfaces or material with a suitable marking surface of less than 3/8 square inches (i.e., 3/8” x 3/8”) shall be applied to a durable tag and the tag securely affixed to the material. Mark the tag “item not permanently marked.”

(e) Traceability markings shall be maintained throughout assembly, and whenever possible shall be visible after assembly. For items where marking is not visible after assembly, a durable tag shall be securely attached to the item identifying the part number, piece number, traceability code and location of the permanent mark.

(f) When traceability markings are removed by a manufacturing or fabrication process, the marking shall be recorded prior to removal and be immediately restored upon completion of the process. If this cannot be done or is impractical, an appropriate material control procedure (such as a bag and tag, tagging, and /or tote box control) must be employed. The material control procedure must provide the method of positive control to preclude commingling of heats or loss of traceability. The traceability code shall be reapplied upon completion of the final manufacturing process.

(g) Traceability marking of consumable materials (i.e. weld filler metal, silver braze alloys, etc.) shall be by label attached to each container. Each container must contain material from the same heat, lot, or batch.

(End of Clause)

52.211-9088 Level I Pressure Boundary Markings (DLA Maritime-Norfolk).

As prescribed in 11.304-90(f), insert the following clause in full text:

LEVEL I PRESSURE BOUNDARY MARKINGS (DLA MARITIME-NORFOLK) (NOV 2011)

All materials which secure or act as pressure boundaries of Level I essentiality materials purchased under this contract must be permanently and legibly marked in a manner approved by military standard (MIL-STD) 792D. Marking shall be located so as not to affect the fit, form or function of the item. Additionally marking shall be located at least 1/2 inch from ends prepared for welding and outside of ultrasonic test areas of items prepared for silver brazing.

(End of Clause)

52.211-9089 Level I Fastener identification (DLA Maritime-Norfolk).

As prescribed in 11.304-90(g), insert the following clause in full text:

LEVEL I FASTENER IDENTIFICATION (DLA MARITIME-NORFOLK) (JUN 2011)

(a) Identification shall be maintained for Level I fasteners by unique lot number. All Level I fasteners, 1/2 inch nominal diameter and larger and all hull integrity fasteners, regardless of size, shall be marked with the kind of material, manufacturer’s trademark or symbol, and traceability code (i.e., heat number, lot number). Level I fasteners less than 1/2 inch nominal diameter shall be marked as space permits using the following order of precedence:

(1) The kind of material

(2) The manufacturer’s trademark or symbol

(3) The traceability code

(b) The material control process shall include requirements for the maintenance of traceability for items sent out for subcontracted operations. If such operations would remove traceability marking, purchase or work orders shall specify method and marking location for remarking. The Contractor shall also ensure that subcontractor production controls are adequate to preclude commingling of materials during processing. The Contractor shall include the substance of this clause, including this paragraph, in all subcontracts.

(c) For material produced by batch, continuous cast, or continuous pour process, samples shall be taken no less than once every eight hours of operation for the purpose of validating proper chemical composition and mechanical properties.

(End of Clause)

52.211-9094 Preparation for Delivery.

As prescribed in 11.404 (a)(S-90) (2)(x), insert the following clause:

PREPARATION FOR DELIVERY (NOV 2012)

(a) DLA stock and outside contiguous United States (OCONUS) Shipments: All orders shall be packaged to military preservation standards in accordance with military standard (MIL-STD) 2073-1D coded packaging requirements, and marked in accordance with MIL-STD-129P, Military Marking for Shipment and Storage. The supplemental palletization instruction sheet will be applicable when required and provided by the contracting officer.

(b) Direct vendor delivery (DVD) shipments:

(1) Contiguous United States (CONUS).

(i) Standard commercial in accordance with ASTM-D-3951.

(ii) Marking and barcoding in accordance with MIL-STD-129P and International Organization for Standardization (ISO)/International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 16388 shall apply for all shipments regardless of destination. (Also see clause 52.211-9010.)

(2) Purchase card orders: Packaging shall be in accordance with American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) D-3951 commercial packaging, which will ensure acceptance by the carrier. Marking shall be in accordance with MIL-STD-129P.

(c) Fast pay orders: The outer shipping container for fast pay DLA direct vendor delivery orders must be marked “fast pay.”

(d) Hazardous material: Packaging for hazardous materials shall comply with applicable requirements for performance oriented packaging contained in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Titles 29, 40 and 49. All performance test requirements shall be supported by certificates and reports attesting to the date and the data results obtained from performance oriented packaging testing. The contractor, if not a self-certifier, shall be responsible for assuring that third party sources providing performance testing services are, in fact, registered with the Department of Transportation. The contractor’s signed certification that the packaged configuration meets CFR Title 49 requirements shall be incorporated on the Department of Defense (DD) Form 250, Material Inspection and Receiving Report, or other related acceptance document if the DD Form 250 is not used. All certificates and reports shall be available for inspection by authorized Government representatives for a period of three years. If hazardous material will be offered for transportation by military air see clause, 52.211-9013, Shipper’s Declaration of Dangerous Goods.

(e) Prohibited cushioning and wrapping materials: Use of excelsior, newspaper, shredded paper (all types, including wax paper), and similar hygroscopic or non-neutral materials and all types of loose-fill materials, including polystyrene, is prohibited for application such as cushioning, fill, stuffing, and dunnage.

(f) Any questions concerning packaging may be addressed to the supply chain point of contact (see http://www.landandmaritime.dla.mil/offices/packaging).

(End of Clause)

52.211-9095 Palletization Shipments.

As prescribed in 11.292, insert the following clause:

PALLETIZATION OF SHIPMENTS (SEP 2012)

When the shipment of items is entering the Defense Transportation System and/or the enterprise business system (EBS) palletization number MD00100452 revision B is referenced, military standard (MIL-STD) 147, Department of defense standard practice, palletized unit loads is required. The use of nonstandard commercial pallets is not permitted unless cited in the contract or purchase order. Palletization Sheet MD00100452 Revision B with additional information concerning requirements for palletization can be found at http://www.landandmaritime.dla.mil/Offices/Packaging/palletization_ WPMnotice.asp.

(End of Clause)

52.212-9001 Application of Fast Payment to Part 12 Acquisitions.

As prescribed in 12.301(b)(3)(90), insert the following clause:

APPLICATION OF FAST PAYMENT TO PART 12 ACQUISITIONS (NOV 2011)

This acquisition is being conducted using Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) Part 12, Acquisition of Commercial Items. FAR 52.213-1, Fast Payment, applies. The terms and conditions in 52.213-1 take precedence over paragraphs (a), (j), (n), (o) and (p) of the clause at FAR 52.212-4.

(End of Clause)

52.213-9001 Evaluation Factor for Source Inspection.

As prescribed in 13.106-90(a) and 15.304(c)(S-93), insert the following provision:

EVALUATION FACTOR FOR SOURCE INSPECTION (NOV 2011)

This solicitation contemplates an award based on destination inspection. However, source inspection will be required for those quoters/offerors to whom formal notification thereof has been issued prior to the closing date for receipt of offers under this solicitation. An evaluation factor of $250 will be added to the quoted/offered price for each source inspection required, for purposes of determining the most advantageous offer received, price and other factors considered. Quotes/ offers contingent on source inspection/acceptance and/or free on board (f.o.b.) origin may be considered technically unacceptable; if the quote/offer is evaluated, the $250 evaluation factor will be applied for each source inspection required. Nothing in this provision affects the right of the Government to perform or waive source inspection on any resultant order/contract. If phased deliveries are required or offered, each phase of delivery will be presumed to result in one inspection.

(End of Provision)

Alternate I. Evaluation Factor for Source Inspection. As prescribed in 13.106-90(a) insert the following provision.

EVALUATION FACTOR FOR SOURCE INSPECTION ALTERNATE I (NOV 2011)

(a) If the quote or offer is evaluated in accordance with Defense Logistics Acquisition Directive (DLAD) provision 52.213-9001, in Section M, an evaluation factor will be added to the offeror's quoted price for each source inspection.

(b) This solicitation is intended to result in the award of a contract under which multiple orders may be placed. For evaluation purposes, it is anticipated that delivery orders will be issued. The evaluation factor will be applied based on a presumption that each order issued under this contract will result in a source inspection.

(End of Provision)

52.213-9008 Automated Contract Evaluation System.

As prescribed in 13.106-2(b)(S-90)(i), insert the following provision:

AUTOMATED CONTRACT EVALUATION SYSTEM (SEP 2015)

(a) Automated contract evaluation: Acquisitions are candidates for automated award under automated contract evaluation systems when the solicitation states that automated contract evaluation systems apply. The program uses price logic and other automated filters to make fully-automated and buyer-assisted automated awards valued at the simplified acquisition threshold or less. A purchase order with a “V” in the ninth position denotes an order issued under an automated contract evaluation system, which only considers “qualified quotes” for award. Qualified quotes are in exact compliance with the solicitation requirements (bid type equal to “bid without exception”), and are submitted on the Defense Logistics Agency’s Internet Bid Board System (DIBBS).

(1) The following are not, by themselves, considered exceptions to the solicitation requirements and will not make a quote ineligible** for an award:

(i) Quoting delivery days different than the required delivery days;

(ii) **Quoting origin inspection on solicitations requiring destination inspection;

(iii) Quoting a superseding or previously approved part or correction to a commercial and Government entity (CAGE)/part number cited in the acquisition identification description (AID) on an item described by manufacturer’s CAGE and part number;

(iv) Quoting a used, reconditioned, remanufactured item;

(v) Quoting other than a domestic end product on an unrestricted solicitation;

(vi) Quoting a hazardous item;

(vii) Quoting a new/unused Government surplus item; and

(viii) Quoting “Other” when the solicitation states a higher level quality requirement is required.

Note: The Department of Defense is implementing a policy that limits Government source inspections and permits Government source inspection for specific instances. Suppliers should submit quotes based on the requirements stated in the solicitation. If a supplier’s quote does not comply with the requirements stated in the solicitation, evaluation factors will be applied. See paragraph (b)(1) below. Additionally, should a quote citing origin inspection for a solicitation requiring destination inspection be evaluated manually, the quote may become ineligible for award.

(2) The following are considered exceptions to the solicitation requirements and will make a quote ineligible for a fully-automated award:

(i) Quoting an alternate product or otherwise taking exception to the solicitation’s item description;

(ii) Exceptions to packaging requirements;

(iii) Exceptions to free on board (f.o.b.) terms;

(iv) Quoting destination inspection on a solicitation requiring origin inspection;

(v) Exceptions to required quantity;

(vi) Quoting a quantity variance greater than what is specified on the solicitation;

(vii) Quoting “None” when a higher level quality requirement is required; and

(viii) Quoting the use of child labor.

(b) Evaluation factors: All qualified quotes are evaluated on the basis of price alone. Quantity price breaks are not considered. Price evaluation factors are added to the total quoted price in the following instances:

(1) $250 for quoting origin inspection when the Government’s requirement is for destination inspection (see Defense Logistics Acquisition Directive (DLAD) clause 52.213-9001; factor does not apply to Foreign Military Sales (FMS) and Direct Vendor Delivery (DVD) requirements if any qualified quote is above $25,000);

(2) $200 for quoting surplus material on non-critical items; $700 for quoting surplus material on critical items. When an automated quote of surplus material is in line for award after applying the above evaluation factors, a manual evaluation will be conducted in accordance with the more detailed evaluation criteria in 52.211-9003; and

(3) The Buy American Act (BAA) places restrictions on the purchase of supplies that are not domestic end products. Refer to Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 252.225-7001 or 252.225-7036, as applicable. .

(c) Tie quotes: If evaluated offers results in a tie between qualified quotes, the award decision will be based on the following order of precedence:

(1) A domestic end product offer over a non-qualifying country end product offer;

(2) Small business offer over a large business offer;

(3) Offer with the shortest delivery (if a quote contains different deliveries for multiple line items the automated evaluation program uses the average of the delivery periods); and

(4) First quote submitted.

(d) Manual evaluation: If the solicitation did not state that it was a candidate for automated evaluation, or if the solicitation stated that it was a candidate for automated evaluation but the automated evaluation system is unable to make price reasonableness or Contractor responsibility determinations, the solicitation and quote will be evaluated and awarded manually. When a quote is manually evaluated the Contracting Officer may consider quantity price breaks offered without further solicitation or discussion.

(e) Manual evaluation factors: If the requirement is evaluated manually, price, delivery, and past performance will be considered in accordance with the terms in the solicitation. Delivery will be considered consistent with 52.211-9011.

(f) Alternate offers: Alternate offers will not be considered for automated award. Alternate offers may be submitted for evaluation for future procurements to the location identified in DLAD Clause 52.217-9002.

(g) Notice of award: The Government’s offer to purchase, as evidenced by an order, is made on the basis of a submitted quotation. Suppliers are requested to notify the administrative Contracting Officer, within 14 days after receiving the notice of award, when they will not perform in accordance with an order. Failure to provide prompt notice will adversely affect your past performance evaluation if this order is later cancelled at other than the Government’s request.

(h) Award distribution: The award will be posted to the DLA DIBBS web site and distributed via email notification with a Web link to an electronic copy of the DD Form 1155, Order for Supplies or Services. Orders will be transmitted via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) to Contractors who are EDI-capable. Contractors that are not EDI-capable will receive their orders via email award notification containing Web links. Delays in the receipt of awards that are caused by email interruptions and Internet access are not excusable delays and will not extend delivery schedules.

(End of Provision)

52.213-9010 Indefinite Delivery Purchase Order (IDPO) Evaluation.

As prescribed in 13.390(d)(1), insert the following clause:

INDEFINITE DELIVERY PURCHASE ORDER (IDPO) EVALUATION (SEP 2012)

(a) The Government will award an IDPO resulting from this request for quote (RFQ) to the responsible offeror whose offer conforming to the terms and conditions within the RFQ will be most advantageous to the Government, price and/or other factors specified elsewhere in this solicitation considered. Evaluation of prices will be based on the estimated annual demand, as stated in the schedule.

(b) Failure to agree to the IDPO clause included in this request for quotes will affect the award decision for the solicited quantity, in that any offer received that fails to agree to an indefinite delivery purchase order maybe rejected as technically unacceptable.

(End of Clause)]

52.213-9011 Indefinite Delivery Purchase Order (IDPO) Agreement - Unilateral.

As prescribed in 13.390(d)(2), insert the following clause:

INDEFINITE DELIVERY PURCHASE ORDER (IDPO) AGREEMENT – UNILATERAL

(APR 2014)

(a) The Government will award a unilateral indefinite delivery purchase order (IDPO) agreement resulting from this request for quotes to the responsible offeror whose offer conforming to the IDPO terms and conditions will be most advantageous to the Government, price and/or other factors considered.

(b) The Contractor agrees that he/she will accept additional orders under the same terms and conditions specified in the basic order. The initial delivery order represents the minimum quantity, therefore the Government is under no obligation to place additional orders. The Government may place additional orders for the period of performance stated in the purchase order, effective from the date of the initial order. All additional orders will reference the basic order. The aggregate value of all orders shall not exceed the simplified acquisition threshold (see FAR 2.101); or, for acquisitions conducted using FAR Subpart 13.5, shall not exceed $6.5 million ($12 million for acquisitions described in 13.500(e)). The maximum value under the IDPO is stated in the basic order.

(c) Evaluation of Quotes. If quotes include variable pricing based upon conditions such as quantity ranges, transportation zones, and/or option years, quotes will be evaluated by establishing an average unit price. The average unit price will be established by adding all unit prices together, then dividing the sum by the number of unit prices.

(d) Pricing of Orders. When issuing orders, the unit price shall be based on the price from the quantity range that will cover the total quantity on the order, regardless of destination.

(e) Numbering. The uniform procurement instrument identification numbering (PIIN) system will be used (see Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 204.7003).

(End of Clause)

52.213-9012 Indefinite Delivery Purchase Order (IDPO) - Bilateral.

As prescribed in 13.390(d)(3), insert the following clause:

INDEFINITE DELIVERY PURCHASE ORDER (IDPO) - BILATERAL (APR 2014)

(a) The Government will award a bilateral IDPO resulting from this request for quotes to the responsible offeror whose offer conforming to the terms and conditions in the request for quotes will be most advantageous to the Government, price and/or other factors considered.

(b) The Contractor agrees that it will accept additional orders under the same terms and conditions specified in the basic order. This agreement becomes binding upon delivery of the initial order, which is the minimum quantity for this IDPO. The initial delivery order represents the minimum quantity for this IDPO, and the Government is under no obligation to place additional orders under this IDPO. The Government may place additional orders for the period of performance stated in the purchase order, effective from the date of the basic order. All additional orders will reference the initial order. The aggregate value of all orders shall not exceed the simplified acquisition threshold (see FAR 2.101); or, for acquisitions conducted using FAR Subpart 13.5, shall not exceed $6.5 million ($12 million for acquisitions described in 13.500(e)); the maximum value is stated in the basic order.

(c) Evaluation of quotes. If quotes include variable pricing based upon conditions such as quantity ranges, transportation zones, and/or option years, quotes will be evaluated by establishing an average unit price. The average unit price will be established for an award under the maximum value, by adding all unit prices together, then dividing the sum by the number of unit prices.

(d) Pricing of orders. When issuing orders, the unit price shall be based on the price from the quantity range that will cover the total quantity on the order, regardless of destination.

(e) Numbering. The uniform procurement instrument identification numbering (PIIN) system will be used (see Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 204.7003).

(End of Clause)]

52.215-9002 Socioeconomic Proposal.

As prescribed in 15.304(c)(4)(90), insert the following provision.

SOCIOECONOMIC PROPOSAL (FEB 2012)

Whether or not required to submit a subcontracting plan by the clause 52.219-9, all offerors shall:

(a) Provide a description of the efforts your company will make to assure that small, women-owned, historically underutilized business zone(s) (HUBZone), veteran-owned, service-disabled veteran-owned small business (SDVOSB), and economically disadvantaged women-owned small business concerns, and historically black colleges/universities or minority institutions (HBCUs/MIs) will have equal opportunity to compete for subcontracts under any resulting contract. Describe your current and planned proposed range of services, supplies, and any other support that will be provided to you by each of these categories. Include specific names of subcontractors to the extent they are known.

(b) Describe any future plans your company has for developing additional subcontracting opportunities for each of these categories during the contract period.

(c) Specify what proportion of your proposal, as a percentage of dollars, will be subcontracted to each of these categories.

(d) Specify what type of performance data you will accumulate and provide to the Contracting Officer regarding your support of each of these categories during the period of contract performance. Provide the name and title of the individual principally responsible for ensuring company support to such firms.

(End of Provision)

52.215-9003 Use of Past Performance Information Retrieval System – Statistical Reporting (PPIRS-SR) Information in Past Performance Evaluation.

As prescribed in 15.304-90(d)(2), insert in the following provision:

USE OF PAST PERFORMANCE INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSTEM – STATISTICAL REPORTING (PPIRS-SR) INFORMATION IN PAST PERFORMANCE EVALUATION

(APR 2014)

(a) General.

(1) Past performance is an indicator of a Contractor’s ability to perform satisfactorily on future awards.

(2) When used in best value source selections, past performance information will be evaluated based upon the currency and relevancy of past performance information in order to reach a confidence assessment for each offeror from which offers were received.

(3) The Defense Logistics Agency (DLA) will evaluate offerors’ past performance, which may include, but is not limited to, their record of conforming to specifications, conformance to the standards of good workmanship, adherence to contract schedules, and commitment to customer satisfaction.

(b) Past Performance Information Retrieval System – Statistical Reporting (PPIRS-SR), authorized by the Department of Defense for use by participating activities during the acquisition of supplies and services may, be used in evaluating contractor past performance.

(c) PPIRS-SR classifications are established for each supplier and can be reviewed at http://www.ppirs.gov/. Contractors are granted access to PPIRS-SR for their own classifications. Offerors are encouraged to review their own classifications as well as the PPIRS-SR reporting procedures and rating methodology detailed in the PPIRS-SR procedures manual and the PPIRS-SR user guide available at http://www.ppirs.gov.

(1) PPIRS-SR classifications. Specific information as to how PPIRS-SR determines delivery and quality classifications can be found in the PPIRS Reference Material, specifically the “PPIRS-SR Evaluation Criteria” document on the PPIRS-SR Website at http://www.ppirs.gov/ppirsfiles/reference.htm.

(2) Classifications are calculated based upon three years of data.

(3) Data sources for PPIRS-SR information can be found in the PPIRS Reference Material, “PPIRS-SR Evaluation Criteria” document on the PPIRS-SR Website at http://www.ppirs.gov/ppirsfiles/reference.htm.

(4) PPIRS-SR will make negative quality and delivery data reflected in the PPIRS-SR Classification available to contractors for review and challenge. This is accomplished within the PPIRS-SR system.

(d) The following procedures will be followed when the Contracting Officer evaluates PPIRS-SR classifications:

(1) The Contracting Officer may consider the volume of business on which the classification is based as a measure of confidence in the classification as an indication of performance risk.

(2) Specifics as to how PPIRS-SR calculations are affected when there is no delivery or quality information provided by the source data bases can be found in the PPIRS Reference Material, specifically the “PPIRS-SR Evaluation Criteria” document on the PPIRS-SR Website at http://www.ppirs.gov/ppirsfiles/reference.htm.

(3) In the case of a Contractor without a record of relevant past performance or for whom information on past performance is not available in the PPIRS-SR, the Contractor will be evaluated neither favorably nor unfavorably on past performance.

(4) Contractor-caused discrepancies or delinquencies will be reflected in a contractor's past performance assessment. Repair, replacement or reimbursement of quality and packaging defects will not provide relief of negative DLA performance data. Contractor-caused delivery extensions, regardless of consideration paid, will be reflected in the delivery classification for contracts issued by DLA.

(e) The Contracting Officer may collect and analyze other relevant information in addition to any past performance information derived from PPIRS-SR.

(End of Provision)

52.215-9009 All or None for Automated Procurements.

As prescribed in 15.209(e), insert the following provision:

ALL OR NONE FOR AUTOMATED PROCUREMENTS (AUG 2005)

Offers must be submitted on the total quantity of each item as offers for a part of the quantity of any listed item will be rejected.

(End of Provision)

52.215-9011 Requirements for Quantity Increments or Ranges.

As prescribed in 15.209(g), insert the following provision:

REQUIREMENTS FOR QUANTITY INCREMENTS OR RANGES (JUL 2006)

Offers are requested for increments or ranges of quantities as listed in the schedule of supplies or services. The awarded quantity, or quantities in the case of multiple items, will be based on the requirements of the Government and the combination of price and quantity per item that is most advantageous to the Government.

Quantity increments consist of a primary amount and alternate amounts based on incremental increases. The quantity awarded will be either the full primary or one of the alternate quantities.

Quantity ranges consist of a specific series of ranges. The quantity awarded may fall anywhere within any range.

If this is an invitation for bids (IFB), a bid that only contains prices for quantities other than those quantities solicited in the schedule of supplies or services will be determined to be non-responsive.

If this is a request for quote (RFQ) or a request for proposal (RFP), an offer that only contains prices for quantities other that those quantities indicated in the schedule of supplies or services may be precluded from consideration for award if the Contracting Officer elects to make an award without discussion of proposals.

If this solicitation requests offers for quantity ranges, the following apply:

The unit price applicable to the entire award quantity shall be the unit price offered for the quantity range in which the award quantity falls;

If an offer specifies the same price for all quantity ranges of an item, the offer may include a statement in the schedule of supplies or services that the unit price applies to all quantity ranges of that item. If an offer specifies different prices for a quantity range of an item, the offer must show a unit price in each quantity range column in the schedule of supplies or services.

Award may be made on the basis of that quantity and price combination that is most advantageous to the Government without discussion of proposals. 

Cost or pricing data, if required, shall be furnished at the request of the Contracting Officer and need not be submitted with your offer.

If this solicitation includes an option provision, option prices must be included for each increment.

(End of Provision)

52.215-9023 Reverse Auction.

As prescribed in 15.408-90(d)(1), use the following provision.

REVERSE AUCTION (OCT 2013)

The Contracting Officer may utilize on-line reverse auctioning as a means of conducting price discussions under this solicitation. If the Contracting Officer does not conduct a reverse auction, award may be made on the basis of initial offers or following discussions not using reverse auctioning as a pricing technique. If the Contracting Officer decides to use on-line reverse auctioning to conduct price negotiations, the Contracting Officer will notify Offerors of this decision and the following provisions will apply:

(a) The award decision will be made in accordance with the evaluation factors as set forth in the solicitation. The reverse on-line auction will be used as a pricing technique during discussions to establish the final offered prices from each Offeror. These prices will be used in conjunction with the evaluation factors stated elsewhere in the solicitation in order to make the award decision in accordance with the basis for award stated in the solicitation.

(b) Following the decision to conduct discussions using reverse auctioning as a pricing technique, the Contracting Officer or his/her representative will provide Offerors determined to be in the competitive range with information concerning the auction process.

(c) Prior to conducting the reverse auction, the Contracting Officer may hold discussions with the Offerors concerning matters appropriate for discussion, such as issues involving technical proposals or unbalanced pricing.

(d) Unless auction instructions indicate that only Offeror’s rankings will be displayed, the lowest Offeror’s price(s) for each round of the reverse auction will be disclosed to other Offerors and anyone else having authorized access to the auction. This disclosure is anonymous, meaning that each Offeror’s identity will be concealed from other Offerors (although it will be known to the Government; only a generic identifier will be used for each Offeror’s proposed pricing, such as “Offeror A” or “lowest-priced Offeror”). By submitting a proposal in response to the solicitation, Offerors agree to participate in the reverse auction and that their prices may be disclosed, including to other Offerors, during the reverse auction.

(e) An Offeror’s final auction price at the close of the reverse auction will be considered its final price proposal revision. No price revisions will be accepted after the close of the reverse auction, unless the Contracting Officer decides that further discussions are needed and final price proposal revisions are again requested in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 15.307, or the Contracting Officer determines that it would be in the best interest of the Government to re-open the auction.

(f) The following requirements apply when the Government uses a commercial web-based product to conduct the reverse auction:

(1) Each Offeror identified by the Contracting Officer as a participant in the reverse auction will be contacted by Defense Logistic Agency’s commercial reverse auction service provider to advise the Offeror of the event and to provide an explanation of the process.

(2) In order for an Offeror to participate in the reverse auction, such Offeror must agree with terms and conditions of the entire solicitation, including this provision, and agree to the commercial reverse auction service provider’s terms and conditions for using its service. Information concerning the reverse auction process and the commercial service provider’s terms and conditions is embedded within the email notification sent by the on-line reverse auction pricing tool system administrator.

(3) Offerors shall secure the passwords and other confidential materials provided by the commercial reverse auction service provider or the Government and ensure they are used only for purposes of participation in the reverse auction. Offerors shall keep their own and other Offeror’s pricing in confidence until after contract award.

(4) The reverse auction system currently in use designates offers as "Lead," meaning the current low price in that auction, or "Not Lead," meaning not the current low price in that auction. In the event of a tie offer, the reverse auction provider's system designates the first offer of that price as "Lead" and the second or subsequent offer of that price as "Not Lead." Offerors shall not submit a tie offer, since this is inconsistent with the purpose of the reverse auction. If a tie offer is submitted and no evaluation factors other than price were identified in the solicitation, the "Not Lead” Offeror that submitted the tie offer must offer a changed price; otherwise its offer will be ineligible for award if their final price in the auction is the tie offer price. If evaluation factors in addition to price were listed in the solicitation, tie offers that are "Not Lead" will be considered and evaluated in accordance with those evaluation factors.

(5) Any Offerors unable to enter pricing through the commercial reverse auction service provider’s system during a reverse auction must notify the Contracting Officer or designated representative immediately. The Contracting Officer may, at his/her sole discretion, extend or re-open the reverse auction if the reason for the Offeror’s inability to enter pricing is determined to be without fault on the part of the Offeror and outside the Offeror’s control.

(6) The reverse auction will be conducted using the commercial reverse auction service provider’s website as embedded in the email notification. Offerors shall be responsible for providing their own computer and internet connection.

(7) Training:

(i) The commercial reverse auction service provider and/or a Government representative will provide familiarization training to Offerors’ employees; this training may be provided through written material, the commercial reverse auction service provider’s website, and/or other means.

(ii) An employee of an Offeror who successfully completes the training shall be designated as a “Trained Offeror.” Only Trained Offerors may participate in a reverse auction. The Contracting Officer reserves the right to request that Offerors provide an alternate Offeror employee to become a Trained Offeror. The Contracting Officer also reserves the right to take away the Trained Offeror’s designation from any Trained Offeror who fails to abide by the solicitation’s or commercial reverse auction service provider’s terms and conditions.

(End of provision)

52.215-9033 Competing Individual Delivery Orders Through On-Line Reverse Auctioning.

As prescribed in 15.408-90(d)(2), use the following clause.

COMPETING INDIVIDUAL DELIVERY ORDERS THROUGH ON-LINE REVERSE AUCTIONING (APR 2014)

The Contracting Officer may utilize reverse auctioning as a means of conducting price negotiations when placing delivery orders against this contract. If the Contracting Officer does not conduct a reverse auction, the delivery order will be placed based upon pricing established through other means specified in the contract. If the Contracting Officer decides to use on-line reverse auctioning to conduct price negotiations when competing a specific delivery order, the Contracting Officer will notify the Contractor of this decision via email and the following will apply.

(a) The selection decision for a delivery order will be made in accordance with the evaluation criteria stated in the contract or in the request for quotation issued for the proposed delivery order. At the Contracting Officer’s discretion, a reverse auction will be used as the price negotiation technique for this delivery order. If a reverse auction is used, the offered prices at the end of the reverse auction, obtained through one or more rounds of the reverse auction, will be evaluated as the Contractors’ final proposed prices. These final proposed prices will be considered in making an award decision for the delivery order along with any other evaluation factors that are to be considered in accordance with the evaluation criteria and selection process stated in the contract or in the request for quotation. At the conclusion of the reverse auction, the Contracting Officer may choose to conduct additional negotiations, either through another reverse auction or a different method.

(b) Prior to the reverse auction, the Government will determine whether all participants’ prices, or just the lowest price(s), will be disclosed to other auction participants and to anyone else having authorized access to the auction. This disclosure is anonymous, meaning that each participant’s identity will be concealed from other participants (although it will be known to the Government). If the Government opts to disclose one or more participant’s prices, only generic identifiers will be used for each participant’s proposed pricing (e.g., “participant A or “lowest priced participant”). By submitting a proposal for a solicitation that includes this clause, a Contractor agrees to participate in the reverse auctions that will be conducted for award of specific delivery orders to be issued under the resulting multiple award contract program, and that its quoted prices for a delivery order may be disclosed to other Contractors participating in the reverse auction.

(c) The following information is provided regarding the procedures to be followed if reverse auction is conducted when competing a delivery order under this multiple award program.

(1) The Contracting Officer will issue a request for quote (RFQ) to all Contractors in the multiple-award program. After receiving quotes, the Contracting Officer will then send written notification, via email to Contractors with specifics regarding the reverse auction.

(2) Each Contractor identified by the Contracting Officer as a participant in the reverse auction will be contacted by DLA’s commercial reverse auction service provider to advise the Contractor of the event and to provide an explanation of the process.

(3) Information concerning the reverse auction process and the commercial service provider’s terms and conditions is available at the website, as embedded in the email notification.

(4) The participants in a reverse auction under this contract shall secure the passwords and other confidential materials provided by the commercial reverse auction services provider or the Government, and ensure they are used only for purposes of participation in the reverse auction. Contractors shall keep their own and other Contractors’ pricing in confidence and shall not disclose this information to anyone not authorized to participate in the reverse auction until after contract award.

(5) Any participant unable to enter pricing through the commercial reverse auction service provider’s system during a reverse auction must notify the Contracting Officer or designated representative immediately. The Contracting Officer may, at his/her sole discretion, extend or re-open the reverse auction if the reason for the participant’s inability to enter pricing is determined to be without fault on the part of the participant and outside the participant’s control.

(6) The reverse auction will be conducted using the commercial reverse auction service provider’s website, as embedded in the email notification. Participants shall be responsible for providing their own computer and Internet connection.

(7) Training:

(i) The commercial reverse auction service provider and/or a Government representative will provide familiarization training to participants’ employees; this training may be provided through written material, the commercial reverse auction service provider’s website, and/or other means.

(ii) An employee of a participant who successfully completes the training shall be designated as a ‘trained participant.’ Only trained participants may take part in a reverse auction.

(iii) The Contracting Officer reserves the right to request that participants provide an alternate employee to become a ‘trained participant.’ The Contracting Officer also reserves the right to review the ‘trained participant’ designation of any trained participant who fails to abide by the terms and conditions of this contract or the terms of the commercial reverse auction service provider. In the discretion of the Contracting Officer, such trained participant may be barred from participation in on-going or subsequent reverse auctions. The Contracting Officer’s decision is subject to appeal to the task-order and delivery order ombudsman pursuant to Defense Logistics Acquisition Directive (DLAD) 16.505(b).

(End of Clause)

52.215-9035 Sales Pricing Practices – Noncommercial Items.

As prescribed at 15.408-90(g), insert the following provision:

SALES PRICING PRACTICES - NONCOMMERCIAL ITEMS

(JAN 2014)

(a) This provision is applicable to items under this solicitation that do not meet the definition of commercial item in FAR 2.101.

(b) Before award of a contract, the Contracting Officer and the Offeror will agree upon (1) the customer (or category of customers) that will be the basis of award and (2) the Government's price relationship to the identified customer (or category of customers). This agreement will be based on the information provided by the Offeror in accordance with paragraph (d) of this clause. Any change in this pricing arrangement during the contract period shall constitute a price reduction and be subject to the requirements of 52.215-9037, Price Reduction.

(c) Definitions.

“Aligned customer” means the similarly-situated customer with best current pricing for an item identified to the Government during the pricing process resulting in the final agreed to price of an item.

“Best current pricing” means the most recent, lowest price for an item offered to a customer similarly-situated to DLA after application of any discount, rebate, or other price reduction.

“Similarly-situated” means a customer with similar annual demand for an item compared to DLA’s annual demand. The estimates or forecasts of Government demand in this solicitation will be used in calculating DLA’s annual demand, unless a different basis is agreed to by the Offeror and the Contracting Officer. Annual demands varying (plus or minus) up to 20% are similar for purposes of this provision, unless a different variance is agreed to by the Offeror and the Contracting Officer.

(d) Provide the information described below for each item (or groups of items, as applicable) covered by this provision. The Offeror may provide a single response covering more than one item, if the information disclosed is the same for all covered items.

(1) A list of all covered items with the best current pricing available for each item. Upon request by the Contracting Officer, the Offeror shall provide substantiating documentation for claimed best current pricing. The Offeror shall provide information that is, to the best of its knowledge and belief, current, accurate, and complete as of 14 calendar days prior to its submission. In the case of certified cost or pricing data, the applicable certification requirements take precedence over this part of this provision. The Offeror shall disclose any changes in its price list(s), discounts, and/or discounting policies that occur after the offer is submitted but before the close of negotiations.

(2) The price for each item offered under this solicitation. If the offered price for an item is not equal to or less than the best current pricing available to a similarly-situated customer, the Offeror shall provide a detailed explanation of the factors justifying a higher price for the item. The Offeror shall provide certified cost or pricing data or data other than certified cost or pricing data, depending on whether certified cost or pricing data is required under this solicitation for the item(s) in question.

(3) A description of concessions offered under this solicitation that are of value to the Government and are not granted to other customers. Such concessions may include, but are not limited to, an extended warranty, a return/exchange goods policy, or enhanced or additional services.

(4) If the Offeror is a dealer/reseller or will use dealers to perform any aspect of contract requirements awarded under this solicitation, describe the functions, if any, that the dealer/reseller will perform.

(5) The final agreed-to price for each item under this contract will be aligned with the similarly-situated customer or category of customers that receives the Offeror’s best current price for each item for purposes of 52.215-9037, Price Reductions.

(End of provision)

52.215-9036 Sales Pricing Practices – Commercial Items.

As prescribed at 15.408-90(h), insert the following provision:

SALES PRICING PRACTICES – COMMERCIAL ITEMS (JAN 2014)

(a) This provision is applicable to items meeting the definition of commercial item in FAR 2.101.

(b) Before award of a contract, the Contracting Officer, using the submitted information, and the Offeror will agree upon: (1) the customer (or category of customers) which will be aligned with the Government for pricing; and (2) the Government's price or discount relationship to the aligned customer (or category of customers). This agreement will be based on the information provided by the Offeror in accordance with paragraph (e) of this clause. Any change in this pricing arrangement during the contract period shall constitute a price reduction and be subject to the requirements of 52.215-9037, Price Reduction.

(c) Definitions.

“Aligned customer” means the customer (or category of customers) whose pricing is aligned with the Government pricing for purposes of the 52.215-9037, Price Reductions.

“Concession” means a benefit, enhancement or privilege (other than a discount), which either reduces the overall cost of a customer’s acquisition or encourages a customer to consummate a purchase. Concessions include, but are not limited to, freight allowance, extended warranty, extended price guarantees, free installation, and bonus goods.

“Discount” means a reduction to item prices (published or unpublished). Discounts include, but are not limited to, rebates, quantity discounts, purchase option credits, and any other terms or conditions other than concessions that reduce the amount of money a customer ultimately pays for goods or services ordered or received. Any net price lower than an established or list price is considered a “discount” by the percentage difference from the established or list price to the net price.

(d) For each item included in an offer, provide the information outlined in paragraph (e). The Offeror may provide a single response covering more than one item, if the information disclosed is the same for all covered items. If discounts and concessions vary by item, model, or product line, the Offerors shall ensure that information is clearly annotated as to item or items referenced.

(e) Provide information described below for each item (or groups of items, as applicable):

(1) Two copies of the Offeror’s current published (dated or otherwise identified) commercial descriptive catalogs and/or price list(s) from which discounts are offered. If special catalogs or price lists are printed for the purpose of this offer, such descriptive catalogs or price lists shall include a statement indicating the special catalog or price list represents a verbatim extract from the Offeror’s commercial catalog and/or price list and shall identify the descriptive catalog and/or price list from which the information has been extracted.

(2) The discount(s) offered under this solicitation. The description of discounts offered shall include all discounts, such as prompt payment discounts, quantity/dollar volume discounts (indicate whether models/products can be combined to earn discounts), blanket purchase agreement discounts, or purchase option credits. If the terms of sale appearing in the commercial catalogs or price list on which an offer is based are in conflict with the terms of this solicitation, the latter shall govern.

(3) A description of concessions offered that are not granted to other customers. Such concessions may include, but are not limited to, an extended warranty, a return/exchange goods policy, or enhanced or additional services.

(4) If the Offeror is a dealer/reseller or will use dealers to perform any aspect of contract requirements awarded under this solicitation, describe the functions, if any, that the dealer/reseller will perform.

(5) Provide the dollar value of sales to non-DLA Department of Defense and commercial customers at or based on an established catalog or market price during the previous 12-month period or your last fiscal year. Identify the beginning and ending of the 12-month or fiscal year period, as applicable. In the event that a dollar value is not an appropriate measure of the sales, the Offeror shall provide and describe its own measure of the sales of the item(s).

(6) Based on the Offeror’s written discounting policies (or standard commercial sales practices, in the event the Offeror does not have written discounting policies), state whether the discounts and any concessions being offered are equal to or better than the Offeror’s best price (discount and concessions in any combination) offered to any customer acquiring the same item(s), regardless of quantity or terms and conditions. For each item or group of items for which the response is affirmative (i.e., the discounts and any concessions offered to the Government under this solicitation are equal to or better than the Offeror’s best price offered to any customer), submit the information covered by the chart in paragraph (8) below for the customer(s) who receive your best discount. For each item or group of items for which the response is negative, submit the information covered by the chart in (e)(8) identifying the Offeror’s written policies or standard sales practices for all customers or customer categories to whom the Offeror sells at a price (discounts and concessions in combination) that is equal to or better than the price(s) offered to the Government under this solicitation or with which the Offeror has a current agreement to sell at a discount that equals or exceeds the discount(s) offered under this solicitation. Such agreement shall be in effect on the date the offer is submitted or contain an effective date during the contract period that will result from this solicitation. If the offered price is lower than the Offeror’s price to other customers or customer categories, the Offeror will be aligned with the customer or category of customers that receives the Offeror’s best price for purposes of 52.215-9037, Price Reductions. Provide information required by the format in (e)(8) below in accordance with these instructions that is, to the best of the Offeror’s knowledge and belief, current, accurate, and complete as of 14 calendar days prior to its submission. The Offeror shall also disclose any changes in its price list(s), discounts and/or discounting policies that occur after the offer is submitted, but before the close of negotiations. If the Offeror’s discount practices vary by item, model, or product line, the discount information should be by model or product line as appropriate. The Offeror may limit the number of items, models, or product lines reported to those which exceed 75% of actual historical Government sales (commercial sales may be substituted if Government sales are unavailable) value of the item.

(7) Based on the Offeror’s written discounting policies (or standard commercial sales practices, in the event the Offeror does not have written discounting policies), the Offeror shall use the format of the chart below to provide the information in each column heading for each item (or group of items for which the information is the same) covered by this solicitation. Identify each chart by the associated item(s) nomenclature. Provide a separate chart for each item (or group of items) for which the information in any of columns 2 through 5 is different from other items or groups of items. Add rows as needed for additional customers. Complete each chart in accordance with the instructions following the sample chart below.

(i) For each chart, state whether any deviations from the Offeror’s written policies or standard commercial sales practices disclosed in each chart ever result in better discounts (lower prices) or concessions than indicated. In each case where there are better discounts of concessions compared to a chart, explain basis for the deviations. When there are deviations, provide an explanation of the circumstances under which the Offeror deviates from its written policies or standard commercial sales practices disclosed in the chart and explain how often they occur. The Offeror’s explanation shall include a discussion of situations that lead to deviations from standard practice, an explanation of how often they occur, and the controls the Offeror employs to assure the integrity of its pricing. Examples of typical deviations may include, but are not limited to, one-time goodwill discounts to charity organizations or to compensate an otherwise disgruntled customer; a limited sale of obsolete or damaged goods; the sale of sample goods to a new customer; or the sales of prototype goods for testing purposes.

(ii) If deviations from the Offeror’s written policies or standard commercial sales practices disclosed in the chart on the Commercial Sales Practices Format are so significant and/or frequent that the Contracting Officer cannot establish whether the price(s) offered is fair and reasonable, then the Offeror may be asked to provide additional information. The Contracting Officer may ask for information to demonstrate that the Offeror has made substantial sales of the item(s) in the commercial market consistent with the information reflected on the chart on the Commercial Sales Practice Format, a description of the conditions surrounding those sales deviations, or other information that may be necessary in order for the Contracting Officer to determine whether the Offeror’s price(s) is fair and reasonable. In cases where additional information is requested, the Contracting Officer will target the request in order to limit the submission of data to that needed to establish the reasonableness of the offered price.

COLUMN 1
CUSTOMER

COLUMN 2
DISCOUNT

COLUMN 3
QUANTITY/VOLUME

COLUMN 4
FOB TERM

COLUMN 5
CONCESSIONS

         
         
         
         
         

Column 1- Identify the applicable customer or category of customer. A "customer" is any entity that acquires supplies from the Offeror. The term includes, but is not limited to, original equipment manufacturers, value-added resellers, state and local governments, distributors, educational institutions (an elementary, junior high, or degree-granting school that maintains a regular faculty, established curriculum, and an organized body of students), dealers, national accounts, and end users. In any instance when the Offeror is asked to disclose information for a customer, the Offeror may disclose information by category of customer if the Offeror's discount policies or practices are the same for all customers in the category. (Use a separate line for each customer or category of customer.)

Column 2-Identify the discount. The term "discount" is defined in paragraph (c) of this provisione. Indicate the best discount (based on the Offeror’s written discounting policies or standard commercial discounting practices if the Offeror does not have written discounting policies) at which the Offeror sells to the customer or category of customers identified in Column 1, without regard to quantity; terms and conditions of the agreements under which the discounts are given; and whether the agreements are written or oral. Net prices or discounts off of other price lists should be expressed as percentage discounts from the price list which is the basis of the Offer. If the discount disclosed is a combination of various discounts (prompt payment, quantity, etc.), the percentage should be broken out for each type of discount. If the price lists which are the basis of the discounts given to the customers identified in the chart are different than the price list submitted upon which the Offer is based, identify the type or title and date of each price list. The Contracting Officer may require submission of these price lists. To expedite evaluation, the Offeror may provide these price lists at the time of submission.

Column 3-Identify the quantity or volume of sales. Insert the minimum quantity or sales volume which the identified customer or category of customer must either purchase/order, per order or within a specified period, to earn the discount. When purchases/orders must be placed within a specified period to earn a discount indicate the time period.

Column 4-Indicate the FOB delivery term for each identified customer. See FAR 47.3 for an explanation of FOB delivery terms.

Column 5-Indicate concessions regardless of quantity granted to the identified customer or category of customer. Concessions are defined in paragraph (c) of this provision. If the space provided is inadequate, the disclosure should be made on a separate sheet by reference.

(End of provision)

52.215-9037 Price reductions.

As prescribed at 15.408-90(i), insert the following clause.

PRICE REDUCTIONS (JAN 2014)

(a) This clause shall be read in conjunction with provisions 52.215-9035, Sales Pricing Practices – Noncommercial Items, and 52.215-9036, Sales Pricing Practices – Commercial Items, as applicable.

(b) During the contract period, the Contractor shall report to the Contracting Officer all price reductions to any aligned customer (or category of customers). The Contractor's report shall include an explanation of the conditions under which the reductions were made.

(c) Price reductions.

(1) Commercial items. A price reduction shall apply to purchases of commercial items under this contract if, after the date negotiations conclude, the Contractor —

(i) Revises the commercial catalog, pricelist, schedule, or other document upon which contract award was based to reduce prices;

(ii) Grants more favorable discounts or terms and conditions than those contained in the commercial catalog, pricelist, schedule, or other documents upon which contract award was based; or

(iii) Grants discounts to an aligned customer (or category of customers) for item pricing, and the change disturbs the price/discount relationship of the Government to that customer (or category of customers).

(2) Noncommercial items. A price reduction shall apply to purchases of noncommercial items under this contract if, after the date negotiations conclude, the Contractor lowers the price paid by an aligned customer. The price reduction to the Government for an item will be calculated by applying the same percentage reduction to the Government price as was made to the price to the aligned customer.

(3) The Contractor shall offer the price reduction to the Government with the same effective date, and for the same time period, as extended to the aligned customer (or category of customers).

(4) There shall be no price reduction for sales caused by an error in quotation or billing, provided adequate documentation is furnished by the Contractor to the Contracting Officer.

(d) The Contractor may offer the Contracting Officer a voluntary price reduction at any time during the contract period.

(e) The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer of any price reduction subject to this clause as soon as possible, but not later than 15 calendar days after the effective date of the price reduction.

(f) The contract will be modified to reflect any price reduction that becomes applicable in accordance with this clause, with an effective date for the price change determined in accordance with paragraph (c) of this clause.

(End of clause)

52.216-9000 Implementation of FAR 52.216-2 Economic Price Adjustment--Standard Supplies.

As prescribed in 16.203-4(S-92)(a)(1)(90) and 16.203-4(b)(1)(S-90), insert a clause that is substantially the same as the following clause:

IMPLEMENTATION OF FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (FAR) 52.216-2 ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT - STANDARD SUPPLIES (NOV 2011)

Economic price adjustment (EPA) pursuant to the clause of this contract entitled Economic Price Adjustment–Standard Supplies (FAR 52.216-2), shall be determined as implemented herein.

EPA is limited to changes in the established price for the contract line item number (CLIN) listed below. The offeror shall report the item name, its part number and current established price (as defined in paragraph (a) of the aforementioned EPA clause), its unit of measure and free on board (f.o.b.) location, shall identify the name, source and date of the document containing such price, and shall attach to its offer, a copy of the pages from such document identifying the item and its price:

_________________________(Note1)_________________________________

In the event the price cited in (b) is an established market price which the Contracting Officer determines consistently and substantially fails to reflect market conditions, the Contracting Officer may modify the contract to specify use of an appropriate substitute market price, effective on the date such market price specified in the contract begins to consistently and substantially fail to reflect market conditions.

The Contractor shall include with the final invoice, a statement that the Contractor has not experienced a decrease in the unit price for the item listed herein, or a statement that it has given notice of all such decreases in compliance with the EPA clause.

(End of Clause)

Note 1: The Contracting Officer shall list the contract line-item number (CLIN) to be subject to EPA, provide for offeror fill-in of its item name, part number, current cost, unit of measure and free on board (f.o.b.) location for such item, and for the name, source and date of the document containing such price.

52.216-9001 Implementation of FAR 52.216-3 Economic Price Adjustment -Semistandard Supplies.

As prescribed in 16.203-4(b)(1)(S-90), insert a clause that is substantially the same as the following clause:

IMPLEMENTATION OF FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (FAR) 52.216-3 ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT - SEMISTANDARD SUPPLIES (NOV 2011)

(a) Economic price adjustment (EPA) pursuant to the clause of this contract entitled Economic Price Adjustment–Semistandard Supplies (FAR 52.216-3), shall be determined as implemented herein.

(b) EPA is limited to changes in the established price for the contract line item number (CLIN) listed below. The offeror shall report the item name, its part number and current established price (as defined in paragraph (a) of the aforementioned EPA clause), its unit of measure and free on board (f.o.b.) location, shall identify the name, source and date of the document containing such price, and shall attach to its offer, a copy of the pages from such document identifying the item and its price:

__________________(Note 1)_________________________________________

(c) In the event the price cited in (b) is an established market price which the Contracting Officer determines consistently and substantially fails to reflect market conditions, the Contracting Officer may modify the contract to specify use of an appropriate substitute market price, effective on the date such market price specified in the contract begins to consistently and substantially fail to reflect market conditions.

(d) The Contractor shall include with the final invoice, a statement that the Contractor has not experienced a decrease in the unit price for the item listed herein, or a statement that it has given notice of all such decreases in compliance with the EPA clause.

(End of Clause)

Note 1: The Contracting Officer shall list the contract line-item number (CLIN) to be subject to EPA, provide for offeror fill-in of its item name, part number, current cost, unit of measure and free on board (f.o.b.) location for such item, and for the name, source and date of the document containing such price.

52.216-9002 Implementation of FAR 52.216-4 Economic Price Adjustment--Labor and Material.

As prescribed in 16.203-4(c)(1)(90), insert a clause that is substantially the same as the following clause:

IMPLEMENTATION OF FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (FAR) 52.216-4 ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT - LABOR AND MATERIAL (NOV 2011)

(a) Economic price adjustment (EPA) pursuant to the clause of this contract entitled Economic Price Adjustment–Labor And Material (FAR 52.216-4), shall be determined as implemented herein.

(b) EPA is limited to changes in the Contractor’s cost relative to the labor category or item of material and the related contract line item number (CLIN)) listed below. The offeror shall list its current cost per unit of labor and/or materials for such item, shall identify the name, source and date of the document containing such cost, and shall attach to its offer, a copy of the pages from such document identifying the item and its cost:

___________________________(Note 1)______________________________________

(c) EPA for the specified cost element relative to each contract line item number (CLIN) shall be calculated as follows:

___________________________(Note 2)___________________________________

(d) The Contractor shall include with the final invoice, a statement that the Contractor has not experienced a decrease in any labor rate and/or material unit price for the item listed herein, or a statement that it has given notice of all such decreases in compliance with the EPA clause.

(End of Clause)

Note 1: For the item to be subject to price adjustment, the Contracting Officer shall list the contract line item number (CLIN), the specific labor category or item of raw material, purchased part, etc. to be subject to EPA, provide for offeror fill-in of its current cost and unit of measure for such category/item, and for the name, source and date of the document containing such cost.

Note 2: The Contracting Officer shall identify the quantity and cost (or the dollar percentage) of the item listed in paragraph (b) that is included in CLIN price, along with an explicit description of how an increase, and how a decrease, in such item cost shall be used in calculating any EPA to the CLIN unit price. A sample calculation may be included if deemed beneficial.

52.216-9003 Economic Price Adjustment – Specialty Metals – Market Price – Prospective Adjustments.

As prescribed in 16.203-4(S-91)(4), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT-SPECIALTY METALS – MARKET PRICE - PROSPECTIVE ADJUSTMENTS (NOV 2011)

(a) Warranties. The Contractor warrants that--

(1) The base unit prices set forth in the schedule do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause;

(2) The contract line items (CLINS) included in the table (paragraph (f)) are subject to the Preference for Domestic Specialty Metals clause of this contract; and

(3) The prices to be invoiced shall be computed in accordance with the provisions of this clause.

(b) Definitions. As used throughout this clause--

(1) "Market price indicator," as specified in column 5 of the table is the measure of changes in the market price of the material cost for the specialty metal(s) included in the contract price of the CLINS subject to adjustment under this clause.

(2) "Base unit price" is the unit price of a CLIN listed in the table, as applicable, during the initial contract period, or during an option period, exclusive of any price adjustment pursuant to this clause.

(3) "Base period" is the three calendar months preceding the month containing, as applicable, the closing date for receipt of offers (final proposal revisions if discussions were held) under negotiation procedures or the date of bid opening under sealed bid procedures. In addition, if the contract includes a period option, the base period is the arithmetic average of the three calendar months immediately preceding the month prior to the month containing the effective date for the option exercised.

(4) "Base market price indicator" (BMPI) for a CLIN listed in the table is the arithmetic average of the market price indicator values for the base period for the specialty metal(s) specified in column (2) of the table for that CLIN.

(5) “Base specialty metals cost” (BSMC) for a CLIN listed in the table is the dollar value of the direct materials cost of a specialty metal as recorded in column (4) of the table for such item.

(6) “Adjustment period” for purposes of this contract, will be: (if none marked, adjustments will be done annually)

( ) Quarterly – adjustments will be calculated following the publication of the market price indicator for the second month in each consecutive three calendar month period.

( ) Semi-annually – adjustments will be calculated following the publication of the market price indicator for the fifth month in each consecutive six calendar month period.

( ) Annually - adjustments will be calculated following the publication of the market price indicator for the eleventh month in each consecutive twelve calendar month period.

(7) "Adjusting market price indicator" (AMPI) for a CLIN listed in the table during the first adjustment period of contract performance is the arithmetic average of the market price indicator values for the three months immediately preceding the month prior to the first month of contract performance. For subsequent adjustment periods, the adjusting market price indicator for such CLIN is the arithmetic average of the three calendar months immediately preceding the month prior to the first month of the current adjustment period for which a prospective adjustment is being calculated.

(8) “Adjusted specialty metal material cost” is the base specialty material cost, adjusted as specified in paragraph (c)(2) on a prospective basis.

(9) “Non-specialty metals base price” is the base unit price for a CLIN minus the base specialty metal material cost for that CLIN.

(10) “Adjusted CLIN unit price” is sum of the adjusted specialty metal material unit cost and the non-specialty metals unit price rounded to four decimal places.

(c) Adjustments.

(1) Promptly following publication of the market price indicator(s) for the month specified in paragraph (b)(5) of the current adjustment period, the Contracting Officer shall calculate the adjusted specialty metal material price(s) and adjusted contract line item unit price(s), and modify the contract accordingly to incorporate CLIN prices that will be applicable to new orders issued during the next adjustment period.

(2) Calculations. All calculations shall be rounded to four decimal places. On the month prior to the beginning of the next adjustment period, the price adjustment(s) shall be calculated as follows:

(A) Compute the adjusting market price indicator (AMPI) for a CLIN, i.e., the arithmetic average of prices published for the indicator(s) shown in column (5) of the table for such CLIN, for the three month period preceding the current month.

(B) Using the base market price indicator (BMPI) (column (6) of table and the adjusting market price indicator (AMPI) computed per (A) above, calculate the market price indicator percentage change as follows:

AMPI – BMPI = ± market price indicator change percentage (MPIC %) BMPI

(C) Use the base specialty metal(s) cost (BSMC $) (Column (4) of the TABLE) and the MPIC % ((B) above) to calculate the new adjusted specialty metals price as follows:

BSMC $ x MPIC % = ± specialty metal price change (SMPC)($)

± SMPC + BSMC = adjusted specialty metal cost per CLIN material price

Note: If more than one specialty metal is included in the table for a CLIN, the SMPC is calculated for each using the former of the above two formulas and the change for each (increase or decrease) added to the BSMC to calculate the adjusted specialty metal cost per CLIN (vice the latter formula above.)

(D) Determine the adjusted contract line item unit price by adding the adjusted specialty metal(s) cost(s) to the non-specialty metals portion of the CLIN price.

(3) Modifications. Price adjustments under this clause shall be effected by contract modification showing the base unit price(s), calculation of the adjusting market price(s), the base contract line item unit price, and the calculations used to arrive at the adjusted contract line item unit price(s).

(4) Invoices. The prices invoiced and payable under this contract shall be based on the unit price(s) in the contract on the date the order is awarded.

(5) Failure to deliver. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this clause, no upward adjustment shall apply to product scheduled under the contract to be delivered before the effective date of the adjustment, unless the Contractor’s failure to deliver according to the delivery schedule results from causes beyond the Contractor’s control and without its fault or negligence, within the meaning of the Default clause of this contract.

(6) Upward ceiling on economic price adjustment.

(i) The Contractor agrees that the total increase in any specialty metal material cost pursuant to these economic price adjustment provisions shall not exceed ___% (percent) of the original material cost in any applicable contract year (whether a single year or multiyear program), except as provided hereafter.

(ii) If at any time the Contractor has reason to believe that within the near future a price adjustment under the provisions of this clause will be required that will exceed the current contract ceiling price for any item, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the expected increase. The notification shall include a revised ceiling the Contractor believes is sufficient to permit completion of remaining contract performance, along with appropriate explanation and documentation as required by the Contracting Officer.

(iii) If an actual increase in the indicator would raise a contract unit price for an item above the current ceiling, the Contracting Officer may issue a contract modification to raise the ceiling. If the contract ceiling will not be raised, the Contracting Officer shall so promptly notify the Contractor in writing.

(7) Revision of market price indicator. In the event –

(i) Any applicable market price indicator is discontinued or its method of derivation is altered substantially; or

(ii) The Contracting Officer determines that the market price indicator consistently and substantially fails to reflect market conditions, the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate and comparable substitute and the contract shall be modified to reflect such substitute effective on the date the price was discontinued, altered, or began to consistently and substantially fail to reflect market conditions.

(d) Final invoice. The Contractor shall include a statement on the final invoice under (1) the basic contract and under (2) each option period, that the amounts invoiced during the period have applied all adjustments required by this clause.

(e) Disputes. Any dispute arising under this clause shall be determined in accordance with and subject to the “Disputes” clause of the contract.

(f) Table. The offeror shall complete columns (1) through (4) in the table which follows, for all items containing specialty metals subject to adjustment under this clause (see paragraph (a)(2)). The offeror shall include with its offer adequate data to support derivation of the dollar value of specified material in the base unit price subject to adjustment (column (4)). Data supplied shall, at a minimum, provide an informal cost breakdown reflecting the current raw material cost, the specialty metal specification and the quantity of material per contract line item unit price.

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

Contract Line Item Number (CLIN) Subject to Adjustment

Specialty Metal Subject to Adjustment

Specialty Metal Amount per CLIN Unit of Issue

Base Specialty Metals Cost (see paragraph (b)(5)) in CLIN Base Unit Price

Specialty Metals Market price indicator identification and/or Name

Base Market Price Indicator

(see paragraph (b)(4))

Sample CLIN 0000

Titanium Tt35

2 pound (lb)

$30

Platts US SG Ingot Producer

$14.10/lb

           
           
           

(End of Clause)

52.216-9006 Addition/Deletion of Items.

As prescribed in 16.506(90), insert the following clause:

ADDITION/ DELETION OF ITEMS (AUG 2005)

(a) The Government reserves the right to unilaterally delete items that were available from only one manufacturer at the time of award if an alternate source of supply becomes available or the Government’s requirements are modified to provide for full and open competition. The Government will provide a 30 day advance notice to the Contractor prior to deleting any item from the Contract.

(b) New items may be added to the contract through bilateral modification with negotiated prices. All new requirements are subject to synopsis prior to addition to the contract.

(c) Discontinued items:

(1) The Contractor agrees to provide the Government with immediate, written notification when an item is to be discontinued by the manufacturer, including a recommendation for any potential substitute or replacement items. If the Government elects to include a substitute or replacement item in the contract, the contract will be modified accordingly.

(2) If an item is discontinued without replacement, the notice should include a recommendation concerning the availability of items that are comparable in form, fit, and function. The Contractor shall not incur any costs related to alternate sources of supply without the express written approval of the Contracting Officer. The Government has the option to make a last time order, or series of orders, within 30 days after receiving written notification of the discontinued item after which the item will be deleted from the contract. The Contractor shall honor any last time order unless it is returned to the ordering office within 10 days after issuance, with written notice stating the full quantity is not available for shipment. The terms of such order(s) will be negotiated by the parties, including changes to the delivery schedule and maximum quantity available for shipment.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9008 Offeror’s Quantity Limitations.

As prescribed in 16.506(91)(b), insert the following clause:

OFFEROR’S QUANTITY LIMITATIONS (JUL 2006)

An offer may be restricted by completing the following section, however such conditional offers may not be acceptable. Stating no restriction, either below or elsewhere in the offer, is express authorization to accept award of the total quantity offered or any part thereof.

[ ] 100% of all items offered or none.

[ ] Clearly describe other restrictions, if any, under which the offer is submitted.

___________________________________________________________________

(End of Clause)

52.216-9012 Economic Price Adjustment for Unitized Group Rations (UGR) - A Components – Actual Material Costs.

As prescribed in 16.203-4(c)(2), 16.203-4-90(b), and FAR 16.203-4(c), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT FOR UNITIZED GROUP RATIONS (UGR) - A COMPONENTS – ACTUAL MATERIAL COSTS – DLA TROOP SUPPORT SUBSISTENCE

(NOV 2011)

(a) Warranties. The Contractor warrants that---

(1) distribution prices covered by this contract do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause; and

(2) all prices invoiced under this contract shall be computed in accordance with the provisions of this clause.

(b) Definitions. As used throughout this clause, the term:

(1) “Contract unit price” means the total fixed price per unit charged to DLA Troop Support for a product delivered to DLA Troop Support’s customers. The contract unit price consists of two parts: Total Components price and Distribution price. The sum of these two prices shall be rounded up or down as applicable, (based on the rule of 5 or over to round up) to two (2) places to the right of the decimal point to calculate the contract unit price. Only the delivered price component of the contract unit price is subject to adjustment under this clause.

(2) “Total components price” means the total cost to the Contractor for all the food and disposable component items of the ration module, which is calculated by summing the total individual costs to the Contractor of each food and disposable component item in the ration module. The total cost to the Contractor for each ration component is calculated as the net unit price charged to the Contractor for that component, multiplied by the quantity of units per ration module. The net unit price for each component is the price paid by the Contractor to its supplier(s) for delivery of the component product to its distribution/assembly location (often called the “delivered price” or “landed cost”), taking into account any product discounts or rebates offered by the suppliers. The most recent vendor’s invoice price for a ration component should usually meet this definition as the net unit price for the component. The following table gives an example of how to calculate the total components price:

Lunch/Dinner Menu 1 Perishable - 8970-01-525-6813 - Chicken Parmesan

             
 

Net

Net Unit

Case

Qty/

Units/

Component

Menu Item

Unit

Price

Pack

Ration

Ration

$ / Ration

             

Chicken Parmesan

CS

$22.45

50 PC

50 PC

50/50

$22.45

Sauce

CS

$4.25

6 CN

3 CN

3/6

$2.13

Lemon Cake

CS

$5.17

8 EA

2 EA

2/8

$1.29

Total Components Price

         

$25.87

Legend: Qty = Quantity’ CS = case; PC = piece; CN = carton; EA = each

(3) “Distribution price” means the firm fixed price portion of the contract unit price, offered as a dollar amount per unit of issue, which represents all the elements of the contract price other than the total components price. The distribution price typically covers the Contractor’s projected general and administrative expenses, overhead, packaging costs, transportation costs from the Contractor’s distribution/assembly point, and any other projected expenses associated with delivery to DLA Troop Support’s customers, plus profit. This price shall remain constant for the complete term of the contract period then in effect. Distribution prices shall be formatted to two (2) places to the right of the decimal point, for example, $4.50 per semi-perishable ration module.

(4) “Ordering catalog” means the listing of contract ration modules to be delivered to Government customers, and their corresponding contract unit prices available for ordering under this contract.

(5) “Ordering week” means the 7-day week, from Sunday at 12:01 AM through the following Saturday until midnight Eastern Time (ET), standard or daylight as applicable), during which the Government place orders for unitized group rations (UGR) A modules to the Contractor.

(c) Price adjustments.

(1) General.

(A) All ordering catalog prices shall be fixed and remain unchanged until changed pursuant to this clause or other applicable provision of the contract. If the Contractor’s applicable total components price of a ration component(s) changes (i.e. increase or decrease) after the contract date, the corresponding contract unit price may be increased, or shall be decreased, by the same amount. The price change shall be effective at the beginning of the next ordering week. All ordering catalog unit prices computed in accordance with this clause and in effect when an order is placed shall remain in effect for that order through delivery. DLA Troop Support will be charged the contract unit price at time of each order regardless of any changes in the unit price occurring in any subsequent ordering week. In the event the Contractor finds a price recorded in the ordering catalog was not computed in accordance with this clause, and the error resulted in a higher contract unit price, than would have applied if this clause had been correctly applied, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Contracting Officer in writing and promptly thereafter submit a refund proposal. The posting of updated prices in the ordering catalog, calculated in accordance with this clause, constitutes a modification to this contract. No further contract modification is required to effect the change.

(B) The Contractor shall submit a request weekly for approval of price changes and for the retention of current prices, no later than Thursday, 1:00 PM eastern time (ET) to be effective in the following ordering week’s ordering catalog prices. The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer of its request in the form of an electronic data interchange (EDI) 832 transaction set or via an update to the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) web-ordering tool, as applicable. The notice shall include the Contractor’s adjustment in the total components price component of the applicable contract unit price.

(C) The Contracting Officer may at any time require the submission of supporting data to substantiate any requested price change or the requested continuation of the pre-existing price for any item, including prices applicable to prior ordering weeks. Upon notice from the Contracting Officer that supporting data is required, the Contractor shall immediately furnish to the Government all supporting data, including but not limited to, invoices, quotes, price lists and any other substantiating information requested by the Contracting Officer.

(D) The Contracting Officer may reject any price change or request to maintain a current price for any item, to the extent such price is found not to be representative of the Contractor’s current total components price.

(E) Should the Contracting Officer determine that a price change request contained an erroneous unit price or price change, the Contracting Officer may direct that the contract unit price be set at the amount determined by the Contracting Officer to reflect the accurate Total Components price. If the accurate price is lower than the erroneous price or price change, then the Contractor shall promptly thereafter submit a refund proposal.

(F) If the Contracting Officer does not notify the Contractor by Friday, 12:30 PM ET that a price or a price change request is being questioned or has been found to be erroneous, the requested contract unit price change(s) will be incorporated in the ordering catalog to be effective with the beginning of the following ordering week. Price change requests that the Contracting Officer questions or finds to be inconsistent with the requirements of this clause shall not be posted until the Contracting Officer specifically authorizes the posting.

(G) For all proposed prices that were not correctly entered in time into the ordering catalog for the following week, or were identified following the commencement of the applicable ordering week, and for any excessive prices found in prior ordering catalogs, that resulted in incorrectly higher contract unit prices, the Contractor shall promptly refund the difference between the correct amount and the incorrect amount to the Government, whether identified by the Contractor or by the Contracting Officer.

As an example, the following illustrates a request for a contract unit price change for lunch/dinner perishable menu 1:

Price effective for ordering week 13-19 Aug 2006

Lunch/Dinner Menu 1 Perishable - 8970-01-525-6813 - Chicken Parmesan

             
 

Net

Net Unit

Case

Qty/

Units/

Component

Menu Item

Unit

Price

Pack

Ration

Ration

$ / Ration

             

Chicken Parmesan

CS

$22.45

50 PC

50 PC

50/50

$22.45

Sauce

CS

$4.25

6 CN

3 CN

3/6

$2.13

Lemon Cake

CS

$5.17

8 EA

2 EA

2/8

$1.29

Total Components Price

         

$25.87

Distribution Price

         

$4.25

Contract Unit Price

         

$30.12

On 15 Aug 2006, the Contractor has received a new delivery of chicken parmesan at $21.50 per case, and lemon cake at a delivered price of $5.30 per case. The Contractor would request a contract unit price change as follows (requested changes in bold):

 

Net

Net Unit

Case

Qty/

Units/

Component

Menu Item

Unit

Price

Pack

Ration

Ration

$ / Ration

             

Chicken Parmesan

CS

$21.50

50 PC

50 PC

50/50

$21.50

Sauce

CS

$4.25

6 CN

3 CN

3/6

$2.13

Lemon Cake

CS

$5.30

8 EA

2 EA

2/8

$1.33

Total Components Price

         

$24.96

Distribution Price

         

$4.25

Contract Unit Price

         

$29.21

(2) Limitations. All adjustments under this clause shall be limited to the effect on contract unit prices of actual increases or decreases in the net unit prices for material. There shall be no upward adjustment for—

(A) Production cost increases incurred by the Contractor

(B) Changes in the quantities of material.

(d) Upward ceiling on economic price adjustment. The aggregate of contract unit price increases for each item under this clause during any single performance period (base or option period) shall not exceed 10 percent (%) of the initial contract unit price in such performance period except as provided hereafter. There is no downward limitation on the aggregated percentage of decreases that may be made under this clause.

(1) If at any time the Contractor has reason to believe that within the near future a price adjustment under the provisions of this clause will be required that will exceed the current contract ceiling price for any item, or in the event the latest actual cost for an item would exceed the allowable ceiling price under the contract, then the Contractor shall immediately notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the facts and circumstances. The notification shall include a revised ceiling the Contractor believes is sufficient to permit completion of the remaining contract performance period, along with appropriate explanation and documentation as required by the Contracting Officer.

(2) If an actual increase in the component delivered prices would raise a contract unit price for an item above the current ceiling, the Contracting Officer may issue a contract modification to establish a separate price increase limit for the item for the remainder of the current performance period. If the contract ceiling will not be raised, or raised sufficiently, to enable continued ordering of the item, the Contracting Officer shall so promptly notify the Contractor in writing.

(e) Examination of records.

The Contracting Officer or designated representative shall have the right to examine the Contractor’s books, records, documents and other data the Contracting Officer deems necessary to verify Contractor adherence to the provisions of this clause. Such examination may occur during all reasonable times until the end of 3 years after the date of final payment under this contract or the time periods specified in Subpart 4.703 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR), whichever is earlier.

(f) Final invoice. The Contractor shall include a statement on the final invoice under the basic contract and any option period that the amounts invoiced hereunder have applied all decreases required by this clause.

(g) Disputes. Any dispute arising under this clause shall be determined in accordance with the “Disputes” clause of the contract.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9013 Evaluation of Offers for Indefinite Delivery Type Solicitations.

As prescribed in 16.506-92(a), insert the following provision:

EVALUATION OF OFFERS FOR INDEFINITE DELIVERY TYPE SOLICITATIONS (NOV 2011)

(a) When Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.216-21 or one of its alternates is contained in this solicitation, this solicitation is for a requirements contract. Offers will be evaluated on the basis of the estimated annual quantity. If quantity increments are offered with various prices, the highest price offered will be used for evaluation.

(b) When FAR clause 52.216-22 is contained in this solicitation, this solicitation is for an Indefinite Quantity contract. Offers will be evaluated on the basis of the estimated annual quantity. Unless (c) is checked below, if quantity increments are offered with various prices, the highest price offered will be used for evaluation. If line items for both DLA direct and customer direct are included in the schedule, offers will be evaluated based on the total extended price for the DLA direct and customer direct line items.

(c) [ ] If checked, and subject to the terms and conditions of the solicitation relating to the evaluation of offers, the following procedures will be followed:

(1) When offers are requested on a quantity increment basis, each contract line-item (CLIN) will be evaluated for price by:

[ ] applying a weighted factor of 18% to the first quantity increment, 36% to the second increment, and 46% to the third increment to arrive at an average weighted unit price.

[ ] applying a weighted factor of 5% to the first quantity increment, 65% to the second increment, 25% to the third increment, and 5% to the fourth increment to arrive at an average weighted unit price.

This average weighted unit price will be multiplied by the estimated annual quantity that may be procured during the contract period to arrive at a total annual evaluated price for each CLIN. If the solicitation provides for separately priced option periods, average weighted prices will be calculated as described above in (1) for each option period and then added to the base contract period total to determine the total estimated price of that line item for the evaluation.

(2) When quantity increment prices are not requested, offers for each CLIN will be evaluated by multiplying the unit price by the estimated quantity that may be procured during the contract period to arrive at total price for each CLIN.

(3) Prices offered must be unit prices only which are clearly stated and which require no further interpretation by the Government to determine the actual offered price. Prices must not be stated as part of a pricing formula or as charges per lot. Unit prices offered must include costs of compliance with all solicitation requirements, with the exception of additive CLINs. For each item of supply for which a price is offered, prices must be offered for each quantity increment and year. Failure to submit proposed prices in accordance with these instructions may result in rejection of the offer.

(4) In the event first article testing and/or technical data are required for any or all of the CLINS, the cost of such testing and data will be added to the appropriate CLIN or prorated based on the ratio of the estimated quantity for each CLIN to the total estimated quantity of the various CLINs covering the same item or national stock number (NSN). In the event an offeror is low only on one CLIN (where there are several CLINs for the same item) (NSN), the cost of testing and data pertaining to that CLIN will be added for evaluation purposes.

(5) [ ] If checked, when free on board (f.o.b.) origin offers are authorized, transportation costs will be considered in evaluation and will be based on the best estimated quantity of each CLIN as specified elsewhere in this solicitation. Carload or truckload rates will be used to evaluate the cost of transportation for each CLIN unless the best estimated quantity would not constitute a carload or truckload. In such case, less than carload (LCL) or less than truckload (LTL) rates will be used for evaluation purposes.

(End of Provision)

Alternate I (APR 2008). As prescribed in 16.506-92(a) Use ALT I when assigning the greatest weight to the quantity increment most likely to be procured for each delivery order. Replace paragraph (c)(1) with:

(c) [ ] If checked, and subject to the terms and conditions of the solicitation relating to the evaluation of offers, the following procedures will be followed:

(1) When offers are requested on a quantity increment basis, each CLIN will be evaluated for price on a weighted basis.

(i) To be considered for award for any item, prices must be offered for each quantity increment cited. Incremental quantities within which it is anticipated orders are most likely to be issued are assigned the highest weights.

(ii) Offers will be evaluated by multiplying the designated weight by the unit price for each order increment and adding the results. Only one award will be made for each line item. Each delivery order will be issued at the price offered for that increment.

(iii) The weighted average evaluated price will be developed for each item using the formula stated in subparagraphs (A) through (C) below.

Increment

Weight

Increment

Weight

A

________

D

_______

B

________

E

_______

C

________

F

_______

(A) The weighted average price (for a given item for a given year) will be arrived at as follows:

(Offered unit price) x (increment weight) = weighted unit price (Sum of weighted unit prices) divided by (the sum of the weights) = weighted average price.

(B) (The weighted average price) x (the estimated annual requirement) = estimated annual cost for a given item for a given year.

(C) The sum of the estimated annual costs for a given item for the base year plus any option periods = the total estimated cost for that item.

(End of Provision)

52.216-9014 Area Requirements – Tentative Destinations.

As prescribed in 16.506-93(a), insert the following provision:

AREA REQUIREMENTS – TENTATIVE DESTINATIONS (NOV 2011)

(a) Each item of supply described in this solicitation is identified by a national stock number (NSN). One or more tentative destinations is/are listed under each item of supply. Each tentative destination designates an area of the Contiguous United States, excluding Alaska, consisting of certain states, or other geographical locations, as more specifically described below. If offers are solicited on the basis of delivery free on board (f.o.b.) origin, the tentative destination(s) will be used in the evaluation of offers. Each tentative destination, and the area which it represents, is designated by a separate contract line item number (CLIN).

(b) Except as otherwise provided by this solicitation, the Government shall order its requirements for each item of supply within the geographic area designated by the tentative destination (CLIN).

(c) The tentative destinations (CLINS) for the supplies set forth covered by this solicitation are as follows:

Item Number (CLIN)

Tentative Destination

Area

(Will be indicated in the solicitation)

(End of provision)

52.216-9015 Area Requirements- Contiguous United States (CONUS).

As prescribed in 16.506-93(b), insert the following clause:

AREA REQUIREMENTS – CONTIGUOUS UNITED STATES (CONUS) (NOV 2011)

(a) Each item of supply of this solicitation/contract is identified by a national stock number (NSN) and a contract line item number (CLIN). Each CLIN covers the Government’s requirements for item of supply to be delivered within the area of the CONUS (which is the 48 contiguous states and the District of Columbia.)

(b) Except as otherwise provided by this solicitation/contract, the Government shall order all of its requirements for each item of supply identified in the Schedule, for delivery in the area of CONUS.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9019 Area Requirements – East and West of Mississippi.

As prescribed in 16.506-94, insert the following provision:

AREA REQUIREMENTS – EAST AND WEST OF MISSISSIPPI - DLA TROOP SUPPORT CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT (C&E) (NOV 2011)

(a) Each item of supply in the schedule is designated by a national stock number (NSN). Each NSN is listed under two Contract Line Item Numbers (CLINS), one odd (e.g. CLIN 0003) and one even (e.g. CLIN 0004). The odd numbered CLINS represent the Government’s requirements for the item of supply in the area of the contiguous United States East of the Mississippi river. The even numbered CLINS represent the Government’s requirements for the item of supply in the area of the contiguous United States west of the Mississippi river, excluding Alaska.

(b) Except as otherwise provided by this solicitation/contract, the Government shall order from the Contractor who is awarded the odd-number CLIN for each item of supply all of its requirements for the CLIN within the contiguous limits of the United States east of the Mississippi river; and, except as otherwise provided by this solicitation/contract, the Government shall order from the Contractor who is awarded the even-number CLIN for each item of supply all of its requirements for the CLIN within the contiguous United States west of the Mississippi river, excluding Alaska.

(c) For ease of identification and evaluation for award, CLINs are assigned Arabic numerals and LOTS, if applicable, are assigned roman numerals. Further, odd numbered CLINS (e.g., 0001, 0003, 0005, etc.) are grouped in odd numbered roman numeral lots, (e.g., I, III, V, etc.) and even numbered CLINS are grouped in even numbered roman numeral lots.

(End of Provision)

52.216-9022 Placement of Task/Delivery Orders Against Multiple Indefinite Delivery Contracts.

As prescribed in 16.505(b)(S-90), insert the following clause:

PLACEMENT OF TASK/DELIVERY ORDERS AGAINST MULTIPLE INDEFINITE DELIVERY CONTRACTS (APR 2014)

(a) In accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 52.216-27, Single or Multiple Awards, the Government may elect to award multiple contracts under this solicitation. Proposals will be evaluated in accordance with the evaluation provision(s) specified in Section M of this solicitation. In the event of multiple awards, the same evaluation criteria will be used to determine which proposals represent the best value to the Government. The exact number of awards is left to the discretion of the Contracting Officer considering the cost to the Government to administer multiple awards, the recurring nature of the requirement, the need to increase the active production base, and/or the benefits that may be achieved through continued competition.

(b) Task/delivery order placement procedure:

(1) In the event of multiple awards, each awardee will be considered for placement of individual task/delivery orders unless an exception at FAR 16.505(b)(2) applies. However, those awardees subject to testing and approval requirements, such as, but not limited to, First Article Testing, shall not receive orders until satisfactory completion of any testing requirements. Failure to successfully complete required testing will constitute grounds for contract termination for default by the Government.

(2) The criteria used for evaluating offers for task/delivery orders under this contract are price, past performance, and delivery. Price is of ________ importance than (to) the other factors combined. Past performance will include performance on orders previously placed under the contract and may include performance under other contracts. In evaluating performance under previous orders, consideration will be given to delivery, quality of supplies furnished, and success in implementing any socioeconomic support programs (small business, Defense Logistics Agency (DLA) Mentoring Business Agreement, AbilityOne) which may be applicable to the contract.

(c) Task and delivery order ombudsman: In accordance with FAR 16.505(b)(8), complaints or questions regarding the placement of individual task/delivery orders will be addressed by the competition advocate. Correspondence should be directed to the appropriate supply chain listed below:

For DLA Aviation:

DLA Aviation

Competition Advocate, BPP

8000 Jefferson Davis Highway

Richmond, Virginia 23297-5124

For DLA Troop Support’s construction and equipment, clothing and textile, subsistence, and medical supply chains:

DLA Troop Support

Competition Advocate, BPA

700 Robbins Avenue

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19111-5096

For DLA Land and Maritime:

DLA Land and Maritime

Competition Advocate

Post Office (P.O.) Box 3990

Columbus, Ohio 43218-3990

(End of Clause)

52.216-9026 Pricing of Delivery Orders with Quantity Increments.

As prescribed in 16.506-96(b), insert the following clause:

PRICING OF DELIVERY ORDERS WITH QUANTITY INCREMENTS (NOV 2011)

(a) In pricing delivery orders requiring delivery of one national stock number (NSN) to multiple destinations, the price for each destination will be determined as follows, depending on the box checked:

(1) The quantity range price based on the total quantity of the NSN being procured under each delivery order regardless of destination; or

(2) The total quantity being shipped to all destinations within each zone as defined elsewhere in this contract.

(b) If this solicitation/contract contains a provision for placement of orders through an electronic ordering system, unit prices for those orders will be determined as follows, depending on the box checked:

(1) The total quantity of all requirements for each NSN issued via the electronic ordering system in a single day, regardless of the number of individual orders; or

(2) The quantity of each individual order.

(c) The minimum quantity to be ordered, per destination, will be the minimum ordering range quantity if specified in section B of the solicitation/contract for each item.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9027 Evaluation of Quantity Sensitive and Indefinite Delivery Contracts.

As prescribed in 16.504-90, insert the following clause:

EVALUATION OF QUANTITY SENSITIVE AND INDEFINITE DELIVERY CONTRACTS

(SEP 2008)

Prices will be evaluated on a weighted basis. To be considered for award for any item, prices must be offered for each quantity increment cited. Incremental quantities within which it is anticipated orders are most likely to be issued are assigned the highest weights. Offers will be evaluated by multiplying the designated weight by the unit price for each order increment and adding the results. Only one award will be made for each line item. Each delivery order will be issued at the price offered for that increment.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9028 Economic Price Adjustment (EPA) – Labor and Material.

As prescribed in 16.203-4-90(k), use the following clause.

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT LABOR AND MATERIAL (NOV 2011)

To be completed by the Contractor - material proposed for economic price adjustment.

The following types of materials and labor, if applicable, are subject to price adjustment pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.216-4, Economic Price Adjustment (Section I), included herein:

Quantities and types of material

Direct cost

Types of material

Rate of per unit of labor

(End of Clause)

52.216-9029 Economic Price Adjustment (EPA) Lead, Battery Consignment Program.

As prescribed in 16.203-4-90(c), use the following clause.

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT (EPA) LEAD, BATTERY CONSIGNMENT PROGRAM

(NOV 2011)

(a) Warranties. The Contractor warrants that --

(1) The prices set forth in the Schedule do not include allowances for any contingency covered by this clause; and

(2) The Contractor further agrees that there will be no price adjustment in the contract unit prices as provided by this clause for any additional costs incurred applicable to items purchased under this contract during the first 12 month contract period, nor prior to the effective date of a contract modification effecting such an adjustment.

(3) The prices to be invoiced shall be computed in accordance with the provisions of this clause.

(b) Definitions. As used throughout this clause--

(1) “Unit price subject to adjustment” (UPSA) is the estimated unit lead price per battery. The Contracting Officer will calculate the UPSA at the time of award using the London metals exchange standard lead average price for the most recent month available at the time of award, and the Government estimate of the number of pounds of lead required for each battery. The UPSA shall remain fixed throughout the life of the contract, including option periods and shall not be affected by any adjustment under this clause. For purposes of this contract, the Government’s estimate of the number of pounds of lead required for each battery is as follows:

Contract line-item number (CLIN) Government estimated

National stock number (NSN) pounds of lead / battery

______________________ __________________________

______________________ __________________________

(2) “Total adjusted lead price” (TALP) for each contract year after the first is the price of the lead contained in each battery at the time of adjustment based on the Government estimated pounds and the London metal exchange standard lead monthly average from the tenth month of the preceding contract year.

(3) For purposes of this clause, “contract year” is a 365-day (366-day for leap year) period beginning with and including the first effective day of each contract performance/ordering period.

(4) “Adjustment band” is the minimum percentage increase or decrease in the TALP compared to the UPSA (for the first adjustment) or the previous contract year’s TALP (for subsequent adjustments) required in order to warrant a price adjustment. For purposes of this contract, the adjustment band is +___% to -___%. When the percentage change is less than the specified percentages, no price adjustment will be made.

(5) “Adjusted contract unit Price” is the revised unit price of the specified CLIN/NSN, based on the TALP.

(c) Adjustments.

(1) The calculation required for adjustment of the contract item unit prices shall be calculated before the beginning of each contract year after the first. Not more than 60 days and not less than 30 days prior to the end of the current contract year the Contractor will submit the calculated TALP and, if applicable based on the adjustment band, the adjusted increased or decreased contract unit price to the Contracting Officer. The Contractor shall also submit the London metals exchange standard lead prices used in the calculations.

(2) The calculation of the TALP for the next contract year shall be made by multiplying the Government estimated pounds of lead for each battery line item by the average of published final prices per pound for standard lead from the London metals exchange for the tenth month of the contract year in which the calculation is being made.

(3) If the percentage change between the TALP for the next contract year and the UPSA (for the first adjustment) or the current TALP (for subsequent adjustments) is equal to or greater than the percentages established in the adjusting band, then the calculated percentage change (up or down) will be applied to the current contract unit price to arrive at the adjusted contract unit price (correspondingly up or down) for each battery line item, which is applicable in the next contract year in accordance with (4) below.

(4) Any price adjustment under this clause will be effected by a contract modification showing the revised contract unit prices in Section B. The Contracting Officer may unilaterally determine the applicable price adjustment if the data required in paragraph (c)(1) of this clause is not submitted as required in paragraph (c)(1).

(5) Calculations. All calculations shall be rounded to two decimal places.

(6) Upward ceiling on economic price adjustment. The Contractor agrees that the total cumulative increase in any contract unit price pursuant to this economic price adjustment provision shall not exceed ___% (percent) of the original UPSA for each contract year. There is no limitation on the amount of decreases that may be made under this clause.

(7) Revision of market price indicator. In the event –

(i) The applicable market price indicator is discontinued or its method of derivation is altered substantially; or

(ii) The Contracting Officer determines that the market price indicator consistently and substantially fails to reflect market conditions, the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate and comparable substitute and the contract shall be modified to reflect such substitute effective on the date the price was discontinued, altered, or began to consistently and substantially fail to reflect market conditions.

(d) Final invoice. The Contractor shall include a statement on the final invoice that the amounts invoiced hereunder have applied all decreases required by this clause.

(e) Disputes. Any dispute arising under this clause shall be determined in accordance with and subject to the “disputes” clause of the contract.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9030 Economic Price Adjustment - Department of Labor Index.

As prescribed in 16.203-4-90(d)(1), use the following clause.

Notes for fill-in text:

(a)(i) Paragraph (b)(1): Enter the appropriate Price Index (ECI, PPI, etc.) code number identification and title in the fill-in. Normally, unadjusted indexes should be used (as opposed to seasonally adjusted indexes). Note: If it is determined that the index to be used will only measure part of the cost of production or material, then that percentage which is measured can be specified. For example, if the component is cotton and the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) index is only judged to measure 50% of the contract price, then this should be specified such as 50% times the base price.

(ii) Paragraph (b)(2): Enter the number of months, or quarters for ECI, for the adjusting price index.

(iii) Paragraph (b)(3): One box must be selected. Enter the number of months, or quarters for ECI, in each fill-in. Note: If final indexes are used, adjust the number of months, or quarters, in the second fill-in to account for first published indexes.

b. Paragraph (c)(1): Enter the number of price adjustments per contract year.

c. Paragraph (d): Enter the appropriate percentage price increase ceiling, considering the length of contract performance, index volatility, and ratio of the cost covered by this clause to the total contract price. Any percentage over 10 percent requires approval by the chief of the contracting office .

d. Paragraph (f)(2): Enter the minimal dollar amount for an adjustment to be made for retroactive price changes. The default is $500.

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT – DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PRICE INDEX (SEP 2015)

(a) Warranties. The Contractor warrants that--

(1) The base unit prices set forth in the Schedule do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause; and

(2) The prices to be invoiced shall be computed in accordance with the provisions of this clause.

(b) Definitions. As used throughout this clause –

(1) "Index" for the purpose of price adjustment under this clause shall be the Producer Price Index(es) reported in the monthly publication entitled, “Producer Price Indexes”, published by the United States (U.S.) Department of Labor (DOL), Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) for the following code number(s) and title(s):

________________________(buyer fill-in)_________________________; or the Employment Cost Index(es) reported in the quarterly publication entitled, “Employment Cost Indexes,” published by the United States (U.S.) Department of Labor (DOL), Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) for the following code number(s) and title(s): ________________________(buyer fill-in)_________________________.

(2) "Base index" is the arithmetic average of the final version of the indexes published for the ____ months, or ____ quarters for ECI, preceding the closing date for receipt of proposals or the date required for receipt of final proposal revisions, if discussions were held.

(3) "Adjusting index" shall be the ____ arithmetic average of the [ ] first published or [ ] final version of the index for the ____ months, or ____ quarters for ECI, prior to the month in which the adjusting contract modification is effective.

(4) "Base unit price" is the unit price applicable to a quantity of a contract line item established at contract award, exclusive of any price adjustment pursuant to this clause.

(5) “Adjustment period” is the period during which a particular adjustment to the unit price under this clause (calculated at the beginning of the adjustment period) will be applicable. The length of each adjustment period in months shall be calculated by dividing 12 by the number of adjustments allowed per year in (c)(1) below.

(c) Adjustments. Prior to the end of each adjustment period, the Contracting Officer shall calculate the adjusting index and any adjusted contract unit price(s) for the new adjustment period, and modify the contract accordingly. Price adjustments pursuant to this clause shall be made by contract modification, issued by the Contracting Officer and will show the base index, the adjusting index, the base unit price, the mathematical calculations, and the changed unit price(s). The price adjustment shall be applicable to orders issued after the effective date of the contract modification establishing the unit price for the adjustment period. The price adjustment(s) for each adjustment period will be based on the percentage change between the base index and the adjusting index for the adjustment period, as applied to the base unit price.

(1) The Government shall be entitled to a price decrease in any particular adjustment period if the adjusting index is less than the base index. There shall be _______ price adjustments per contract year.

(2) Example of adjustment calculation:

Base Index =

109.88*

   

Adjusting index =

112.72*

Less base index =

109.88

Change to index =

2.84

   

Divide change to index by base index =

2.84 / 109.88 = .02585 (2.585%)**

   

Multiply by the base unit price =

$50.00 x .02585 = $1.29***

= Unit Price Adjustment

   

Adjusted unit price =

$51.29

* In computing the base and adjusting indexes, the resulting figure shall be rounded to the second decimal place.

** This figure shall be rounded to the fourth decimal place.

*** All dollar figures shall be rounded to the nearest cent.

(d) Upward ceiling on economic price adjustment. No upward ceiling shall apply under this economic price adjustment clause, unless the BLS series is based on indices below the six-digit level (an index “below the six-digit level” in BLS usage means an index whose identifier exceeds six-digits). For any BLS series that is below the six-digit level, the following ceiling shall apply: The Contractor agrees that the aggregate of the increases in any contract unit price under this clause shall not exceed ___% (percent) of the original base unit price, except as provided hereafter.

(1) If at any time the Contractor has reason to believe that within the near future a price adjustment under the provisions of this clause will be required that will exceed the adjustment ceiling for any item, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the expected increase. The notification shall include a revised ceiling the Contractor believes is sufficient to permit completion of remaining contract performance, along with appropriate explanation and documentation as required by the Contracting Officer.

(2) If an increase in the index would raise a contract unit price for an item above the current ceiling, the Contracting Officer may issue a contract modification to raise the ceiling. If the contract ceiling will not be raised, the Contracting Officer shall so promptly notify the Contractor in writing.

(e) Invoices. The prices payable under this contract will be based on the latest adjusted unit price incorporated into the contract as of the date of order.

(f) Retroactive adjustment. Paragraph applies only if “first published index” is selected in paragraph (b)(3) above. The Contractor may request a retroactive adjustment for orders that have been delivered during an adjustment period for which payment has already been made, based on the difference between a higher final revised index applicable to an adjustment period and the index values used in calculating the unit price for that adjustment period, and subject to the adjustment ceiling in (d) above and when the following conditions are met:

(1) The request for equitable adjustment clearly establishes that the unit price adjustment for the adjustment period would have been higher if the final revised index had been used, and identifies all invoices and payments to which it is applicable, cites the specific index differences relating to the requested adjustment, and provides a calculation of the total net price adjustment for items delivered during that adjustment period.

(2) No retroactive equitable adjustment shall be made under this clause unless the total dollar change for items delivered is $______ ($500.00 unless otherwise stated) or more for the applicable adjustment period(s).

(3) The Contractor’s written request must be received by the Contracting Officer within 45 days following publication of the final revised index.

The Government shall be entitled to a downward adjustment based on the difference between a lower final revised index applicable to an adjustment period and the index values used in calculating the unit price for that adjustment period, subject to the limitation in paragraph (f)(2).

(g) Revision of index. In the event –

(1) Any applicable index is discontinued or its method of derivation is altered substantially; or

(2) The Contracting Officer determines that the index consistently and substantially fails to reflect market conditions, the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate and comparable substitute and the contract shall be modified to reflect such substitute effective on the date the index was discontinued, altered, or began to consistently and substantially fail to reflect market conditions.

(h) Final invoice. The Contractor shall include a statement on the final invoice that the amounts invoiced hereunder have applied all decreases required by this clause.

(i) Disputes. Any dispute arising under this clause shall be determined in accordance with and subject to the “Disputes” clause of the contract.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9032 Economic Price Adjustment (EPA) - Established Market Price – Milk

As prescribed in 16.203-4-90(f), use the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT (EPA) - ESTABLISHED MARKET PRICE – MILK (FEB 2009)

(a) To the extent that contingent cost increases are provided for by this clause, the Contractor warrants that prices included in the contract do not include any amount to protect against such contingent cost increases.

(b) This EPA clause applies to skim milk and butterfat fluid milk products classified as class I milk only (i.e., whole milk, fat-free milk, low fat milk, light milk, reduced fat milk, milk drinks, eggnog and cultured buttermilk, including any such beverage products that are flavored, cultured, modified with added nonfat milk solids, sterilized, concentrated, or reconstituted. As used in this paragraph, the term concentrated milk means milk that contains not less than 25.5 percent, and not more than 50 percent, total milk solids). Any package sizes other than gallons will be pro-rated based upon the price adjustment per gallon.

(c) Class I milk, as described in this clause, is subject to the regulations of the United States Department of Agriculture under the Federal milk marketing orders.

(d) The economic indicator for the purpose of prospective adjustments to contract prices under this clause shall be the Class I price [(base skim milk price for Class I times 0.965) plus (advanced butterfat pricing factor times 3.5)] in the announcement of advanced prices and pricing factors released by the U.S. Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Marketing Service, dairy programs. The announcement is released on the Friday before the 23rd of the month unless the 23rd of the month falls on a Friday in which case, Friday the 23rd will be the release date.

(e) Price adjustments shall be based on the following:

(1) The "base price" for the purpose of the initial adjustment calculation under this clause shall be the current month price of the economic indicator in effect at (i) the closing date for proposals, if no discussions are held, or (ii) the due date for final proposal revisions, if discussions are held. The "base price" for each subsequent monthly adjustment calculation shall be the adjusting price from the previous month.

(2) The "adjusting price" shall be the monthly price of the economic indicator released following the month used to determine the "base price".

(f) For the purpose of price adjustments pursuant to this clause:

(1) Adjustments will be made in increments of $0.01 per gallon when and only when the change per gallon in either direction is equal to or greater than +/-$0.0100.

(2) Adjustments in excess of $0.0100 per gallon and in excess of $0.0050 for units other than a gallon (i.e., half gallon, quart, pint and half pint) will be rounded to two decimal places to accommodate systems requirements of the subsistence total order receipt electronic system (STORES), as follows:

 

$0.0050 to $0.0099 = $0.01

 

$0.0100 to $0.0149 = $0.01

 

$0.0150 to $0.0199 = $0.02

 

$0.0200 to $0.0249 = $0.02

 

$0.0250 to $0.0299 = $0.03, etc.

(3) One hundred weight (CWT) as used in the price of the economic indicator equates to 11.63 gallons of milk deliverable under this contract.

(g) Promptly following release of the announcement of advanced prices and pricing factors applicable to the following month, the Contracting Officer shall compute the adjustments, if any, to the current contract prices for the purpose of determining any revised prices applicable to orders for the next month in the manner detailed below:

(1) Compute adjusting price.

(2) Compute base price.

(3) Compute change from base price.

(4) Convert the price change to price per gallon.

(5) Compute price change for other units other than a gallon.

(6) Round price adjustment(s) from lines (4) and (5) to nearest $0.01 increment (see paragraph (f)(2)).

(7) Compute adjusted contract unit price(s). The following sample price computation is an illustration using January as the base price and February as the adjusting price.

 

(1) Adjusting price

   
   

Base skim milk price for Class I

$7.72 CWT X 0.965

$ 7.4498

   

Advanced butterfat pricing factor

$0.9302 LB X 3.5

$ 3.2557

   

Class I Price

 

$10.7055

       
 

(2) Base price base skim milk

   
   

Price for Class I

$7.72 CWT X 0.965

$ 7.4498

   

Advanced butterfat pricing factor

$0.9854 LB X 3.5

$ 3.4489

   

Class I Price

 

$10.8987

       
 

(3) Change from base price per CWT

 

($0.1932)

       
 

(4) Price change per gallon Line (3) divide by 11.63 gallons/cwt

 

($0.0166)

       
 

(5) Price change per half gallon

 

($0.0083)

   

Price change per quart

 

($0.0042)

   

Price change per pint

 

($0.0021)

   

Price change per half pint

 

($0.0010)

       
 

(6) Price adjustment per gallon

 

($0.02)

   

Price adjustment per half gallon

 

($0.01)

   

Price change per quart

 

$0.00

   

Price change per pint

 

$0.00

   

Price change per half pint

 

$0.00

       
 

(7) Adjusted contract unit price

   
   

Item per gallon (current unit price - $0.02)

   
   

Item per half gallon (current unit price - $0.01)

   
   

Item per quart (No adjustment)

   
   

Item per pint (No adjustment)

   
   

Item per half pint (No adjustment)

   

(h) Revised prices will become effective on the 1st Sunday of the next month and will remain in effect until the next price change occurs.

(i) Price adjustments pursuant to this clause will not be made by separate contract modifications. Adjustments will be implemented by the government as follows, and these actions shall constitute a modification to the contract:

(1) The adjusted contract unit price(s) for the following month will be input in STORES,

(2) A facsimile transmission will be sent to Contractors who do not have electronic access, and

(3) The calculations used to derive the adjusted contract unit price(s) for the following month will be posted on the Internet.

(j) The aggregate of the increases in any contract unit price under this clause shall not exceed 30% of the original contract unit price. The original contract unit price is the price in effect on the date of award. If at any time during the term of the contract, a proposed economic price adjustment will exceed this ceiling, the Government reserves the right to raise this ceiling where changes in market conditions during the contract period support an increase. There is no percentage limitation on the amount of downward adjustments that may be made under this clause.

(k) In the event publication of the economic indicator is discontinued or its method of calculation substantially altered so that it no longer reflects market prices, the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate substitute for price adjustment(s) under this clause.

(l) Any dispute arising under this clause is subject to the "disputes" clause of the contract.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9032 Economic price adjustment (EPA) - Established Market Price –Alternate I.

As prescribed in 16.203-4-90(f)(i) use the following clause.

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT (EPA) - ESTABLISHED MARKET PRICE ALTERNATE I (FEB 2009)

(a) To the extent that contingent cost increases are provided for by this clause, the Contractor warrants that prices included in the contract do not include any amount to protect against such contingent cost increases.

(b) This EPA clause applies to Class I milk only (i.e., milk used in fluid products, including whole, low fat, extra light, nonfat and half-and-half). Any package sizes other than gallons will be pro-rated based upon the price adjustment per gallon.

(c) Class I milk, as described in this clause, is subject to the regulations of the California Department of Food and Agriculture under the stabilization and marketing plans for market milk.

(d) The economic indicator shall be the “state-wide average CWT Class 1 price based upon production”, as released monthly by the California Department of Food and Agriculture dairy marketing branch in the “minimum prices for class 1 market milk f.o.b. processing plant” price letter. (Note: The California Department of Food and Agriculture is not part of the Federal milk marketing order (FMMO) system and maintains its own milk-marketing program).

(e) Price adjustments shall be based on the following:

(1) The “base price” for the purpose of the initial adjustment calculation under this clause shall be the current month price of the economic indicator in effect at

(i) the closing date for proposals, if no discussions are held, or

(ii) the due date for final proposal revisions, if discussions are held.

The “base price” for each subsequent monthly adjustment calculation shall be the adjusting price from the previous month.

(2) The “adjusting price” shall be the monthly price of the economic indicator released following the month used to determine the “base price”.

(f) For the purpose of price adjustments pursuant to this clause:

(1) Adjustments will be made in increments of $0.01 per gallon when and only when the change per gallon in either direction is equal to or greater than +/-$0.0100.

(2) Adjustments in excess of $0.0100 per gallon and in excess of $0.0050 for units other than a gallon (i.e., half gallon, quart, pint and half pint) will be rounded to two decimal places to accommodate systems requirements of the subsistence total order receipt electronic system (STORES), as follows:

 

$0.0050 to $0.0099 = $0.01

 

$0.0100 to $0.0149 = $0.01

 

$0.0150 to $0.0199 = $0.02

 

$0.0200 to $0.0249 = $0.02

 

$0.0250 to $0.0299 = $0.03, etc.

(3) One hundred weight (CWT) as used in the price of the economic indicator equates to 11.63 gallons of milk deliverable under this contract.

(g) Promptly following release of the minimum price letter applicable to the following month, the Contracting Officer shall compute the adjustments, if any, to the current contract prices for the purpose of determining any revised prices applicable to orders for the next month in the manner detailed below:

(1) Determine adjusting price.

(2) Determine base price.

(3) Compute change from base price.

(4) Convert the price change to price per gallon.

(5) Compute price change for other units other than a gallon.

(6) Round price adjustment(s) from lines (4) and (5) to nearest $0.01 increment (see paragraph (f)(2).

(7) Compute adjusted contract unit price(s).

The following sample price computation is an illustration using January as the base price and February as the adjusting price.

(1)

Adjusting Price

$ 11.75

CWT

       

(2)

Base Price

$ 11.98

CWT

       

(3)

Change from Base Price per CWT

$(0.23)

 
       

(4)

Price change per gallon

$(0.0198)

 
 

(Line (3) divide by 11.63 gallons/cwt)

   
       

(5)

Price change per half gallon

$(0.0099)

 
 

Price change per quart

$(0.0049)

 
 

Price change per pint

$(0.0025)

 
 

Price change per half pint

$(0.0012)

 
       

(6)

Price adjustment per gallon

$ (0.02)

 
 

Price adjustment per half gallon

$ (0.01)

 
 

Price adjustment per quart

$ (0.00)

 
 

Price adjustment per pint

$ (0.00)

 
 

Price adjustment per half pint

$ (0.00)

 
       

(7)

Adjusted contract unit price

   
 

Item per gallon (Current Unit Price - $0.02)

   
 

Item per half gallon (Contract Unit Price - $0.01)

   
 

Item per quart (No adjustment)

   
 

Item per pint (No adjustment)

   
 

Item per half pint (No adjustment)

   

(h) Revised prices will become effective on the 1st Sunday of the next month and will remain in effect until the next price change occurs.

(i) Price adjustments pursuant to this clause will not be made by separate contract modifications. Adjustments will be implemented by the Government as follows, and these actions shall constitute a modification to the contract:

(1) The adjusted contract unit price(s) for the following month will be input in STORES,

(2) A facsimile transmission will be sent to Contractors who do not have electronic access, and

(3) The calculations used to derive the adjusted contract unit price(s) for the following month will be posted on the internet.

(j) The aggregate of the increases in any contract unit price under this clause shall not exceed 30% of the original contract unit price. The original contract unit price is the price in effect on the date of award. If at any time during the term of the contract, a proposed economic price adjustment will exceed this ceiling, the Government reserves the right to raise this ceiling where changes in market conditions during the contract period support an increase There is no percentage limitation on the amount of downward adjustments that may be made under this clause.

(k) In the event publication of the economic indicator is discontinued or its method of calculation substantially altered so that it no longer reflects market prices, the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate substitute for price adjustment(s) under this clause.

(l) Any dispute arising under this clause is subject to the “Disputes” clause of the contract.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9032 Economic price adjustment (EPA) - Established Market Price – Milk Alternate II.

As prescribed in 16.203-4-90(f)(ii) use the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT (EPA) - ESTABLISHED MARKET PRICE – MILK ALTERNATE II (FEB 2009)

(a) To the extent that contingent cost increases are provided for by this clause, the Contractor warrants that prices included in the contract do not include any amount to protect against such contingent cost increases.

(b) This EPA clause applies to skim milk and butterfat fluid milk products classified as Class I milk only (i.e., whole milk, fat-free milk, low fat milk, light milk, reduced fat milk, milk drinks, eggnog and cultured buttermilk, including any such beverage products that are flavored, cultured, modified with added nonfat milk solids, sterilized, concentrated, or reconstituted. As used in this paragraph, the term concentrated milk means milk that contains not less than 25.5 percent, and not more than 50 percent, total milk solids). Any package sizes other than gallons will be pro-rated based upon the price adjustment per gallon.

(c) Class I milk, as described in this clause, is subject to the regulations of the United States Department of Agriculture under the Federal milk marketing orders.

(d) The economic indicator for the purpose of prospective adjustments to contract prices under this clause shall be the Class I price [(base skim milk price for Class I times 0.965) plus (advanced butterfat pricing factor times 3.5)] in the announcement of advanced prices and pricing factors released by the U.S. Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Marketing Service, Dairy Programs. The announcement is released on the Friday before the 23rd of the month unless the 23rd of the month falls on a Friday in which case, Friday the 23rd will be the release date.

(e) Price adjustments shall be based on the following:

(1) The “base price” for the purpose of the initial adjustment calculation under this clause shall be the current month price of the economic indicator in effect at

(i) the closing date for proposals, if no discussions are held, or

(ii) the due date for final proposal revisions, if discussions are held.

The “base price” for each subsequent monthly adjustment calculation shall be the adjusting price from the previous month.

(2) The “adjusting price” shall be the monthly price of the economic indicator released following the month used to determine the “base price”.

(f) For the purpose of price adjustments pursuant to this clause:

(1) Adjustments will be made when and only when the change per gallon in either direction is equal to or greater than +/-$0.0100.

(2) Adjustments will be rounded to two decimal places to accommodate systems requirements of the subsistence total order receipt electronic system (STORES).

(3) One hundred weight (CWT) as used in the price of the economic indicator equates to 11.63 gallons of milk deliverable under this contract.

(g) Promptly following release of the Announcement of Advanced Prices and Pricing Factors applicable to the following month, the Contracting Officer shall compute the adjustments, if any, to the current contract prices for the purpose of determining any revised prices applicable to orders for the next month in the manner detailed below:

(1) Compute adjusting price.

(2) Compute base price.

(3) Compute change from base price.

(4) Convert the price change to price per gallon.

(5) Compute price change for a box of 27 half pints (1.6875 gallons).

(6) Compute adjusted contract unit price(s).

The following sample price computation is an illustration using January as the base price and February as the adjusting price.

 

(1) Adjusting price

   
   

Base skim milk price for Class I

$7.72 CWT X 0.965

$ 7.4498

   

Advanced butterfat pricing factor

$0.9302 LB X 3.5

$ 3.2557

   

Class I Price

 

$10.7055

         
 

(2) Base price

   
   

Base skim milk price for Class I

$7.72 CWT X 0.965

$ 7.4498

   

Advanced butterfat pricing factor

$0.9854 LB X 3.5

$ 3.4489

   

Class I Price

 

$10.8987

         
 

(3) Change from base price per CWT

 

($0.1932)

         
 

(4) Price change per gallon Line (3) divide by 11.63 gallons/cwt

 

($0.0166)

         
 

(5) Price change per box

   
   

($0.0166) x 1.6875 gallons

 

($0.0280)

   

Rounded to two decimals

 

($0.03)

         
 

(6) Adjusted contract unit price

   
   

Current unit price - $0.03

   

(h) Revised prices will become effective on the 1st Sunday of the next month and will remain in effect until the next price change occurs.

(i) Price adjustments pursuant to this clause shall be made by contract modification showing the calculations used to derive the adjusted contract unit prices.

(j) Payment on this contract shall be at the current contract price, which shall change upon issuance of an adjusting modification.

(k) The aggregate of the increases in any contract unit price under this clause shall not exceed 30% of the original contract unit price. The original contract unit price is the price in effect on the date of award. If at any time during the term of the contract, a proposed economic price adjustment will exceed this ceiling, the Government reserves the right to raise this ceiling where changes in market conditions during the contract period support an increase. There is no percentage limitation on the amount of downward adjustments that may be made under this clause.

(l) In the event publication of the economic indicator is discontinued or its method of calculation substantially altered so that it no longer reflects market prices, the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate substitute for price adjustment(s) under this clause.

(m) Any dispute arising under this clause is subject to the “Disputes” clause of the contract.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9032 Economic price adjustment (EPA) - Established Market Price – Milk Alternate III.

As prescribed in 16.203-4-90(f)(iii) use the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT (EPA) - ESTABLISHED MARKET PRICE – MILK ALTERNATE III (FEB 2009)

(a) To the extent that contingent cost increases are provided for by this clause, the Contractor warrants that prices included in the contract do not include any amount to protect against such contingent cost increases.

(b) This EPA clause applies to Class I milk only (i.e., milk used in fluid products, including whole, low fat, extra light, nonfat and half-and-half). Any package sizes other than gallons will be pro-rated based upon the price adjustment per gallon.

(c) Class I milk, as described in this clause, is subject to the regulations of the California Department of Food and Agriculture under the stabilization and marketing plans for market milk.

(d) The economic indicator shall be the “State-Wide Average CWT Class 1 Price Based Upon Production”, as released monthly by the California Department of Food and Agriculture dairy marketing branch in the “Minimum Prices for Class 1 Market Milk F.O.B. Processing Plant” price letter. (Note: The California Department of Food and Agriculture is not part of the federal milk marketing order (FMMO) system and maintains its own milk-marketing program).

(e) Price adjustments shall be based on the following:

(1) The “base price” for the purpose of the initial adjustment calculation under this clause shall be the current month price of the economic indicator in effect at

(i) the closing date for proposals, if no discussions are held, or

(ii) the due date for final proposal revisions, if discussions are held.

The “base price” for each subsequent monthly adjustment calculation shall be the adjusting price from the previous month.

(2) The “adjusting price” shall be the monthly price of the economic indicator released following the month used to determine the “base price”.

(f) For the purpose of price adjustments pursuant to this clause:

(1) Adjustments will be made when and only when the change per gallon in either direction is equal to or greater than +/-$0.0100.

(2) Adjustments will be rounded to two decimal places to accommodate systems requirements of the subsistence total order receipt electronic system (STORES).

(3) One hundred weight (CWT) as used in the price of the economic indicator equates to 11.63 gallons of milk deliverable under this contract.

(g) Promptly following release of the minimum price letter applicable to the following month, the Contracting Officer shall compute the adjustments, if any, to the current contract prices for the purpose of determining any revised prices applicable to orders for the next month in the manner detailed below:

(1) Determine adjusting price.

(2) Determine base price.

(3) Compute change from base price.

(4) Convert the price change to price per gallon.

(5) Compute price change for a box of 27 half pints (1.6875 gallons).

(6) Compute adjusted contract unit price(s).

The following sample price computation is an illustration using January as the base price and February as the adjusting price.

(1)

Adjusting price

$11.75

CWT

       

(2)

Base price

$11.98

CWT

       

(3)

Change from base price per CWT

($0.23)

 
       

(4)

Price change per gallon

($0.0198)

 
 

(Line (3) divide by 11.63 gallons/cwt)

   
       

(5)

Price change per box

   
 

($0.0198) x 1.6875 gallons

($0.0334)

 
 

Rounded to two decimals

($0.03)

 
       

(6)

Adjusted contract unit price

   
 

Current unit price - $0.03

   

(h) Revised prices will become effective on the 1st Sunday of the next month and will remain in effect until the next price change occurs.

(i) Price adjustments pursuant to this clause shall be made by contract modification showing the calculations used to derive the adjusted contract unit prices.

(j) Payment on this contract shall be at the current contract price, which shall change upon issuance of an adjusting modification.

(k) The aggregate of the increases in any contract unit price under this clause shall not exceed 30% of the original contract unit price. The original contract unit price is the price in effect on the date of award. If at any time during the term of the contract, a proposed economic price adjustment will exceed this ceiling, the Government reserves the right to raise this ceiling where changes in market conditions during the contract period support an increase There is no percentage limitation on the amount of downward adjustments that may be made under this clause.

(l) In the event publication of the economic indicator is discontinued or its method of calculation substantially altered so that it no longer reflects market prices, the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate substitute for price adjustment(s) under this clause.

(m) Any dispute arising under this clause is subject to the “disputes” clause of the contract.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9033 Economic Price Adjustment (EPA) - Established Prices.

As prescribed in 16.203-4-90(g), use the following clause. Complete paragraph (c)(1) by entering the appropriate percentage price increase ceiling, considering the length of contract performance. Any percentage over 10 percent requires approval by the chief of the contracting office.

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT – ESTABLISHED PRICES (FEB 2009)

(a) The Contractor warrants that the unit price stated in the Schedule for _________ [offeror insert Schedule line item number] is not in excess of the Contractor’s applicable established price in effect on the contract date for like quantities of the same item. The term “unit price” excludes any part of the price directly resulting from requirements for preservation, packaging, or packing beyond standard commercial practice. The term “established price” means a price that --

(1) Is an established catalog or market price for a commercial item sold in substantial quantities to the general public; and

(2) Is the net price after applying any standard trade discounts offered by the Contractor.

(b) The Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer of the amount and effective date of each decrease in any applicable established price. Each corresponding contract unit price shall be decreased by the same percentage that the established price is decreased. The decrease shall apply to those items delivered on and after the effective date of the decrease in the Contractor’s established price, and this contract shall be modified accordingly.

(c) If the Contractor’s applicable established price is increased after the contract date, the corresponding contract unit price shall be increased, upon the Contractor’s written request to the Contracting Officer, by the same percentage that the established price is increased, and the contract shall be modified accordingly, subject to the following limitations:

(1) The aggregate of the increases in any contract unit price under this clause shall not exceed ___ percent of the original contract unit price.

(2) The increased contract unit price shall be effective –

(i) On the effective date of the increase in the applicable established price if the Contracting Officer receives the Contractor’s written request within 10 days thereafter; or

(ii) If the written request is received later, on the date the Contracting Officer receives the request.

(3) The increased contract unit price shall not apply to quantities scheduled under the contract for delivery before the effective date of the increased contract unit price, unless failure to deliver before that date results from causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, within the meaning of the default clause.

(4) No modification increasing a contract unit price shall be executed under this paragraph (c) until the Contracting Officer verifies the increase in the applicable established price.

(5) Within 30 days after receipt of the Contractor’s written request, the Contracting Officer may cancel, without liability to either party, any undelivered portion of the contract items affected by the requested increase, except as follows.

(i) The Contractor may, after that time, deliver any items that were completed or in the process of manufacture at the time of receipt of the cancellation notice, provided the Contractor certifies and notifies the Contracting Officer of such items within 10 days after the Contractor receives the cancellation notice.

(ii) The Government shall pay for those items at the contract unit price increased to the extent provided by paragraph (d) of this clause.

(iii) Any standard steel supply item shall be deemed to be in the process of manufacture when the steel for that item is in the state of processing after the beginning of the furnace melt.

(d) During the time allowed for the cancellation provided for in subparagraph (c)(5) of this clause, and thereafter if there is no cancellation, the Contractor shall continue deliveries according to the contract delivery schedule, and the Government shall pay for such deliveries at the contract unit price, increased to the extent provided by paragraph (c) of this clause.

(e) The Contractor shall certify on each invoice that each unit price stated therein reflects all decreases required by this clause and shall certify on the final invoice that all price decreases required by this clause have been applied in the manner required herein.

(f) Disputes. Any dispute arising under this clause shall be determined in accordance with the Disputes clause of the contract.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9034 Economic Price Adjustment – Published Market Price – Silver.

As prescribed in 16.203-4-90(h), use the following clause.

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT – PUBLISHED MARKET PRICE – SILVER (FEB 2009)

(a) Warranties. The Contractor warrants that--

(1) The base unit prices set forth in the schedule do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause;

(2) ounces of silver are contained in each unit offered which will be the basis for price adjustment under this clause; and

(3) The prices to be invoiced shall be computed in accordance with the provisions of this clause.

(b) Definitions. As used throughout this clause:

(1) "Unit price" means the unit price offered, as set out in the contract schedule.

(2) "Base market price" means the sum of one-half the simple average of the Englehard industrial bullion quotations, plus one-half the simple average of the Handy and Harman base price quotations, for silver on the New York market over the fifteen working days immediately preceding bid opening, or the date of award for negotiated contracts, as reported in the Wall Street Journal. If the quotation for silver on a particular day is set out as a range of prices, the average of these prices shall be considered the price for that day.

(3) "Adjusting market price" means the sum of one-half the simple average of the Englehard industrial bullion quotations, plus one-half the Handy and Harman Base Price Quotations, for silver on the New York market, as reported in the Wall Street Journal, for the fifteen working days prior to a delivery date specified in the contract schedule or delivery order. If the quotation for silver on a particular day is set out as a range of prices, the average of these prices shall be considered the price for that day.

(4) "Weight factor" means the amount of silver contained in each unit delivered. For purposes of this definition, the amount of silver per unit will be deemed to be the number of troy ounces stated in paragraph (a)(2).

(5) "Delivery date" means the date originally specified in the contract or delivery order plus any extension attributable solely to reasons determined by the Contracting Officer to be excusable within the meaning of the "Default" clause. It does not include any extension of the delivery schedule, however accomplished, except for such excusable causes.

(c) Adjustments.

(1) Notification. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing, with accompanying calculations, upon a net change (increase or decrease) of $500 or more in the price of the items scheduled for delivery under an order due to an increase or decrease in the price of silver, as calculated in accordance with (c)(2) below. No adjustment will be made under this clause unless the calculated price change for an individual order resulting from change in the price of silver is $500 or more.

(2) Calculations. All calculations shall be rounded to two decimal places. The price adjustment will be calculated by computing, as a dollar amount per ounce of silver, the difference (increase or decrease) between the base market price and the adjusting market price, multiplying the result by the number of ounces of silver per unit specified in (a)(2) above, and adding or subtracting (as appropriate) that result to/from the unit price, resulting in the adjusted contract unit price applicable to that order.

(3) Modification. Price adjustments under this clause shall be effected by contract modifications showing the base market price, calculation of the adjusting market price, the base unit price, and the calculations used to arrive at the adjusted contract unit price(s).

(4) Exceptions.

(i) No adjustment is allowed based on Contractor requests for a price increase that are submitted more than sixty days after the delivery date of items for which a price increase is requested.

(ii) There will be no adjustment for increases which occur after the required delivery date unless the Contractor’s failure to deliver according to the delivery schedule results from causes beyond the Contractor’s control and without its fault or negligence, within the meaning of the Default clause of this contract.

(5) Invoices. The prices payable for a particular delivery under this contract will be the contract unit price for the items supplied plus the product of the net difference between the applicable adjusting market price and the base market price times the weight factor times the number of units delivered.

(d) Upward ceiling on economic price adjustment. The Contractor agrees that the total increase in any contract unit price pursuant to these economic price adjustment provisions shall not exceed ___% of the original base unit price in any applicable contract year (whether a single year or multiyear program), except as provided hereafter:

(i) If at any time the Contractor has reason to believe that within the near future a price adjustment under the provisions of this clause will be required that will exceed the current contract ceiling price for any item, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the expected increase. The contract ceiling price means the unit price limitation stated in (d). The notification shall include a revised ceiling the Contractor believes is sufficient to permit completion of remaining contract performance, along with appropriate explanation and documentation as required by the Contracting Officer.

(ii) If an actual increase in the market price would raise a contract unit price for an item above the current ceiling, the Contracting Officer may issue a contract modification to raise the ceiling. If the contract ceiling will not be raised, the Contracting Officer shall so promptly notify the Contractor in writing.

(e) Revision of market price indicator. In the event --

(1) A market price is discontinued or its method of derivation is altered substantially; or

(2) The Contracting Officer determines that a market price consistently and substantially fails to reflect market conditions,

The parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate and comparable substitute and the contract shall be modified to reflect such substitute effective on the date the price was discontinued, altered, or began to consistently and substantially fail to reflect market conditions.

(f) Options. If this contract contains a term (period) option provision which is exercised, the contract price(s) for each succeeding term shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to this EPA clause. The contract price(s) in effect on the last day of the term or period immediately preceding the period for which the option has been exercised will be the contract price(s) on the first day of the succeeding option period.

(g) Disputes. Any dispute arising under this clause shall be determined in accordance with the Disputes clause of the contract.

(h) Final invoice. The Contractor shall include a statement on the final invoice that the amounts invoiced hereunder have applied all decreases required by this clause.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9035 Economic Price Adjustment – Published Market Price – Lead.

As prescribed in 16.203-4-90(i), use the following clause.

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT – PUBLISHED MARKET PRICE – LEAD (FEB 2009)

(a) Warranties. The Contractor warrants that—

(1) The base unit prices set forth in the schedule do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause;

(2) pounds of lead are contained in each unit offered which will be the basis for price adjustment under this clause; and

(3) The prices to be invoiced shall be computed in accordance with the provisions of this clause.

(b) Definitions. As used throughout this clause:

(1) “Unit price” means the unit price offered, as set out in the contract schedule.

(2) “Base market price” means the average of the prices for standard lead as reported on the London metals exchange, over the fifteen working days immediately preceding bid opening or the day set for receipt of proposals. If the quotation for lead on a particular day is set out as a range of prices, the average of these prices shall be considered the price for that day.

(3) “Adjusting market price” means the average price of standard lead as reported on the London metals exchange, for the fifteen working days prior to a delivery date specified in the contract schedule or delivery order.

(4) “Weight factor” means the amount of lead contained in each unit delivered. For purposes of this definition, the amount of lead per unit will be deemed to be the number of pounds stated in (a)(2) of this clause, rounded off to the nearest hundredth of a pound.

(5) “Delivery date” means the date originally specified in the contract or delivery order plus any extension attributable solely to reasons determined by the Contracting Officer to be excusable within the meaning of the "default" clause. It does not include any extension of the delivery schedule, however accomplished, except for such excusable causes

(c) Adjustments.

(1) Notification. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing, with accompanying calculations, upon a net change (increase or decrease) of at least $500 in the price of the items scheduled for delivery. No adjustment will be made under this clause unless the total change in the contract amount is $500 or more.

(2) Calculations. All calculations shall be rounded to two decimal places.

(3) Modification. Price adjustments under this clause shall be effected by contract modifications showing the base market price, calculation of the adjusting market price, the base unit price, and the calculations used to arrive at the adjusted contract unit price(s).

(4) Exceptions.

(i) The Contractor claims for a price increase that are submitted more than sixty days after the delivery date of items for which a price adjustment under this clause is requested will not be honored.

(ii) There will be no adjustment for increases which occur after the required delivery date unless the Contractor’s failure to deliver according to the delivery schedule results from causes beyond the Contractor’s control and without its fault or negligence, within the meaning of the default clause of this contract.

(5) Invoices. The prices payable for a particular delivery under this contract will be the contract unit price for the items supplied and the product of the net difference (adjusting market price less the base market price) times the weight factor, multiplied by the number of units delivered.

(d) The Contractor agrees that the total increase in any contract unit price pursuant to these economic price adjustment provisions shall not exceed ____% of the original base unit price in any applicable contract year (whether a single year or multiyear program), except as provided hereafter:

(1) If at any time the Contractor has reason to believe that within the near future a price adjustment under the provisions of this clause will be required that will exceed the current contract ceiling price for any item, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the expected increase. The notification shall include a revised ceiling the Contractor believes is sufficient to permit completion of remaining contract performance, along with appropriate explanation and documentation as required by the Contracting Officer.

(2) If an actual increase in the market price would raise a contract unit price for an item above the current ceiling, the Contracting Officer may issue a contract modification to raise the ceiling. If the contract ceiling will not be raised, the Contracting Officer shall so promptly notify the Contractor in writing.

(e) Revision of market price indicator. In the event –

(1) A market price is discontinued or its method of derivation is altered substantially; or

(2) The Contracting Officer determines that a market price consistently and substantially fails to reflect market conditions, the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate and comparable substitute and the contract shall be modified to reflect such substitute effective on the date the price was discontinued, altered, or began to consistently and substantially fail to reflect market conditions.

(f) Options. If this contract contains a term (period) option provision which is exercised, the contract price(s) for each succeeding term shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to this EPA clause. The contract price(s) in effect on the last day of the term or period immediately preceding the period for which the option has been exercised will be the contract price(s) on the first day of the succeeding option period.

(g) Disputes. Any dispute arising under this clause shall be determined in accordance with and subject to the "disputes" clause of the contract.

(h) Final invoice. The Contractor shall include a statement on the final invoice that the amounts invoiced hereunder have applied all decreases required by this clause.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9036 Evaluation of Offers – Economic Price Adjustment.

As prescribed in 16.203-4-90(j)(i), use the following clause.

EVALUATION OF OFFERS - ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT (FEB 2009)

(a) Offers in response to solicitations will be evaluated without adding any amount for economic price adjustment unless the economic price adjustment (EPA) clause included in the solicitation provides for offerors to specify the portion of the contract price subject to EPA. In this case, the offered price(s) subject to the EPA clause will be adjusted to the maximum possible extent under the EPA using the price ceiling limitation provision of such clause for the basic contract plus all options covered by the evaluation. The resulting price(s) will be used for evaluation of offers.

(b) If a successful offeror stipulates a lower maximum increase limitation then that included in the solicitation, it will be incorporated into the resulting contract.

(c) Offers which (1) increase the maximum ceiling percentage specified in the solicitation, (2) stipulate a maximum decrease limit, or (3) delete or otherwise alter the economic price adjustment clause, will not be considered for award, unless the Contracting Officer determines that award on such basis is in the best interests of the Government and all Offerors are afforded an opportunity to offer on the same basis.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9037 Evaluation of Bids – Economic Price Adjustment.

As prescribed in 16.203-4-90(j)(ii), use the following clause.

EVALUATION OF BIDS - ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT (NOV 2011)

(a) Bids will be evaluated without adding any amount for economic price adjustment.

(b) If the bid selected for award stipulates an economic price adjustment ceiling lower than that included in the solicitation, it will be incorporated into the resulting contract.

(c) Bids will be rejected as nonresponsive if they:

(1) increase the maximum percentage stipulated,

(2) stipulate a maximum decrease limit or

(3) delete or otherwise alter the economic price adjustment clause.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9038 Price Redetermination – Prospective (DEVIATION - PERMANENT).

As prescribed in 16.205-4-90(a), insert the following clause:

PRICE REDETERMINATION PROSPECTIVE (DEVIATION - PERMANENT) (DEC 2012)

(a) General. The unit prices and the total price stated in this contract shall be periodically redetermined in accordance with this clause, except that --

(1) The prices for supplies ordered and services performed before the first effective date of price redetermination (see paragraph (c) of this clause) shall remain fixed; and

(2) In no event shall the total amount paid under this contract exceed any ceiling price included in the contract.

(b) Definition. “Costs,” as used in this clause, means allowable costs in accordance with Part 31 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) in effect on the date of this contract.

(c) Price redetermination periods. For the purpose of price redetermination, performance of this contract is divided into successive periods. The first period shall extend from the date of the contract to ________, (see note (1)) and the second and each succeeding period shall extend for ______ [insert appropriate number] months from the end of the last preceding period, except that the parties may agree to vary the length of the final period. The first day of the second and each succeeding period shall be the effective date of price redetermination for that period.

(d) Data submission.

(1) Not more than _______ nor less than ______ (see note (2)) days before the end of each redetermination period, except the last, the Contractor shall submit --

(i) Proposed prices for supplies that may be ordered or services that may be performed in the next succeeding period, and –

(A) An estimate and breakdown of the costs of these supplies or services in the format of Table 15-2, FAR 15.408, or in any other form on which the parties may agree;

(B) Sufficient data to support the accuracy and reliability of this estimate; and

(C) An explanation of the differences between this estimate and the original (or last preceding) estimate for the same supplies or services; and

(ii) A statement of all costs incurred in performing this contract through the end of the ___ month (see Note (3) before the submission of proposed prices in the format of Table 15-2, FAR 15.408 (or in any other form on which the parties may agree), with sufficient supporting data to disclose unit costs and cost trends for --

(A) Supplies ordered and services performed; and

(B) Inventories of work in process and undelivered contract supplies on hand (estimated to the extent necessary).

(2) The Contractor shall also submit, to the extent that it becomes available before negotiations on redetermined prices are concluded –

(i) Supplemental statements of costs incurred after the date stated in subdivision (d)(1)(ii) of this section for --

(A) Supplies ordered and services performed; and

(B) Inventories of work in process and undelivered contract supplies on hand (estimated to the extent necessary); and

(C) Any other relevant data that the Contracting Officer may reasonably require.

(3) If the Contractor fails to submit the data required by subparagraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section, within the time specified, the Contracting Officer may suspend payments under this contract until the data are furnished. If it is later determined that the Government has overpaid the Contractor, the Contractor shall repay the excess to the Government immediately. Unless repaid within 30 days after the end of the data submittal period, the amount of the excess shall bear interest, computed from the date the data were due to the date of repayment, at the rate established in accordance with the Interest clause.

(e) Price redetermination. Upon the Contracting Officer’s receipt of the data required by paragraph (d) of this section, the Contracting Officer and the Contractor shall promptly negotiate to redetermine fair and reasonable prices for supplies that may be ordered or services that may be performed in the period following the effective date of price redetermination.

(f) Contract modifications. Each negotiated redetermination of prices shall be evidenced by a modification to this contract, signed by the Contractor and the Contracting Officer, stating the redetermined prices that apply during the redetermination period.

(g) Adjusting billing prices. Pending execution of the contract modification (see paragraph (f) of this section), the Contractor shall submit invoices or vouchers in accordance with the billing prices stated in this contract. If at any time it appears that the then-current billing prices will be substantially greater than the estimated final prices, or if the Contractor submits data showing that the redetermined price will be substantially greater than the current billing prices, the parties shall negotiate an appropriate decrease or increase in billing prices. Any billing price adjustment shall be reflected in a contract modification and shall not affect the redetermination of prices under this clause. After the contract modification for price redetermination is executed, the total amount paid or to be paid on all invoices or vouchers shall be adjusted to reflect the agreed-upon prices, and any requested additional payments, refunds, or credits shall be made promptly.

(h) Quarterly limitation on payments statement. This paragraph (h) applies only during periods for which firm prices have not been established.

(1) Within 45 days after the end of the quarter of the Contractor’s fiscal year in which a delivery is first made (or services are first performed) and accepted by the Government under this contract, and for each quarter thereafter, the Contractor shall submit to the contract administration office (with a copy to the contracting office and the cognizant contract auditor) a statement, cumulative from the beginning of the contract, showing --

(i) The total contract price of all supplies or services ordered and accepted by the Government and for which final prices have been established;

(ii) The total costs (estimated to the extent necessary) reasonably incurred for, and properly allocable solely to, the supplies or services ordered and accepted by the Government and for which final prices have not been established;

(iii) The portion of the total interim profit (used in establishing the initial contract price or agreed to for the purpose of this paragraph (h)) that is in direct proportion to the supplies or services ordered and accepted by the Government and for which final prices have not been established; and

(iv) The total amount of all invoices or vouchers for supplies or services ordered and accepted by the Government (including amounts applied or to be applied to liquidate progress payments).

(2) The statement required by subparagraph (h)(1) of this section need not be submitted for any quarter for which either no costs are to be reported under subdivision (h)(1)(ii) of this section, or revised billing prices have been established in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section, and do not exceed the existing contract price, the Contractor’s price-redetermination proposal, or a price based on the most recent quarterly statement, whichever is least.

(3) Notwithstanding any provision of this contract authorizing greater payments, if on any quarterly statement the amount under subdivision (h)(1)(iv) of this section exceeds the sum due the Contractor, as computed in accordance with subdivisions (h)(1)(i), (ii), and (iii) of this section, the Contractor shall immediately refund or credit to the Government the amount of this excess. The Contractor may, when appropriate, reduce this refund or credit by the amount of any applicable tax credits due the Contractor under 26 U.S.C.1481 and by the amount of previous refunds or credits affected under this clause. If any portion of the excess has been applied to the liquidation of progress payments, then that portion may, instead of being refunded, be added to the unliquidated progress payment account, consistent with the Progress Payments clause. The Contractor shall provide complete details to support any claimed reductions in refunds.

(4) If the Contractor fails to submit the quarterly statement within 45 days after the end of each quarter and it is later determined that the Government has overpaid the Contractor, the Contractor shall repay the excess to the Government immediately. Unless repaid within 30 days after the end of the statement submittal period, the amount of the excess shall bear interest, computed from the date the quarterly statement was due to the date of repayment, at the rate established in accordance with the Interest clause.

(i) Subcontracts. No subcontract placed under this contract may provide for payment on a cost-plus-a-percentage-of-cost basis.

(j) Disagreements. If the Contractor and the Contracting Officer fail to agree upon redetermined prices for any price redetermination period within 60 days (or within such other period as the parties agree) after the date on which the data required by paragraph (d) of this section are to be submitted, the Contracting Officer shall promptly issue a decision in accordance with the Disputes clause. For the purpose of paragraphs (f), (g), and (h) of this section, and pending final settlement of the disagreement on appeal, by failure to appeal, or by agreement, this decision shall be treated as an executed contract modification. Pending final settlement, price redetermination for subsequent periods, if any, shall continue to be negotiated as provided in this clause.

(k) Termination. If this contract is terminated, prices shall continue to be established in accordance with this clause for

(1) completed supplies and services accepted by the Government and

(2) those supplies and services not terminated under a partial termination. All other elements of the termination shall be resolved in accordance with other applicable clauses of this contract.

(End of Clause)

Notes:

(1) Express in terms of units ordered, or as a date; but in either case the period should end on the last day of a month.

(2) Insert the numbers of days chosen so that the Contractor’s submission will be late enough to reflect recent cost experience (taking into account the Contractor’s accounting system), but early enough to permit review, audit (if necessary), and negotiation before the start of the prospective period.

(3) Insert “first,” except that “second” may be inserted if necessary to achieve compatibility with the Contractor’s accounting system.

52.216-9039 Economic Price Adjustment – Standard Supplies - DEVIATION.

As prescribed in 16.203-4(a)(1)(S-91), insert the following

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT – STANDARD SUPPLIES – DEVIATION (JAN 2009)

(a) The Contractor warrants that the unit price stated in the schedule for _________ [offeror insert schedule line item number] is not in excess of the Contractor’s applicable established price in effect on the contract date for like quantities of the same item. The term “unit price” excludes any part of the price directly resulting from requirements for preservation, packaging, or packing beyond standard commercial practice. The term “established price” means a price that --

(1) Is an established catalog or market price for a commercial item sold in substantial quantities to the general public; and

(2) Is the net price after applying any standard trade discounts offered by the Contractor.

(b) The Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer of the amount and effective date of each decrease in any applicable established price. Each corresponding contract unit price shall be decreased by the same percentage that the established price is decreased. The decrease shall apply to those items ordered on and after the effective date of the decrease in the Contractor’s established price, and this contract shall be modified accordingly.

(c) If the Contractor’s applicable established price is increased after the contract date, the corresponding contract unit price shall be increased, upon the Contractor’s written request to the Contracting Officer, by the same percentage that the established price is increased, and the contract shall be modified accordingly, subject to the following limitations:

(1) The aggregate of the increases in any contract unit price under this clause shall not exceed 10 percent of the contract unit price [at the outset of each performance/ordering period].

(2) The increased contract unit price shall be effective --

(i) On the effective date of the increase in the applicable established price if the Contracting Officer receives the Contractor’s written request within 10 days thereafter; or

(ii) If the written request is received later, on the date the Contracting Officer receives the request.

(3) The increased contract unit price shall not apply to quantities [ordered] under the contract before the effective date of the increased contract unit price.

(4) No modification increasing a contract unit price shall be executed under this paragraph (c) until the Contracting Officer verifies the increase in the applicable established price.

(5) Within 30 days after receipt of the Contractor’s written request, the Contracting Officer may cancel, without liability to either party, any undelivered portion of the contract items affected by the requested increase.

(d) During the time allowed for the cancellation provided for in subparagraph (c)(5) of this clause, and thereafter if there is no cancellation, the Contractor shall continue deliveries according to the contract delivery schedule, and the Government shall pay for such deliveries at the contract unit price, increased to the extent provided by paragraph (c) of this clause.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9040 Economic Price Adjustment – Established Catalog Price Two Upward Adjustments Per Year Open Season E-CAT Solicitation.

As prescribed in 16.203-4(a)(2)(90)(i), 16.203-4(a)(2)(96)(ii), and 16.203-4(a)(2)(97)(iii), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT – ESTABLISHED CATALOG PRICE TWO UPWARD ADJUSTMENTS PER YEAR OPEN SEASON E-CAT SOLICITATION (NOV 2011)

(a) All price adjustments authorized or mandated by this clause are based upon changes in the Contractor’s list prices and certain Federal Supply Schedule (FSS) unit prices. The clause also provides for voluntary price reductions (VPR) in the form of “specials” or “discounts”.

(b) Definitions:

(1) Contract unit price: The price per unit of issue comprised of the “list price” and the applicable “discount”. The contract unit price is determined by reducing the applicable list price by the appropriate discount. Proposed revised prices are loaded by the Contractor into an E-CAT file and are forwarded electronically to the Government. The Contractor shall also separately submit (in Excel spreadsheet or ACCESS database format) the additional information as required in paragraphs (g) and (h) below in order for the Government to review and evaluate these proposed price changes. Upon the Government’s determination that the offered unit prices are acceptable/fair and reasonable, the Government shall release them into the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT system. (Contract unit prices, list prices, and discounts under this contract are not visible in the E-CAT System to the Contractor or any customer. The prices visible in the E-CAT system to the Contractor or any customer are the delivered unit prices which are the contract unit prices plus the DLA Troop Support administrative fee percentage (in effect at that time) charged customers ordering under this contract.)

(2) Discount: The percentage reduction off the list price proposed by the Contractor, accepted by the Government, and maintained in the contract file (not the E-CAT System) by the Government. These percentages may vary per item and quantity ordered. They shall be agreed to at time of award and may not be reduced for the life of the contract. These discounts are in addition to any standard trade discounts in the Contractor’s established commercial catalog/price list. (Contractors may offer larger discounts and/or reduced list prices at any time.)

(3) List price: The established catalog unit prices of the items. In order for a “list price” to meet the criteria as an established catalog price, it must meet the definition in (c)(1) below.

(4) Voluntary price reduction (VPR): See paragraph (l).

(c) Established catalog unit price.

(1) The term "established catalog unit price", as used in this clause, means a unit price that (i) is a catalog price for a commercial item sold in substantial quantities to the general public and (ii) is the net price after applying any standard trade discounts offered by the Contractor.

(2) Unless otherwise specified, all reference to the terms “FSS unit price”(s) or “FSS price(s)” as used in this clause, shall be the prices appearing in the Contractor’s current Federal Supply Schedule for the same items under this contract.

(d) The offeror/Contractor warrants that (1) the list prices and the subsequent revisions thereto are the established catalog unit prices in effect at time of award or adjustment for like quantities of the same items and (2) any contract unit prices determined using these list prices do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause. The offeror/Contractor also warrants that any contract unit prices determined using FSS unit prices do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause.

(e) Prior to award, the Contractor must furnish:

(1) their current established catalog/price list, offered discounts, proposed contract unit prices; and

(2) a copy of their current FSS’s, FSS unit prices, and the FSS contract expiration dates applicable to items offered as well as any other information required by the Contracting Officer.

(f) Upon acceptance by the Government, the award unit prices will be established at the list prices minus the offered discounts provided the resulting contract unit prices do not exceed the current FSS unit price for the same item. Accordingly, offers are cautioned to propose discounts which, when applied to the list prices, will not exceed FSS unit prices.

(g) Downward adjustments.

(1) Downward adjustments to contract unit prices are mandated whenever there are decreases in either 1) list prices or 2) FSS unit prices when the reduction results in a revised FSS Price which is now lower than the current contract unit price. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the amount and effective date of each decrease in list price and any FSS unit price reduction which results in an FSS unit price which is now lower than the current contract unit price. If the offered price decrease is based upon a reduction in list price or FSS price, the Contractor shall propose a lower contract unit price taking into consideration the benchmarks in paragraphs (g)(2) and (3) below.

The Contractor must furnish a copy of the revised catalog/price list or FSS unit price as soon as it is available. Also, for reductions in list prices, the Contractor must provide a copy of the “E-CAT file” at least 60 days prior to the date when the reduced list prices take effect. For reductions in FSS, the Contractor shall provide a copy of the E-CAT file at least 30 days prior to the date the reduced FSS unit price takes effect.

In addition to the “E-CAT file” and any other information required by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall also separately furnish, within the appropriate timeframe above (i.e., at least 60 days for a reduction in list price; at least 30 days for a reduction in FSS), an Excel spreadsheet or ACCESS database (in both hard copy and disc) that displays for each item with an offered decrease in contract unit price the appropriate information below:

(i) For list price or FSS changes: The item number; e.g., 0001AA.

(ii) For list price or FSS changes: The supplier (catalog); e.g., ABC Imaging, Inc.

(iii) For list price or FSS changes: The product name/nomenclature; e.g., high speed handpiece.

(iv) For list price or FSS changes: part number; HIH 2000

(v) For list price or FSS changes: The list price upon which the current contract unit price is based.

(vi) For list price or FSS changes: The applicable contract discount used as a basis for determining the current contract unit price.

(vii) For list price or FSS changes: The contract unit price currently in effect.

(viii) For list price changes: The reduced list price.

(ix) For list price or FSS changes: The applicable contract discount or larger contract discount now offered.

(x) For list price or FSS changes: The reduced contract unit price now offered.

(xi) For list price changes: The percentage decrease in list price from the list price which determined the current contract unit price to the new, lower list price.

(xii) For list price changes: The percentage change in contract unit price from the current contract unit price to the new lower contract unit price now offered.

(xiii) For FSS changes: The current FSS unit price which is about to expire and the new reduced FSS unit price which will replace it and triggered this contract unit price reduction.

(xiv) For list price changes: For any items offered to the Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA) under the FSS, the current FSS unit price(s) for the same item.

(2) Reductions in list price(s). if the offered price decrease is based upon a reduction in the list price, the appropriate discount or larger discount now offered will be applied to each reduced list price to determine the adjusted contract unit price provided the proposed lower contract unit price does not exceed the lower of the following two benchmarks:

(i) The offered reduction in contract unit price on a percentage basis must be at least equal to the percentage reduction from the list price currently in effect under the contract to the new lower list price; i.e., the current contract unit price must, as a minimum, be reduced by the percentage decrease in list price.

(ii) The new proposed lower contract unit price shall not exceed the current FSS unit price for the same item.

(3) FSS price reductions. If the offered price decrease is based upon a reduction in the FSS price, the proposed lower contract unit price shall not exceed the following benchmark: The new proposed lower contract unit price shall not exceed the revised lower FSS price for the same item.

(4) If the proposed contract unit price exceeds the lower of the appropriate list price benchmarks (for reductions based upon reduced list prices) or the FSS price benchmark (for reductions based upon reduced FSS prices), the Contracting Officer shall determine the proposed price reductions unreasonable and negotiate a price reduction which results in a contract unit price that does not exceed the appropriate benchmarks.

(i) All negotiated price reductions shall be confirmed in writing and will include the agreed-to price(s) and the list or FSS price(s) and discount(s) which make up these prices.)

(ii) If an agreement cannot be reached the Contracting Officer has the option of removing these items from the E-CAT system or taking the action in the last sentence below. If the proposed contract unit price does not exceed the lowest of the appropriate list price or FSS price benchmarks, it will be determined fair and reasonable.

(iii) Upon acceptance of any proposed price decreases, the Government shall modify the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT System to include the reduced Contract unit prices. These reduced Contract unit prices shall apply to those items ordered on or after the date when these prices appear in the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT system. (Revisions will not be added to the electronic catalog prior to date they take effect).

(iv) If the Contractor fails to notify the Contracting Officer of any list price or FSS price decreases within the timeframe and in the manner stated above or agreement on any reduction cannot be reached, the Contracting Officer may determine the applicable adjustment and authorize a unilateral price adjustment retroactively applied to all items ordered on or after the effective date of the decrease in the Contractor’s established list or FSS prices.

(h) Upward Adjustments.

(1) The Contractor is authorized to submit a maximum of two requests for upward adjustment for each contract year. Each request for upward price adjustment must be based upon increases in list prices only. They may be submitted from, for the first contract year, 30 days after award to sixty days prior to the end of that year and, for each subsequent contract year, from 30 days after the anniversary date of the contract award to 60 days prior to the end of each contract year. The Contractor shall propose a contract unit price taking into consideration the benchmarks in paragraph (g)(2). The request shall include a copy of the revised catalog/price list, the “E-CAT file” and the following for each item with a proposed increase in contract unit price:

(i) A separate Excel spreadsheet or ACCESS database, in both hard copy and disc, that displays for each item with a proposed price increase the following information:

(A) The item number; e.g., 0003.

(B) The supplier(catalog); e.g., ABC Dental, Inc.

(C) The product name/nomenclature; e.g., high speed handpiece.

(D) The part number; e.g., HIH2000.

(E) For the initial year, the list price that determined the award unit price, the applicable contract discount, and the award unit price. For all subsequent contract years, the list price that determined the highest contract unit price that was in effect at any time during the preceding contract year, the applicable discount, and the highest contract unit price that was in effect during the preceding contract year.

(F) The increased list price and its effective date, the applicable contract discount or larger contract discount now offered, and the proposed higher contract unit price.

(G) For the initial year, the percentage change from the list price that determined the award unit price to the new higher list price. For all subsequent contract years, the percentage change from the list price that determined the highest contract unit price that was in effect at any time during the preceding contract year to the new higher list price.

(H) For the initial year, the percentage change from the award unit price to the new higher proposed contract unit price. for all subsequent contract years, the percentage change from the highest contract unit price that was in effect at any time during the preceding contract year to the new higher proposed contract unit price.

(I) For any items offered to the Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA) under the FSS, the current FSS unit price(s) for the same item.

(J) Any other information required by the Contracting Officer.

(2) Benchmarks. If any list price increases, and the increase is authorized under this clause, the Contract unit prices for any corresponding items ordered after the increase takes effect in the E-CAT system shall be determined using the increased list price and either the applicable discount originally awarded or any larger discount now offered that applies to the affected item. Proposed increases will be considered fair and reasonable if they do not exceed whichever is the lowest of the following three benchmarks:

(i) For the initial year of the contract, the proposed increase in contract unit price on a percentage basis cannot exceed the percentage increase from the list price that determined the award unit price to the new higher list price. For all subsequent contract years, the proposed increase in contract unit price on a percentage basis cannot exceed the percentage increase from the list price that determined the highest contract unit price that was in effect at any time during the preceding contract year to the new higher list price.

(ii) Any proposed higher contract unit price shall not exceed the current FSS unit price for the same item.

(iii) Any proposed higher contract unit prices are subject to the following limitations:

(A) For the initial contract year, contract unit price increases shall be limited to the following annual ceiling(s) applied to the award unit price for the same item (i.e., any proposed higher contract unit price cannot exceed the award unit price plus the annual ceiling).

(B) For all subsequent contract years, contract unit price increases shall be limited to the following annual ceiling(s) applied to the highest contract unit price in effect during the preceding contract year for the same item (i.e., any proposed higher contract unit price cannot exceed the highest contract unit price in effect during the preceding contract year plus the annual ceiling.)

Annual ceiling, all items: 10%

There is no percentage limit on downward adjustments under this clause.

(3) Upon approval of the proposed price increases, the Government shall modify the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT System to include the increased contract unit prices. Upward price adjustments shall be effective once they appear in the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT system. These updates will take place within 60 days after receipt of the Contractor’s request for upward price adjustment (or at the same time the increased list price takes effect, whichever is later) unless the Contracting Officer is unable to determine during that period that a price increase on any item or items is fair and reasonable (i.e., the proposed contract unit price exceeds the lowest of the three benchmarks above).

(i) In this case, no price increases will be authorized for those items until the Contracting Officer is able to determine the price increases for those items to be fair and reasonable. If necessary, the Contracting Officer shall conduct discussions with the Contractor to negotiate a price reduction which results in a contract unit price that does not exceed the lowest of the three benchmarks. When discussions have concluded and an agreement which results in fair and reasonable prices is reached, the Contractor shall confirm the agreed-to price(s) in writing and forward an E-CAT file which includes the agreed-to price(s). (The agreement shall also identify the list price and discount which makes up each agreed-to price.) Once the written agreement is received, the Government shall modify the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT system to include the increased contract unit prices.

(ii) If the Contracting Officer and the Contractor are unable to agree upon the price for any items, the Contracting Officer will delete these items from the catalog in the E-CAT System. (This procedure applies to only those items whose prices the Contracting Officer is unable to determine fair and reasonable within the 60-day period the Government has to evaluate prices and update the E-CAT System. The remainder of the items whose price increases are determined fair and reasonable, shall be entered into the E-CAT system within the prescribed period.) In addition, the Contracting Officer may also, at any time, remove any item from the catalog in the E-CAT System that the Contracting Officer believes is no longer reasonably priced (if the Contracting Officer and the Contractor are unable to agree upon a reduced price) and notify customers accordingly.

(4) Isolated incidents may occur for an item or group of items when proposed increases could exceed the annual ceiling benchmark in paragraph (h)(2)(iii). In such cases the Contractor can submit an adequately justified written request for Contracting Officer approval of an increase in contract unit price that exceeds the ceiling. The Contracting Officer may approve the request on a one-time basis, increase the ceiling for the item or group of items if appropriate, negotiate a lower contract unit price, or delete the item(s) from the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT system. In no case may the increase in Contract Unit Price exceed the ceiling without written authorization from the Contracting Officer. Also, no increase will be authorized that results in a contract unit price that exceeds the other benchmarks.

(5) Any increased list prices shall not be used to compute contract unit prices for delivery orders issued before the date the adjusted contract unit prices take effect under the contract (i.e., the date they appear in the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT system).

(6) If the Contracting Officer removes items from the E-CAT system for price unreasonableness (see (g)(4) and (h)(3)and (4) above), all outstanding orders issued prior to the date the items are removed shall be delivered in accordance with the contract delivery schedule and the Government shall pay for such items at the contract unit price in effect at the time of the order.

(i) If the Contracting Officer at any time has any reason to believe that the established list price has been discontinued, the basis for the list price has been substantially altered, or that the item no longer meets the criteria to qualify as an established catalog priced item, the Contractor shall furnish relevant information as required by the Contracting Officer. If the Contracting Officer determines that any of the preceding conditions are present and a substitute for determining price adjustments is needed, the parties shall promptly agree upon an appropriate substitute for determining adjustments pursuant to this clause. The Contract shall be modified to incorporate the substitute and its effective date.

(j) Pricing actions pursuant to paragraph (c) entitled “Changes” of Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.212-4 (including any revisions by addendum thereto) or any other provision of this Contract will be priced as though there were no provisions for Economic Price Adjustment.

(k) Pending approval of any proposed price changes and revision of the contract unit prices in the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT System, payment shall be made at the contract unit prices in effect at the time of order.

(l) Voluntary price reductions (VPR):

(1) A “special or discount” offered by the Contractor which results in a voluntary price reduction for an item or group of items for a given period of time. The Contractor may offer a VPR at any time. The price reductions resulting from these VPRs will be in addition to any price reductions mandated by this EPA clause. The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer when the VPR takes effect, which items are items included, and the length of time the VPR will remain in effect. Once the “special or discount” period expires, prices will revert to the contract unit price(s) in effect at that time.

(2) If a list price (or FSS Unit Price) decreases when a VPR is in effect, the VPR will remain in effect until it expires if it is lower than the proposed unit price decrease. If the Contractor requests a contract unit price increase based upon an increased list price when a VPR is in effect, the VPR shall remain in effect until it expires. Upon expiration of the VPR, prices will revert to the adjusted contract unit prices, as calculated in accordance with this clause as if no VPR had been in effect.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9041 Economic Price Adjustment – Federal Supply Schedule Prices – Open Season E-CAT Solicitation.

As prescribed in 16.203-4(a)(2)(91)(i), 16.203-4(a)(2)(94)(ii), and 16.203-4(a)(2)(95)(iii), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT – FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE PRICES - OPEN SEASON E-CAT SOLICITATION (NOV 2011)

(a) This clause applies to any items under this contract where the offeror has proposed the same (or discounted) prices as their current Federal Supply Schedule (FSS) prices and the Contracting Officer has accepted this pricing methodology. During the life of this contract, the Contracting Officer and the Contractor may agree in writing to also apply this clause to any other items that previously were not, but subsequently become, available under both this contract and any concurrent FSS contract(s).

(b) Definitions:

(1) FSS Price(s): “FSS Prices” or “FSS Unit Prices” refer to the unit prices for specific commercial items the Contractor and the Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA) have agreed to and are included in one or more current Federal Supply Schedule Contracts. All references to “FSS prices” or “FSS unit prices” shall be the prices appearing on the current Federal Supply Schedule for the same items under this contract.

(2) Discount: The percentage reduction off the FSS unit price proposed by the Contractor, accepted by the Government, and maintained in the contract file (not the E-CAT System) by the Government. These percentages may vary per item and quantity ordered. They shall be agreed to at time of award and may not be reduced for the life of the contract. (Contractors may offer larger discounts and/or reduced contract unit prices at any time.)

(3) Contract unit price: The price per unit of issue comprised of the FSS unit price and the applicable “discount”. The contract unit price is determined by reducing the FSS unit price by the appropriate discount. Proposed revised prices are loaded by the Contractor into an E-CAT file and are forwarded electronically to the Government. The Contactor shall also separately submit (in Excel spreadsheet or ACCESS database format) the additional information as required in paragraphs (e) and (f) below in order for the Government to review and evaluate these proposed price changes. Upon the Government’s determination that the offered prices are acceptable/fair and reasonable, the Government shall release them into the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT System. (Contract unit prices, FSS unit prices and discounts under this contract are not visible in the E-CAT System to the Contractor or any customer. The prices visible in the E-CAT System to the Contractor or any customer are the delivered unit prices, which are the contract unit prices plus the DLA Troop Support administrative fee percentage (in effect at that time) charged customers ordering under this contract.)

(4) Voluntary price reduction (VPR): See paragraph (k).

(c) The offeror/Contractor warrants that (1) the FSS unit prices and the subsequent revisions thereto are the FSS unit prices in effect at time of award or adjustment for like quantities of the same items and (2) any contract unit prices determined using these FSS unit prices do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause.

(d) Prior to award, the Contractor must furnish a copy of their current FSSs, FSS unit prices and the FSS contract expiration date for each item. The Contractor shall also furnish its offered discounts and proposed contract unit prices. at the option of the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall also furnish the documentation set forth in paragraphs (f)(1)(i)(I) and (f)(1)(ii) below. Upon acceptance by the Government, the award unit prices shall be established at the FSS unit prices minus the offered discounts.

(e) Downward adjustments.

(1) Downward adjustments to contract unit prices are mandated whenever there are decreases in FSS unit prices. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the amount and effective date of each decrease in FSS unit price. The Contractor shall propose a lower contract unit price taking into consideration the benchmark in paragraph (e)(2) below. The Contractor must furnish a copy of the revised FSS contract and FSS unit prices as soon as they are available. Also, the Contractor must provide a copy of the “E-CAT file” at least 30 days prior to the date when the reduced FSS unit price takes effect. Finally, the Contractor shall also furnish, within the timeframe above, a separate Excel spreadsheet or ACCESS database (in both hard copy and disc) that displays for each item with an offered decrease in contract unit price the following information:

(i) The item number; e.g., 0003.

(ii) The supplier; for example, ABC Dental, Incorporated.

(iii) The product name/nomenclature; e.g., high speed handpiece.

(iv) The part number; for example, HPH2000.

(v) The applicable contract discount used as a basis for determining the current contract unit price.

(vi) The FSS unit price upon which the current contract unit price is based.

(vii) The contract unit price currently in effect.

(viii) The applicable contract discount or larger contract discount now offered.

(ix) The reduced FSS unit price.

(x) The reduced contract unit price now offered.

(xi) The percentage decrease in FSS unit price from the FSS unit price that determined the current contract unit price to the new, lower FSS unit price.

(xii) The percentage decrease in contract unit price from the current contract unit price to the new lower contract unit price now offered.

(2) Benchmark for FSS price reductions.

The appropriate contract discount or larger discount now offered will be applied to each reduced FSS unit price to determine the adjusted contract unit price provided the adjusted contract unit price does not exceed the following benchmark:

The offered reduction in contract unit price on a percentage basis must be at least equal to the percentage reduction from the FSS unit price that determined the current contract unit price to the new lower FSS unit price, i.e., the current contract unit price must, as a minimum, be reduced by the percentage decrease in the FSS unit price.

(3) If the proposed contract unit price exceeds the benchmark above, the Contracting Officer shall determine the proposed price reductions unreasonable. The Contracting Officer and Contractor shall negotiate a reduction in the proposed contract unit price to an amount that does not exceed the benchmark above. (All negotiated price reductions shall be confirmed in writing and will include the agreed-to price(s) and the FSS prices and discount(s) which make up these prices.)

(i) If an agreement cannot be reached, the Contracting Officer has the option of removing these items from the E-CAT system or taking the action in the last sentence below. If the proposed contract unit price does not exceed the benchmark above, it will be determined fair and reasonable.

(ii) Upon acceptance of any proposed price decreases, the Government shall modify the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT system to include the reduced prices. These reduced contract unit prices shall apply to those items ordered on or after the date when these lower prices appear in the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT system. (Revisions will not be added to the electronic catalog prior to date they take effect.)

(iii) If the Contractor fails to notify the Contracting Officer of any FSS unit price decreases within the timeframe and in the manner stated above or agreement on any reduction cannot be reached, the Contracting Officer may determine the applicable adjustment and authorize a unilateral price adjustment retroactively applied to all items ordered on or after the date the new FSS unit price takes effect.

(f) Upward adjustments.

(1) Upward adjustments may be requested at any time. The requested upward price adjustments must be based upon increases in the Contractor’s FSS unit prices. The request shall include a copy of the revised FSS unit prices, the “E-CAT file”, and the following for each item with a proposed increase in contract unit price:

(i) A separate Excel spreadsheet or ACCESS database, in both hard copy and disc, that displays for each item with a proposed price increase the following information:

(A) The item number; e.g., 0003.

(B) The supplier; e.g., ABC Dental, Inc.

(C) The product name/nomenclature; e.g., high speed handpiece.

(D) The part number; e.g., HPH2000.

(E) For the initial year, the FSS unit price that determined the award unit price, the applicable contract discount, and the award unit price. For all subsequent contract years, the FSS unit price that determined the highest contract unit price that was in effect at any time during the preceding contract year, the applicable discount, and the highest contract unit price that was in effect during the preceding contract year.

(F) The increased FSS unit price, the applicable contract discount or larger contract discount now offered, and the proposed higher contract unit price.

(G) For the initial year, the percentage change from the FSS unit price that determined the award unit price to the new higher FSS unit price. For all subsequent contract years, the percentage change from the FSS unit price that determined the highest contract unit price that was in effect at any time during the preceding contract year to the new higher FSS unit price.

(H) For the initial year, the percentage change from the award unit price to the new higher proposed contract unit price. For all subsequent contract years, the percentage change from the highest contract unit price that was in effect at any time during the preceding contract year to the new higher proposed contract unit price.

(I) For any items offered to the Department of Veterans Affairs and the General Services Administration at other than Federal Supply Schedule (FSS) prices, the non-FSS prices/discounts (if different than the reported FSS unit prices/discounts) offered to those agencies.

(ii) Any other applicable supporting data requested by the Contracting Officer.

(2) Benchmarks for FSS price increases: If any FSS unit price increases, and the increase is authorized under this clause, the contract unit prices for any corresponding items shall be determined using the increased FSS unit price(s) and either the applicable discount(s) originally awarded or any larger discount(s) now offered. These increased contract unit prices shall apply to all orders issued on or after the date these revised unit prices appear in the electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT system. Proposed increases will be considered fair and reasonable if they do not exceed whichever is the lower of the following two benchmarks:

(i) For the initial year of the contract, any proposed increase in contract unit price on a percentage basis cannot exceed the percentage increase from the FSS unit price that determined the award unit price to the new higher FSS unit price. For all subsequent contract years, any proposed increase in contract unit price on a percentage basis cannot exceed the percentage increase from the FSS unit price that determined the highest contract unit price that was in effect at any time during the preceding contract year to the new higher FSS unit price.

(ii) Any proposed higher contract unit prices are subject to the following limitations:

(A) For the initial contract year, contract unit price increases shall be limited to the following annual ceiling(s) applied to the award unit price for the same item (i.e., any proposed higher contract unit price cannot exceed the award unit price plus the annual ceiling).

(B) For all subsequent contract years, contract unit price increases shall be limited to the following annual ceiling(s) applied to the highest contract unit price in effect during the preceding contract year for the same item (i.e., any proposed higher contract unit price cannot exceed the highest contract unit price in effect during the preceding contract year plus the annual ceiling.)

Annual ceiling, all items: 10%

There is no percentage limit on downward adjustments under this clause.

(3) Upon approval of the proposed price increases, the Government shall modify the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT System to include the increased contract unit prices. Upward price adjustments shall be effective once they appear in the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT system.

(i) These updates will take place within 60 days after receipt of the Contractor’s request for upward price adjustment (or at the same time the increased FSS price takes effect, whichever is later) unless the Contracting Officer is unable to determine during that period that a price increase on any item or items is fair and reasonable (i.e., the proposed contract unit price exceeds the lower of the two benchmarks above). In this case, no price increases will be authorized for those items until the Contracting Officer is able to determine the price increases for those items to be fair and reasonable.

(ii) If necessary, the Contracting Officer shall conduct discussions with the Contractor to reduce the proposed contract unit price to an amount which does not exceed the lower of the two benchmarks and reach an agreement on fair and reasonable prices.

(iii) When discussions have concluded, the Contractor shall confirm the agreed-to price(s) in writing and forward an E-CAT file which includes the agreed-to price(s). (The agreement shall also identify the FSS price and discount which makes up each agreed-to price.) Once the written agreement is received, the Government shall modify the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT System to include the increased contract unit prices. If the Contracting Officer and the Contractor are unable to agree upon the price for any items, the Contracting Officer will delete these items from the catalog in the E-CAT System.

(iv) This procedure applies to only those items whose prices the Contracting Officer is unable to determine fair and reasonable within the 60-day period the Government has to evaluate prices and update the E-CAT System. The remainder of the items whose price increases are determined fair and reasonable, shall be entered into the E-CAT system within the prescribed period.

(v) In addition, the Contracting Officer may also, at any time, remove any item from the catalog in the E-CAT System that the Contracting Officer believes is no longer reasonably priced (if the Contracting Officer and the Contractor are unable to agree upon a reduced price) and notify customers accordingly.

(4) Isolated incidents may occur for an item or group of items when proposed increases could exceed the annual ceiling benchmark in paragraph (f)(2)(ii). In such cases the Contractor can submit an adequately justified written request for Contracting Officer approval of an increase in contract unit price that exceeds the ceiling. The Contracting Officer may approve the request on a one-time basis, increase the ceiling for the item or group of items if appropriate, negotiate a lower contract unit price, or delete the item from the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT system. In no case may the increase in contract unit price exceed the ceiling without written authorization from the Contracting Officer. Also, no increase will be authorized that results in a contract unit price that exceeds the other benchmark.

(5) Any increased FSS unit prices shall not be used to compute contract unit prices for delivery orders issued before the date the adjusted contract unit prices take effect under the contract (i.e., the date they appear in the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT system).

(g) If the Contracting Officer removes items from the E-CAT system for price unreasonableness (see (e)(3), (f)(3) and (4) above), all outstanding orders issued prior to the date the items are removed shall be delivered in accordance with the contract delivery schedule and the Government shall pay for such items at the Contract Unit Price in effect at the time of the order.

(h) If the Contracting Officer at any time has any reason to believe that the FSS unit price has been discontinued, the Contractor shall furnish relevant information as required by the Contracting Officer. If the Contracting Officer determines that the FSS unit price has been discontinued, the parties shall promptly agree upon an appropriate substitute for determining adjustments pursuant to this or some other appropriate EPA clause. The Contract shall be modified to incorporate the substitute and its effective date.

(i) Pricing actions pursuant to paragraph (c) entitled “Changes” of Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.212-4 (including any revisions by addendum thereto) or any other provision of this Contract will be priced as though there were no provisions for economic price adjustment.

(j) Pending approval of any proposed price changes and revision of the contract unit prices in the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT System, payment shall be made at the contract unit prices in effect at the time of order.

(k) Voluntary price reductions (VPR):

(1) A “special or discount” offered by the Contractor which results in a voluntary price reduction for an item or group of items for a given period of time. The Contractor may offer a VPR at any time. The price reductions resulting from these VPRs will be in addition to any price reductions mandated by this EPA clause. The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer when the VPR takes effect, the applicable items included, and the length of time the VPR will remain in effect. Once the special or discount period expires, prices will revert to the contract unit prices in effect at that time.

(2) If an FSS unit price decreases when a VPR is in effect, the VPR will remain in effect until it expires if it is lower than the proposed unit price decrease. If the Contractor requests a contract unit price increase based upon an increased FSS unit price when a VPR is in effect, the VPR shall remain in effect until it expires. Upon expiration of the VPR, prices will revert to the adjusted contract unit prices, as calculated in accordance with this clause if no VPR had been in effect.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9042 Economic Price Adjustment (EPA) – Department of Labor Bureau of Labor Statistics – Consumer Price Index.

As prescribed in 16.203-4(d)(2)(90), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT (EPA) - DEPARTMENT OF LABOR BUREAU OF LABOR STATISTICS - CONSUMER PRICE INDEX(CPI) (NOV 2011)

(a) The Contractor warrants that the contract unit prices do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause.

(b) Consumer Price Indexes (CPIs) are published by the United States (U.S.) Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI for the expenditure category “Prescription Drugs and Medical Supplies” or “Nonprescription Drugs and Medical Supplies” located in Table 3 under “Medical Care Commodities” will be the economic indicator used for calculating the proposed new unit price for any option period to be exercised by the Government. The CPI, as used in this clause, means the index, as published monthly, not seasonally adjusted, for all urban consumers (CPI-U), U.S. city average. The index for a given month is available approximately two weeks into the following month. The item(s) offered are:

Prescription ( ) Nonprescription ( ) (Offeror must check appropriate block)

(c) All references to the terms “federal supply schedule (FSS) unit price(s)" or “FSS Price(s)” used herein, means the prices appearing in the Contractor’s current federal supply schedule for the same items under this contract.

(d) Price adjustments based upon CPI changes.

(1) Price adjustments (increases and decreases) based upon changes in the CPI indexes are authorized once for each option period provided the Government elects to exercise that option. Price increases must be requested by the Contractor. Any request for a price increase must be submitted to the Contracting Officer at least thirty days prior to the expiration of the current contract period in order for a price increase to take effect at the same time the upcoming option period takes effect (all indexes used to calculate the base and adjusting indexes should be available by this time). The request must include the calculations used to compute the proposed new unit price and a comparison of the appropriate benchmarks to the proposed new unit price. Price decreases are mandated by this clause. The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer of any price decreases in accordance with the same timeframe and provide the same information as required for increases above.

(2) Price Increases: If a request is not submitted within the required timeframe, increases will not take effect until 30 days after the request is received. If no request is received within 60 days after the New Option Period takes effect, the Contractor waives its right to a price increase for that Option Period. Price Decreases: If the Contractor fails to report any price decrease, the Contracting Officer will unilaterally establish a New Option Period Unit Price based upon the parameters for adjustment under this clause.

(e) Additional Price Adjustment(s). The Contractor is required to notify the Contracting Officer whenever there is a reduction in the Contractor’s FSS unit price and/or the Federal ceiling price (FCP) at least 30 days prior to its taking effect for the same item(s) as under this contract when that reduction results in an FSS price and/or FCP that is now lower than the current contract unit price. This notification will trigger a price reduction in the current contract unit price to an amount equal to the lower FSS unit price and/or FCP. (For covered drugs where both the FSS and FCP have been reduced, the contract unit price shall be reduced to the lower of the two.)

(f) Calculation of the unit price (U/P) for the option periods based upon changes in the CPI.

(1) A "Base" and "Adjusting" index shall be established for each option period. (See paragraph (g) below).

(2) The unit price for the contract period about to expire will be increased or decreased based upon the percentage change from the base index to the applicable adjusting index using the formulas below.

First option period:

Proposed new U/P for = Adjusting Index x Current Contract U/P for the

First option period Base Index expiring Base Period

Subsequent option periods:

Proposed new U/P for = Adjusting Index x Current Contract U/P for the

Upcoming Option Period Base Index expiring Option Period

(3) The proposed new unit price will be used to price the upcoming option period provided it does not exceed the lowest of the applicable benchmarks. If it does exceed the lowest of the applicable benchmarks, however, the Contractor shall agree on a price reduction to an amount which is equal to or lower than the lowest of the applicable benchmarks. This reduced unit price will then be used to price the upcoming option period.

(g) Determining the "base" and "adjusting" indexes for price changes based upon the CPI. A base and adjusting index shall be established for each option period.

(1) For the first option period, the base index shall be the arithmetic average of the CPI indexes published for the month before and the actual month the award is made. The Adjusting Index shall be the arithmetic average of the CPI indexes published for the third and fourth month prior to the month the Base Period expires (e.g., if the Base Period expires in June, the Adjusting Index would be the average of the indexes published for February and March of the Base Period.)

(2) For subsequent option periods, the base index for any upcoming option period shall be the previously established adjusting index (e.g., the base index for the upcoming second option period shall be the adjusting index established for the first option period.) The adjusting index for any upcoming option period shall be the arithmetic average of the CPI Indexes published for the third and fourth months prior to the month the current option period expires (e.g., if the first option period expires in June, the adjusting index for the upcoming second option period would be the average of the indexes published for February and March of the first option period).

(h) Benchmarks for price changes based upon the CPI:

(1) Any proposed new unit price calculated as a result of using the formula in (f) above shall not exceed whichever is the lowest of the following applicable benchmarks:

(i) The maximum ceiling unit price calculated by escalating the expiring contract period unit price by 10% (e.g., the ceiling for the first option period unit price will be based on the base period unit price escalated by 10%; the ceiling for the third option period unit price will be based on the second option period unit price escalated by 10%.) (Applies to price increases only. There is no percentage limit on downward adjustments under this clause.);

(ii) The Contractor’s current federal supply schedule price for the same item (applies to all adjustments where the Contractor has a concurrent FSS for the same item(s) as under this contract); and

(iii) The current Federal ceiling price for the same item (applies to covered drugs only).

(i) All price increases or decreases (including any decreases under paragraph (e) above) under this clause shall be effected through the issuance of a modification. The modification shall indicate the new unit price and the effective date of that price, which, in most cases, should be on the same date the option period takes effect. All delivery orders issued after the effective date shall be priced using the new unit price. The modification shall also include the Adjusting Index.

(j) Payment on each delivery order under this contract shall be at the contract unit price in effect at the time the order is issued.

(k) In the event publication of any CPI index used under this clause is discontinued or its method of calculation is altered substantially in that it fails to reflect market conditions, the Contracting Officer may modify the contract to specify use of an appropriate substitute index or alternate method for adjusting prices. The substitute index or alternate adjustment method will take effect on the date the original index begins to fail to reflect market conditions.

(l) Any pricing actions pursuant to paragraph (c) entitled "Changes" of Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.212-4 (including any revisions by addendum thereto) or any other provisions of the contract shall be priced as though there were no provisions for economic price adjustment.

(m) Voluntary price reductions (VPR):

(1) A “special or discount” offered by the Contractor which results in a voluntary price reduction for an item or group of items for a given period of time. The Contractor may offer a VPR at any time. The price reductions resulting from these VPRs will be in addition to any price reductions mandated by this EPA clause. The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer when the VPR takes effect, the applicable items included, and the length of time the VPR will remain in effect. Once the “special or discount” period expires, prices will revert to the contract unit prices that would be in effect at that time.

(2) If any VPR is in effect when a price decrease is mandated under this clause, the VPR will remain in effect until it expires if it is lower than the price decrease. If the Contractor requests a price increase based upon an increase in the CPI indexes when a VPR is in effect, the VPR shall remain in effect until it expires. Upon expiration of the VPR, prices will revert to the adjusted contract unit prices, as calculated in accordance with this clause as if no VPR had been in effect.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9043 Economic Price Adjustment – Federal Supply Schedule Prices.

As prescribed in 16.203-4(a)(2)(92), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT – FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE PRICES (FSS) (NOV 2011)

(a) This clause applies to any items under this contract where the offeror has proposed the same (or discounted) prices as their current FSS prices and the Contracting Officer has accepted this pricing methodology. During the life of this contract, the Contracting Officer and the Contractor may agree in writing to also apply this clause to any other items that previously were not, but subsequently become, available under both this contract and any concurrent FSS contract(s).

(b) Definitions:

(1) FSS Price(s): “FSS prices” or “FSS unit prices” refer to the unit prices for specific commercial items the Contractor and the Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA) have agreed to and are included in one or more current Federal Supply Schedule Contracts. All references to “FSS prices” or “FSS unit prices” shall be the prices appearing on the current Federal supply schedule for the same items under this contract.

(2) Discount: The percentage reduction off the FSS unit price proposed by the Contractor and accepted by the Government. These percentages may vary per item and quantity ordered. They shall be agreed to at time of award and may not be reduced for the life of the contract. (Contractors may offer larger discounts and/or reduced contract unit prices at any time.)

(3) Contract unit price: The price per unit of issue comprised of the FSS unit price and the applicable “discount”. The contract unit price is determined by reducing the FSS unit price by the appropriate discount.

(4) Voluntary price reduction (VPR): See paragraph (k).

(c) The offeror/Contractor warrants that (1) the FSS unit prices and the subsequent revisions thereto are the FSS unit prices in effect at time of award or adjustment for like quantities of the same items and (2) any contract unit prices determined using these FSS unit prices do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause.

(d) Prior to award, the Contractor must furnish a copy of their current FSSs, FSS unit prices and the FSS contract expiration date for each item. The Contractor shall also furnish its offered discounts and proposed contract unit prices. At the option of the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall also furnish the documentation set forth in paragraphs (f)(1)(i)(I) and (f)(1)(ii) below. Upon acceptance by the Government, the award unit prices shall be established at the FSS unit prices minus the offered discounts.

(e) Downward adjustments.

(1) Downward adjustments to contract unit prices are mandated whenever there are decreases in FSS unit prices. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the amount and effective date of each decrease in FSS Unit Price. The Contractor shall propose a lower contract unit price taking into consideration the benchmark in paragraph (e)(2) below. The Contractor must furnish a copy of the revised FSS contract and FSS unit prices as soon as they are available. Also, at least 30 days prior to the date when the reduced FSS unit price takes effect, the Contractor shall furnish an Excel spreadsheet or ACCESS database (in both hard copy and disc) that displays for each item with an offered decrease in contract unit price the following information:

(i) The item number; e.g., 0003.

(ii) The supplier; e.g., ABC Dental, Inc.

(iii) The product name/nomenclature; e.g., high speed handpiece.

(iv) The part number; e.g., HPH2000.

(v) The applicable contract discount used as a basis for determining the current contract unit price.

(vi) The FSS unit price upon which the current contract unit price is based.

(vii) The contract unit price currently in effect.

(viii) The applicable contract discount or larger contract discount now offered.

(ix) The reduced FSS unit price.

(x) The reduced contract unit price now offered.

(xi) The percentage decrease in FSS unit price from the FSS unit price that determined the current contract unit price to the new, lower FSS unit price.

(xii) The percentage decrease in contract unit price from the current contract unit price to the new lower contract unit price now offered.

(2) Benchmark for FSS price reductions. The appropriate contract discount or larger discount now offered will be applied to each reduced FSS Unit Price to determine the adjusted contract unit price provided the adjusted Contract Unit Price does not exceed the following benchmark:

The offered reduction in contract unit price on a percentage basis must be at least equal to the percentage reduction from the FSS unit price that determined the current contract unit price to the new lower FSS Unit Price, i.e., the current contract unit price must, as a minimum, be reduced by the percentage decrease in the FSS Unit Price.

(3) If the proposed contract unit price exceeds the benchmark above, the Contracting Officer shall determine the proposed price reductions unreasonable. The Contracting Officer and Contractor shall negotiate a reduction in the proposed contract unit price to an amount that does not exceed the benchmark above. All negotiated price reductions shall be confirmed in writing and will include the agreed-to price(s) and the FSS prices and discount(s) which make up these prices. The Contract will be modified as discussed directly below.)

(i) If the proposed contract unit price does not exceed the benchmark above, it will be determined fair and reasonable.

(ii) Upon acceptance of any proposed price decreases, the Government shall modify the contract to include the reduced contract unit price(s) which will take effect on the same day the reduced FSS Unit Price takes effect. The modification will also show the applicable discount, the reduced FSS Unit Price(s) and their effective date(s).

(iii) The reduced contract unit prices shall apply to those items ordered on or after the effective date of the decrease in the Contractor’s FSS Price(s).

(iv) If the Contractor fails to notify the Contracting Officer of any FSS Unit Price decreases within the timeframe and in the manner stated above or agreement on any reduction cannot be reached, the Contracting Officer may determine the applicable adjustment and authorize a unilateral price adjustment retroactively applied to all items ordered on or after the date the new FSS Unit Price takes effect.

(f) Upward adjustments.

(1) Upward adjustments may be requested at any time. The requested upward price adjustments must be based upon increases in the Contractor’s FSS Unit Prices. The request shall include a copy of the revised FSS Unit Prices, and the following for each item with a proposed increase in contract unit price:

(i) An Excel spreadsheet or ACCESS database, in both hard copy and disc, that displays for each item with a proposed price increase the following information:

(A) The item number; e.g., 0003.

(B) The supplier; e.g., ABC Dental, Inc.

(C) The product name/nomenclature; e.g., high speed handpiece.

(D) The part number; e.g., HPH2000.

(E) For the initial year, the FSS unit price that determined the award unit price, the applicable contract discount, and the award unit price. For all subsequent contract years, the FSS unit price that determined the highest contract unit price that was in effect at any time during the preceding contract year, the applicable discount, and the highest contract unit price that was in effect during the preceding contract year.

(F) The increased FSS unit price, the applicable contract discount or larger contract discount now offered, and the proposed higher contract unit price.

(G) For the initial year, the percentage change from the FSS unit price that determined the award unit price to the new higher FSS unit price. For all subsequent contract years, the percentage change from the FSS unit price that determined the highest contract unit price that was in effect at any time during the preceding contract year to the new higher FSS unit price.

(H) For the initial year, the percentage change from the award unit price to the new higher proposed contract unit price. For all subsequent contract years, the percentage change from the highest contract unit price that was in effect at any time during the preceding contract year to the new higher proposed contract unit price.

(I) For any items offered to the Department of Veterans Affairs and the General Services Administration at other than Federal Supply Schedule (FSS) prices, the non-FSS prices/discounts (if different than the reported FSS unit prices/discounts) offered to those agencies.

(ii) Any other applicable supporting data requested by the Contracting Officer.

(2) Benchmarks for FSS price increases: If any FSS unit price increases, and the increase is authorized under this clause, the contract unit prices for any corresponding items shall be determined using the increased FSS unit price(s) and either the applicable discount(s) originally awarded or any larger discount(s) now offered. These increased contract unit prices shall apply to all orders issued on or after the effective date of these increases (see (f)(3) below). Proposed increases will be considered fair and reasonable if they do not exceed whichever is the lower of the following two benchmarks:

(i) For the initial year of the contract, any proposed increase in contract unit price on a percentage basis cannot exceed the percentage increase from the FSS unit price that determined the award unit price to the new higher FSS unit price. For all subsequent contract years, any proposed increase in contract unit price on a percentage basis cannot exceed the percentage increase from the FSS unit price that determined the highest contract unit price that was in effect at any time during the preceding contract year to the new higher FSS unit price.

(ii) Any proposed higher contract unit prices are subject to the following limitations:

(A) For the initial contract year, contract unit price increases shall be limited to the following annual ceiling(s) applied to the award unit price for the same item (i.e., any proposed higher contract unit price cannot exceed the award unit price plus the annual ceiling).

(B) For all subsequent contract years, contract unit price increases shall be limited to the following annual ceiling(s) applied to the highest contract unit price in effect during the preceding contract year for the same item (i.e., any proposed higher contract unit price cannot exceed the highest contract unit price in effect during the preceding contract year plus the annual ceiling.)

Annual ceiling, all items: 10%

There is no percentage limit on downward adjustments under this clause.

(3) Upon acceptance of any proposed price increases, the Government shall modify the contract showing the increased contract unit prices and when they become effective, the applicable discount, and the increased FSS unit price(s) and their effective date(s). Upward price adjustments shall be effective within 60 days after receipt of the Contractor’s request for upward price adjustment (or at the same time the increased FSS price takes effect, whichever is later) unless the Contracting Officer is unable to determine during that period that a price increase on any item or items is fair and reasonable (i.e., the proposed contract unit price exceeds the lower of the two benchmarks above). in this case, no price increases will be authorized for those items until the Contracting Officer is able to determine the price increases for those items to be fair and reasonable.

If necessary, the Contracting Officer shall conduct discussions with the Contractor to reduce the proposed contract unit price to an amount which does not exceed the lower of the two benchmarks and reach an agreement on fair and reasonable prices. When discussions have concluded, the Contractor shall confirm the agreed-to price(s) in writing. (The agreement shall also identify the FSS price and discount which makes up each agreed-to price.)

Once the written agreement is received, the Government shall modify the contract showing the increased contract unit prices and when they become effective, the applicable discount, and the increased FSS Unit Price(s) and their effective date(s). (No increases will be effective prior to the date the increased FSS takes effect.)

If the Contracting Officer and the Contractor are unable to agree upon the price for any items, the Contracting Officer will remove these items from the contract.

(4) Isolated incidents may occur for an item or group of items when proposed increases could exceed the annual ceiling benchmark in paragraph (f)(2)(ii). In such cases the Contractor can submit an adequately justified written request for Contracting Officer approval of an increase in Contract Unit Price that exceeds the ceiling. The Contracting Officer may approve the request on a one-time basis, increase the ceiling for the item or group of items if appropriate, negotiate a lower Contract Unit Price, or delete the item from the contract. In no case may the increase in Contract Unit Price exceed the ceiling without written authorization from the Contracting Officer. Also, no increase will be authorized that results in a Contract Unit Price that exceeds the other benchmark.

(5) Any increased FSS unit prices shall not be used to compute contract unit prices for delivery orders issued before the date the adjusted contract unit prices take effect under the Contract.

(g) If the Contracting Officer removes items from the contract for price unreasonableness (see (e)(3), (f)(3) and (4) above), all outstanding orders issued prior to the date the items are removed shall be delivered in accordance with the contract delivery schedule and the Government shall pay for such items at the Contract Unit Price in effect at the time of the order.

(h) If the Contracting Officer at any time has any reason to believe that the FSS unit price has been discontinued, the Contractor shall furnish relevant information as required by the Contracting Officer. If the Contracting Officer determines that the FSS Unit Price has been discontinued, the parties shall promptly agree upon an appropriate substitute for determining adjustments pursuant to this or some other appropriate EPA clause. The contract shall be modified to incorporate the substitute and its effective date.

(i) Pricing actions pursuant to paragraph (c) entitled “Changes” of Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.212-4 (including any revisions by addendum thereto) or any other provision of this Contract will be priced as though there were no provisions for Economic Price Adjustment.

(j) Pending approval of any proposed price changes and the issuance of any subsequent modification establishing the effective date of these changes, payment shall be made at the contract unit prices in effect at the time of order.

(k) Voluntary price reductions (VPR): A “special or discount” offered by the Contractor which results in a voluntary price reduction for an item or group of items for a given period of time.

The Contractor may offer a VPR at any time. The price reductions resulting from these VPRs will be in addition to any price reductions mandated by this EPA clause. The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer when the VPR takes effect, the applicable items included, and the length of time the VPR will remain in effect. Once the “special or discount” period expires, prices will revert to the contract unit prices in effect at that time.

If an FSS unit price decreases when a VPR is in effect, the VPR will remain in effect until it expires if it is lower than the proposed unit price decrease. If the Contractor requests a contract unit price increase based upon an increased FSS unit price when a VPR is in effect, the VPR shall remain in effect until it expires. Upon expiration of the VPR, prices will revert to the adjusted contract unit prices, as calculated in accordance with this clause if no VPR had been in effect.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9044 Economic Price Adjustment – Established Catalog Price Multiple Adjustments Authorized Per Clause Terms.

As prescribed in 16.203-4(a)(2)(93), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT – ESTABLISHED CATALOG PRICE - MULTIPLE ADJUSTMENTS AUTHORIZED PER CLAUSE TERMS - NON-ECAT (NOV 2011)

(a) All price adjustments authorized or mandated by this clause are based upon changes in the Contractor’s list prices and certain Federal Supply Schedule (FSS) unit prices. The clause also provides for voluntary price reductions (VPR) in the form of “specials” or “discounts”.

(b) Definitions:

(1) Contract unit price: The price per unit of issue comprised of the “list price” and the applicable “discount”. The contract unit price is determined by reducing the applicable list price by the appropriate discount. The list prices and discounts shall be listed in the contract. The resulting net contract unit prices may or may not be listed in the contract at the discretion of the Contracting Officer.

(2) Discount: The percentage reduction off the list price proposed by the Contractor and accepted by the Government. These percentages may vary per item and quantity ordered. They shall be agreed to at time of award and may not be reduced for the life of the contract. These discounts are in addition to any standard trade discounts in the Contractor’s established commercial catalog/price list. (Contractors may offer larger discounts and/or reduced list prices at any time.)

(3) List price: The established catalog unit prices of the items. In order for a “list price” to meet the criteria as an established catalog price, it must meet the definition in (c)(1) below.

(4) Voluntary price reduction (VPR): See paragraph (l) below.

(c) Established catalog unit price.

(1) The term "established catalog unit price", as used in this clause, means a unit price that (i) is a catalog price for a commercial item sold in substantial quantities to the general public and (ii) is the net price after applying any standard trade discounts offered by the Contractor.

(2) Unless otherwise specified, all reference to the terms “FSS unit price”(s) or “FSS price(s)” as used in this clause, shall be the prices appearing in the Contractor’s current Federal Supply Schedule for the same items under this contract.

(d) The offeror/Contractor warrants that (1) the list prices and the subsequent revisions thereto are the established catalog unit prices in effect at time of award or adjustment for like quantities of the same items and (2) any contract unit prices determined using these list prices do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause. The offeror/Contractor also warrants that any contract unit prices determined using FSS unit prices do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause.

(e) Prior to award the Contractor must furnish:

(1) their current established catalog/price list, offered discounts, proposed contract unit prices; and

(2) a copy of their current FSS’s, FSS unit prices, and the FSS contract expiration dates applicable to any items offered as well as any other information required by the Contracting Officer.

(f) Upon acceptance by the Government, the award unit prices will be established at the list prices minus the offered discounts provided the resulting contract unit prices do not exceed any current FSS unit price for the same item. Accordingly, offers are cautioned to propose discounts which, when applied to the list prices, will not exceed FSS Unit Prices.

(g) Downward adjustments.

(1) Downward adjustments to contract unit prices are mandated whenever there are decreases in either 1) List Prices or 2) FSS Unit Prices when the reduction results in a revised FSS Price which is now lower than the current Contract Unit Price. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the amount and effective date of each decrease in list price and any FSS Unit Price reduction which results in an FSS Unit Price which is now lower than the current Contract Unit Price.

If the offered price decrease is based upon a reduction in list price or FSS Price, the Contractor shall propose a lower Contract Unit Price taking into consideration the benchmarks in paragraphs (g)(2) and (3) below. The Contractor must furnish a copy of the revised Catalog/Price List or FSS Unit Price as soon as it is available. Also, the Contractor must provide an Excel spreadsheet or ACCESS Database (in both hard copy and disc) that displays for each item with an offered decrease in Contract Unit Price the appropriate information below.

For reductions in List Price(s), the Contractor shall submit this information at least 60 days prior to the date when the reduced List Prices take effect. For reductions in FSS Price(s), the Contractor shall provide this information at least 30 days prior to the date the reduced FSS unit price(s) takes effect.

(i) For list price or FSS changes: The item number; e.g., 0001AA.

(ii) For list price or FSS changes: The Supplier (Catalog); e.g., ABC Imaging, Inc.

(iii) For list price or FSS changes: The Product Name/Nomenclature; e.g., High Speed Handpiece.

(iv) For list price or FSS changes: Part Number; e.g., HIH 2000

(v) For list price or FSS changes: The list price upon which the current Contract Unit Price is based.

(vi) For list price or FSS changes: The applicable Contract Discount used as a basis for determining the current Contract Unit Price.

(vii) For list price or FSS changes: The Contract Unit Price currently in effect.

(viii) For list price changes: The reduced List Price.

(ix) For list price changes: The applicable Contract Discount or larger Contract Discount now offered.

(x) For list price or FSS changes: The reduced contract unit price now offered.

(xi) For list price changes: The percentage decrease in list price from the list price which determined the current Contract Unit Price to the new, lower List Price.

(xii) For list price changes: The percentage change in Contract Unit Price from the current Contract Unit Price to the new lower Contract Unit Price now offered.

(xiii) For FSS changes: The current FSS Unit Price which is about to expire and the new reduced FSS Unit Price which will replace it and triggered this Contract Unit Price reduction.

(xiv) For list price changes: For any items offered to the Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA) under the FSS, the current FSS Unit Price(s) for the same item.

(2) Reductions in List Price(s). If the offered price decrease is based upon a reduction in the List Price, the appropriate discount or larger discount now offered will be applied to each reduced list price to determine the adjusted Contract Unit Price provided the proposed lower Contract Unit Price does not exceed the lower of the following two benchmarks:

(i) The offered reduction in Contract Unit Price on a percentage basis must be at least equal to the percentage reduction from the list price currently in effect under the contract to the new lower List Price; i.e., the current Contract Unit Price must, as a minimum, be reduced by the percentage decrease in List Price.

(ii) The new proposed lower Contract Unit Price shall not exceed the current FSS Unit Price for the same item.

(3) FSS Price Reductions. If the offered price decrease is based upon a reduction in the FSS Price, the proposed lower Contract Unit Price shall not exceed the following benchmark: The new proposed lower Contract Unit Price shall not exceed the revised lower FSS Price for the same item.

(4) If the proposed Contract Unit Price exceeds the lower of the appropriate list price benchmarks (for reductions based upon reduced List Prices) or the FSS Price benchmark (for reductions based upon reduced FSS Prices), the Contracting Officer shall determine the proposed price reductions unreasonable and negotiate a price reduction which results in a Contract Unit Price that does not exceed the appropriate benchmarks.

(i) All negotiated price reductions shall be confirmed in writing and will include the agreed-to price(s) and the list price(s) and discount(s) which make up these prices. Changes based upon FSS price reductions will be expressed in terms of the current list price and an appropriate discount which results in an adjusted Contract Unit Price which does not exceed the revised lower FSS Price.

(ii) If an agreement cannot be reached the Contracting Officer has the option of removing these items from the Contract or taking the action in the last sentence below. If the proposed Contract Unit Price does not exceed the lowest of the appropriate list price or FSS Price benchmarks, it will be determined fair and reasonable.

(iii) Upon acceptance of any proposed price decreases, the Government shall modify the contract to include the reduced list prices and discounts (changes based upon FSS price reductions will be expressed in terms of the current list price and an appropriate discount which results in an adjusted Contract Unit Price which does not exceed the revised lower FSS Price). The adjusted contract unit prices may or may not be shown in the modification at the discretion of the Contracting Officer. These reduced contract unit prices shall apply to those items ordered on or after the effective date of the reduced List or FSS Unit Price(s).

(iv) If the Contractor fails to notify the Contracting Officer of any list price or FSS Price decreases within the timeframe and in the manner stated above or agreement on any reduction cannot be reached, the Contracting Officer may determine the applicable adjustment and authorize a unilateral price adjustment retroactively applied to all items ordered on or after the effective date of the decrease in the Contractor’s established List or FSS Prices.

(h) Upward Adjustments.

(1) Upward adjustments may be requested at any time. However, any request for upward price adjustment must be based upon increases in List Prices only. The Contractor shall propose a Contract Unit Price taking into consideration the benchmarks in paragraph (g)(2). The request shall include a copy of the revised Catalog/Price List and the following for each item with a proposed increase in Contract Unit Price:

(i) A separate Excel spreadsheet or ACCESS database, in both hard copy and disc, that displays for each item with a proposed price increase the following information:

(A) The item number; e.g., 0003.

(B) The Supplier(Catalog); e.g., ABC Dental, Inc.

(C) The Product Name/Nomenclature; e.g., High Speed Handpiece.

(D) The Part Number; e.g., HIH2000.

(E) For the initial year, the list price that determined the Award Unit Price, the applicable Contract Discount, and the Award Unit Price. For all subsequent contract years, the list price that determined the highest Contract Unit Price that was in effect at any time during the preceding Contract Year, the applicable discount, and the highest Contract Unit Price that was in effect during the preceding Contract Year.

(F) The increased list price and its effective date, the applicable Contract Discount or larger Contract Discount now offered, and the proposed higher Contract Unit Price.

(G) For the initial year, the percentage change from the list price that determined the award unit price to the new higher List Price. For all subsequent contract years, the percentage change from the list price that determined the highest Contract Unit Price that was in effect at any time during the preceding Contract Year to the new higher List Price.

(H) For the initial year, the percentage change from the award unit price to the new higher proposed Contract Unit Price. For all subsequent contract years, the percentage change from the highest Contract Unit Price that was in effect at any time during the preceding contract year to the new higher proposed Contract Unit Price.

(I) For any items offered to the Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA) under the FSS, the current FSS Unit Price(s) for the same item.

(J) Any other information required by the Contracting Officer.

(2) Benchmarks. If any list price increases, and the increase is authorized under this clause, the contract unit prices for any corresponding items ordered after the increase takes effect shall be determined using the increased list price and either the applicable Discount originally awarded or any larger Discount now offered that applies to the affected item. Proposed increases will be considered fair and reasonable if they do not exceed whichever is the lowest of the following three benchmarks:

(i) For the Initial Year of the contract, the proposed increase in Contract Unit Price on a percentage basis cannot exceed the percentage increase from the list price that determined the award unit price to the new higher List Price. For all subsequent Contract Years, the proposed increase in Contract Unit Price on a percentage basis cannot exceed the percentage increase from the list price that determined the highest Contract Unit Price that was in effect at any time during the preceding contract year to the new higher List Price.

(ii) Any proposed higher Contract Unit Price shall not exceed the current FSS Unit Price for the same item.

(iii) Any proposed higher contract unit prices are subject to the following limitations:

(A) For the initial Contract Year, Contract Unit Price increases shall be limited to the following annual ceiling(s) applied to the award unit price for the same item (i.e., any proposed higher Contract Unit Price cannot exceed the award unit price plus the annual ceiling).

(B) For all subsequent Contract Years, Contract Unit Price increases shall be limited to the following annual ceiling(s) applied to the highest Contract Unit Price in effect during the preceding Contract Year for the same item (i.e., any proposed higher Contract Unit Price cannot exceed the highest Contract Unit Price in effect during the preceding Contract Year plus the annual ceiling.)

Annual Ceiling, All Items: 10%

There is no percentage limit on downward adjustments under this clause.

(3) Upon approval of the proposed price increases, the Government shall modify the contract to include the increased list prices and discounts. The adjusted contract unit prices may or may not be included in the modification at the discretion of the Contracting Officer.

(i) Upward price adjustments shall be effective within 60 days after receipt of the Contractor’s request for upward price adjustment (or at the same time the increased list price takes effect, whichever is later) unless the Contracting Officer is unable to determine during that period that a price increase on any item or items is fair and reasonable (i.e., the proposed Contract Unit Price exceeds the lowest of the three benchmarks above). In this case, no price increases will be authorized for those items until the Contracting Officer is able to determine the price increases for those items to be fair and reasonable. If necessary, the Contracting Officer shall conduct discussions with the Contractor to negotiate a price reduction which results in a Contract Unit Price that does not exceed the lowest of the three benchmarks.

(ii) When discussions have concluded and an agreement which results in fair and reasonable prices is reached, the Contractor shall confirm the agreed-to price(s) in writing (The agreement shall also identify the list price and discount which makes up each agreed-to price.) Once the written agreement is received, the Government shall modify the contract to include the increased list prices and discounts. The adjusted contract unit prices may or may not be included in the modification at the discretion of the Contracting Officer (No increases will be effective prior to the date the increased List Price(s) take effect.)

(iii) If the Contracting Officer and the Contractor are unable to agree upon the price for any items, the Contracting Officer will delete these items from the contract. In addition, the Contracting Officer may also, at any time, remove any item from the contract that the Contracting Officer believes is no longer reasonably priced (if the Contracting Officer and the Contractor are unable to agree upon a reduced price) and notify customers accordingly.

(4) Isolated incidents may occur for an item or group of items when proposed increases could exceed the annual ceiling benchmark in paragraph (h)(2)(iii). In such cases the Contractor can submit an adequately justified written request for Contracting Officer approval of an increase in contract unit price that exceeds the ceiling. The Contracting Officer may approve the request on a one-time basis, increase the ceiling for the item or group of items if appropriate, negotiate a lower contract unit price, or delete the item(s) from the contract. In no case may the increase in Contract Unit Price exceed the ceiling without written authorization from the Contracting Officer. Also, no increase will be authorized that results in a contract unit price that exceeds the other benchmarks.

(5) Any increased list prices shall not be used to compute contract unit prices for delivery orders issued before the date the adjusted contract unit prices take effect under the contract.

(6) If the Contracting Officer removes items from the contract for price unreasonableness (see (g)(4) and (h)(3) and (4) above), all outstanding orders issued prior to the date the items are removed shall be delivered in accordance with the contract delivery schedule and the Government shall pay for such items at the Contract Unit Price in effect at the time of the order.

(i) If the Contracting Officer at any time has any reason to believe that the established list price has been discontinued, the basis for the list price has been substantially altered, or that the item no longer meets the criteria to qualify as an established Catalog Priced item, the Contractor shall furnish relevant information as required by the Contracting Officer. If the Contracting Officer determines that any of the preceding conditions are present and a substitute for determining price adjustments is needed, the parties shall promptly agree upon an appropriate substitute for determining adjustments pursuant to this or another appropriate clause. The Contract shall be modified to incorporate the substitute and its effective date.

(j) Pricing actions pursuant to paragraph (c) entitled “Changes” of Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.212-4 (including any revisions by addendum thereto) or any other provision of this Contract will be priced as though there were no provisions for Economic Price Adjustment.

(k) Pending approval of any proposed price changes and the subsequent modification of the contract unit prices, payment shall be made at the contract unit prices in effect at the time of order.

(l) Voluntary Price Reductions (VPR): A “special or discount” offered by the Contractor which results in a voluntary price reduction for an item or group of items for a given period of time. The Contractor may offer a VPR at any time. The price reductions resulting from these VPRs will be in addition to any price reductions mandated by this EPA clause.

(1) The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer when the VPR takes effect, which items are included, and the length of time the VPR will remain in effect. Once the “special or discount” period expires, prices will revert to the Contract Unit Price(s) in effect at that time.

(2) If a list price (or FSS Unit Price) decreases when a VPR is in effect, the VPR will remain in effect until it expires if it is lower than the proposed unit price decrease. If the Contractor requests a Contract Unit Price increase based upon an increased list price when a VPR is in effect, the VPR shall remain in effect until it expires. Upon expiration of the VPR, prices will revert to the adjusted contract unit prices, as calculated in accordance with this clause as if no VPR had been in effect.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9045 Economic Price Adjustment – Other Federal Agency Contracts – E-CAT.

As prescribed in 16.203-4(a)(2)(94)(i), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT – OTHER FEDERAL AGENCY CONTRACTS – E-CAT

(NOV 2011)

(a) This clause applies to any items under this contract where the offeror has proposed the same (or discounted) prices as are included in any current contract(s) the Contractor may have with Other Federal Agencies (OFA) and the Contracting Officer agrees to use this pricing methodology. During the life of this contract, the Contracting Officer and the Contractor may agree in writing to also apply this clause to any other items that previously were not, but subsequently become, available under both this contract and any concurrent OFA contract(s).

(b) Definitions:

(1) Other Federal Agency (OFA) Price: “OFA Prices” or “OFA Unit Prices” refer to the unit prices for specific commercial items the Contractor and another Federal Agency have agreed to and are included in one or more current Contracts.

(2) Discount: The percentage reduction off the OFA Unit Price proposed by the Contractor, accepted by the Government, and maintained in the contract file (not the E-CAT System) by the Government. These percentages may vary per item and quantity ordered. They shall be agreed to at time of award and may not be reduced for the life of the contract. (Contractors may offer larger discounts and/or reduced contract unit prices at any time.)

(3) Contract Unit Price: The price per unit of issue comprised of the OFA Unit Price and the applicable “Discount”. The Contract Unit Price is determined by reducing the OFA Unit Price by the appropriate Discount. contract unit prices and any subsequent proposed revisions thereto are loaded by the Contractor into an E-CAT file and are forwarded electronically to the Government. For proposed price changes, the Contactor shall also separately submit (in Excel Spreadsheet or ACCESS Database format) the additional information as required in paragraphs (e) and (f) below in order for the Government to review and evaluate these proposed price changes. Upon the Government’s determination that the offered prices are acceptable/fair and reasonable, the Government shall release them into the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT System. (Contract unit prices, OFA unit prices and discounts under this contract are not visible in the E-CAT System to the Contractor or any customer. The prices visible in the E-CAT System to the Contractor or any customer are the Delivered Unit Prices, which are the contract unit prices plus the DLA Troop Support Administrative Fee percentage (in effect at that time) charged customers ordering under this contract.)

(4) Voluntary Price Reduction (VPR): See paragraph (k).

(c) The offeror/Contractor warrants that (1) the OFA Unit Prices and the subsequent revisions thereto are the OFA unit prices in effect at time of award or adjustment for like quantities of the same items and (2) any contract unit prices determined using these OFA Unit Prices do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause.

(d) Prior to award, the Contractor must furnish a copy of their current OFA Contract, OFA contract unit prices and the OFA contract expiration date for each item. The Contractor shall also furnish its offered Discounts and proposed contract unit prices. At the option of the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall also furnish the documentation set forth in paragraphs (f)(1)(i)(I) and (f)(1)(ii) below. Upon acceptance by the Government, the Award Unit Prices shall be established at the OFA Unit Prices minus the offered Discounts.

(e) Downward Adjustments.

(1) Downward adjustments to contract unit prices are mandated whenever there are decreases in OFA Unit Prices. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the amount and effective date of each decrease in OFA Unit Price. The Contractor shall propose a lower Contract Unit Price taking into consideration the benchmark in paragraph (e)(2) below. The Contractor must furnish a copy of the revised OFA Contract and OFA Unit Prices as soon as they are available. Also, the Contractor must provide a copy of the “E-CAT file” at least 30 days prior to the date when the reduced OFA Unit Price takes effect. Finally, the Contractor shall also furnish, within the timeframe above, a separate Excel spreadsheet or ACCESS database (in both hard copy and disc) that displays for each item with an offered decrease in Contract Unit Price the following information:

(i) The item number; e.g., 0003.

(ii) The Supplier; e.g., ABC Dental, Inc.

(iii) The Product Name/Nomenclature; e.g., High Speed Handpiece.

(iv) The Part Number; e.g., HPH2000.

(v) The applicable contract discount used as a basis for determining the current Contract Unit Price.

(vi) The OFA Unit Price upon which the current Contract Unit Price is based.

(vii) The Contract Unit Price currently in effect.

(viii) The applicable Contract Discount or larger Contract Discount now offered.

(ix) The reduced OFA Unit Price.

(x) The reduced Contract Unit Price now offered.

(xi) The percentage decrease in OFA Unit Price from the OFA Unit Price that determined the Current Contract Unit Price to the new, lower OFA Unit Price.

(xii) The percentage decrease in Contract Unit Price from the current Contract Unit Price to the new lower Contract Unit Price now offered.

(2) Benchmark For OFA Price Reductions.

(i) The appropriate Contract Discount or larger Discount now offered will be applied to each reduced OFA Unit Price to determine the adjusted Contract Unit Price provided the adjusted Contract Unit Price does not exceed the following benchmark:

(ii) The offered reduction in Contract Unit Price on a percentage basis must be at least equal to the percentage reduction from the OFA Unit Price that determined the current Contract Unit Price to the new lower OFA Unit Price, i.e., the current Contract Unit Price must, as a minimum, be reduced by the percentage decrease in the OFA Unit Price.

(3) If the proposed Contract Unit Price exceeds the benchmark above, the Contracting Officer shall determine the proposed price reductions unreasonable. The Contracting Officer and Contractor shall negotiate a reduction in the proposed Contract Unit Price to an amount that does not exceed the benchmark above. (All negotiated price reductions shall be confirmed in writing and will include the agreed-to price(s) and the OFA prices and discount(s) which make up these prices.)

(i) If an agreement cannot be reached, the Contracting Officer has the option of removing these items from the E-CAT system or taking the action in the last sentence below. If the proposed Contract Unit Price does not exceed the benchmark above, it will be determined fair and reasonable. Upon acceptance of any proposed price decreases, the Government shall modify the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT system to include the reduced prices. These reduced contract unit prices shall apply to those items ordered on or after the date when these lower prices appear in the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT system. (Revisions will not be added to the electronic catalog prior to date they take effect.)

(ii) If the Contractor fails to notify the Contracting Officer of any OFA Unit Price decreases within the timeframe and in the manner stated above or agreement on any reduction cannot be reached, the Contracting Officer may determine the applicable adjustment and authorize a unilateral price adjustment retroactively applied to all items ordered on or after the date the new OFA Unit Price takes effect.

(f) Upward Adjustments.

(1) The Base Year contract unit prices are not subject to any upward adjustment. The Contractor is authorized to submit one request for any upward adjustments to contract unit prices for each Option Year. This request shall be submitted no later than 30 days prior to the effective date of the upcoming Option Year (if exercised). The requested upward price adjustments must be based upon increases in the Contractor’s OFA Unit Prices. The request shall include a copy of the revised OFA Unit Prices, the “E-CAT file”, and the following for each item with a proposed increase in Contract Unit Price:

(i) A separate Excel spreadsheet or ACCESS database, in both hard copy and disc, that displays for each item with a proposed price increase the following information:

(A) The item number; e.g., 0003.

(B) The Supplier; e.g., ABC Dental, Inc.

(C) The Product Name/Nomenclature; e.g., High Speed Handpiece.

(D) The Part Number; e.g., HPH2000.

(E) For the initial Option year, the OFA Unit Price that determined the Award Unit Price, the applicable Contract Discount, and the Award Unit Price. For all subsequent Option years, the OFA Unit Price that determined the highest Contract Unit Price that was in effect at any time during the preceding Contract Year, the applicable discount, and the highest Contract Unit Price that was in effect during the preceding Contract Year.

(F) The increased OFA Unit Price, the applicable Contract Discount or larger Contract Discount now offered, and the proposed higher Contract Unit Price.

(G) For the initial Option year, the percentage change from the OFA Unit Price that determined the award unit price to the new higher OFA Unit Price. For all subsequent Option years, the percentage change from the OFA Unit Price that determined the highest Contract Unit Price that was in effect at any time during the preceding Contract Year to the new higher OFA Unit Price.

(H) For the initial Option year, the percentage change from the award unit price to the new higher proposed Contract Unit Price. For all subsequent contract years, the percentage change from the highest Contract Unit Price that was in effect at any time during the preceding contract year to the new higher proposed contract unit price.

(I) For any items offered to Federal Agencies at other than OFA Contract Prices, the non-OFA prices/discounts (if different than the reported OFA Unit Prices/Discounts) offered to those agencies.

(ii) Any other applicable supporting data requested by the Contracting Officer.

(2) Benchmarks For OFA Price Increases: If any OFA Unit Price increases, and the increase is authorized under this clause, the contract unit prices for any corresponding items shall be determined using the increased OFA Unit Price(s) and either the applicable Discount(s) originally awarded or any larger Discount(s) now offered. These increased contract unit prices shall apply to all orders issued on or after the effective date of the increase. Proposed increases will be considered fair and reasonable if they do not exceed whichever is the lower of the following two benchmarks:

(i) For the Initial Option Year of the contract, any proposed increase in Contract Unit Price on a percentage basis cannot exceed the percentage increase from the OFA Unit Price that determined the award unit price to the new higher OFA Unit Price. For all subsequent Option Years, any proposed increase in Contract Unit Price on a percentage basis cannot exceed the percentage increase from the OFA Unit Price that determined the highest Contract Unit Price that was in effect at any time during the preceding contract year to the new higher OFA Unit Price.

(ii) Any proposed higher contract unit prices are subject to the following limitations:

(A) For the initial Option Year, Contract Unit Price increases shall be limited to the following annual ceiling(s) applied to the award unit price for the same item (i.e., any proposed higher Contract Unit Price cannot exceed the award unit price plus the annual ceiling).

(B) For all subsequent Option Years, Contract Unit Price increases shall be limited to the following annual ceiling(s) applied to the highest Contract Unit Price in effect during the preceding Contract Year for the same item (i.e., any proposed higher Contract Unit Price cannot exceed the highest Contract Unit Price in effect during the preceding Contract Year plus the annual ceiling.)

Annual Ceiling, All Items: 10%

There is no percentage limit on downward adjustments under this clause.

(3) Upon approval of the proposed price increases, the Government shall modify the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT System to include the increased contract unit prices. Upward price adjustments shall be effective on the same day that the Option Year takes effect unless either of the following occurs:

(i) If the Contractor's request for price adjustment is not received a minimum of 30 days prior to the effective date of the upcoming Option Year (if exercised), any approved upward price adjustment shall not be effective until 30 days after receipt of the request.

(ii) If, during the 30-day period the Government has to evaluate prices and update the E-CAT system, the Contracting Officer is unable to determine that a price increase on any item or items is fair and reasonable (i.e., the proposed Contract Unit Price exceeds the lower of the two benchmarks above). In this case, no price increases will be authorized for those items until the Contracting Officer is able to determine the price increases for those items to be fair and reasonable.

(A) If necessary, the Contracting Officer shall conduct discussions with the Contractor to reduce the proposed Contract Unit Price to an amount which does not exceed the lower of the two benchmarks and reach an agreement on fair and reasonable prices. When discussions have concluded, the Contractor shall confirm the agreed-to price(s) in writing and forward an E-CAT file which includes the agreed-to price(s). (The agreement shall also identify the OFA price and discount which makes up each agreed-to price.) Once the written agreement is received, the Government shall modify the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT System to include the increased contract unit prices.

(B) If the Contracting Officer and the Contractor are unable to agree upon the price for any items, the Contracting Officer will delete these items from the catalog in the E-CAT System. (This procedure applies to only those items whose prices the Contracting Officer is unable to determine fair and reasonable within the 30-day period the Government has to evaluate prices and update the E-CAT System. The remainder of the items whose price increases are determined fair and reasonable, shall be entered into the E-CAT system within the prescribed period.)

(C) In addition, the Contracting Officer may also, at any time, remove any item from the catalog in the E-CAT System that the Contracting Officer believes is no longer reasonably priced (if the Contracting Officer and the Contractor are unable to agree upon a reduced price) and notify customers accordingly.

(4) Isolated incidents may occur for an item or group of items when proposed increases could exceed the annual ceiling benchmark in paragraph (f)(2)(ii). In such cases the Contractor can submit an adequately justified written request for Contracting Officer approval of an increase in contract unit price that exceeds the ceiling. The Contracting Officer may approve the request on a one-time basis, increase the ceiling for the item or group of items if appropriate, negotiate a lower contract unit price, or delete the item from the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT system. In no case may the increase in contract unit price exceed the ceiling without written authorization from the Contracting Officer. Also, no increase will be authorized that results in a Contract Unit Price that exceeds the other benchmark.

(5) Any increased OFA unit prices shall not be used to compute contract unit prices for delivery orders issued before the date the adjusted contract unit prices take effect under the Contract.

(g) If the Contracting Officer removes items from the E-CAT system for price unreasonableness (see (e)(3), (f)(3)(ii) and (4) above), all outstanding orders issued prior to the date the items are removed shall be delivered in accordance with the contract delivery schedule and the Government shall pay for such items at the Contract Unit Price in effect at the time of the order.

(h) If the Contracting Officer at any time has any reason to believe that the OFA Unit Price has been discontinued (e.g., the current OFA contract expires and the Contractor does not receive a subsequent contract), the Contractor shall furnish relevant information as required by the Contracting Officer. If the Contracting Officer determines that the OFA Unit Price has been discontinued, the parties shall promptly agree upon an appropriate substitute for determining adjustments pursuant to this or some other appropriate EPA clause. The Contract shall be modified to incorporate the substitute and its effective date.

(i) Pricing actions pursuant to paragraph (c) entitled “Changes” of Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.212-4 (including any revisions by addendum thereto) or any other provision of this Contract will be priced as though there were no provisions for Economic Price Adjustment.

(j) Pending approval of any proposed price changes and revision of the contract unit prices in the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT System, payment shall be made at the contract unit prices in effect at the time of order.

(k) Voluntary price reductions (VPR): A “special or discount” offered by the Contractor which results in a voluntary price reduction for an item or group of items for a given period of time. The Contractor may offer a VPR at any time. The price reductions resulting from these VPRs will be in addition to any price reductions mandated by this EPA clause.

(1) The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer when the VPR takes effect, the applicable items included, and the length of time the VPR will remain in effect. Once the “special or discount” period expires, prices will revert to the contract unit prices in effect at that time.

(2) If an OFA unit price decreases when a VPR is in effect, the VPR will remain in effect until it expires if it is lower than the proposed unit price decrease. If the Contractor requests a contract unit price increase based upon an increased OFA unit price when a VPR is in effect, the VPR shall remain in effect until it expires. Upon expiration of the VPR, prices will revert to the adjusted contract unit prices, as calculated in accordance with this clause if no VPR had been in effect.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9046 Economic Price Adjustment – Other Federal Agency Contracts – E-CAT.

As prescribed in 16.203-4(a)(2)(95)(i), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT – OTHER FEDERAL AGENCY CONTRACTS - E-CAT

(NOV 2011)

(a) This clause applies to any items under this contract where the offeror has proposed the same (or discounted) prices as are included in any current contract(s) the Contractor may have with other Federal Agencies (OFA) and the Contracting Officer agrees to use this pricing methodology. OFA contracts include GSA Schedule, Federal Supply Schedule, and Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA) National Acquisition Contracts. During the life of this contract, the Contracting Officer and the Contractor may agree in writing to also apply this clause to any other items that previously were not, but subsequently become, available under both this contract and any concurrent OFA contract(s).

(b) Definitions:

(1) Other Federal Agency (OFA) Price: “OFA Prices” or “OFA Unit Prices” refer to the unit prices for specific commercial items the Contractor and another Federal Agency have agreed to and are included in one or more current contracts.

(2) Discount: The percentage reduction off the OFA unit price proposed by the Contractor, accepted by the Government, and maintained in the contract file (not the E-CAT System) by the Government. These percentages may vary per item and quantity ordered. They shall be agreed to at time of award and may not be reduced for the life of the contract. (Contractors may offer larger discounts and/or reduced contract unit prices at any time.)

(3) Contract unit price: The price per unit of issue comprised of the OFA Unit Price and the applicable “Discount”. The contract unit price is determined by reducing the OFA Unit Price by the appropriate Discount. Proposed revised prices are loaded by the Contractor into an E-CAT file and are forwarded electronically to the Government. The Contactor shall also separately submit (in Excel Spreadsheet or ACCESS Database format) the additional information as required in paragraphs (e) and (f) below in order for the Government to review and evaluate these proposed price changes. Upon the Government’s determination that the offered prices are acceptable/fair and reasonable, the Government shall release them into the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT System. (contract unit prices, OFA Unit Prices and Discounts under this contract are not visible in the E-CAT System to the Contractor or any customer. The prices visible in the E-CAT System to the Contractor or any customer are the delivered unit prices, which are the contract unit prices plus the DLA Troop Support administrative fee percentage (in effect at that time) charged customers ordering under this contract.)

(4) Voluntary price reduction (VPR): See paragraph (k).

(c) The offeror/Contractor warrants that (1) the OFA unit prices and the subsequent revisions thereto are the OFA unit prices in effect at time of award or adjustment for like quantities of the same items and (2) any contract unit prices determined using these OFA unit prices do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause.

(d) Prior to award, the Contractor must furnish a copy of their current OFA Contract, OFA contract unit prices and the OFA contract expiration date for each item. The Contractor shall also furnish its offered Discounts and proposed contract unit prices. At the option of the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall also furnish the documentation set forth in paragraphs (f)(1)(i)(I) and (f)(1)(ii) below. Upon acceptance by the Government, the Award Unit Prices shall be established at the OFA Unit Prices minus the offered Discounts.

(e) Downward Adjustments.

(1) Downward adjustments to contract unit prices are mandated whenever there are decreases in OFA Unit Prices. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the amount and effective date of each decrease in OFA Unit Price. The Contractor shall propose a lower Contract Unit Price taking into consideration the benchmark in paragraph (e)(2) below. The Contractor must furnish a copy of the revised OFA Contract and OFA Unit Prices as soon as they are available. Also, the Contractor must provide a copy of the “E-CAT file” at least 30 days prior to the date when the reduced OFA Unit Price takes effect. Finally, the Contractor shall also furnish, within the timeframe above, a separate Excel spreadsheet or ACCESS database (in both hard copy and disc) that displays for each item with an offered decrease in Contract Unit Price the following information:

(i) The item number; e.g., 0003.

(ii) The Supplier; e.g., ABC Dental, Inc.

(iii) The Product Name/Nomenclature; e.g., High Speed Handpiece.

(iv) The Part Number; e.g., HPH2000.

(v) The applicable contract discount used as a basis for determining the current Contract Unit Price.

(vi) The OFA Unit Price upon which the current Contract Unit Price is based.

(vii) The Contract Unit Price currently in effect.

(viii) The applicable Contract Discount or larger Contract Discount now offered.

(ix) The reduced OFA Unit Price.

(x) The reduced Contract Unit Price now offered.

(xi) The percentage decrease in OFA Unit Price from the OFA Unit Price that determined the Current Contract Unit Price to the new, lower OFA Unit Price.

(xii) The percentage decrease in Contract Unit Price from the current Contract Unit Price to the new lower Contract Unit Price now offered.

(2) Benchmark For OFA Price Reductions. The appropriate Contract Discount or larger Discount now offered will be applied to each reduced OFA Unit Price to determine the adjusted Contract Unit Price provided the adjusted Contract Unit Price does not exceed the following benchmark:

The offered reduction in Contract Unit Price on a percentage basis must be at least equal to the percentage reduction from the OFA Unit Price that determined the current Contract Unit Price to the new lower OFA Unit Price, i.e., the current Contract Unit Price must, as a minimum, be reduced by the percentage decrease in the OFA Unit Price.

(3) If the proposed Contract Unit Price exceeds the benchmark above, the Contracting Officer shall determine the proposed price reductions unreasonable. The Contracting Officer and Contractor shall negotiate a reduction in the proposed Contract Unit Price to an amount that does not exceed the benchmark above. (All negotiated price reductions shall be confirmed in writing and will include the agreed-to price(s) and the OFA prices and discount(s) which make up these prices.) If an agreement cannot be reached, the Contracting Officer has the option of removing these items from the E-CAT system or taking the action in the last sentence below.

If the proposed Contract Unit Price does not exceed the benchmark above, it will be determined fair and reasonable. Upon acceptance of any proposed price decreases, the Government shall modify the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT system to include the reduced prices. These reduced contract unit prices shall apply to those items ordered on or after the date when these lower prices appear in the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT system (Revisions will not be added to the electronic catalog prior to date they take effect).

If the Contractor fails to notify the Contracting Officer of any OFA Unit Price decreases within the timeframe and in the manner stated above or agreement on any reduction cannot be reached, the Contracting Officer may determine the applicable adjustment and authorize a unilateral price adjustment retroactively applied to all items ordered on or after the date the new OFA unit price takes effect.

(f) Upward adjustments.

(1) Upward adjustments may be requested at any time. The requested upward price adjustments must be based upon increases in the Contractor’s OFA Unit Prices. The request shall include a copy of the revised OFA unit prices, the “E-CAT file”, and the following for each item with a proposed increase in contract unit price:

(i) A separate Excel spreadsheet or ACCESS database, in both hard copy and disc, that displays for each item with a proposed price increase the following information:

(A) The item number; e.g., 0003.

(B) The supplier; e.g., ABC Dental, Inc.

(C) The product name/nomenclature; e.g., high speed hand-piece.

(D) The part number, e.g., HPH2000.

(E) For the initial year, the OFA unit price that determined the award unit price, the applicable contract discount, and the award unit price. For all subsequent contract years, the OFA unit price that determined the highest contract unit price that was in effect at any time during the preceding contract year, the applicable discount, and the highest contract unit price that was in effect during the preceding contract year.

(F) The increased OFA Unit Price, the applicable Contract Discount or larger Contract Discount now offered, and the proposed higher Contract Unit Price.

(G) For the initial year, the percentage change from the OFA Unit Price that determined the award unit price to the new higher OFA Unit Price. For all subsequent contract years, the percentage change from the OFA Unit Price that determined the highest Contract Unit Price that was in effect at any time during the preceding Contract Year to the new higher OFA Unit Price.

(H) For the initial year, the percentage change from the award unit price to the new higher proposed contract unit price. For all subsequent contract years, the percentage change from the highest contract unit price that was in effect at any time during the preceding contract year to the new higher proposed contract unit price.

(I) For any items offered to the Department of Veterans Affairs and the General Services Administration at other than OFA contract prices, the non-OFA prices/discounts (if different than the reported OFA unit prices/discounts) offered to those agencies.

(ii) Any other applicable supporting data requested by the Contracting Officer.

(2) Benchmarks for OFA price increases: If any OFA unit price increases, and the increase is authorized under this clause, the contract unit prices for any corresponding items shall be determined using the increased OFA unit price(s) and either the applicable discount(s) originally awarded or any larger discount(s) now offered. These increased contract unit prices shall apply to all orders issued on or after the date these revised unit prices appear in the electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT system. Proposed increases will be considered fair and reasonable if they do not exceed whichever is the lower of the following two benchmarks:

(i) For the initial year of the contract, any proposed increase in contract unit price on a percentage basis cannot exceed the percentage increase from the OFA unit price that determined the award unit price to the new higher OFA unit price. For all subsequent contract years, any proposed increase in contract unit price on a percentage basis cannot exceed the percentage increase from the OFA unit price that determined the highest contract unit price that was in effect at any time during the preceding contract year to the new higher OFA unit price.

(ii) Any proposed higher contract unit prices are subject to the following limitations:

(A) For the initial contract year, contract unit price increases shall be limited to the following annual ceiling(s) applied to the award unit price for the same item (i.e., any proposed higher contract unit price cannot exceed the award unit price plus the annual ceiling).

(B) For all subsequent Contract Years, Contract Unit Price increases shall be limited to the following annual ceiling(s) applied to the highest Contract Unit Price in effect during the preceding Contract Year for the same item (i.e., any proposed higher Contract Unit Price cannot exceed the highest Contract Unit Price in effect during the preceding Contract Year plus the annual ceiling.)

Annual Ceiling, All Items: 10%

There is no percentage limit on downward adjustments under this clause.

(3) Upon approval of the proposed price increases, the Government shall modify the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT System to include the increased contract unit prices.

Upward price adjustments shall be effective once they appear in the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT system. These updates will take place within 60 days after receipt of the Contractor’s request for upward price adjustment (or at the same time the increased OFA Price takes effect, whichever is later) unless the Contracting Officer is unable to determine during that period that a price increase on any item or items is fair and reasonable (i.e., the proposed Contract Unit Price exceeds the lower of the two benchmarks above).

In this case, no price increases will be authorized for those items until the Contracting Officer is able to determine the price increases for those items to be fair and reasonable.

If necessary, the Contracting Officer shall conduct discussions with the Contractor to reduce the proposed Contract Unit Price to an amount which does not exceed the lower of the two benchmarks and reach an agreement on fair and reasonable prices. When discussions have concluded, the Contractor shall confirm the agreed-to price(s) in writing and forward an E-CAT file which includes the agreed-to price(s). (The agreement shall also identify the OFA price and discount which makes up each agreed-to price.)

Once the written agreement is received, the Government shall modify the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT System to include the increased contract unit prices. If the Contracting Officer and the Contractor are unable to agree upon the price for any items, the Contracting Officer will delete these items from the catalog in the E-CAT System. (This procedure applies to only those items whose prices the Contracting Officer is unable to determine fair and reasonable within the 60-day period the Government has to evaluate prices and update the E-CAT System.

The remainder of the items whose price increases are determined fair and reasonable, shall be entered into the E-CAT system within the prescribed period.)

In addition, the Contracting Officer may also, at any time, remove any item from the catalog in the E-CAT System that the Contracting Officer believes is no longer reasonably priced (if the Contracting Officer and the Contractor are unable to agree upon a reduced price) and notify customers accordingly.

(4) Isolated incidents may occur for an item or group of items when proposed increases could exceed the annual ceiling benchmark in paragraph (f)(2)(ii). In such cases the Contractor can submit an adequately justified written request for Contracting Officer approval of an increase in Contract Unit Price that exceeds the ceiling. The Contracting Officer may approve the request on a one-time basis, increase the ceiling for the item or group of items if appropriate, negotiate a lower Contract Unit Price, or delete the item from the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT system. In no case may the increase in Contract Unit Price exceed the ceiling without written authorization from the Contracting Officer. Also, no increase will be authorized that results in a contract unit price that exceeds the other benchmark.

(5) Any increased OFA unit prices shall not be used to compute contract unit prices for Delivery Orders issued before the date the adjusted contract unit prices take effect under the Contract(i.e., the date they appear in the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT system).

(g) If the Contracting Officer removes items from the E-CAT system for price unreasonableness (see (e)(3), (f)(3) and (4) above), all outstanding orders issued prior to the date the items are removed shall be delivered in accordance with the contract delivery schedule and the Government shall pay for such items at the Contract Unit Price in effect at the time of the order.

(h) If the Contracting Officer at any time has any reason to believe that the OFA Unit Price has been discontinued (e.g., the current OFA contract expires and the Contractor does not receive a subsequent contract), the Contractor shall furnish relevant information as required by the Contracting Officer. If the Contracting Officer determines that the OFA unit price has been discontinued, the parties shall promptly agree upon an appropriate substitute for determining adjustments pursuant to this or some other appropriate EPA clause. The contract shall be modified to incorporate the substitute and its effective date.

(i) Pricing actions pursuant to paragraph (c) entitled “Changes” of Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.212-4 (including any revisions by addendum thereto) or any other provision of this Contract will be priced as though there were no provisions for Economic Price Adjustment.

(j) Pending approval of any proposed price changes and revision of the contract unit prices in the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT System, payment shall be made at the contract unit prices in effect at the time of order.

(k) Voluntary price reductions (VPR): A “special or discount” offered by the Contractor which results in a voluntary price reduction for an item or group of items for a given period of time. The Contractor may offer a VPR at any time. The price reductions resulting from these VPRs will be in addition to any price reductions mandated by this EPA clause. The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer when the VPR takes effect, the applicable items included, and the length of time the VPR will remain in effect. Once the “special or discount” period expires, prices will revert to the contract unit prices in effect at that time.

If an OFA unit price decreases when a VPR is in effect, the VPR will remain in effect until it expires if it is lower than the proposed unit price decrease. If the Contractor requests a contract unit price increase based upon an increased OFA unit price when a VPR is in effect, the VPR shall remain in effect until it expires. Upon expiration of the VPR, prices will revert to the adjusted contract unit prices, as calculated in accordance with this clause if no VPR had been in effect.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9047 Economic Price Adjustment – Established Catalog Price – One Upward Adjustment Per Option Year E-CAT Solicitation.

As prescribed in 16.203-4(a)(2)(90)(ii), 16.203-4(a)(2)(91)(ii), 16.203-4(a)(2)(96)(i), and 16.203-4(a)(2)(97), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT – ESTABLISHED CATALOG PRICE ONE UPWARD ADJUSTMENT PER OPTION YEAR E-CAT SOLICITATION (NOV 2011)

(a) All price adjustments authorized or mandated by this clause are based upon changes in the Contractor’s list prices and certain Other Federal Agency (OFA) contract unit prices. The clause also provides for voluntary price reductions (VPR) in the form of “specials” or “discounts”.

(b) Definitions:

(1) Contract Unit Price: The price per unit of issue comprised of the “List Price” and the applicable “Discount”. The Contract Unit Price is determined by reducing the applicable list price by the appropriate discount. Contract unit prices and any revisions thereto are loaded by the Contractor into an E-CAT File and are forwarded electronically to the Government. For proposed price changes, the Contractor shall also separately submit (in Excel Spreadsheet or ACCESS Database format) the additional information as required in paragraphs (g) and (h) below in order for the Government to review and evaluate these proposed price changes. Upon the Government’s determination that the offered unit prices are acceptable/fair and reasonable, the Government shall release them into the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT System. (Contract unit prices, list prices, and discounts under this contract are not visible in the E-CAT System to the Contractor or any customer. The prices visible in the E-CAT System to the Contractor or any customer are the delivered unit prices which are the contract unit prices plus the DLA Troop Support administrative fee percentage (in effect at that time) charged customers ordering under this contract.)

(2) Discount: The percentage reduction off the list price proposed by the Contractor, accepted by the Government, and maintained in the contract file (not the E-CAT System) by the Government. These percentages may vary per item and quantity ordered. They shall be agreed to at time of award and may not be reduced for the life of the contract. These discounts are in addition to any standard trade discounts in the Contractor’s established commercial Catalog/Price List. (Contractors may offer larger discounts and/or reduced List Prices at any time.)

(3) List Price: The established Catalog Unit Prices of the items. In order for a “List Price” to meet the criteria as an established Catalog Price, it must meet the definition in (c)(1) below.

(4) Voluntary Price Reduction (VPR): See paragraph (l).

(c)(1) The term "established Catalog Unit Price", as used in this clause, means a Unit Price that (i) is a Catalog Price for a commercial item sold in substantial quantities to the general public and (ii) is the net price after applying any standard trade discounts offered by the Contractor.

(2) Unless otherwise specified, all reference to the terms “OFA Unit Price”(s) or “ OFA Price(s)” as used in this clause, shall be the prices appearing in the Contractor’s current contract it may have with another Federal Agency for the same items under this contract.

(d) The offeror/Contractor warrants that (1) the List Prices and the subsequent revisions thereto are the established Catalog Unit Prices in effect at time of Award or adjustment for like quantities of the same items and (2) any contract unit prices determined using these List Prices do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause. The offeror/Contractor also warrants that any contract unit prices determined using OFA Unit Prices do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause.

(e) Prior to award the Contractor must furnish:

(1) Their current established Catalog/Price List, offered Discounts, proposed contract unit prices; and

(2) If applicable, a copy of their current OFA Contract(s), OFA Unit Prices, and the OFA contract expiration dates applicable to items offered as well as any other information required by the Contracting Officer.

(f) Upon acceptance by the Government, the Award Unit Prices will be established at the List Prices minus the offered Discounts provided the resulting contract unit prices do not exceed the current OFA Unit Price (if applicable) for the same item. Accordingly, offers are cautioned to propose discounts which, when applied to the list prices, will not exceed OFA Unit Prices (if applicable).

(g) Downward Adjustments.

(1) Downward adjustments to contract unit prices are mandated whenever there are decreases in either 1) List Prices or 2) OFA Unit Prices when the reduction results in a revised OFA Price which is now lower than the current Contract Unit Price. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the amount and effective date of each decrease in list price and any OFA Unit Price reduction which results in an OFA Unit Price which is now lower than the current Contract Unit Price. If the offered price decrease is based upon a reduction in list price or OFA Price, the Contractor shall propose a lower Contract Unit Price taking into consideration the benchmarks in paragraphs (g)(2) and (3) below. The Contractor must furnish a copy of the revised Catalog/Price List or OFA Unit Price as soon as it is available. Also, the Contractor must provide a copy of the “E-CAT file” at least 30 days prior to the date when the reduced List Price(s) or OFA Price(s) take effect. In addition to the “E-CAT file” and any other information required by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall also separately furnish, within the timeframe above, an Excel spreadsheet or ACCESS database (in both hard copy and disc) that displays for each item with an offered decrease in Contract Unit Price the appropriate information below:

(i) For List or OFA Price changes: The item number; e.g., 0001AA.

(ii) For List or OFA Price changes: The Supplier (Catalog); e.g., ABC Imaging, Inc.

(iii) For List or OFA Price changes: The Product Name/Nomenclature; e.g., High Speed Handpiece.

(iv) For List or OFA Price changes: Part Number; HIH 2000

(v) For List or OFA Price changes: The list price upon which the current Contract Unit Price is based.

(vi) For List or OFA Price changes: The applicable Contract Discount used as a basis for determining the current Contract Unit Price.

(vii) For List or OFA Price changes: The Contract Unit Price currently in effect.

(viii) For list price changes: The reduced List Price.

(ix) For List or OFA Price changes: The applicable Contract Discount or larger Contract Discount now offered.

(x) For List or OFA Price changes: The reduced Contract Unit Price now offered.

(xi) For list price changes: The percentage decrease in list price from the list price which determined the current contract unit price to the new, lower list price.

(xii) For list price changes: The percentage change in contract unit price from the current contract unit price to the new lower contract unit price now offered.

(xiii) For OFA Price changes: The current OFA unit price which is about to expire and the new reduced OFA unit price which will replace it and triggered this contract Unit Price reduction.

(xiv) For list price changes: For any items offered to Federal Agencies under an OFA Contract, the current OFA Unit Price(s) for the same item.

(2) Reductions in list price(s). if the offered price decrease is based upon a reduction in the list price, the appropriate discount or larger discount now offered will be applied to each reduced list price to determine the adjusted contract unit price provided the proposed lower contract unit Price does not exceed the lower of the following two benchmarks:

(i) The offered reduction in Contract Unit Price on a percentage basis must be at least equal to the percentage reduction from the list price currently in effect under the contract to the new lower List Price; i.e., the current Contract Unit Price must, as a minimum, be reduced by the percentage decrease in List Price.

(ii) The new proposed lower Contract Unit Price shall not exceed the current OFA Unit Price for the same item.

(3) OFA price reductions. If the offered price decrease is based upon a reduction in the OFA price, the proposed lower contract unit price shall not exceed the following benchmark:

The new proposed lower contract unit price shall not exceed the revised lower OFA price for the same item.

(4) If the proposed contract unit price exceeds the lower of the appropriate list price benchmarks (for reductions based upon reduced List Prices) or the OFA Price benchmark (for reductions based upon reduced OFA Prices), the Contracting Officer shall determine the proposed price reductions unreasonable and negotiate a price reduction which results in a Contract Unit Price that does not exceed the appropriate benchmarks. (All negotiated price reductions shall be confirmed in writing and will include the agreed-to price(s) and the list price(s) and discount(s) which make up these prices.

Changes based upon OFA Price reductions will be expressed in terms of the current list price and an appropriate discount which results in an adjusted Contract Unit Price which does not exceed the revised lower OFA Price.) If an agreement cannot be reached the Contracting Officer has the option of removing these items from the E-CAT system or taking the action in the last sentence below. If the proposed Contract Unit Price does not exceed the lowest of the appropriate list price or OFA Price benchmarks, it will be determined fair and reasonable.

Upon acceptance of any proposed price decreases, the Government shall modify the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT System to include the reduced contract unit prices. (Changes based upon OFA Price reductions will be expressed in terms of the current list price and an appropriate discount which results in an adjusted Contract Unit Price which does not exceed the revised lower OFA Price). These reduced contract unit prices shall apply to those items ordered on or after the date the reduced list or OFA prices take effect (Revisions will not be added to the electronic catalog prior to date they take effect).

If the Contractor fails to notify the Contracting Officer of any list price or OFA Price decreases within the timeframe and in the manner stated above or agreement on any reduction cannot be reached, the Contracting Officer may determine the applicable adjustment and authorize a unilateral price adjustment retroactively applied to all items ordered on or after the effective date of the decrease in the Contractor’s established List or OFA Prices.

(h) Upward Adjustments.

(1) The Base Year contract unit prices are not subject to any upward adjustment. The Contractor is authorized to submit one request for any upward adjustments to contract unit prices for each Option Year. This request shall be submitted no later than 30 days prior to the effective date of the upcoming Option Year (if exercised). Each request for upward price adjustment must be based upon increases in List Prices only. The Contractor shall propose a Contract Unit Price taking into consideration the benchmarks in paragraph (h)(2). The request shall include a copy of the revised Catalog/Price List, the “E-CAT file” and the following for each item with a proposed increase in Contract Unit Price:

(i) A separate Excel spreadsheet or ACCESS database, in both hard copy and disc, that displays for each item with a proposed price increase the following information:

(A) The item number; e.g., 0003.

(B) The Supplier(Catalog); e.g., ABC Dental, Inc.

(C) The Product Name/Nomenclature; e.g., High Speed Handpiece.

(D) The Part Number; e.g., HIH2000.

(E) For the initial Option year, the list price that determined the Award Unit Price, the applicable Contract Discount, and the Award Unit Price. For all subsequent Option years, the list price that determined the highest Contract Unit Price that was in effect at any time during the preceding Contract Year, the applicable discount, and the highest Contract Unit Price that was in effect during the preceding Contract Year.

(F) The increased list price and its effective date, the applicable Contract Discount or larger Contract Discount now offered, and the proposed higher Contract Unit Price.

(G) For the initial Option year, the percentage change from the list price that determined the award unit price to the new higher List Price. For all subsequent Option years, the percentage change from the list price that determined the highest Contract Unit Price that was in effect at any time during the preceding Contract Year to the new higher List Price.

(H) For the initial Option year, the percentage change from the award unit price to the new higher proposed Contract Unit Price. For all subsequent Option years, the percentage change from the highest Contract Unit Price that was in effect at any time during the preceding contract year to the new higher proposed Contract Unit Price.

(I) For any items offered to another Federal Agency under an OFA Contract, the current OFA Unit Price(s) for the same item.

(J) Any other information required by the Contracting Officer.

(2) Benchmarks. If any list price increases, and the increase is authorized under this clause, the contract unit prices for any corresponding items ordered after the increase takes effect shall be determined using the increased list price and either the applicable Discount originally awarded or any larger Discount now offered that applies to the affected item. Proposed increases will be considered fair and reasonable if they do not exceed whichever is the lowest of the following three benchmarks:

(i) For the Initial Option Year of the contract, the proposed increase in Contract Unit Price on a percentage basis cannot exceed the percentage increase from the list price that determined the award unit price to the new higher List Price. For all subsequent Option Years, the proposed increase in Contract Unit Price on a percentage basis cannot exceed the percentage increase from the list price that determined the highest Contract Unit Price that was in effect at any time during the preceding contract year to the new higher List Price.

(ii) Any proposed higher Contract Unit Price shall not exceed the current OFA Unit Price for the same item.

(iii) Any proposed higher contract unit prices are subject to the following limitations:

(A) For the initial Option Year, Contract Unit Price increases shall be limited to the following annual ceiling(s) applied to the award unit price for the same item (i.e., any proposed higher Contract Unit Price cannot exceed the award unit price plus the annual ceiling).

(B) For all subsequent Option Years, Contract Unit Price increases shall be limited to the following annual ceiling(s) applied to the highest Contract Unit Price in effect during the preceding Contract Year for the same item (i.e., any proposed higher Contract Unit Price cannot exceed the highest Contract Unit Price in effect during the preceding Contract Year plus the annual ceiling.)

Annual Ceiling, All Items: 10%

There is no percentage limit on downward adjustments under this clause.

(3) Upon approval of the proposed price increases, the Government shall modify the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT System to include the increased contract unit prices. Upward price adjustments shall be effective on the same day that the Option Year takes effect unless either of the following occurs:

(i) If the Contractor's request for price adjustment is not received a minimum of 30 days prior to the effective date of the upcoming Option Year (if exercised), any approved upward price adjustment shall not be effective until 30 days after receipt of the request.

(ii) If, during the 30-day period the Government has to evaluate prices and update the E-CAT system, the Contracting Officer is unable to determine that a price increase on any item or items is fair and reasonable (i.e., the proposed Contract Unit Price exceeds the lowest of the three benchmarks above). In this case, no price increases will be authorized for those items until the Contracting Officer is able to determine the price increases for those items to be fair and reasonable.

If necessary, the Contracting Officer shall conduct discussions with the Contractor to negotiate a price reduction which results in a Contract Unit Price that does not exceed the lowest of the three benchmarks. When discussions have concluded and an agreement which results in fair and reasonable prices is reached, the Contractor shall confirm the agreed-to price(s) in writing and forward an E-CAT file which includes the agreed-to price(s). (The agreement shall also identify the list price and discount which makes up each agreed-to price.)

Once the written agreement is received, the Government shall modify the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT System to include the increased contract unit prices. If the Contracting Officer and the Contractor are unable to agree upon the price for any items, the Contracting Officer will delete these items from the catalog in the E-CAT System. (This procedure applies to only those items whose prices the Contracting Officer is unable to determine fair and reasonable within the 30-day period the Government has to evaluate prices and update the E-CAT System. The remainder of the items whose price increases are determined fair and reasonable, shall be entered into the E-CAT system within the prescribed period.) In addition, the Contracting Officer may also, at any time, remove any item from the catalog in the E-CAT System that the Contracting Officer believes is no longer reasonably priced (if the Contracting Officer and the Contractor are unable to agree upon a reduced price) and notify customers accordingly.

(4) Isolated incidents may occur for an item or group of items when proposed increases could exceed the annual ceiling benchmark in paragraph (h)(2)(iii). In such cases the Contractor can submit an adequately justified written request for Contracting Officer approval of an increase in Contract Unit Price that exceeds the ceiling. The Contracting Officer may approve the request on a one-time basis, increase the ceiling for the item or group of items if appropriate, negotiate a lower Contract Unit Price, or delete the item(s) from the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT system. In no case may the increase in Contract Unit Price exceed the ceiling without written authorization from the Contracting Officer. Also, no increase will be authorized that results in a Contract Unit Price that exceeds the other benchmarks.

(5) Any increased List Prices shall not be used to compute contract unit prices for Delivery Orders issued before the date the adjusted contract unit prices take effect under the Contract.

(6) If the Contracting Officer removes items from the E-CAT system for price unreasonableness (see (g)(4) and (h)(3)(ii) and (4) above), all outstanding orders issued prior to the date the items are removed shall be delivered in accordance with the contract delivery schedule and the Government shall pay for such items at the Contract Unit Price in effect at the time of the order.

(i) If the Contracting Officer at any time has any reason to believe that the established list price has been discontinued, the basis for the list price has been substantially altered, or that the item no longer meets the criteria to qualify as an established Catalog Priced item, the Contractor shall furnish relevant information as required by the Contracting Officer. If the Contracting Officer determines that any of the preceding conditions are present and a substitute for determining price adjustments is needed, the parties shall promptly agree upon an appropriate substitute for determining adjustments pursuant to this clause. The contract shall be modified to incorporate the substitute and its effective date.

(j) Pricing actions pursuant to paragraph (c) entitled “Changes” of Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.212-4 (including any revisions by addendum thereto) or any other provision of this Contract will be priced as though there were no provisions for Economic Price Adjustment.

(k) Pending approval of any proposed price changes and revision of the contract unit prices in the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT System, payment shall be made at the contract unit prices in effect at the time of order.

(l) Voluntary price reductions (VPR): A “special or discount” offered by the Contractor which results in a voluntary price reduction for an item or group of items for a given period of time. The Contractor may offer a VPR at any time. The price reductions resulting from these VPRs will be in addition to any price reductions mandated by this EPA clause. The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer when the VPR takes effect, which items are items included, and the length of time the VPR will remain in effect. Once the “special or discount” period expires, prices will revert to the Contract Unit Price(s) in effect at that time.

If a list price (or OFA unit price) decreases when a VPR is in effect, the VPR will remain in effect until it expires if it is lower than the proposed unit price decrease. If the Contractor requests a contract unit price increase based upon an increased list price when a VPR is in effect, the VPR shall remain in effect until it expires. Upon expiration of the VPR, prices will revert to the adjusted contract unit prices, as calculated in accordance with this clause as if no VPR had been in effect.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9048 Economic Price Adjustment – Established Catalog Price – Multiple Adjustments Authorized Per Clause Terms – E-CAT Solicitation.

As prescribed in 16.203-4(a)(2)(97), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT – ESTABLISHED CATALOG PRICE - MULTIPLE ADJUSTMENTS AUTHORIZED PER CLAUSE TERMS - E-CAT SOLICITATION (NOV 2011)

(a) All price adjustments authorized or mandated by this clause are based upon changes in the Contractor’s list prices and certain Federal Supply Schedule (FSS) unit prices. The clause also provides for voluntary price reductions (VPR) in the form of “specials” or “discounts”.

(b) Definitions:

(1) Contract unit price: The price per unit of issue comprised of the “List Price” and the applicable “Discount”. The Contract unit price is determined by reducing the applicable list price by the appropriate Discount. Proposed revised prices are loaded by the Contractor into an E-CAT File and are forwarded electronically to the Government. The Contractor shall also separately submit (in Excel Spreadsheet or ACCESS database format) the additional information as required in paragraphs (g) and (h) below in order for the Government to review and evaluate these proposed price changes. Upon the Government’s determination that the offered unit prices are acceptable/fair and reasonable, the Government shall release them into the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT System. (Contract unit prices, list prices, and discounts under this contract are not visible in the E-CAT System to the Contractor or any customer. The prices visible in the E-CAT System to the Contractor or any customer are the delivered unit prices which are the contract unit prices plus the DLA Troop Support administrative fee percentage (in effect at that time) charged customers ordering under this contract.)

(2) Discount: The percentage reduction off the list price proposed by the Contractor, accepted by the Government, and maintained in the contract file (not the E-CAT System) by the Government. These percentages may vary per item and quantity ordered. They shall be agreed to at time of award and may not be reduced for the life of the contract. These discounts are in addition to any standard trade discounts in the Contractor’s established commercial catalog/price list. (Contractors may offer larger discounts and/or reduced list prices at any time.)

(3) List price: The established catalog unit prices of the items. In order for a “List Price” to meet the criteria as an established Catalog Price, it must meet the definition in (c)(1) below.

(4) Voluntary price reduction (VPR): See paragraph (l).

(c)(1) The term "established catalog unit price", as used in this clause, means a unit price that (i) is a catalog price for a commercial item sold in substantial quantities to the general public and (ii) is the net price after applying any standard trade discounts offered by the Contractor.

(2) Unless otherwise specified, all reference to the terms “FSS Unit Price”(s) or “FSS Price(s)” as used in this clause, shall be the prices appearing in the Contractor’s current Federal Supply Schedule for the same items under this contract.

(d) The offeror/Contractor warrants that (1) the List Prices and the subsequent revisions thereto are the established Catalog Unit Prices in effect at time of Award or adjustment for like quantities of the same items and (2) any contract unit prices determined using these List Prices do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause. The offeror/Contractor also warrants that any contract unit prices determined using FSS unit prices do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause.

(e) Prior to award the Contractor must furnish:

(1) Their current established Catalog/Price List, offered Discounts, proposed contract unit prices; and

(2) A copy of their current FSS’s, FSS unit prices, and the FSS contract expiration dates applicable to items offered as well as any other information required by the Contracting Officer.

(f) Upon acceptance by the Government, the award unit prices will be established at the list prices minus the offered discounts provided the resulting contract unit prices do not exceed the current FSS unit price for the same item. Accordingly, offers are cautioned to propose discounts which, when applied to the list prices, will not exceed FSS unit prices.

(g) Downward Adjustments.

(1) Downward adjustments to contract unit prices are mandated whenever there are decreases in either 1) List prices or 2) FSS unit prices when the reduction results in a revised FSS Price which is now lower than the current contract unit price. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the amount and effective date of each decrease in list price and any FSS unit price reduction which results in an FSS unit price which is now lower than the current contract unit price. If the offered price decrease is based upon a reduction in list price or FSS price, the Contractor shall propose a lower Contract Unit Price taking into consideration the benchmarks in paragraphs (g)(2) and (3) below. The Contractor must furnish a copy of the revised Catalog/Price List or FSS Unit Price as soon as it is available. Also, for reductions in List Prices, the Contractor must provide a copy of the “E-CAT file” at least 60 days prior to the date when the reduced List Prices take effect. For reductions in FSS, the Contractor shall provide a copy of the E-CAT file at least 30 days prior to the date the reduced FSS Unit Price takes effect.

In addition to the “E-CAT file” and any other information required by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall also separately furnish, within the appropriate timeframe above (i.e., at least 60 days for a reduction in List Price; at least 30 days for a reduction in FSS), an Excel spreadsheet or ACCESS database (in both hard copy and disc) that displays for each item with an offered decrease in Contract Unit Price the appropriate information below:

(i) For list price or FSS changes: The item number; e.g., 0001AA.

(ii) For list price or FSS changes: The Supplier (Catalog); e.g., ABC Imaging, Inc.

(iii) For list price or FSS changes: The Product Name/Nomenclature; e.g., High Speed Handpiece.

(iv) For list price or FSS changes: Part Number; HIH 2000

(v) For list price or FSS changes: The list price upon which the current Contract Unit Price is based.

(vi) For list price or FSS changes: The applicable Contract Discount used as a basis for determining the current Contract Unit Price.

(vii) For list price or FSS changes: The Contract Unit Price currently in effect.

(viii) For list price changes: The reduced list price.

(ix) For list price or FSS changes: The applicable contract discount or larger contract discount now offered.

(x) For list price or FSS changes: The reduced Contract Unit Price now offered.

(xi) For list price changes: The percentage decrease in list price from the list price which determined the current contract unit price to the new, lower list price.

(xii) For list price changes: The percentage change in contract unit price from the current contract unit price to the new lower contract unit price now offered.

(xiii) For FSS changes: The current FSS unit price which is about to expire and the new reduced FSS Unit Price which will replace it and triggered this contract unit price reduction.

(xiv) For list price changes: For any items offered to the Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA) under the FSS, the current FSS Unit Price(s) for the same item.

(2) Reductions in list price(s). If the offered price decrease is based upon a reduction in the list price, the appropriate discount or larger discount now offered will be applied to each reduced list price to determine the adjusted contract unit price provided the proposed lower contract unit price does not exceed the lower of the following two benchmarks:

(i) The offered reduction in contract unit price on a percentage basis must be at least equal to the percentage reduction from the list price currently in effect under the contract to the new lower list price; i.e., the current contract unit price must, as a minimum, be reduced by the percentage decrease in list price.

(ii) The new proposed lower contract unit price shall not exceed the current FSS unit price for the same item.

(3) FSS price reductions. If the offered price decrease is based upon a reduction in the FSS price, the proposed lower contract unit price shall not exceed the following benchmark:

The new proposed lower Contract Unit Price shall not exceed the revised lower FSS Price for the same item.

(4) If the proposed contract unit price exceeds the lower of the appropriate list price benchmarks (for reductions based upon reduced list prices) or the FSS Price benchmark (for reductions based upon reduced FSS Prices), the Contracting Officer shall determine the proposed price reductions unreasonable and negotiate a price reduction which results in a Contract Unit Price that does not exceed the appropriate benchmarks. (All negotiated price reductions shall be confirmed in writing and will include the agreed-to price(s) and the list price(s) and discount(s) which make up these prices.

Changes based upon FSS price reductions will be expressed in terms of the current list price and an appropriate discount which results in an adjusted Contract Unit Price which does not exceed the revised lower FSS Price.) If an agreement cannot be reached the Contracting Officer has the option of removing these items from the E-CAT system or taking the action in the last sentence below. If the proposed contract unit price does not exceed the lowest of the appropriate list price or FSS Price benchmarks, it will be determined fair and reasonable.

Upon acceptance of any proposed price decreases, the Government shall modify the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT System to include the reduced contract unit prices. (Changes based upon FSS price reductions will be expressed in terms of the current list price and an appropriate discount which results in an adjusted contract unit price which does not exceed the revised lower FSS price.) These reduced contract unit prices shall apply to those items ordered on or after the date when these prices appear in the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT system (Revisions will not be added to the electronic catalog prior to date they take effect).

If the Contractor fails to notify the Contracting Officer of any list price or FSS Price decreases within the timeframe and in the manner stated above or agreement on any reduction cannot be reached, the Contracting Officer may determine the applicable adjustment and authorize a unilateral price adjustment retroactively applied to all items ordered on or after the effective date of the decrease in the Contractor’s established List or FSS Prices.

(h) Upward Adjustments.

(1) Upward adjustments may be requested at any time. However, any request for upward price adjustment must be based upon increases in List Prices only. The Contractor shall propose a Contract Unit Price taking into consideration the benchmarks in paragraph (g)(2). The request shall include a copy of the revised Catalog/Price List, the “E-CAT file” and the following for each item with a proposed increase in Contract Unit Price:

(i) A separate Excel spreadsheet or ACCESS database, in both hard copy and disc, that displays for each item with a proposed price increase the following information:

(A) The item number; e.g., 0003.

(B) The Supplier(Catalog); e.g., ABC Dental, Inc.

(C) The Product Name/Nomenclature; e.g., High Speed Handpiece.

(D) The Part Number; e.g., HIH2000.

(E) For the initial year, the list price that determined the Award Unit Price, the applicable Contract Discount, and the Award Unit Price. For all subsequent contract years, the list price that determined the highest Contract Unit Price that was in effect at any time during the preceding Contract Year, the applicable discount, and the highest Contract Unit Price that was in effect during the preceding Contract Year.

(F) The increased list price and its effective date, the applicable Contract Discount or larger Contract Discount now offered, and the proposed higher Contract Unit Price.

(G) For the initial year, the percentage change from the list price that determined the award unit price to the new higher list price. For all subsequent contract years, the percentage change from the list price that determined the highest contract unit price that was in effect at any time during the preceding contract year to the new higher list price.

(H) For the initial year, the percentage change from the award unit price to the new higher proposed contract unit price. For all subsequent contract years, the percentage change from the highest contract unit price that was in effect at any time during the preceding contract year to the new higher proposed contract unit price.

(I) For any items offered to the Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA) under the FSS, the current FSS Unit Price(s) for the same item.

(J) Any other information required by the Contracting Officer.

(2) Benchmarks. If any list price increases, and the increase is authorized under this clause, the contract unit prices for any corresponding items ordered after the increase takes effect in the E-CAT system shall be determined using the increased list price and either the applicable discount originally awarded or any larger discount now offered that applies to the affected item. Proposed increases will be considered fair and reasonable if they do not exceed whichever is the lowest of the following three benchmarks:

(i) For the initial year of the contract, the proposed increase in contract unit price on a percentage basis cannot exceed the percentage increase from the list price that determined the award unit price to the new higher list price. For all subsequent contract years, the proposed increase in contract unit price on a percentage basis cannot exceed the percentage increase from the list price that determined the highest contract unit price that was in effect at any time during the preceding contract year to the new higher list price.

(ii) Any proposed higher Contract Unit Price shall not exceed the current FSS Unit Price for the same item.

(iii) Any proposed higher contract unit prices are subject to the following limitations:

(A) For the initial Contract Year, Contract Unit Price increases shall be limited to the following annual ceiling(s) applied to the award unit price for the same item (i.e., any proposed higher Contract Unit Price cannot exceed the award unit price plus the annual ceiling).

(B) For all subsequent contract years, contract unit price increases shall be limited to the following annual ceiling(s) applied to the highest contract unit price in effect during the preceding contract year for the same item (i.e., any proposed higher contract unit price cannot exceed the highest contract unit price in effect during the preceding contract year plus the annual ceiling.)

Annual Ceiling, All Items: 10%

There is no percentage limit on downward adjustments under this clause.

(3) Upon approval of the proposed price increases, the Government shall modify the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT System to include the increased contract unit prices. Upward price adjustments shall be effective once they appear in the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT system. These updates will take place within 60 days after receipt of the Contractor’s request for upward price adjustment (or at the same time the increased list price takes effect, whichever is later) unless the Contracting Officer is unable to determine during that period that a price increase on any item or items is fair and reasonable (i.e., the proposed Contract Unit Price exceeds the lowest of the three benchmarks above). In this case, no price increases will be authorized for those items until the Contracting Officer is able to determine the price increases for those items to be fair and reasonable.

If necessary, the Contracting Officer shall conduct discussions with the Contractor to negotiate a price reduction which results in a Contract Unit Price that does not exceed the lowest of the three benchmarks. When discussions have concluded and an agreement which results in fair and reasonable prices is reached, the Contractor shall confirm the agreed-to price(s) in writing and forward an E-CAT file which includes the agreed-to price(s). (The agreement shall also identify the list price and discount which makes up each agreed-to price.)

Once the written agreement is received, the Government shall modify the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT System to include the increased contract unit prices. (No increase will be effective prior to the date the increased list price(s) take effect.) If the Contracting Officer and the Contractor are unable to agree upon the price for any items, the Contracting Officer will delete these items from the catalog in the E-CAT System.

In addition, the Contracting Officer may also, at any time, remove any item from the catalog in the E-CAT System that the Contracting Officer believes is no longer reasonably priced (if the Contracting Officer and the Contractor are unable to agree upon a reduced price) and notify customers accordingly.

(4) Isolated incidents may occur for an item or group of items when proposed increases could exceed the annual ceiling benchmark in paragraph (h)(2)(iii). In such cases the Contractor can submit an adequately justified written request for Contracting Officer approval of an increase in contract unit price that exceeds the ceiling. The Contracting Officer may approve the request on a one-time basis, increase the ceiling for the item or group of items if appropriate, negotiate a lower contract unit price, or delete the item(s) from the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT system. In no case may the increase in contract unit price exceed the ceiling without written authorization from the Contracting Officer. Also, no increase will be authorized that results in a contract unit price that exceeds the other benchmarks.

(5) Any increased list prices shall not be used to compute contract unit prices for Delivery Orders issued before the date the adjusted contract unit prices take effect under the Contract (i.e., the date they appear in the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT system).

(6) If the Contracting Officer removes items from the E-CAT system for price unreasonableness (see (g)(4) and (h)(3)and (4) above), all outstanding orders issued prior to the date the items are removed shall be delivered in accordance with the contract delivery schedule and the Government shall pay for such items at the contract unit price in effect at the time of the order.

(i) If the Contracting Officer at any time has any reason to believe that the established list price has been discontinued, the basis for the list price has been substantially altered, or that the item no longer meets the criteria to qualify as an established catalog priced item, the Contractor shall furnish relevant information as required by the Contracting Officer. If the Contracting Officer determines that any of the preceding conditions are present and a substitute for determining price adjustments is needed, the parties shall promptly agree upon an appropriate substitute for determining adjustments pursuant to this or another appropriate clause. The Contract shall be modified to incorporate the substitute and its effective date.

(j) Pricing actions pursuant to paragraph (c) entitled “Changes” of Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.212-4 (including any revisions by addendum thereto) or any other provision of this Contract will be priced as though there were no provisions for Economic Price Adjustment.

(k) Pending approval of any proposed price changes and revision of the contract unit prices in the contract electronic catalog residing in the E-CAT System, payment shall be made at the contract unit prices in effect at the time of order.

(l) Voluntary price reductions (VPR): A “special or discount” offered by the Contractor which results in a voluntary price reduction for an item or group of items for a given period of time. The Contractor may offer a VPR at any time.

The price reductions resulting from these VPRs will be in addition to any price reductions mandated by this EPA clause. The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer when the VPR takes effect, which items are included, and the length of time the VPR will remain in effect. Once the “special or discount” period expires, prices will revert to the contract unit price(s) in effect at that time.

If a list price (or FSS Unit Price) decreases when a VPR is in effect, the VPR will remain in effect until it expires if it is lower than the proposed unit price decrease. If the Contractor requests a contract unit price increase based upon an increased list price when a VPR is in effect, the VPR shall remain in effect until it expires. Upon expiration of the VPR, prices will revert to the adjusted contract unit prices, as calculated in accordance with this clause as if no VPR had been in effect.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9049 Economic Price Adjustment (EPA) of the Annual Management Fee(s) and Annual Management Cost(s) for the Option Years.

As prescribed in 16.203-4(d)(2)(91), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT (EPA) OF THE ANNUAL MANAGEMENT FEE(S) AND ANNUAL MANAGEMENT COST(S) FOR THE OPTION YEARS (NOV 2011)

(a)(1) The Contractor warrants that the prices/costs and fees included in the Solicitation/Contract do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause. Any management fees and related management costs applicable to this contract (e.g., inventory and/or program) shall be calculated in accordance with this clause. The type(s) of management fee(s) and related management cost(s) that apply are specified elsewhere in this contract.

(2) Adjustments under this clause are predicated upon the Government exercising one or more option year extensions. The Government, at its discretion may choose to exercise or not exercise an option to extend the contract.

(b) The economic indicator for the purpose of calculating the management fee(s) (expressed as a percentage) and management cost(s) for each option year except the initial option year* under this clause shall be the initial publication of the preliminary producer price index for code number 4931104931101 entitled General Warehousing And Storage. This information is contained in the publication entitled "Producer Price Indexes", as published by the United States (U.S.) Department of Labor (DoL), Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS). The preliminary index for a given month is available approximately two weeks into the following month. The index is also available through the Bureau of Labor Statistics web site at www.bls.gov. Click on “get detailed statistics” and select “series report”. Enter Series ID pcu4931104931101, select number of years and format for output, and then select “retrieve data” at the bottom of the page. (*Note: The base index for the first option year will use the revised PPI).

(c) This clause authorizes only one calculation annually (see paragraph (d)) to determine the management fee(s) and management cost(s) applicable to the upcoming option year. (The management fee(s) and management cost(s) for the base contract period are not subject to adjustment under this clause.) This calculation is as follows:

(1) A "base" and "adjusting" index shall be established for each option year (see paragraph (e) below).

(2) The percentage change (upward or downward) between the applicable "base" index and "adjusting" index shall be calculated.

(3) The management fee(s) for the contract year about to expire shall be increased or decreased based upon the percentage change in the indexes (see paragraph (h) for upward adjustments) in order to determine the management fee(s) for the upcoming option year. (However, for increases or decreases, Contractors may offer lower management fee(s) than those calculated in accordance with this formula).

(4) (A) The new management fee(s) for the upcoming option year shall be applied to one or more categories of guaranteed coverage (e.g., Contractor inventory material (CIM), Contractor furnished material (CFM), and Government purchased material (GPM)) as spelled out elsewhere in this contact.) The resultant subtotals represent the management cost(s) for each applicable category of guaranteed coverage and are added together to get the total management cost(s) for the upcoming option year. For payment purposes, the total management cost(s) for the upcoming option year may be paid on a monthly, quarterly, or some other basis at the discretion of the Contracting Officer.

(B) Prior to applying the new or current management fee(s) to the guaranteed coverage, the value of each category of guaranteed coverage is updated yearly by the Contracting Officer. This is accomplished by applying the DAPA, Federal Supply Schedule (FSS), ECAT, or Department of Defense (DoD) national contract price(s) (whichever is lower) in effect 60 days prior to the date the option takes effect to the quantities in each category of guaranteed coverage for the upcoming option year. The resultant subtotals represent the new value for each applicable category of guaranteed coverage and added together, represents the total inventory value for the upcoming option year.

(d)(1) Adjustment requests and notifications.

(i) If the “adjusting” index is higher than the “base” index, the Contractor may request an increase in accordance with the terms of this clause in the management fee(s) applicable to the upcoming option year. This written request must be received by the Contracting Officer within 30 days after the indexes used to calculate the adjusting index are available. The request may be generic or may include the specific calculations required by this clause to determine the revised management fee(s). When making the calculations, the 10% ceiling (paragraph (h) below) shall be taken into consideration. The Contractor has the option of proposing a management fee based upon these calculations or a lower management fee(s).

(ii) If the “adjusting” index is lower than the “base” index, a decrease in the management fee(s) is mandated by this clause. As above, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing of this decrease. This notification must be received by the Contracting Officer within 30 days after the indexes used to calculate the adjusting index are available. The notification may be generic or may include the specific calculations required by this clause to determine the revised management fee(s). The Contractor has the option of proposing the inventory management fee(s) based upon these calculations or a lower management fee(s).

(2) Upon receipt of a request for an upward adjustment or notification of a downward adjustment by the Contractor, the Contracting Officer shall review and validate the Contractor’s submittal. If acceptable, the Contracting Officer will calculate the management fees, if necessary, and the management cost(s) for the upcoming option year in accordance with paragraph (c) (4) above. If no increase is requested and a mandated decrease is not warranted, the Contracting Officer shall use the current management fee(s) to calculate the management cost(s) applicable to the upcoming option year. In either case, the management fee(s), management cost(s), and the total inventory value reserved for this contract for the upcoming option year shall be included in a contract modification.

If a request for an upward adjustment is received after the required 30-day timeframe, the Contracting Officer reserves the right to reject the request, as money may not available to fund the increase. If funds are available, the Contracting Officer shall have 30 days from the date the Contractor’s request is received to review the request, make the required calculations and issue an adjustment modification. The upward adjustment shall take effect on the same day the modification takes effect. If a notification of a downward adjustment is not submitted until after the required 30-day timeframe or the Contractor fails to notify the Contracting Officer of a decrease, the Contracting Officer shall unilaterally make the required adjustments in accordance with this clause. The effective date of the downward adjustment shall be retroactive to the date the new option year takes effect.

(e) Determining the "base" and "adjusting" indexes.

(1) First option year:

(i) The base index shall be the arithmetic average of the revised indexes published for the month before and the month of the closing of the final proposal revisions.

(ii) The adjusting index shall be the arithmetic average of the preliminary indexes published for the third and fourth month prior to the month the base period expires (e.g., if the base period expires in June, the adjusting index would be the average of the indexes published for February and March of the base period.)

(2) Subsequent option years:

(i) The base index for any upcoming option year shall be the previously established adjusting index (e.g., the base index for the upcoming 2nd option year shall be the adjusting index established for the first option year. Note: If no adjustment was made for option year 1, determine the adjusting index for that year anyway in order to establish the base index for upcoming 2nd option year. This applies to any time an adjustment is not made for a given year.)

(ii) The adjusting index for any upcoming option year shall be the arithmetic average of the preliminary indexes published for the third and fourth months prior to the month the current option year expires (e.g., if the first option year expires in June, the adjusting index for the upcoming second option year would be the average of the indexes published for February and March of the first option year.)

(f) Following is a hypothetical example of adjustment calculations to determine the inventory management fee for option year III, and the associated inventory management costs (the base and adjusting indexes, the inventory management fee for option year II, and the CIM and CFM inventory values for option year III are hypothetical and are used only to illustrate how the inventory management fee and inventory management costs are calculated. Any management fee(s) and management cost(s) that may apply would be calculated in the same manner.):

(1) Base index: 102.05 Adjusting index: 103.75

(2) Inventory management fee for option year II: 1.50%

(3) Inventory value for guaranteed coverage (CIM and CFM) for option year III. (There are only 2 categories of guaranteed coverage for this hypothetical example.):

CIM: $405,000 CFM: $300,000

(4) Calculate the inventory management fee:

(i) Establish base index (use previously established adjusting index for the option year II which is the average of the preliminary indexes published for 3rd and 4th month prior to the month option year I expires. For example, if option year I expires in June, the base index for option year III would be the average of the preliminary indexes for February and March of option year I.)

Feb Index: 101.10 Mar Index: 103.00 Base Index (Average of Feb and Mar): 102.05

(ii) Establish Adjusting Index (average of preliminary indexes published for February and March of 2nd Option Year.)

Feb Index: 102.30 Mar Index: 105.20 Adjusting Index (Average of Feb and Mar): 103.75

Adjusting Index: 103.75

Less Base Index: -102.05

---------

Increase to index 1.70

Divide increase to index 1.70/102.05 = 0.016659 = Adjustment Factor (1.6659 %)

by Base Index

Inv. Man. Fee for Yr II x Adjustment Factor plus 1 = Inv. Man. Fee for Option

Option Year III 1.50% x 1.016659 = 1.52%

Ceiling provision:

Max Fee for Option Year III cannot exceed 10% increase of Op Yr II fee Max Fee = 1.10 (ceiling) x .0150 (Inv Man Fee for Op Yr II expressed as a decimal ) = .0165 (1.65%) (Maximum allowable fee 1.65%) 1.52% adjusted fee is less than 1.65% maximum fee, therefore 1.52% is new fee

(5) Contracting Officer to calculate the following:

CIM Inventory Value for OP YR III: $405,000.00

Multiplied by 1.52% (converted to a decimal value) x .0152

---------------

CIM Inventory Management Cost for OP YR III $6,156.00

CFM Inventory Value for OP YR III: $300,000.00

Multiplied by 1.52% (converted to a decimal value) x .0152

---------------

CFM Inventory Management Cost for OP YR III $4,560.00

CIM Inventory Management Cost for OP YR III: $6,156.00

CFM Inventory Management Cost for OP YR III + $4,560.00

--------------

Inventory Management Cost for OP YR III $10,716.00

(Total Inventory Value is $705,000, i.e., CIM Inventory Value plus CFM Inventory Value)

Note: Round all computations involving the PPIs to two decimal places.

Round adjustment factor to six decimal places.

Round inventory management fees to two decimal places when expressed as a percentage and

four decimal places when expressed as a decimal.

Round all dollar figures to nearest cent.

(g) The adjusting contract modification will show all the calculations used to establish the management fee(s), management cost(s) and total inventory value covering the new option year.

(h) Any request to increase the management fee(s) in accordance with the requirements of this clause for any upcoming option year shall be limited to 10% of the same management fee(s) for the previous contract year. If the management fee(s) increase exceeds 10% of the management fee(s) for the previous contract year, and the Contractor has requested an increase of 10% or more, the Contractor shall be limited to the 10% increase. There is no percentage limit on any decreases in the management fee(s) under this clause. Contractors can also propose lower management fee(s) than those calculated in accordance with the requirements of this clause.

(i) The Contractor shall include a statement on the final invoice for each contract year/period that amounts invoiced under this contract reflect all decreases required by this clause.

(j) Payment on this contract shall be at the current management fee(s) and management cost(s) pending the issuance of the modification establishing the management fee(s), management cost(s), and total inventory value for the applicable option year. The management fee(s) and management cost(s) will, if necessary, be retroactively adjusted if the applicable price adjustment is delayed by the Government. In this case, any retroactive adjustment shall cover performance only from when the adjustment should have taken effect but for the delay caused by the Government through the day that the EPA modification takes effect.

(k) In the event that the publication of the economic indicator is discontinued, its method of derivation is altered substantially, or the Contracting Officer determines that the index consistently and substantially fails to reflect market conditions, the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate substitute method or adjustment mechanism to determine the management fee(s) and/or management cost(s). The contract shall be modified to specify the use of an appropriate substitute, which will be effective on the date the Index is no longer published, the derivation of the index is substantially altered, or the Index begins to consistently and substantially fail to reflect marked conditions.

(l) Any pricing actions pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.212-4, paragraph (c) entitled "Changes" (including any revisions by addendum thereto) or other provisions of the Contract shall be priced as though there were no provisions for economic price adjustment.

(m) No adjustment shall be made under this EPA clause unless the total change in contract amount exceeds $500.00.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9050 Economic Price Adjustment (EPA) of the Annual Inventory Holding Fee and Annual Inventory Holding Cost for the Option Years.

As prescribed in 16.203-4(d)(2)(92), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT (EPA) OF THE ANNUAL INVENTORY HOLDING FEE AND ANNUAL INVENTORY HOLDING COST FOR THE OPTION YEARS (NOV 2011)

(a) The Contractor warrants that the prices/costs and fees included in the Solicitation/Contract do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause. Adjustments under this clause are predicated upon the Government exercising one or more option year extensions. The Government, at its discretion may choose to exercise or not exercise an option to extend the Contract.

(b) The economic indicator, for the purpose of calculating the inventory holding fee (expressed as a percentage) and inventory holding cost for each option year under this clause, shall be the prime rate, as published Monday through Friday in the Wall Street Journal.

(c) This clause authorizes only one calculation annually (see paragraph d) to determine the inventory holding fee and inventory holding cost applicable to the upcoming option year. (The inventory holding fee and inventory holding cost for the base contract period are not subject to adjustment under this clause.) This calculation is as follows:

(1) A "base" and "adjusting" prime rate shall be established for each option year (see paragraph (e) below).

(2) Determine the change in points (upward or downward) between the Base Prime Rate and Adjusting Prime Rate for the twelve-month period* which ends 60 days prior to the upcoming option year for which the new inventory holding fee and inventory holding cost will be calculated. (*Note: The period for the adjustment for option year I may be longer or shorter than twelve months.)

(3)(i) Increases. The actual change in points up to the maximum allowed in accordance with paragraph (h) shall be added to the Inventory Holding Fee for the contract year/period about to expire to determine the inventory holding fee for the upcoming option year. Upward adjustments shall not exceed 1.50 points.

(ii) Decreases. The actual change in points shall be subtracted from the inventory holding fee for the contract year/period about to expire to determine the inventory holding fee for the upcoming option year.

(iii) For increases or decreases, Contractors may offer lower inventory holding fees than those calculated in accordance with the above.

(4) To determine the inventory holding cost for the upcoming option year, the Contracting Officer will apply the new inventory holding fee to the value of contractor furnished material inventory reserved for this contract (hereafter referred to as the CFM inventory) for the upcoming option year (i.e., the value of the CFM inventory for the upcoming option year x new inventory holding fee expressed as a decimal to four decimal places = new inventory holding cost for the upcoming option year). The Contracting Officer will update the value of the CFM inventory for each contract year by applying the current DAPA, FSS, ECAT, or DoD national contract prices (whichever is lower) to the CFM inventory coverage for the upcoming contract year. For payment purposes, the inventory holding cost for the upcoming option year may be paid on a monthly, quarterly, or some other basis at the discretion of the Contracting Officer.

(d)(1) Adjustment requests and notifications:

(i) If the adjusting prime rate is higher than the base prime rate, the Contractor may request an increase in accordance with the terms of this clause in the inventory holding fee applicable to the upcoming option year. This written request must be received by the Contracting Officer within 30 days after the adjusting prime rate is published and may be generic or may include the specific calculations required by this clause to determine the revised inventory holding fee. The ceiling provision (paragraph (h) below) must also be considered when making the calculations. The Contractor has the option of proposing an inventory holding fee based upon these calculations or a lower inventory holding fee.

(ii) If the adjusting prime rate is lower than the base prime rate, a decrease in the inventory holding fee is mandated by this clause. Accordingly, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing of this decrease. This notification must be received by the Contracting Officer within 30 days after the adjusting prime rate is published and may be generic or may include the specific calculations required by this clause to determine the revised inventory holding fee. The Contractor has the option of proposing the inventory holding fee based upon these calculations or a lower inventory holding fee.

(2) Upon receipt of a request for an upward adjustment or notification of a downward adjustment by the Contractor, the Contracting Officer shall review and validate the Contractor's submittal. If acceptable, the Contracting Officer will calculate the inventory holding fee, if necessary, and the inventory holding cost for the upcoming option year in accordance with paragraph (c)(4) above. If no increase is requested and a mandated decrease is not warranted, the Contracting Officer shall use the current inventory holding fee to calculate the inventory holding cost for the upcoming option year. In either case, the inventory holding fee, inventory holding cost, and the value of the CFM inventory for the upcoming option year shall be included in a contract modification.

(3) If a request for an upward adjustment is received after the required 30-day timeframe, the Contracting Officer reserves the right to reject the request, as money may not available to fund the increase. If funds are available, the Contracting Officer shall have 30 days from the date the Contractor's request is received to review and validate the request, make the required calculations and issue an adjustment modification. The upward adjustment shall take effect on the same day the modification takes effect. If a notification of a downward adjustment is not submitted until after the required 30-day timeframe or the Contractor fails to notify the Contracting Officer of a decrease, the Contracting Officer shall unilaterally make the required adjustments in accordance with this clause. The effective date of the downward adjustment shall be retroactive to the date the new option year takes effect.

(e) Determining the "base" and "adjusting" indexes.

(1) The base prime rate used to calculate the inventory holding fee and inventory holding cost covering option year I under this clause shall be the prime rate, as published on the date of closing of the final proposal revision. The base prime rate used to calculate the inventory holding fee and inventory holding cost for each subsequent option year shall be the prime rate, as published 60 days prior to the effective date of each previous option year (e.g., the base prime rate for option year III will be the prime rate published 60 days prior to the effective date of option year II.)

(2) The adjusting prime rate used to calculate the inventory holding fee and inventory holding cost for each option year shall be the prime rate, as published 60 days prior to the effective date of each option year (e.g., the adjusting prime rate for option year III will be the prime rate published 60 days prior to the effective date of option year III).

(f) Following is a hypothetical example of adjustment calculations to determine the inventory holding fee for option year III and the associated inventory holding cost. (The base and adjusting prime rates, the inventory holding fee for option year II and the value of the CFM inventory for option year III are hypothetical and are used only to illustrate how the inventory holding fee and inventory holding cost are calculated):

(1) Base prime rate (in effect 60 days prior to effective date of option year II): 4.00

(2) Adjusting prime rate (in effect 60 days prior to effective date of option year III): 5.75

(3) Current contract inventory holding fee for option year II: 3.75

(4) Calculate the inventory holding fee:

Adjusting Prime Rate: 5.75

Base Prime Rate: -4.00

------

Change in (Prime Rate) Points: (-Increase-) 1.75

Maximum increase allowed is 1.50 points: Clause ceiling of 1.50 is less than 1.75 calculated; therefore the allowable increase is 1.50 points.

Inventory Holding Fee for Option Year II: 3.75

Maximum Increase in Prime Rate Allowed: + 1.50

-----

Inventory Holding Fee for Option Year III: 5.25

(5) Contracting Officer to calculate the Inventory Holding Cost:

Value of CFM Inventory as adjusted for Option Year III: $20,000,000.00

$20,000,000.00 x .0525 = $1,050,000 (Annual Inventory Holding Cost for Option Year III)

(g) The adjusting contract modification will show all the calculations used to establish the inventory holding fee, inventory holding cost, and the value of the CFM inventory covering the new option year.

(h) Any request to increase the Inventory Holding Fee in accordance with the requirements of this clause for any upcoming option year shall be limited to the point increase (in increments of 0.25) in the prime rate, up to, but not exceeding 1.50 points. This will be determined when calculating the change in points in the prime rate using the base and adjusting prime rates described in paragraph (c)(2) and (c)(3)(i) and illustrated in paragraph (f). If the prime rate increase exceeds 1.50 points and the Contractor has requested an increase of 1.50 points or more, the Contractor shall be given the 1.50 point increase. There are no limitations on downward adjustments under this clause. Contractors can also propose lower inventory holding fees than those calculated in accordance with the requirements of this clause.

(i) The Contractor shall include a statement on the final invoice for each contract year/period that amounts invoiced under this contract reflect all decreases required by this clause.

(j) Payment on this contract shall be at the current inventory holding fee and inventory holding cost pending the issuance of the modification establishing the new inventory holding fee, inventory holding cost, and value of the CFM inventory for the applicable option year. The inventory holding fee and inventory holding cost will, if necessary, be retroactively adjusted if the applicable price adjustment is delayed by the Government. In this case, any retroactive adjustment shall cover performance only from when the adjustment should have taken effect but for the delay caused by the Government through the day that the EPA modification takes effect.

(k) In the event that the prime rate is discontinued, its method of derivation is altered substantially, or the Contracting Officer determines that the prime rate consistently and substantially fails to reflect market conditions, the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate substitute method or adjustment mechanism to determine the annual inventory holding fee and/or inventory holding cost. The Contract shall be modified to specify the use of an appropriate substitute, which will be effective on the date the prime rate is no longer published, the derivation of the prime rate is substantially altered, or the prime rate begins to consistently and substantially fail to reflect market conditions. If the base or adjusting prime rates established in paragraph (e) above fall on a day the prime rate is not published, use the next day the prime rate is published.

(l) Any pricing actions pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.212-4, paragraph (c) entitled "Changes" (including any revisions by addendum thereto) or other provisions of the Contract shall be priced as though there were no provisions for economic price adjustment.

(m) No adjustment shall be made under this EPA clause unless the total change in contract amount exceeds $500.00.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9051 Economic Price Adjustment – Federal Ceiling Prices – One Adjustment Per Year.

As prescribed in 16.203-4(d)(2)(93), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT – FEDERAL CEILING PRICES – ONE ADJUSTMENT PER YEAR (NOV 2011)

(a) All price adjustments authorized or mandated by this clause are based upon changes in the Federal ceiling price or Federal Supply Schedule (FSS) Price for each item. The clause also provides for voluntary price reductions (VPR) in the form of “specials” or “discounts”. The Government reserves the right not to exercise an Option.

(b) The offeror/Contractor warrants that any contract unit prices determined using the Federal ceiling price or FSS Price do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause.

(c) Prior to award, the Contractor must furnish a copy of the current Federal ceiling price, FSS Price, the Veteran Administration (VA) approval of those prices, and any other information required by the Contracting Officer. During the life of the contract, any changes to the Federal ceiling price and the FSS Price, as well as the VA’s approval of those price changes and any other information required by the Contracting Officer, must be furnished in writing not later than 15 workdays after the effective dates of those price changes.

(d) Award unit prices shall not exceed the current federal ceiling price as well as any current FSS price in effect for the same item.

(e) Downward Adjustments.

(1) During the base year of the contract, downward adjustments to contract unit prices are mandated whenever there are decreases in the Federal ceiling price and/or whenever a reduction to the FSS price results in a revised FSS price which is now lower than the current contract unit price. During the Option years of the contract, downward adjustments to contract unit prices are mandated whenever reductions to the Federal ceiling price and/or the FSS price results in a revised Federal ceiling price and/or FSS price that is lower than the current contract unit price.

The Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the amount and effective date of each decrease in the Federal ceiling price and/or FSS price. The Contractor shall propose a lower contract unit price taking into consideration the benchmarks in paragraphs (e)(2) and (3) below. The Contractor must furnish a copy of the revised Federal ceiling price and/or FSS price within 15 workdays after it takes effect.

If the decrease is based upon a lower Federal ceiling price (FCP), the Contractor shall furnish the information in (i)-(viii) below. If the decrease is based upon a lower FSS Price, the Contractor shall furnish the information in (i), (iii), (v), (vi), (viii), and (ix) below.

(i) FCP/FSS: The item number; e.g., 0002.

(ii) FCP: The previous Federal ceiling price.

(iii) FCP/FSS: The Federal ceiling price now in effect.

(iv) FCP: The percentage change in Federal ceiling price from the previous Federal ceiling price to the new, lower Federal ceiling price.

(v) FCP/FSS: The current Contract Unit Price.

(vi) FCP/FSS: The reduced Contract Unit Price now offered.

(vii) FCP: The percentage decrease from the current Contract Unit Price to the new lower Contract Unit Price.

(viii) FCP/FSS: For any items offered to the Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA) under the FSS, the current FSS price(s) for the same item.

(ix) FSS: For any items offered to the DVA under the FSS, the previous FSS price(s) for the same item.

(2) Federal ceiling price reduction. If the offered price decrease is based upon a reduction in the Federal ceiling price, the proposed lower contract unit price shall not exceed the lower of the following two benchmarks:

(i) For the base contract year adjustment, the offered reduction in contract unit price on a percentage basis must be at least equal to the percentage reduction from the previous Federal ceiling price under the contract to the new lower Federal ceiling price; i.e., the current contract unit price, must, as a minimum, be reduced by the percentage decrease in Federal ceiling price. For each option year adjustment, the new proposed lower contract unit price shall not exceed the new Federal ceiling price.

(ii) The new proposed lower contract unit price shall not exceed the current FSS price for the same item.

(3) FSS price reduction. If the offered price decrease is based upon a reduction in the FSS Price, the proposed lower contract unit price shall not exceed the lower of the following two benchmarks:

(i) The new proposed lower contract unit price shall not exceed the revised lower FSS Price for the same item.

(ii) The new proposed lower contract unit price shall not exceed the current Federal ceiling price.

(4) If the proposed contract unit price exceeds the lower of the appropriate Federal Ceiling Price benchmarks (for reductions based upon a reduced Federal Ceiling Price) or FSS Price benchmarks (for reductions based upon a reduced FSS Price), the Contracting Officer shall determine the proposed price reductions unreasonable and negotiate a price reduction which results in a Contract Unit Price that does not exceed the appropriate benchmarks. (All negotiated price reductions shall be confirmed in writing and will include the agreed-to price(s).) If the proposed Contract Unit Price does not exceed the lower of the appropriate Federal Ceiling Price or FSS Price benchmarks, it will be determined fair and reasonable.

Upon approval of the proposed price decrease, the Government shall modify the contract to include the reduced Contract Unit Price which, will take effect on the same day that the reduced Federal Ceiling Price or FSS Price takes effect, as appropriate. The modification will also show the current Federal Ceiling Price and FSS Price. The adjusted Contract Unit Price shall apply to those items ordered on or after the new Federal Ceiling Price or FSS Price takes effect, as appropriate. Any delivery orders issued after the reduced Federal Ceiling Price or FSS Price takes effect but before the Contracting Officer modifies the contract to incorporate the reduced Contract Unit Price, will be retroactively reduced to the new lower Contract Unit Price (see paragraph (i)).

If the Contractor fails to notify the Contracting Officer of any Federal Ceiling Price or FSS Price decreases within the timeframe and in the manner stated above, or agreement on any reduction cannot be reached, the Contracting Officer may determine the applicable adjustment and authorize a unilateral price adjustment retroactively applied to all items ordered on or after the effective date of the decrease in the Federal Ceiling Price or FSS Price, as appropriate.

(f) Upward adjustments.

(1) The Contractor is authorized to submit one request for upward adjustment to the Contract Unit Price each Contract Year (i.e. one adjustment during the Base Year and one adjustment during each Option Year, if the option is exercised by the Government). The request for upward price adjustment must be based upon increases in the Federal Ceiling Price and shall be submitted no later than 15 workdays after the effective date of the new Federal Ceiling Price. The Contractor shall propose a Contract Unit Price taking into consideration the benchmarks in paragraph (f)(2). The request shall be in writing and include the following:

(i) The item number; e.g., 0002.

(ii) The previous Federal ceiling price.

(iii) The increased Federal Ceiling Price now in effect.

(iv) The percentage change from the previous Federal Ceiling Price to the new, higher Federal Ceiling Price.

(v) The current contract unit price in effect.

(vi) The increased Contract Unit Price now proposed.

(vii) The percentage change from the current Contract Unit Price in effect to the new proposed higher Contract Unit Price.

(viii) For any items offered to the Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA) under the FSS, the current FSS price(s) for the same item.

(ix) For any items offered to the DVA under the FSS, the previous FSS price(s) for the same item.

(x) Any other information required by the Contracting Officer.

(2) Upon receipt of the request for a Contract Unit Price increase based upon an increase in the Federal Ceiling Price, the Contracting Officer shall review the information the Contractor is required to submit and verify that the proposed increase is fair and reasonable. The proposed increase will be considered fair and reasonable if it does not exceed whichever is the lower of the following two benchmarks:

(i) For the Base Contract Year adjustment, the proposed increase in Contract Unit Price on a percentage basis cannot exceed the percentage increase from the previous Federal Ceiling Price to the new higher Federal Ceiling Price; i.e., the proposed Contract Unit Price cannot exceed the current Contract Unit Price plus the percentage increase in the Federal Ceiling Price. For each Option Year adjustment, the new proposed higher Contract Unit Price shall not exceed the new Federal Ceiling Price.

(ii) The proposed higher Contract Unit Price shall not exceed the current FSS Price for the same item.

(3) If the proposed higher Contract Unit Price exceeds the lower of the two benchmarks, the Contracting Officer shall determine the proposed price reductions unreasonable and negotiate a price reduction which results in a Contract Unit Price that does not exceed the lower of the two benchmarks. (All negotiated price reductions shall be confirmed in writing and will include the agreed-to price(s)).

If the proposed increased Contract Unit Price does not exceed the lower of the two benchmarks, it will be determined fair and reasonable. Upon approval of the proposed price increases, the Government shall modify the contract to include the increased Contract Unit Price(s). The modification will also show the current Federal Ceiling Price and FSS Price. If the request for price increase is submitted within the required 15-day timeframe (see (f)(1)), the effective date of the increased Contract Unit Price will be on the same day the new Federal Ceiling Price takes effect and this increase shall apply to all orders issued thereafter.

Accordingly, any delivery orders issued after the increased Federal Ceiling Price takes effect but before the Contracting Officer modifies the contract to incorporate the increased Contract Unit Price(s), will be retroactively increased to the new higher Contract Unit Price (see paragraph (i)). If the request for increase is not received within the 15-day timeframe, the Contracting Officer reserves the right not to retroactively adjust any orders issued before an adjusting modification is issued. In this case, the effective date of the increase will be on the same day the adjusting modification takes effect.

(g) If the Contracting Officer at any time has any reason to believe that the Federal Ceiling Price or FSS price has been discontinued, the Contractor shall furnish relevant information as required by the Contracting Officer. If the Contracting Officer determines that a substitute for determining price adjustments is needed, the parties shall promptly agree upon an appropriate substitute method for determining adjustments. The Contract shall be modified to incorporate the substitute and its effective date.

(h) Pricing actions pursuant to paragraph (c) entitled “Changes” of Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.212-4 (including any revisions by addendum thereto) or any other provision of this Contract will be priced as though there were no provisions for Economic Price Adjustment.

(i) Pending the issuance of an adjusting modification revising the Contract Unit Price, payment shall be made at the contract unit prices in effect at the time of order.

(j) Any increased Federal Ceiling Price shall not be used to compute contract unit prices for Delivery Orders issued before the date the increased Federal Ceiling Price takes effect.

(k)(1) Voluntary Price Reductions (VPR): A "special or discount" offered by the Contractor which results in a voluntary price reduction for an item or group of items for a given period of time. The Contractor may offer a VPR at any time. The price reductions resulting from these VPRs will be in addition to any price reductions mandated by this EPA clause. The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer when the VPR takes effect, which items are included, and the length of time the VPR will remain in effect. Once the "special or discount" period expires, prices will revert to the Contract Unit Price(s) in effect at that time.

(2) If the Ceiling Price (or FSS Unit Price) decreases when a VPR is in effect, the VPR will remain in effect until it expires if it is lower than the proposed unit price decrease. If the Contractor requests a Contract Unit Price increase based upon an increased Federal Ceiling Price when a VPR is in effect, the VPR shall remain in effect until it expires. Upon expiration of the VPR, prices will revert to the adjusted contract unit prices, as calculated in accordance with this clause as if no VPR had been in effect.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9052 Economic Price Adjustment – Federal Ceiling Prices – One Adjustment Per Year.

As prescribed in 16.203-4(d)(2)(94), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT – FEDERAL CEILING PRICES – ONE ADJUSTMENT PER YEAR (NOV 2011)

(a) All price adjustments authorized or mandated by this clause are based upon changes in the Federal Ceiling Price or Federal Supply Schedule (FSS) Price for each item. The clause also provides for voluntary price reductions (VPR) in the form of “specials” or “discounts”. The Government reserves the right not to exercise an option.

(b) The offeror/Contractor warrants that any contract unit prices determined using the Federal Ceiling Price or FSS Price do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause.

(c) Prior to award, the Contractor must furnish a copy of the current Federal Ceiling Price, FSS Price, the Department of Veteran Affairs (VA) approval of those prices, and any other information required by the Contracting Officer. During the life of the contract, any changes to the Federal Ceiling Price and the FSS Price, as well as the VA’s approval of those price changes and any other information required by the Contracting Officer, must be furnished in writing not later than 15 workdays after the effective dates of those price changes.

(d) Award unit prices shall not exceed the current Federal ceiling price as well as any current FSS price in effect for the same item.

(e) Downward adjustments.

(1) Downward adjustments to contract unit prices are mandated whenever there are decreases in the Federal Ceiling Price and/or whenever a reduction to the FSS Price results in a revised FSS Price which is now lower than the current Contract Unit Price. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the amount and effective date of each decrease in the Federal Ceiling Price and/or FSS Price. The Contractor shall propose a lower Contract Unit Price taking into consideration the benchmarks in paragraphs (e)(2) and (3) below. The Contractor must furnish a copy of the revised Federal Ceiling Price and/or FSS Price within 15 workdays after it takes effect. If the decrease is based upon a lower Federal Ceiling Price (FCP), the Contractor shall furnish the information in (i)-(viii) below. If the decrease is based upon a lower FSS Price, the Contractor shall furnish the information in (i), (iii), (v), (vi), (viii), and (ix) below.

(i) FCP/FSS: The item number; e.g., 0002.

(ii) FCP: The previous Federal Ceiling Price.

(iii) FCP/FSS: The Federal Ceiling Price now in effect.

(iv) FCP: The percentage change in Federal Ceiling Price from the previous Federal Ceiling Price to the new, lower Federal Ceiling Price.

(v) FCP/FSS: The current Contract Unit Price.

(vi) FCP/FSS: The reduced Contract Unit Price now offered.

(vii) FCP: The percentage decrease from the current Contract Unit Price to the new lower Contract Unit Price.

(viii) FCP/FSS: For any items offered to the Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA) under the FSS, the current FSS price(s) for the same item.

(ix) FSS: For any items offered to the DVA under the FSS, the previous FSS price(s) for the same item.

(2) Federal Ceiling Price Reduction. If the offered price decrease is based upon a reduction in the Federal Ceiling Price, the proposed lower Contract Unit Price shall not exceed the lower of the following two benchmarks:

(i) The offered reduction in Contract Unit Price on a percentage basis must be at least equal to the percentage reduction from the previous Federal Ceiling Price under the contract to the new lower Federal Ceiling Price; i.e., the current Contract Unit Price, must, as a minimum, be reduced by the percentage decrease in Federal Ceiling Price.

(ii) The new proposed lower Contract Unit Price shall not exceed the current FSS Price for the same item.

(3) FSS Price Reduction. If the offered price decrease is based upon a reduction in the FSS Price, the proposed lower Contract Unit Price shall not exceed the lower of the following two benchmarks:

(i) The new proposed lower Contract Unit Price shall not exceed the revised lower FSS Price for the same item.

(ii) The new proposed lower Contract Unit Price shall not exceed the current Federal Ceiling Price.

(4) If the proposed Contract Unit Price exceeds the lower of the appropriate Federal Ceiling Price benchmarks (for reductions based upon a reduced Federal Ceiling Price)or FSS Price benchmarks (for reductions based upon a reduced FSS Price), the Contracting Officer shall determine the proposed price reductions unreasonable and negotiate a price reduction which results in a Contract Unit Price that does not exceed the appropriate benchmarks. (All negotiated price reductions shall be confirmed in writing and will include the agreed-to price(s).) If the proposed Contract Unit Price does not exceed the lower of the appropriate Federal Ceiling Price or FSS Price benchmarks, it will be determined fair and reasonable.

Upon approval of the proposed price decrease, the Government shall modify the contract to include the reduced Contract Unit Price which, will take effect on the same day that the reduced Federal Ceiling Price or FSS Price takes effect, as appropriate. The modification will also show the current Federal Ceiling Price and FSS Price. The adjusted Contract Unit Price shall apply to those items ordered on or after the new Federal Ceiling Price or FSS Price takes effect, as appropriate. Any delivery orders issued after the reduced Federal Ceiling Price or FSS Price takes effect but before the Contracting Officer modifies the contract to incorporate the reduced Contract Unit Price, will be retroactively reduced to the new lower Contract Unit Price (see paragraph I).

If the Contractor fails to notify the Contracting Officer of any Federal Ceiling Price or FSS Price decreases within the timeframe and in the manner stated above, or agreement on any reduction cannot be reached, the Contracting Officer may determine the applicable adjustment and authorize a unilateral price adjustment retroactively applied to all items ordered on or after the effective date of the decrease in the Federal Ceiling Price or FSS Price, as appropriate.

(f) Upward Adjustments.

(1) The Contractor is authorized to submit one request for upward adjustment to the Contract Unit Price each Contract Year (i.e. one adjustment during the Base Year and one adjustment during each Option Year, if the option is exercised by the Government). The request for upward price adjustment must be based upon increases in the Federal Ceiling Price and shall be submitted no later than 15 workdays after the effective date of the new Federal Ceiling Price. The Contractor shall propose a Contract Unit Price taking into consideration the benchmarks in paragraph (f)(2). The request shall be in writing and include the following:

(i) The item number; e.g., 0002.

(ii) The previous Federal Ceiling Price.

(iii) The increased Federal Ceiling Price now in effect.

(iv) The percentage changed from the previous Federal Ceiling Price to the new, higher, Federal Ceiling Price.

(v) The current Contract Unit Price in effect.

(vi) The increased Contract Unit Price now proposed.

(vii) The percentage change from the current Contract Unit Price in effect to the new, proposed, higher Contract Unit Price.

(viii) For any items offered to the Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA) under the FSS, the current FSS price(s) for the same item.

(ix) For any items offered to the DVA under the FSS, the previous FSS price(s) for the same item.

(x) Any other information required by the Contracting Officer.

(2) Upon receipt of the request for a Contract Unit Price increase based upon an increase in the Federal Ceiling Price, the Contracting Officer shall review the information the Contractor is required to submit and verify that the proposed increase is fair and reasonable. The proposed increase will be considered fair and reasonable if it does not exceed whichever is the lower of the following two benchmarks:

(i) The proposed increase in Contract Unit Price on a percentage basis cannot exceed the percentage increase from the previous Federal Ceiling Price to the new, higher, Federal Ceiling Price, i.e., the proposed Contract Unit Price cannot exceed the current Contract Unit Price plus the percentage increase in the Federal Ceiling Price.

(ii) The proposed higher Contract Unit Price shall not exceed the current FSS Price for the same item.

(3) If the proposed higher Contract Unit Price exceeds the lower of the two benchmarks, the Contracting Officer shall determine the proposed price reductions unreasonable and negotiate a price reduction which results in a Contract Unit Price that does not exceed the lower of the two benchmarks. (All negotiated price reductions shall be confirmed in writing and will include the agreed-to price(s)). If the proposed increased Contract Unit Price does not exceed the lower of the two benchmarks, it will be determined fair and reasonable.

Upon approval of the proposed price increases, the Government shall modify the contract to include the increased Contract Unit Price(s). The modification will also show the current Federal Ceiling Price and FSS Price. If the request for price increase is submitted within the required 15-day timeframe (see (f)(1)), the effective date of the increased Contract Unit Price will be on the same day the new Federal Ceiling Price takes effect and this increase shall apply to all orders issued thereafter.

Accordingly, any delivery orders issued after the new Federal Ceiling Price takes effect but before the Contracting Officer modifies the contract to incorporate the increased Contract Unit Price(s), will be retroactively increased to the new higher Contract Unit Price (see paragraph (i)).

If the request for increase is not received within the 15-day timeframe, the Contracting Officer reserves the right not to retroactively adjust any orders issued before an adjusting modification is issued. In this case, the effective date of the increase will be on the same day the adjusting modification takes effect.

(g) If the Contracting Officer at any time has any reason to believe that the Federal Ceiling Price or FSS price has been discontinued, the Contractor shall furnish relevant information as required by the Contracting Officer. If the Contracting Officer determines that a substitute for determining price adjustments is needed, the parties shall promptly agree upon an appropriate substitute method for determining adjustments. The Contract shall be modified to incorporate the substitute and its effective date.

(h) Pricing actions pursuant to paragraph (c) entitled “Changes” of Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.212-4 (including any revisions by addendum thereto) or any other provision of this Contract will be priced as though there were no provisions for Economic Price Adjustment.

(i) Pending the issuance of an adjusting modification revising the Contract Unit Price, payment shall be made at the contract unit prices in effect at the time of order.

(j) Any increased Federal Ceiling Price shall not be used to compute contract unit prices for Delivery Orders issued before the date the increased Federal Ceiling Price takes effect.

(k)(1) Voluntary Price Reductions (VPR): A "special or discount" offered by the Contractor which results in a voluntary price reduction for an item or group of items for a given period of time. The Contractor may offer a VPR at any time. The price reductions resulting from these VPRs will be in addition to any price reductions mandated by this EPA clause. The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer when the VPR takes effect, which items are included, and the length of time the VPR will remain in effect. Once the "special or discount" period expires, prices will revert to the Contract Unit Price(s) in effect at that time.

(2) If the Ceiling Price (or FSS Unit Price) decreases when a VPR is in effect, the VPR will remain in effect until it expires if it is lower than the proposed unit price decrease. If the Contractor requests a Contract Unit Price increase based upon an increased Federal Ceiling Price when a VPR is in effect, the VPR shall remain in effect until it expires. Upon expiration of the VPR, prices will revert to the adjusted contract unit prices, as calculated in accordance with this clause as if no VPR had been in effect.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9053 Economic Price Adjustment (EPA) - Established Market Price – Dehydrated Orange Juice.

As prescribed in 16.203-1(a)(90), 16.203-4-90, and FAR 16.203-1(a)(1), insert the following:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT (EPA) - ESTABLISHED MARKET PRICE – DEHYDRATED ORANGE JUICE (NOV 2011)

(a) Warranties. The Contractor warrants that the unit prices included in the Schedule does not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause.

(b) An established market price is a price that is established in the course of ordinary and usual trade between buyers and sellers free to bargain and that can be substantiated by data from sources independent of the offeror(s); and the net price after applying any standard trade discounts offered by the Contractor. The established market price under this clause may reflect industry-wide and/or geographically based market price fluctuations for commodity groups or specific supplies. The established market price that shall be used for adjustments to contract prices under this clause shall be the price for Frozen Concentrated Orange Juice (FCOJ) as published daily by the New York Board of Trade (NYBoT) in the Daily Market Reports Futures.

(1) The base unit price for the purpose of the adjustment calculations under this clause shall be the arithmetic average of the first three month’s Settle prices published daily within 30 calendar days for FCOJ as published by the NYBoT immediately preceding (i) the closing date for proposals, if no discussions are held, (ii) the due date for final proposal revisions, if discussions are held, or (iii) the opening date, if sealed bidding is used. Settle price as defined in financial dictionaries is an average of the trading prices in the futures market during the last few minutes of trading.

(2) The adjusting unit price shall be the arithmetic average of the of the first three month’s Settle Price published daily within 30 calendar days for FCOJ as published by the NYBoT immediately preceding the date the option is exercised.

(c) With respect to increases or decreases under this clause, no adjustment shall be made to the base term contract unit price(s). One adjustment calculation shall be made annually to determine the unit price(s) applicable to the forthcoming option term (if exercised).

(d) Allowance Factor. For the purpose of price adjustment pursuant to this clause, it shall be conclusively presumed that 1.14 pounds of Frozen Concentrated Orange Juice (FCOJ) solids is needed to produce one can of dehydrated orange juice. This allowance factor remains fixed throughout the life of the contract unless a Government authorized change is made to the contract which affects this allowance.

(e) Adjustments shall be calculated as follows:

Compute the Adjusting Unit Price and the Base Unit Price of each ingredient.

(Adjusting Unit Price – Base Unit Price)/Base Unit Price = Market Price Change (+ or -).

The adjusting unit price and base unit price are based on the three month arithmetic average published by the New York Board of Trade (NYBoT) for Frozen Concentrated Orange Juice (FCOJ) as discussed in paragraphs b(1) and b(2) of this clause.

Adjusting Unit Price – Base Unit Price = Change in Price (+ or -).

The percentage change in price equals the change in price divided by the base unit price i.e. (3022/9000 = 0.3358). This change in market prices is rounded to four decimal places to determine percentage (%) market price change.

(3) Percentage Market Price Change X Price for Allowance Factor = Contract Unit Price Adjustment (+ or -) (Round to two decimal places). This calculation is used to determine upward or downward increases for price adjustments to frozen concentrated orange juice unit prices for the option periods.

(4) The original option unit price(s) for each option will be the sum of the firm fixed price portion and the portion subject to the EPA (as discussed in section (e) above, the portion of the price subject to the EPA is the Allowance Factor). The adjusted unit price(s) for each option shall be determined by increasing or decreasing (as appropriate) the Allowance Factor by the Contract Unit Price Adjustment and adding that to the firm fixed price portion agreed to at the time of award for the option period being adjusted. Price adjustments pursuant to this clause shall be made by contract modification showing the calculations used to derive the adjusted contract unit prices.

(5) The three month average of the base unit price based on published prices by the New York Board of Trade (NYBoT) for Frozen Concentrated Orange Juice (FCOJ) used in this example was 9000.

The following examples assume identical upward or downward adjustments in the price of FCOJ to illustrate the impact on contract unit prices. In the first example of an upward adjustment, the three month adjusting unit price average for Option Year 2 was 12,022. In the second example of a downward adjustment, the three month adjusting unit price was 5,978. The change in price is multiplied times the price for the allowance factor of $1.11 which results in either an upward or downward adjustment of $0.37 in the unit price.

In the actual contract modification the detailed calculation showing the daily prices, monthly average, and average prices for three months would be shown. The price adjustment would be applied to the actual quantities ordered by the Government per the terms of the contract. The minimum and maximum quantities shown below illustrate the potential price impact that would be seen in a contract modification for Option Year 2 depending on whether an upward or downward adjustment was applicable.

(f) Modification: Price adjustments made under this clause shall be effected by contract modification showing the change in contract unit price adjustment and the minimum and maximum price differential for the option year using the methodology shown below.

Calculation for Contract Unit Price Adjustment

 

Upward

Downward

 

Adjustment

Adjustment

Adjusting Unit Price (NYBoT)

12022

5978

Less: Base Unit Price (NYBoT)

9000

9000

Change in Price

3022

(3022)

% Market Price Change

0.3358

(0.3358)

Multiply by the Allowance Factor

$1.11

$1.11

Contract Unit Price Adjustment

$0.37

$(0.37)

Calculation for Upward Adjusted Unit Price for Option Year 2

               

Price

   
   

Original

   

Adjusted

   

Differential

   

Min.

Max.

Unit

Min.

Max.

Unit

Min.

Max.

Unit

Min.

Max.

Qty.

Qty.

Price

Amt.

Amt.

Price

Amt.

Amt.

Price

Amt.

Amt.

10,000

120,0000

$4.75

$47,500

$570,000

$5.12

$51,200

$614,400

$0.37

$3,700

$44,400

Calculation for Downward Adjusted Unit Price for Option Year 2

               

Price

   
   

Original

   

Adjusted

   

Differential

   

Min.

Max.

Unit

Min.

Max.

Unit

Min.

Max.

Unit

Min.

Max.

Qty.

Qty.

Price

Amt.

Amt.

Price

Amt.

Amt.

Price

Amt.

Amt.

10,000

120,0000

$4.75

$47,500

$570,000

$4.38

$43,800

$525,600

($0.37)

($3,700)

($44,400)

                   

Legend: Min. = Minimum; Qty. = Quantity; Max. = Maximum; Amt. = Amount.

(g) Payments: Payment for an adjustment under this clause shall be at the current contract price until an adjustment modification has been effected. The Government shall pay the Contractor, upon the submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the unit price stipulated in the contract modification for the applicable option period. The Contractor also represents by submitting its final invoice that the total amount billed under this contract reflects all increases or decreases required or authorized by this clause.

(h) Any pricing actions pursuant to the CHANGES clause or other provisions of the contract will be priced as though there were no provisions for economic price adjustment.

(i) No adjustment will be made under this clause unless the total change in the contract amount is $500.00 or more.

(j) Upward ceiling on economic price adjustment: The aggregate of the increases in any contract unit price shall not exceed 10% per year of the original option unit prices agreed to at time of award. There is no percentage limit on downward adjustments under this clause.

(k) Revision of market price indicator: In the event that (i) any applicable market price indicator is discontinued or its method of derivation is altered substantially or; (ii) the Contracting Officer determines that the market price indicator consistently and substantially fails to reflect market conditions, -- the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate and comparable substitute and the contract shall be modified to reflect such substitute effective on the date the indicator was discontinued, altered, or began to consistently and substantially fail to reflect market conditions

(l) Disputes: If the parties fail to agree on an appropriate substitute market price indicator, or implementation of other matters addressed by this EPA clause then the matter shall be resolved in accordance with the DISPUTES clause of the contract.

(m) Examination of records. The Contractor agrees that the Contracting Officer or designated representative shall have the right to examine the Contractor’s books, records, documents, or other data the Contracting Officer deems necessary to verify Contractor adherence to the provisions of the clause.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9054 ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT - POLYMERIC TRAYPACK RATION

The clause at 52.216-9054 may be used in solicitations and contracts for polymeric traypack rations. The Contracting Officer may add additional components based upon customer requirements within paragraph (b) of the clause. Prior to incorporation of any additional component(s) into a solicitation or contract, the Contracting Officer shall provide the requested new components along with supporting documentation to the cost/price office for review and approval. DLA Troop Support will keep track of any items added and/or those that should be deleted from the clause and report to DLA HQ, Attention: J73 every two years for review and updating of the clause as necessary.

As prescribed in FAR 16.203-1(a)(1), Defense Logistics Acquisition Directive (DLAD) 16.203-1(a)(90) and 16.203-4(90) insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT - POLYMERIC TRAYPACK RATION (SEP 2015)

(a) Warranties. For the portion of the schedule that is covered by this EPA clause, the Contractor warrants that the unit prices included in the Schedule do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause.

(b) The base unit prices for the purpose of the adjustment calculations under this clause shall be the arithmetic average of the weekly or monthly prices of each applicable economic indicator only (e.g. an average of beef indices for beef products, an average of poultry indices for poultry products, etc.) for the period specified under the “Adjusted (ADJ.) Unit Price” below immediately preceding either the solicitation closing date for proposals (if no discussions are held), the due date for final proposal revisions (if discussions are held) or the solicitation opening date (if sealed bidding is used).

TRAY PACK ITEM

EPA FACTOR

ECONOMIC

INDICATOR

PUBLICATION / PUBLISHER

PUBLISHED

BASE UNIT PRICE

ADJ. UNIT PRICE

             

Beef, ground,

Creamed

Beef

Boneless process

Beef, trimmings,

Weighted Average, 85%, BPN U24

Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / USDA

Weekly

52 week period

52 week period

             

Turkey Cutlets

In gravy

Turkey

Breasts, B/S, TOM, National Young Turkey Parts & Bulk Meat, Weighted Average Price

USDA Turkey Market News Report (Monday Edition) / USDA

Weekly

52-week period

52 week period

             

Ham Slices

Potatoes w/cheese

& ham

Ham

Ham bone-in, trimmed, 23-27#m spec 1, BPN U62

Weekly National Carlot Meat Report USDA

Weekly

52-week period

52 week period

             

Pork diced in sweet & sour

Pork

Picnics, fresh,

Smkr trm,RS,

Combo, weighted average, BPN U50

Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / USDA

Weekly

52-week period

52 week period

             

Chili Macaroni w/beef, corn and beans

Beef

Boneless process

Beef, trimmings,

Weighted average 85%

BPN U24

Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / USDA

Weekly

52-week period

52 week period

             

Corned Beef hash

Beef

IMPS 167A, round, knuckle, trimmed, Weighted Average, BPNU12

Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / USDA

Weekly

52-week period

52 week period

             

Turkey Sausage Links

Turkey

Breasts, B/S, TOM, National Young Turkey Parts & Bulk Meat, Weighted Average Price

USDA Turkey Market News Report (Monday Edition) / USDA

Weekly

52-week period

52 week period

             

Meatballs in gravy

Beef

Boneless process

Beef, trimmings,

Weighted Average 85%, BPN U24

Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / USDA

Weekly

52-week period

52 week period

             

Spaghetti w/meatballs

Beef

Boneless process

Beef, trimmings,

Weighted Average 85%, BPN U24

Weekly National

Carlot Meat Report / USDA

Weekly

52-week period

52 week period

             

Chicken breasts In gravy

Chicken Breast

Breasts – B/S, Georgia FOB Dock Prices.

USDA Broiler Market News Report (Monday Edition) / USDA

Weekly

52-week period

52 week period

             

Chicken breast in lemon pepper sauce

Chicken Breast

Breasts – B/S, Georgia FOB Dock Prices.

USDA Broiler Market News Report (Monday Edition) / USDA

Weekly

52-week period

52 week period

             

Chicken, Buffalo Style in spicy sauce

Chicken

Heavy Type Hens, S.E. Heavy Live Hen Report, At Farm Buyer Loading, Weighted Average

USDA Broiler Market News Report (Monday Edition) / USDA

Weekly

52-week period

52 week period

             

Stuffing w/sausage

Pork

Picnics, fresh,

Smkr trm,RS,

Combo, Weighted Average, BPN U50

Weekly National Carlot Meat Report /USDA

Weekly

52-week period

52 week period

             

Pork sausage

Links

Pork

Picnics, fresh,

Smkr trm,RS, Weighted Average,

Combo, BPN U50

Weekly National Carlot Meat Report /USDA

Weekly

52-week period

52 week period

             

Pork ribs in BBQ Sauce

Pork

Picnic cushion

Meat, combo 92%, fresh or frozen,

BPN U50

Weekly National Carlot Meat Report /USDA

Weekly

52-week period

52 week period

             

Pork sausage in Cream gravy

Pork

Picnics, fresh,

Smkr trm,RS,

Combo, Weighted Average,

BPN U50

Weekly National Carlot Meat Report /USDA

Weekly

52-week period

52 week period

             

Pasta w/ground hot Italian sausage

Pork

Picnics, fresh,

Smkr trm,RS,

Combo, Weighted Average, BPN U50

Weekly National Carlot Meat Report /USDA

Weekly

52-week period

52 week period

             

Beef taco filling

Beef

IMPS 167A round knuckle, trimmed, Weighted Average, BPN U12

Weekly National Carlot Meat Report /USDA

Weekly

52-week period

52 week period

             

Blueberry dessert

Blueberries

Frozen, 30 lb f.o.b. Michigan

The Food Institute

Report Monthly Price Range / USDA

Monthly

12 month period

12 month period

             

Beef Burgundy

Beef

IMPS 167A round knuckle, trimmed, Weighted Average, BPN U12

Weekly National Carlot Meat Report /USDA

Weekly

52-week period

52 week period

             

Chicken in Szechwan Style Sauce

Chicken Breast

Breasts –B/S, Georgia FOB Dock Prices.

USDA Broiler Market News Report (Monday Edition) / USDA

Weekly

52-week period

52 week period

             

Polypro-pylene (PP) Resin

PP Resin

Polypropylene

Large Buyer

Contract Price

Chemical Data/ Monthly Petrochemical & Plastics Analysis

Monthly

12 month period

12 month period

             

Linerboard

Linerboard

Linerboard (42-lb) Unbleached kraft, East

PPI Pulp & Paper Week

Monthly

Semi-annual

Semi-annual

In addition to the components shown above, the following are also included:

TRAY PACK ITEM

EPA FACTOR

ECONOMIC

INDICATOR

PUBLICATION / PUBLISHER

PUBLISHED

BASE UNIT PRICE

ADJ. UNIT PRICE

(To be completed as required)

(c) The adjusting unit prices shall be the arithmetic average of the weekly or monthly prices of each applicable economic indicator only for the period specified under the Adjusting Unit Price column shown in paragraph (b) immediately preceding the effective date the option term is exercised.

(d) An established market price is a price that is established in the course of ordinary and usual trade between buyers and sellers free to bargain and that can be substantiated by data from sources independent of the offeror(s); and the net price after applying any standard trade discounts offered by the Contractor. The established market price under this clause may reflect industry-wide and/or geographically based market price fluctuations for commodity groups or specific supplies. The established market price that shall be used for the EPA factors subject to price adjustments under this clause, and the economic indicators and publications to be used are listed in paragraph (b) of this clause.

(1) The base unit prices for the purpose of the adjustment calculations under this clause shall be the arithmetic average of the weekly or monthly prices of each applicable economic indicator only for the period specified under the Base Unit Price column in paragraph (b) immediately preceding (i) the closing date for proposals, if no discussions are held, (ii) the due date for final proposal revisions, if discussions are held, or (iii) the opening date, if sealed bidding is used.

(2) The adjusting unit prices shall be the arithmetic average of the weekly or monthly prices of each applicable economic indicator for the period specified under the Adjusting Unit Price column in paragraph (b) immediately preceding the effective date the option term is exercised, except for linerboard which shall require one additional adjustment six months after each option term is exercised.

(e) With respect to increases or decreases under this clause, no adjustment shall be made to the base term contract unit prices. One adjustment calculation shall be made annually to determine the unit prices applicable to the forthcoming option term (if exercised), except linerboard which will be adjusted on a semi-annual basis.

(f) ALLOWANCE FACTOR: For the purpose of price adjustment pursuant to this clause, it shall be conclusively presumed that the amount shown under “Portion Subject to EPA” represents the cost of each item that is subject to adjustment. The portion subject to EPA refers to the element of cost for each item that is outside the control of the vendor and in “Schedule B” the offerors will be required to fill in this amount. This is the only portion of the cost that will be subject to the EPA provision. The EPA provisions based on changes in market prices for product material costs such as beef, turkey, ham, pork, chicken, and blueberries are subject to the EPA, because there is serious doubt concerning the stability of market conditions. The balance of product costs for items such as labor, overhead, General and Administrative (G&A), transportation, and profit, are those contingencies that can be included in the contract price and can be identified and covered separately through firm-fixed-price. This allowance factor remains fixed throughout the life of the contract unless a Government authorized change is made to the contract which affects this allowance.

(1) The United States Army Research, Development and Engineering Command (RDECOM) Natick Soldier Center (NSC) who prepares the specifications has moved from Military Specifications to Performance Requirements. The Government no longer states the specific amount of meat, potatoes, gravy, etc. that goes into a tray pack item, only an overall amount with a protein and carbohydrate requirement. Meeting the protein requirement indicates that the Contractor has put in sufficient meat quantities in the tray/pouch to satisfy the requirement. Different Contractors will put in differing quantities of beef, turkey, ham, pork, chicken breast, etc. to meet the protein performance requirements. This is why specific weights or quantities cannot be specified in advance in this EPA as would be used in a Military Specification and the cost for the items subject to adjustment will be entered by the Contractor in Section B. The Government performs oversight to ensure that the performance requirements are met or exceeded.

(g) Adjustments shall be calculated as follows: (Round to four decimal places)

(1) Compute the Adjusting Unit Price and the Base Unit Price.

(2) (Adjusting Unit Price – Base Unit Price)/Base Unit Price = Market Price Change (+ or -).

(3) Market Price Change X Allowance Factor = Price Adjustment (+ or -).

(4) Determine the Contract Unit Price Adjustment by computing the sum total of the price Adjustment of all items subject to EPA.

(5) The original option unit price(s) for each option will be the sum of the firm fixed price portion and the portion subject to the EPA (as discussed in section (f) above, the portion of the price subject to the EPA is the Allowance Factor). The adjusted unit price(s) for each option shall be determined by increasing or decreasing (as appropriate) the EPA Allowance Factor by the Contract Unit Price Adjustment and adding that to the firm fixed price portion agreed to at the time of award for the option period being adjusted.

(h) Price adjustments pursuant to this clause shall be made by contract modification showing the calculations used to derive the adjusted contract unit price.

(i) Payments: Payment for an adjustment under this clause shall be at the current contract price until an adjustment modification has been effected. The Government shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers the unit price stipulated in the contract modification for the applicable option period. The Contractor also represents by submitting its final invoice that the total amount billed under this contract reflects all increases or decreases required or authorized by this clause.

(j) Any pricing actions pursuant to the “CHANGES” clause or other provisions of the contract will be priced as though there were no provisions for economic price adjustment.

(k) No adjustment will be made under this clause unless the total change in the contract amount is $500.00 or more.

(l) Upward ceiling on economic price adjustment: The total increase in any contract unit price shall not exceed 10% per year of the original option unit prices agreed to at time of award. There is no percentage limit on downward adjustments under this clause.

(m) Revision of market price indicator: In the event that (i) any applicable market price indicator is discontinued or its method of derivation is altered substantially; or (ii) the Contracting Officer determines that a particular market price indicator consistently and substantially fails to reflect market conditions, -- the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate and comparable substitute and the contract shall be modified to reflect such substitute effective on the date the indicator was discontinued, altered, or began to consistently and substantially fail to reflect market conditions.

(n) Disputes: If the parties fail to agree on an appropriate substitute market price indicator or implementation of other matters addressed by this EPA clause then the matter shall be resolved in accordance with the Disputes clause of the contract.

(o) Authority to add additional traypack items to Polymeric Traypack Ration EPA clause. Paragraph (b) of this clause identifies 23 unique components contained in the polymeric traypack ration. These components are selected based on historical data and may not be included in every polymeric traypack ration. Refer elsewhere in the solicitation/contract for listing of the exact component makeup. Due to customer requirements, the Contracting Officer may add additional components to the polymeric traypack ration. The Contracting Officer will show within paragraph (b) the additional components(s).

(p) Examination of records: The Contractor agrees that the Contracting Officer or designated representative shall have the right to examine the Contractor’s books, records, documents, or other data the Contracting Officer deems necessary to verify Contractor adherence to the provisions of the clause.

(q) In the event any applicable market price indicator is not published for any week(s), that week will not be included in calculating the base unit price or the adjusting unit price as applicable. For instance, if within a 52 week period an indicator is not published 4 times, the average of the 48 published prices only will be calculated. When a range of prices is provided, for the purposes of the calculations the arithmetic average of the high and low number will be calculated to determine the indicator for that period.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9058 Economic Price Adjustment (EPA) – Established Market Price – Wool Cloth .

As prescribed in 16.203-4-90 (l)(1) and FAR 16.203-1(a)(1), insert the following provision:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT (EPA) - ESTABLISHED MARKET PRICE – WOOL CLOTH (SEP 2015)

(a) Warranties. For the portion of the schedule that is covered by this EPA clause, the Contractor warrants that the unit prices included in the Schedule do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause.

(b) An established market price is a price that is established in the course of ordinary and usual trade between buyers and sellers free to bargain and that can be substantiated by data from sources independent of the offeror(s); and the net price after applying any standard trade discounts offered by the Contractor. The established market price shall be used for adjustment(s) to contract price(s) under this clause. The established market price shall be the average price for [buyer Fill in with grade of wool] Australian Wool, clean delivered price in United States (U.S) Dollars, published during a specified period by the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), in the "USDA Weekly National Lamb Market Summary (WNLMS)”.

(1) Base unit price. The base unit price for the purpose of calculating the adjustment(s) under this clause shall be the arithmetic average price for Australian wool clean delivered [buyer fill-in] published during the latest four week period immediately preceding the closing date for proposals (if no discussions are held), the due date of final proposal revision (if discussions are held), or the solicitation opening date (if sealed bidding is used.)

(2) Adjusting unit price. The adjusting unit price shall be the arithmetic average price for Australian wool clean delivered [buyer fill in with grade of wool] buyer fill-in grade of wool] published during the four week period immediately preceding the effective date the option term is exercised.

(c) With respect to increases or decreases under this clause, no adjustment shall be made to the base term contract unit prices. One adjustment calculation shall be made annually to determine the unit price applicable to the forthcoming option term (if exercised).

(d) Allowance factor: For the purpose of the price adjustment pursuant to this clause, it shall be conclusively presumed that [Fill in with pounds of wool/yard] will be required to produce one linear yard of finished cloth. This allowance factor remains fixed throughout the life of the contract unless a Government authorized change is made to the contract which affects this allowance. The price adjustment under this EPA clause shall apply only to the cost of wool and shall not apply to any other direct or indirect cost or profit.

(e) Adjustments shall be calculated as follows: (Round to four decimal places).

(1) compute the adjusting unit price and the base unit price.

(2) (Adjusting unit price – base price = market price change (+ or -).

(3) Market price change x allowance factor = contract unit price adjustment, (+/-).

(4) The adjusted unit price(s) for each option period exercised shall be determined by increasing or decreasing (as appropriate) the original option unit price(s) by the contract unit price adjustment. The original option unit prices are those unit prices agreed to at time of award for the option (i.e.; 1, 2, 3, or 4) being adjusted.

The following example is provided:

Example of adjustment calculation

Base unit price calculation

Final proposal revision due date:  24 October 2006

The average mean of the prices for 22 micron, United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) grade 64’s Australian wool, clean delivered price in United States (U.S.) Dollars published during the 4 week period immediately preceding the due date for Final Proposal Revisions will be used to calculate the base unit price for the wool component as follows (i.e.; the four weeks immediately preceding the due date for final proposal revisions covers the 28 day period 26 September 2006 – 23 October 2006):

Base unit price calculation

USDA Weekly National Lamb Market Summary: USDA Grade 64’s (22 Micron) Australian wool clean, delivered price in U.S. dollars

Date

Price in $ (64’s) (22 Micron)

20 October 2006

2.6100

13 October 2006

2.4900

06 October 2006

2.4500

29 September 2006

Total Four Weeks

2.4900

10.0400

Total /4 = Average mean price

2.5100

Note:  For some four week periods, the USDA may publish fewer than 4 issues of the summary due to events such as Federal Holidays. In all such cases, only those issues published for the relevant four week period will be used in calculations.

Base award date: 18 December 2006

Adjusting unit price calculation

Option Number 1 exercised: 12 September 2007

The average mean of the prices for clean delivered 64’s (22 Micron) Australian Wool in US Dollars published during the four week period immediately preceding the effective date of option invocation will be used to calculate the adjusting unit price (11 September 2007 – 15 August 2007):

Date

Price in $ 64’s) (22 Micron)

07 Sep 2007

3.6100

31 Aug 2007

3.4700

24 Aug 2007

3.5800

17 Aug 2007

3.6900

Total Four Weeks

Total /4 = Average Mean Price

14.3500

3.5875

1. Calculate the Base and Adjusting Unit Price (U/P): From above, Base U/P = $2.5100

and Adjusting Unit Price = $3.5875  (Round to 4 decimal places)

2. Calculate Market Price Change (+/-):  Adjusting U/P – Base U/P = $3.5875 - $2.5100 = $1.0775. (Round to 4 decimal places). 

3. Calculate Contract Unit Price Adjustment (+/-):  Market Price Change x Allowance Factor

$1.0775/pound x 0.2714 pound/yard = $0.2924/yard

Net Adjustment Per linear yard = $0.29 (Round to nearest cent).

4. Calculate adjusted U/P for Option No 1 (+/-):  Original Option No 1 U/P (+/-) contract U/P adjustment. (Option Number 1 original option price = $10.05) $10.05 + $0.29 = $10.34.

Note: The above is a hypothetical example of an upward adjustment in the Option No 1 unit price.  The dates used above are not representative of those dates anticipated to be experienced during actual contract performance.

(f) Price adjustments pursuant to this clause shall be made by contract modification showing the calculations used to derive the adjusted contract unit prices.

(g) Payments: Payment for an adjustment under this clause shall be at the current contract price until an adjustment modification has been effected. The Government shall pay the Contractor, upon the submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the unit price stipulated in the contract modification for the applicable option period. The Contractor also represent by submitting its final invoice that the total amount billed under this contract reflects all increases or decreases required or authorized by this clause.

(h) Any pricing actions pursuant to the “CHANGES” clause or other provisions of the contract will be priced as though there were no provision for economic price adjustment.

(i) No adjustment will be made under this clause unless the total change in the contract amount is $500.00 or more.

(j) Upward ceiling on economic price adjustment: The total increase in any contract unit price shall not exceed 10% per year of the original option unit prices agreed to at time of award. There is no percentage limit on downward adjustment under this clause.

(k) Revision of market price indicator: In the event that (i) any applicable market price indicator is discontinued or its method of derivation is altered substantially or; (ii) the Contracting Officer determines that the market price indicator consistently and substantially fails to reflect market conditions, -- the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate and comparable substitute and the contract shall be modified to reflect such substitute effective on the date the indicator was discontinued, altered, or began to consistently and substantially fail to reflect market conditions

(l) Disputes: If the parties fail to agree on an appropriate substitute market price indicator, or implementation of other matters addressed by this EPA clause then the matter shall be resolved in accordance with the Disputes clause of the contract.

(m) Examination of records: The Contractor agrees that the Contracting Officer or designated representative shall have the right to examine the Contractor’s books, records, documents, or other data the Contracting Officer deems necessary to verify Contractor adherence to the provisions of the clause.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9059 Economic Price Adjustment - Meal Cold Weather/Long Range Patrol (MCW/LRP)

As prescribed at 16.203-4-90(l)(4) and FAR 16.203(a)(1), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT (EPA) - MEAL COLD WEATHER/LONG RANGE PATROL (MCW/LRP) (SEP 2015)

(a) Warranties: For the portion of the schedule that is covered by this EPA clause, the Contractor warrants that the unit prices included in the Schedule does not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause.

(b) The base unit prices for the purpose of the adjustment calculations under this clause shall be the arithmetic average of the weekly or monthly prices of each applicable economic indicator only (e.g. an average of beef indices for beef products, an average of poultry indices for poultry products, etc.) for the period specified under the “Base Unit Price” below immediately preceding either the solicitation closing date for proposals (if no discussions are held), the due date for final proposal revisions (if discussions are held) or the solicitation opening date (if sealed bidding is used).

ITEM

MENU

EPA

FACTOR/

COMPONENT

ECONOMIC

INDICATOR

PUBLISHER / PUBLICATION / FREQUENCY PUBLISHED

BASE UNIT PRICE

ADJ. UNIT PRICE

             

Chicken

#1

Spicy Oriental Chicken w/ Rice

Breasts, B/S, Georgia, FOB Dock, Wtd. Avg. Price

USDA / USDA Broiler Market News Report / 3 X Per Wk

52 Week period

52 Week period

 

#5

Chicken & Rice

Breasts, B/S, Georgia, FOB Dock, Wtd. Avg. Price

USDA / USDA Broiler Market News Report / 3 X Per Wk

52 Week period

52 Week period

 

#9

Rice and Chicken, Mexican

Breasts, B/S, Georgia, FOB Dock, Wtd. Avg. Price

USDA / USDA Broiler Market News Report / 3 X Per Wk

52 Week period

52 Week period

 

#3

Soup, Noodle, Ramen, Instant, Fried Noodle, Cup

Flour, hard winter Kansas City cwt

WSJ / WSJ Commodity Cash Prices / Daily

52 Week period

52 Week period

             

Beef

#2

Beef Stroganoff w/ Noodles

IMPS 167A Round, Knuckle, Trimmed, Wtd, Avg. (BPN U-12)

USDA / Weekly Nation Carlot Meat Report / Weekly

52 Week period

52 Week period

 

#3

Chili Macaroni

Boneless Processing Beef/Beef Trimmings, FOB National, Wtd. Avg. 85% fr (BPN U-24)

USDA / Weekly Nation Carlot Meat Report / Weekly

52 Week period

52 Week period

 

#7

Beef Stew

IMPS 167A Round, Knuckle, Trimmed, Wtd, Avg. (BPN U-12)

USDA / Weekly Nation Carlot Meat Report / Weekly

52 Week period

52 Week period

 

#8

Spaghetti w/ Meat Sauce

Flour, hard winter Kansas City cwt

WSJ / WSJ Commodity Cash Prices / Daily

52 Week period

52 Week period

 

#3

Soup, Noodle, Ramen, Instant, Fried Noodle, Cup

Flour, hard winter Kansas City cwt

WSJ / WSJ Commodity Cash Prices / Daily

52 Week period

52 Week period

             

Pork

#10

Scrambled Eggs w/ cheese, Western style (type III- Ham dices)

National Liquid, Whole, Wtd. Avg

USDA / USDA Egg Market News / 2 X Per Wk

52 Week period

52 Week period

 

#11

Scrambled Eggs w/ Bacon (type II-Bacon pieces)

National Liquid, Whole, Wtd. Avg

USDA / USDA Egg Market News / 2 X Per Wk

52 Week period

52 Week period

 

#12

Scrambled Eggs w/ cheese, Western style (type III- Ham dices)

National Liquid, Whole, Wtd. Avg

USDA / USDA Egg Market News / 2 X Per Wk

52 Week period

52 Week period

             

Turkey

#4

Turkey Tetrazzini

Turkey Breasts, B/S, Tom

USDA / USDA Turkey Market News Report / 3 X Per Wk

52 Week period

52 Week period

             

Eggs

#10

Scrambled Eggs w/ cheese, Western style

National Liquid, Whole, Wtd. Avg

USDA / USDA Egg Market News / 2 X Per Wk

52 Week period

52 Week period

 

#11

Scrambled Eggs w/ Bacon

National Liquid, Whole, Wtd. Avg

USDA / USDA Egg Market News / 2 X Per Wk

52 Week period

52 Week period

 

#12

Scrambled Eggs w/ cheese, Western style

National Liquid, Whole, Wtd. Avg

USDA / USDA Egg Market News / 2 X Per Wk

52 Week period

52 Week period

             

Cheese

#3

Cheese spread

Cheese Average Price Per Pound (Class III)

USDA / Federal Milk Order Price Announcements / Monthly

12 Month period

12 Month period

 

#4

Cheese spread

Cheese Average Price Per Pound (Class III)

USDA / USDA Federal Milk Order Price Announcements / Monthly

12 Months period

12 Month period

 

#10

Scrambled Eggs w/ cheese, Western style

National Liquid, Whole, Wtd. Avg

USDA / USDA Egg Market News / 2 X Per Wk

52 Week period

52 Week period

 

#12

Scrambled Eggs w/ cheese, Western style

National Liquid, Whole, Wtd. Avg

USDA / USDA Egg Market News / 2 X Per Wk

52 Week period

52 Week period

             

Non-Fat Dry Milk Powder

#1 & #12

Dairy shake

Base Skim Milk

Price for Class I time 0.965 plus Advanced Butterfat Pricing Factor times 3.5

USDA / USDA, AMS, Dairy Programs / Monthly

12 Month period

12 Month period

 

#10

Cocoa beverage powder

Cocoa, Ivory Coast, $ per metric ton

WSJ / WSJ Commodity Cash Prices / Daily

52 Week period

52 Week period

 

#11

Cocoa beverage powder

Cocoa, Ivory Coast, $ per metric ton

WSJ / WSJ Commodity Cash Prices / Daily

52 Week period

52 Week period

 

#2

Chocolate Sports Bar

Cocoa, Ivory Coast, $ per metric ton

WSJ / WSJ Commodity Cash Prices / Daily

52 Week period

52 Week period

             
 

All Accessory Packets

Non-Dairy Creamer

Soybean oil, crude; Central Illinois lb.

WSJ / WSJ Commodity Cash Prices / Daily

52 Week period

52 Week period

             

Peanut Butter / Peanuts

#3

Chocolate Peanut Pan Coated Disks

Virginia Peanuts Average Price per pound

USDA / National Agriculture Statistical Studies (NASS) Peanut Prices / Weekly

52 Week period

52 Week period

 

#2 & #6

Nut & Fruit Mix

Virginia Peanuts Average Price per pound

USDA / National Agriculture Statistical Studies (NASS) Peanut Prices / Weekly

52 Week period

52 Week period

 

#8

Chocolate Peanut Spread

Virginia Peanuts Average Price per pound

USDA / National Agriculture Statistical Studies (NASS) Peanut Prices / Weekly

52 Week period

52 Week period

Packaging Materials

Linerboard

Linerboard (42-lb) Unbleached Kraft, East, Sh. Ton, Semi-Annual

Miller Freeman, Inc. / Pulp & Paper Week / Weekly/Prices are Published Monthly

Semi-annual

Semi-annual

Packaging Materials

 

Resins

LDPE Resins, Large Buyer Price Film Liner Grade

Chemical Data / Monthly Petrochemical & Plastic Analysis / Monthly

12 month period

12 month period

In addition to the components shown above, the following are also included

ITEM

MENU

EPA

FACTOR/

COMPONENT

ECONOMIC

INDICATOR

PUBLISHER / PUBLICATION / FREQUENCY PUBLISHED

BASE UNIT PRICE

ADJ. UNIT PRICE

(To be completed as required)

(c) The adjusting unit prices shall be the arithmetic average of the weekly or monthly prices of each applicable economic indicator only for the period specified under the “Adjusting Unit Price” column shown in paragraph (b) immediately preceding the effective date the option term is exercised.

(d) An established market price is a price that is established in the course of ordinary and usual trade between buyers and sellers free to bargain and that can be substantiated by data from sources independent of the offeror(s); and the net price after applying any standard trade discounts offered by the Contractor. The established market price under this clause may reflect industry-wide and/or geographically based market price fluctuations for commodity groups or specific supplies. The established market price that shall be used for the EPA factors subject to price adjustments under this clause, and the economic indicators and publications to be used are listed in paragraph (b) of this clause.

(1) The base unit prices for the purpose of the adjustment calculations under this clause shall be the arithmetic average of the weekly or monthly prices of each applicable economic indicator only for the period specified under the “Base Unit Price” column in paragraph (b) immediately preceding (i) the closing date for proposals, if no discussions are held, (ii) the due date for final proposal revisions, if discussions are held, or (iii) the opening date, if sealed bidding is used.

(2) The adjusting unit prices shall be the arithmetic average of the weekly or monthly prices of each applicable economic indicator for the period specified under the Adjusting Unit Price column in paragraph (b) immediately preceding the effective date the option term is exercised, except for linerboard which shall require one additional adjustment six months after each option term is exercised.

(e) With respect to increases or decreases under this clause, no adjustment shall be made to the base term contract unit prices. One adjustment calculation shall be made annually to determine the unit prices applicable to the forthcoming option term (if exercised), except linerboard which will be adjusted on a semi-annual basis.

(f) EPA allowance factor: For the purpose of price adjustment pursuant to this clause, it shall be conclusively presumed that the amount shown under “Portion Subject to EPA” represents the cost of each item that is subject to adjustment. The portion subject to EPA refers to the element of cost for each item that is outside the control of the vendor and in “Schedule B” the offerors will be required to fill in this amount. This is the only portion of the cost that will be subject to the EPA provision. The EPA provisions based on changes in market prices for product material costs such as chicken, beef, turkey, eggs, cheese, dry milk powder, and peanuts are subject to the EPA, because there is serious doubt concerning the stability of market conditions. The balance of product costs for items such as labor, overhead, General and Administrative (G&A), transportation, and profit are those contingencies that can be included in the contract price and can be identified and covered separately through firm fixed prices. The EPA allowance factor remains fixed throughout the life of the contract unless a Government authorized change is made to the contract which affects this allowance.

(g) Performance requirement: The United States Army Research, Development and Engineering Command (RDECOM) Natick Soldier Center (NSC) who prepares the specifications has moved from Military Specifications to Performance Requirements. The Government no longer states the specific amount of product (meat, flour, cheese, eggs, etc.) that goes into a Meal Cold Weather/Long Range Patrol (MCW/LRP), only an overall amount with a protein and carbohydrate requirement. Meeting the protein requirement indicates that the Contractor has put in sufficient (meat) quantities in the MCW/LRP to satisfy the requirement. (Different Contractors will put in differing quantities of chicken, beef, turkey, eggs, cheese, etc. to meet the protein performance requirements). This is why specific weights or quantities cannot be specified in advance in this EPA as would be used in a military specification and the cost for the items subject to adjustment will be entered by the Contractor in Section B. The Government performs oversight to ensure that the performance requirements are met or exceeded.

(h) Adjustments shall be calculated as follows: (Round to four decimal places)

(1) Compute the adjusting unit price and the base unit price.

(2) (Adjusting unit price – base unit price)/base unit price = market price change (+ or -).

(3) Market price change x allowance factor = contract unit price adjustment (+ or -) for each item subject to EPA adjustment.

(4) The original option unit price(s) for each option will be the sum of the firm fixed price portion and the portion subject to the EPA (Allowance Factor). The adjusted unit price(s) for each option shall be determined by increasing or decreasing (as appropriate) the allowance factor by the contract unit price adjustment and adding that to the firm fixed price portion agreed to at the time of award for the option period being adjusted.

(5) Determine the contract price adjustment by computing the sum total of the price adjustment of all items subject to EPA.

(i) Price adjustments pursuant to this clause shall be made by contract modification showing the calculations used to derive the adjusted contract unit price.

(j) Payments: Payment for items pending adjustment under this clause shall be at the existing unadjusted current unit price until an adjustment modification has been issued. Following issuance of an adjusting contract modification, the Government shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the adjusted price stated in the contract modification for the applicable option period. The Contractor represents by submitting its final invoice that the total amount billed under this contract reflects all increases or decreases required or authorized by this clause.

(k) Any pricing actions pursuant to the “Changes” clause or other provisions of the contract will be priced as though there were no provisions for economic price adjustment.

(l) No adjustment will be made under this clause unless the total change in the contract amount is $500.00 or more.

(m) Upward ceiling on economic price adjustment: The total increase in any contract unit price shall not exceed 10% per annum of the original option unit prices agreed to at time of award. There is no percentage limit on downward adjustments under this clause.

(n) Revision of market price indicator: In the event (i) any applicable market price indicator is discontinued or its method of derivation is altered substantially or (ii) the Contracting Officer determines that a particular market price indicator consistently and substantially no longer reflects market conditions, the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate and comparable substitute and the contract shall be modified to reflect such substitute effective on the date the indicator was discontinued, altered, or began to consistently and substantially fail to reflect market conditions.

(o) Disputes: If the parties fail to agree on an appropriate substitute market price indicator or implementation of other matters addressed by this EPA clause then the matter shall be resolved in accordance with the Disputes clause of the contract.

(p) Authority to add additional items to this clause: Paragraph (b) of this clause identifies 30 unique components contained in the MCW/LRP. These components are selected based on historical data and may not be included in every ration. Refer elsewhere in the solicitation/contract for listing of the exact component makeup. Due to customer requirements, the Contracting Officer may add additional components to the ration. The Contracting Officer will show within paragraph (b) the additional components(s).

(q) Examination of records: The Contractor agrees that the Contracting Officer or designated representative shall have the right to examine the Contractor’s books, records, documents, or other data the Contracting Officer deems necessary to verify Contractor adherence to the provisions of the clause.

(r) In the event any applicable market price indicator is not published for any week(s), that week will not be included in calculating the base unit price or the adjusting unit price as applicable. For instance, if within a 52 week period an indicator is not published 4 times, the average of the 48 published prices only will be calculated. When a range of prices is provided, for the purposes of the calculations the arithmetic average of the high and low number will be calculated to determine the indicator for that period.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9060 Economic Price Adjustment - Meal Ready To Eat (MRE) Assembly.

As prescribed at 16.203-4-90(l)(6) and FAR 16.203(a)(1), insert the following clause.

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT (EPA) – MEAL READY TO EAT (MRE) ASSEMBLY

(SEP 2015)

(a) Warranties: For the portion of the schedule that is covered by this EPA clause, the Contractor warrants that the unit prices included in the Schedule do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause.

(b) The base unit prices for the purpose of the adjustment calculations under this clause shall be the arithmetic average of the weekly or monthly prices of each applicable economic indicator only (e.g. an average of beef indices for beef products, an average of poultry indices for poultry products, etc.) for the period specified under the “Base Unit Price” below immediately preceding either the solicitation closing date for proposals (if no discussions are held), the due date for final proposal revisions (if discussions are held) or the solicitation opening date (if sealed bidding is used).

ITEM

ECONOMIC INDICATOR

PUBLISHER / PUBLICATION / FREQUENCY PUBLISHED

BASE UNIT PRICE

ADJ.

UNIT PRICE

Beef Brisket

Boneless Processing Beef/Beef Trimmings, FOB National, Wtd. Avg. 85% fr (BPN U-24)

USDA / Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / Weekly

52-week period

52-week period

         

Beef Patty

Boneless Processing Beef/Beef Trimmings, FOB National, Wtd. Avg. 85% fr (BPN U-24)

USDA / Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / Weekly

52-week period

52-week period

         

Beef Ravioli

Boneless Processing Beef/Beef Trimmings, FOB National, Wtd. Avg. 85% fr (BPN U-24)

USDA / Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / Weekly

52-week period

52-week period

         

Beef Stew

IMPS 167A

Round, Knuckle, Trimmed, Wtd. Avg. (BPN U-12)

USDA / Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / Weekly

52-week period

52-week period

         

Southwest Beef and Black Beans

IMPS 167A Round, Knuckle, Trimmed, Wtd. Avg. (BPN U-12)

USDA / Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / Weekly

52-week period

52-week period

         

Cheese Tortellini

National Liquid, Whole, Wtd. Avg.

USDA / Egg Market News Report / Weekly

52-week period

52-week period

         

Chicken with Dumplings

Heavy Type Hens, S.E. Heavy Live Hen Report, At Farm Buyer Loading, Wtd. Avg.

USDA / Broiler Market New Report (Monday Edition) / Weekly

52-week period

52-week period

         

Chicken Fajita

Breasts, B/S, Georgia FOB Dock, Wtd. Avg. Price

USDA / Broiler Market New Report (Monday Edition) / Weekly

52-week period

52-week period

         

Chicken with Noodles

Heavy Type Hens, S.E. Heavy Live Hen Report, At Farm Buyer Loading, Wtd. Avg.

USDA / Broiler Market New Report (Monday Edition) / Weekly

52-week period

52-week period

         

Chicken Pesto and Pasta

Breasts, B/S,Georgia FOB Dock, Wtd. Avg. Price

USDA / Broiler Market New Report (Monday Edition) / Weekly

52-week period

52-week period

         

Chicken with Tomato/Feta

Breasts, B/S, Georgia FOB Dock, Wtd. Avg. Price

USDA / Broiler Market New Report (Monday Edition) / Weekly

52-week period

52-week period

         

Buffalo Chicken

Breasts, B/S, Georgia FOB Dock, Wtd. Avg. Price

USDA / Broiler Market New Report (Monday Edition) / Weekly

52-week period

52-week period

         

Chili with Beans

Boneless Processing Beef/Beef Trimmings, FOB National, Wtd. Avg. 85% fr (BPN U-24)

USDA / Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / Weekly

52-week period

52-week period

         

Chili and Macaroni

Boneless Processing Beef/Beef Trimmings, FOB National, Wtd. Avg. 85% fr (BPN U-24)

USDA / Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / Weekly

52-week period

52-week period

         

Meatballs/ Marinara

Boneless Processing Beef/Beef Trimmings, FOB National, Wtd. Avg. 85% fr (BPN U-24)

USDA / Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / Weekly

52-week period

52-week period

         

Penne w/ Vegetable Sausage

Loins, Bone-In, Fresh, 1/4"Trim 13-19#, C4, Wtd. Avg.(BPN U-40)

USDA / Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / Weekly

52-week period

52-week period

         

Pork Sausage w/ Gravy

Loins, Bone-In, Fresh, 1/4"Trim 13-19#, C4, Wtd. Avg.(BPN U-40)

USDA / Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / Weekly

52-week period

52-week period

         

Boneless Pork Rib

Loins, Bone-In, Fresh, 1/4"Trim 13-19#, C4, Wtd.Avg.(BPN U-40)

USDA / Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / Weekly

52-week period

52-week period

         

Pot Roast w/ Vegetables

Boneless Processing Beef/Beef Trimmings, FOB National, Wtd. Avg. 85% fr (BPN U-24)

USDA / Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / Weekly

52-week period

52-week period

         

Sloppy Joe

Boneless Processing Beef/Beef Trimmings, FOB National, Wtd. Avg. 85% fr (BPN U-24)

USDA / Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / Weekly

52-week period

52-week period

         

Spaghetti w/ Meat Sauce

Boneless Processing Beef/Beef Trimmings, FOB National, Wtd. Avg. 85% fr (BPN U-24)

USDA / Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / Weekly

52-week period

52-week period

         

Beef Snacks

IMPS 171B Round, Outside Round, Wtd. Avg.(BPN U-31)

USDA / Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / Weekly

52-week period

52-week period

         

Packaging Materials

Linerboard

(42-lb) Unbleached kraft, East, Sh. Ton

Miller Freeman, Inc. / Pulp & Paper Week / Weekly but Prices are Published Monthly

Semi-annual

Semi-annual

         

Packaging Materials

LDPE Resins, Large Buyer Price Film Liner Grade

Chemical Data / Monthly Petrochemical & Plastic Analysis / Monthly

12

month

period

12

month

period

In addition to the components shown above, the following are also included:

ITEM

ECONOMIC INDICATOR

PUBLISHER / PUBLICATION / FREQUENCY PUBLISHED

BASE UNIT PRICE

ADJ.

UNIT PRICE

(To be completed as required)

(c) The adjusting unit prices shall be the arithmetic average of the weekly or monthly prices of each applicable economic indicator only for the period specified under the “Adjusting Unit Price” column shown in paragraph (b) immediately preceding the effective date the option term is exercised.

(d) An established market price is a price that is established in the course of ordinary and usual trade between buyers and sellers free to bargain and that can be substantiated by data from sources independent of the offeror(s); and the net price after applying any standard trade discounts offered by the Contractor. The established market price under this clause may reflect industry-wide and/or geographically based market price fluctuations for commodity groups or specific supplies. The established market price that shall be used for the MRE items subject to price adjustments under this clause, and the economic indicators and publications to be used are listed in paragraph (b) of this clause.

(1) The base unit prices for the purpose of the adjustment calculations under this clause shall be the arithmetic average of the weekly or monthly prices of each applicable economic indicator only for the period specified under the “Base Unit Price” column in paragraph (b) immediately preceding (i) the closing date for proposals, if no discussions are held, (ii) the due date for final proposal revisions, if discussions are held, or (iii) the opening date, if sealed bidding is used.

(2) The adjusting unit prices shall be the arithmetic average of the weekly or monthly prices of each applicable economic indicator for the period specified under the “Adjusting Unit Price” column in paragraph (b) immediately preceding the effective date the option term is exercised, except for linerboard which shall require one additional adjustment six months after each option term is exercised.

(e) With respect to increases or decreases under this clause, no adjustment shall be made to the base term contract unit prices. One adjustment calculation shall be made annually to determine the unit prices applicable to the forthcoming option term (if exercised), except linerboard which will be adjusted on a semi-annual basis.

(f) EPA allowance factor: For the purpose of price adjustment pursuant to this clause, it shall be conclusively presumed that the amount shown under “Portion Subject to EPA” represents the cost of each item that is subject to adjustment. The portion subject to EPA refers to the element of cost for each item that is outside the control of the vendor and in “Schedule B” the offerors will be required to fill in this amount. This is the only portion of the cost that will be subject to the EPA provision. The EPA provisions based on changes in market prices for product material costs such as beef, chicken, and pork are subject to the EPA, because there is serious doubt concerning the stability of market conditions. The balance of product costs for items such as labor, overhead, General and Administrative (G&A), transportation, and profit are those contingencies that can be included in the contract price and can be identified and covered separately through firm fixed prices. The EPA allowance factor remains fixed throughout the life of the contract unless a Government authorized change is made to the contract which affects this allowance.

(g) Performance requirements: The United States Army Research, Development and Engineering Command (RDECOM) Natick Soldier Center (NSC) who prepares the specifications has moved from Military Specifications to Performance Requirements. The Government no longer states the specific amount of product (meat, potatoes, gravy, etc.) that goes into a MRE, only an overall amount with a protein and carbohydrate requirement. Meeting the protein requirement indicates that the Contractor has put in sufficient (meat) quantities in the MRE to satisfy the requirement. (Different Contractors will put in differing quantities of beef, pork, chicken breast, etc. to meet the protein performance requirements). This is why specific weights or quantities cannot be specified in advance in this EPA as would be used in a Military Specification and the cost for the items subject to adjustment will be entered by the Contractor in Section B. The Government performs oversight to ensure that the performance requirements are met or exceeded.

(h) Adjustments shall be calculated as follows: (Round to four decimal places)

(1) Compute the Adjusting Unit Price and the Base Unit Price.

(2) (Adjusting Unit Price – Base Unit Price)/Base Unit Price = Market Price Change (+ or -).

(3) Market Price Change X Allowance Factor = Contract Unit Price Adjustment (+ or -) for each item subject to EPA adjustment.

(4) The original option unit price(s) for each option will be the sum of the firm fixed price portion and the portion subject to the EPA (Allowance Factor). The adjusted unit price(s) for each option shall be determined by increasing or decreasing (as appropriate) the Allowance Factor by the Contract Unit Price Adjustment and adding that to the firm fixed price portion agreed to at the time of award for the option period being adjusted.

(5) Determine the Contract Price Adjustment by computing the sum total of the price adjustment of all items subject to EPA.

(i) Price adjustments pursuant to this clause shall be made by contract modification showing the calculations used to derive the adjusted contract unit price.

(j) Payments: Payment for items pending adjustment under this clause shall be at the existing unadjusted contract unit price until an adjustment modification has been issued. Following issuance of an adjusting contract modification, the Government shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the adjusted price stated in the contract modification for the applicable option period. The Contractor represents by submitting its final invoice that the total amount billed under this contract reflects all increases or decreases required or authorized by this clause.

(k) Any pricing actions pursuant to the Changes Clause or other provisions of the contract will be priced as though there were no provisions for economic price adjustment.

(l) No adjustment will be made under this clause unless the total change in the contract amount is $500.00 or more.

(m) Upward ceiling on economic price adjustment: The total increase in any contract unit price shall not exceed 10% per annum of the original option unit prices agreed to at time of award. There is no percentage limit on downward adjustments under this clause.

(n) Revision of market price indicator: In the event (i) any applicable market price indicator is discontinued or its method of derivation is altered substantially or (ii) the Contracting Officer determines that a particular market price indicator consistently and substantially no longer reflects market conditions, the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate and comparable substitute and the contract shall be modified to reflect such substitute effective on the date the indicator was discontinued, altered, or began to consistently and substantially fail to reflect market conditions.

(o) Disputes: If the parties fail to agree on an appropriate substitute market price indicator or implementation of other matters addressed by this EPA clause then the matter shall be resolved in accordance with the Disputes clause of the contract.

(p) Authority to add additional items to this clause: Paragraph (b) of this clause identifies 24 unique components contained in the MRE Assembly. These components are selected based on historical data and may not be included in every assembly. Refer elsewhere in the solicitation/contract for listing of the exact component makeup. Due to customer requirements, the Contracting Officer may add additional components to the assembly. The Contracting Officer will show within paragraph (b) the additional components(s).

(q) Examination of records: The Contractor agrees that the Contracting Officer or designated representative shall have the right to examine the Contractor’s books, records, documents, or other data the Contracting Officer deems necessary to verify Contractor adherence to the provisions of the clause.

(r) In the event any applicable market price indicator is not published for any week(s), that week will not be included in calculating the base unit price or the adjusting unit price as applicable. For instance, if within a 52 week period an indicator is not published 4 times, the average of the 48 published prices only will be calculated. When a range of prices is provided, for the purposes of the calculations the arithmetic average of the high and low number will be calculated to determine the indicator for that period.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9061 Economic Price Adjustment – Table Spreads.

As prescribed at 16.203-4-90(l)(2) and FAR 16.203-1(a)(1), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT (EPA) – TABLE SPREADS (SEP 2015)

(a) Warranties: For the portion of the schedule that is covered by this EPA clause, the Contractor warrants that the unit prices included in the Schedule do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause.

(b) The base unit prices for the purpose of the adjustment calculations under this clause shall be the arithmetic average of the weekly or monthly prices of each applicable economic indicator only (e.g. an average of cheese and butter indices for cheese products, and an average of peanut indices for peanut products) for the period specified under the “Base Unit Price” below immediately preceding either the solicitation closing date for proposals (if no discussions are held), the due date for final proposal revisions (if discussions are held) or the solicitation opening date (if sealed bidding is used).

ITEM

EPA

FACTOR/

COMPONENT

ECONOMIC

INDICATOR

PUBLISHER / PUBLICATION /

FREQUENCY PUBLISHED

BASE

UNIT PRICE

ADJ. UNIT PRICE

           

Plain Cheese Spread

Cheese & Butter

Cheese Barrels - 40# Blocks & Grade AA Butter

Chicago Mercantile Exchange Cash Trading / USDA Dairy Market News / Weekly

52 week period

52 week period

           

Jalapeno Cheese Spread

Cheese & Butter

Cheese Barrels - 40# Blocks & Grade AA Butter

Chicago Mercantile Exchange Cash Trading / USDA Dairy Market News / Weekly

52 week period

52 week period

           

Bacon Cheese Spread

Cheese & Butter

Cheese Barrels - 40# Blocks & Grade AA Butter

Chicago Mercantile Exchange Cash Trading / USDA Dairy Market News / Weekly

52 week period

52 week period

           

Plain

Peanut Butter

Peanut Butter

PPI Table # WPU01830111 For Peanut Butter & Roasted Peanuts

Bureau Of Labor Statistics – Producer Price Index (PPI) / Monthly

12 month period

12 month period

           

Chocolate Peanut Butter

Peanut Butter

PPI Table # WPU01830111 For Peanut Butter & Roasted Peanuts

Bureau Of Labor Statistics / Producer Price Index (PPI) / Monthly

12 month period

12 month period

           

Chunky Peanut Butter

Peanut Butter

PPI Table # WPU01830111 For Peanut Butter & Roasted Peanuts

Bureau Of Labor Statistics / Producer Price Index (PPI) / Monthly

12 month period

12 month period

In addition to the components shown above, the following are also included:

ITEM

EPA

FACTOR/

COMPONENT

ECONOMIC

INDICATOR

PUBLISHER / PUBLICATION / FREQUENCY PUBLISHED

BASE

UNIT PRICE

ADJ. UNIT PRICE

(To be completed as required)

(c) The adjusting unit prices shall be the arithmetic average of the weekly or monthly prices of each applicable economic indicator only for the period specified under the “Adjusting Unit Price” column shown in paragraph (b) immediately preceding the effective date the option term is exercised.

(d) An established market price is a price that is established in the course of ordinary and usual trade between buyers and sellers free to bargain and that can be substantiated by data from sources independent of the offeror(s); and the net price after applying any standard trade discounts offered by the Contractor. The established market price under this clause may reflect industry-wide and/or geographically based market price fluctuations for commodity groups or specific supplies. The established market price that shall be used for the EPA factors subject to price adjustments under this clause, and the economic indicators and publications to be used are listed in paragraph (b) of this clause.

(1) The base unit prices for the purpose of the adjustment calculations under this clause shall be the arithmetic average of the weekly or monthly prices of each applicable economic indicator only for the period specified under the “Base Unit Price” column in paragraph (b) immediately preceding (i) the closing date for proposals, if no discussions are held, (ii) the due date for final proposal revisions, if discussions are held, or (iii) the opening date, if sealed bidding is used.

(2) The adjusting unit prices shall be the arithmetic average of the weekly or monthly prices of each applicable economic indicator for the period specified under the “Adjusting Unit Price” column in paragraph (b) immediately preceding the effective date the option term is exercised.

(e) With respect to increases or decreases under this clause, no adjustment shall be made to the base term contract unit prices. One adjustment calculation shall be made annually to determine the unit prices applicable to the forthcoming option term (if exercised).

(f) EPA allowance factor: For the purpose of price adjustment pursuant to this clause, it shall be conclusively presumed that the amount shown under “Portion Subject to EPA” represents the cost of each item that is subject to adjustment. The portion subject to EPA refers to the element of cost for each item that is outside the control of the vendor and in “Schedule B” the offerors will be required to fill in this amount. This is the only portion of the cost that will be subject to the EPA provision. The EPA provisions based on changes in market prices for product material costs such as cheese, butter, and peanuts, are subject to the EPA, because there is serious doubt concerning the stability of market conditions. The balance of product costs for items such as labor, overhead, General and Administrative (G&A), transportation, and profit are those contingencies that can be included in the contract price and can be identified and covered separately through firm fixed prices. The EPA allowance factor remains fixed throughout the life of the contract unless a Government authorized change is made to the contract which affects this allowance.

(g) Performance requirements: The United States Army Research, Development and Engineering Command (RDECOM) Natick Soldier Center (NSC) who prepares the specifications has moved from Military Specifications to Performance Requirements. The Government no longer states the specific amount of product (cheese, butter, peanuts, etc.) that goes into a table spread, only an overall amount with a protein and carbohydrate requirement. (Different Contractors will put in differing quantities of cheese, butter, peanuts, etc. to meet the performance requirements). This is why specific weights or quantities cannot be specified in advance in this EPA as would be used in a Military Specification and the cost for the items subject to adjustment will be entered by the Contractor in Section B. The Government performs oversight to ensure that the performance requirements are met or exceeded.

(h) Adjustments shall be calculated as follows: (Round to four decimal places)

(1) Compute the adjusting unit price and the base unit price.

(2) (Adjusting unit price – base unit price)/base unit price = market price change (+ or -).

(3) Market price Change X Allowance Factor = Contract Unit Price Adjustment (+ or -) for each item subject to EPA adjustment.

(4) The original option unit price(s) for each option will be the sum of the firm fixed price portion and the portion subject to the EPA (allowance factor). The adjusted unit price(s) for each option shall be determined by increasing or decreasing (as appropriate) the allowance factor by the contract unit price adjustment and adding that to the firm fixed price portion agreed to at the time of award for the option period being adjusted.

(5) Determine the contract price adjustment by computing the sum total of the price adjustments of all items subject to EPA.

(i) Price adjustments pursuant to this clause shall be made by contract modification showing the calculations used to derive the adjusted contract unit price.

(j) Payments: Payment for items pending adjustment under this clause shall be at the existing unadjusted contract unit price until an adjustment modification has been issued. Following issuance of an adjusting contract modification, the Government shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the adjusted price stated in the contract modification for the applicable option period. The Contractor represents by submitting its final invoice that the total amount billed under this contract reflects all increases or decreases required or authorized by this clause.

(k) Any pricing actions pursuant to the “CHANGES” clause or other provisions of the contract will be priced as though there were no provisions for economic price adjustment.

(l) No adjustment will be made under this clause unless the total change in the contract amount is $500.00 or more.

(m) Upward ceiling on economic price adjustment: The total increase in any contract unit price shall not exceed 10% per annum of the original option unit prices agreed to at time of award. There is no percentage limit on downward adjustments under this clause.

(n) Revision of market price indicator: In the event (i) any applicable market price indicator is discontinued or its method of derivation is altered substantially or (ii) the Contracting Officer determines that a particular market price indicator consistently and substantially no longer reflects market conditions, the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate and comparable substitute and the contract shall be modified to reflect such substitute effective on the date the indicator was discontinued, altered, or began to consistently and substantially fail to reflect market conditions.

(o) Disputes: If the parties fail to agree on an appropriate substitute market price indicator or implementation of other matters addressed by this EPA clause then the matter shall be resolved in accordance with the Disputes clause of the contract.

(p) Authority to add additional items to this clause: Paragraph (b) of this clause identifies 6 unique components contained in the ration. These components are selected based on historical data and may not be included in every ration. Refer elsewhere in the solicitation/contract for listing of the exact component makeup. Due to customer requirements, the Contracting Officer may add additional components to the ration. The Contracting Officer will show within paragraph (b) the additional components(s).

(q) Examination of records: The Contractor agrees that the Contracting Officer or designated representative shall have the right to examine the Contractor’s books, records, documents, or other data the Contracting Officer deems necessary to verify Contractor adherence to the provisions of the clause.

(r) In the event any applicable market price indicator is not published for any week(s), that week will not be included in calculating the base unit price or the adjusting unit price as applicable. For instance, if within a 52 week period an indicator is not published 4 times, the average of the 48 published prices only will be calculated. When a range of prices is provided, for the purposes of the calculations the arithmetic average of the high and low number will be calculated to determine the indicator for that period.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9062 Economic Price Adjustment - Unitized Group Ration.

As prescribed at 16.203-4-90(l)(3) and FAR 16.203-1(a)(1), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT (EPA) – UNITIZED GROUP RATION (UGR) (SEP 2015)

(a) Warranties: For the portion of the schedule that is covered by this EPA clause, the Contractor warrants that the unit prices included in the Schedule does not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause.

(b) Base unit price: The base unit prices for the purpose of the adjustment calculations under this clause shall be the arithmetic average of the weekly or monthly prices of each applicable economic indicator only (e.g. an average of egg indices for egg products, pork belly indices for pork products, and skim milk and butterfat indices for milk products) only for the period specified under the “BASE Unit Price” column in paragraph (b) immediately preceding (i) the closing date for proposals, (if no discussions are held), (ii) the due date for final proposal revisions, (if discussions are held), or (iii) the opening date, (if sealed bidding is used).

ITEM

EPA

FACTOR/

COMPONENT

ECONOMIC

INDICATOR

PUBLISHER / PUBLICATION / FREQUENCY PUBLISHED

BASE UNIT PRICE

ADJ. UNIT PRICE

           

Boil-In-Bag

Dehy Egg Mix

Egg

National Liquid Egg, Whole, Weighted Average

USDA / Egg Market News Report / Weekly

52 week period

52 week period

           

Bacon, precooked, sliced, cured

Pork Belly

Pork Belly, Seedless, Fresh, Skin on , Trimmed 14-16#, Weighted, U49

USDA / Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / Weekly

52-week period

52 week period

           

UHT Milk

Skim Milk and Butterfat Fluid Milk products (Class I Milk)

Base Skim Milk Price for Class I time 0.965 plus Advanced Butterfat Pricing Factor times 0.035

USDA / USDA, AMS, Dairy Programs / Announcement of Advanced Prices and Pricing Factors / Monthly

12 month period

12 month period

In addition to the components shown above, the following are also included:

ITEM

EPA

FACTOR/

COMPONENT

ECONOMIC

INDICATOR

PUBLISHER / PUBLICATION / FREQUENCY PUBLISHED

BASE UNIT PRICE

ADJ. UNIT PRICE

(To be completed as required)

(c) Adjusting unit price: The adjusting unit prices shall be the arithmetic average of the weekly or monthly prices of each applicable economic indicator only for the period specified under the “Adjusting Unit Price” column shown in paragraph (b) immediately preceding the effective date the option term is exercised.

(d) An established market price is a price that is established in the course of ordinary and usual trade between buyers and sellers free to bargain and that can be substantiated by data from sources independent of the offeror(s); and the net price after applying any standard trade discounts offered by the Contractor. The established market price under this clause may reflect industry-wide and/or geographically based market price fluctuations for commodity groups or specific supplies. The established market price that shall be used for the EPA factors subject to price adjustments under this clause, and the economic indicators and publications to be used are listed in paragraph (b) of this clause.

(e) With respect to increases or decreases under this clause, no adjustment shall be made to the base term contract unit prices. One adjustment calculation shall be made annually to determine the unit prices applicable to the forthcoming option term (if exercised).

(f) EPA allowance factor: For the purpose of price adjustment pursuant to this clause, it shall be conclusively presumed that the amount shown under “Portion Subject to EPA” represents the cost of each item that is subject to adjustment. The portion subject to EPA refers to the element of cost for each item that is outside the control of the vendor and in “Schedule B” the offerors will be required to fill in this amount. This is the only portion of the cost that will be subject to the EPA provision. The EPA provisions based on changes in market prices for product material costs such as egg, pork belly, skim milk, and buttermilk, are subject to the EPA, because there is serious doubt concerning the stability of market conditions. The balance of product costs for items such as labor, overhead, General and Administrative (G&A), transportation, and profit are those contingencies that can be included in the contract price and can be identified and covered separately through firm fixed prices. The EPA allowance factor remains fixed throughout the life of the contract unless a Government authorized change is made to the contract which affects this allowance.

(g) Performance requirement: The United States Army Research, Development and Engineering Command (RDECOM) Natick Soldier Center (NSC) who prepares the specifications has moved from Military Specifications to Performance Requirements. The Government no longer states the specific amount of product (egg, pork belly, skim milk, buttermilk etc.) (a unitized group ration item) that goes into a Unitized Group Ration, only an overall amount with a protein and carbohydrate requirement. Meeting the protein and carbohydrate requirement indicates that the Contractor has put in sufficient quantities of required ingredients in the Unitized Group Ration to satisfy the requirement. (Different Contractors will put in differing quantities of egg, pork belly, skim milk, buttermilk etc. to meet the protein and carbohydrate performance requirements). This is why specific weights or quantities cannot be specified in advance in this EPA as would be used in a Military Specification and the cost for the items subject to adjustment will be entered by the Contractor in Section B. The Government performs oversight to ensure that the performance requirements are met or exceeded.

(h) Adjustments shall be calculated as follows: (Round to four decimal places)

(1) Compute the Adjusting Unit Price and the Base Unit Price.

(2) (Adjusting Unit Price – Base Unit Price)/Base Unit Price = Market Price Change (+ or -).

(3) Market Price Change X Allowance Factor = Contract Unit Price Adjustment (+ or -) for each item subject to EPA adjustment.

(4) The original option unit price(s) for each option will be the sum of the firm fixed price portion and the portion subject to the EPA (Allowance Factor). The adjusted unit price(s) for each option shall be determined by increasing or decreasing (as appropriate) the Allowance Factor by the Contract Unit Price Adjustment and adding that to the firm fixed price portion agreed to at the time of award for the option period being adjusted.

(5) Determine the Contract Price Adjustment by computing the sum total of the price Adjustment of all items subject to EPA.

(i) Price adjustments pursuant to this clause shall be made by contract modification showing the calculations used to derive the adjusted contract unit price.

(j) Payments: Payment for items pending adjustment under this clause shall be at the existing unadjusted current unit price until an adjustment modification has been issued. Following issuance of an adjusting contract modification, the Government shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the adjusted price stated in the contract modification for the applicable option period. The Contractor represents by submitting its final invoice that the total amount billed under this contract reflects all increases or decreases required or authorized by this clause.

(k) Any pricing actions pursuant to the “Changes” clause or other provisions of the contract will be priced as though there were no provisions for economic price adjustment.

(l) No adjustment will be made under this clause unless the total change in the contract amount is $500.00 or more.

(m) Upward ceiling on economic price adjustment: The total increase in any contract unit price shall not exceed 10% per annum of the original option unit prices agreed to at time of award. There is no percentage limit on downward adjustments under this clause.

(n) Revision of market price indicator: In the event (i) any applicable market price indicator is discontinued or its method of derivation is altered substantially or (ii) the Contracting Officer determines that a particular market price indicator consistently and substantially no longer reflects market conditions, the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate and comparable substitute and the contract shall be modified to reflect such substitute effective on the date the indicator was discontinued, altered, or began to consistently and substantially fail to reflect market conditions.

(o) Disputes: If the parties fail to agree on an appropriate substitute market price indicator or implementation of other matters addressed by this EPA clause then the matter shall be resolved in accordance with the Disputes clause of the contract.

(p) Authority to add additional items to this clause: Paragraph (b) of this clause identifies 3 unique components contained in the ration. These components are selected based on historical data and may not be included in every ration. Refer elsewhere in the solicitation/contract for listing of the exact component makeup. Due to customer requirements, the Contracting Officer may add additional components to the ration. The Contracting Officer will show within paragraph (b) the additional components(s).

(q) Examination of records: The Contractor agrees that the Contracting Officer or designated representative shall have the right to examine the Contractor’s books, records, documents, or other data the Contracting Officer deems necessary to verify Contractor adherence to the provisions of the clause.

(r) In the event any applicable market price indicator is not published for any week(s), that week will not be included in calculating the base unit price or the adjusting unit price as applicable. For instance, if within a 52 week period an indicator is not published 4 times, the average of the 48 published prices only will be calculated. When a range of prices is provided, for the purposes of the calculations the arithmetic average of the high and low number will be calculated to determine the indicator for that period.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9063 Economic Price Adjustment (EPA) Tailored Operational Training Meal (TOTM).

As prescribed at 16.203-4-90(l)(5) and FAR 16.203-1(a)(1), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT (EPA) – TAILORED OPERATIONAL TRAINING MEAL (TOTM) (SEP 2015)

(a) Warranties: For the portion of the schedule that is covered by this EPA clause, the Contractor warrants that the unit prices included in the Schedule do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause.

(b) The base unit prices for the purpose of the adjustment calculations under this clause shall be the arithmetic average of the weekly or monthly prices of each applicable economic indicator only (e.g. an average of beef indices for beef products, an average of poultry indices for poultry products, etc.) for the period specified under the “Base Unit Price” below immediately preceding either the solicitation closing date for proposals (if no discussions are held), the due date for final proposal revisions (if discussions are held) or the solicitation opening date (if sealed bidding is used).

ITEM

EPA

FACTOR/

COMPONENT

ECONOMIC

INDICATOR

PUBLISHER / PUBLICATION / FREQUENCY PUBLISHED

BASE UNIT PRICE

ADJ. UNIT PRICE

           

Beef Enchiladas

Beef

IMPS 167A Round Knuckle, Trimmed, Wtd. Avg. (BPN U-12)

USDA / Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / Weekly

52 week period

52 week period

           

Beef Ravioli

Beef

Boneless Processing Beef/Beef Trimmings, FOB National, Wtd. Avg. 85% fr (BPN U-24)

USDA / Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / Weekly

52 week period

52 week period

           

Beef Stew

Beef

IMPS 167A Round Knuckle, Trimmed, Wtd. Avg. (BPN U-12)

USDA / Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / Weekly

52 week period

52 week period

           

Boneless Pork Rib

Pork

Loins, Bone-In, Fresh, ¼” Trim 13-19#, C4, Wtd. Avg. (BPN U-40)

USDA / Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / Weekly

52 week period

52 week period

           

Chicken Fajita

Chicken

Breasts, B/S, Georgia F.O.B. Dock, Wtd. Avg. Price

USDA / USDA Broiler Market News Report / Weekly

52 week period

52 week period

           

Chicken /Dumpling

Chicken

Breasts, B/S, Georgia F.O.B. Dock, Wtd. Avg. Price

USDA / USDA Broiler Market News Report / Weekly

52 week period

52 week period

           

Chicken w/Noodles

Chicken

Heavy Type Hens, S.E. Heavy Live Hen Report, At Farm Buyer Loading, Wtd. Avg.

USDA / USDA Broiler Market News Report / Weekly

52 week period

52 week period

           

Chicken w/Salsa

Chicken

Breasts, B/S, Georgia F.O.B. Dock, Wtd. Avg. Price

USDA / USDA Broiler Market News Report / Weekly

52 week period

52 week period

           

Chili & Macaroni

Beef

Boneless Processing Beef/Beef Trimmings, FOB National, Wtd. Avg. 85% fr (BPN U-24)

USDA / Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / Weekly

52 week period

52 week period

           

Chili w/Beans

Beef

Boneless Processing Beef/Beef Trimmings, FOB National, Wtd. Avg. 85% fr (BPN U-24)

USDA / Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / Weekly

52 week period

52 week period

           

Sloppy Joe Filling

Beef

Boneless Processing Beef/Beef Trimmings, FOB National, Wtd. Avg. 85% fr (BPN U-24)

USDA / Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / Weekly

52 week period

52 week period

           

Spaghetti w/Meat Sauce

Beef

Boneless Processing Beef/Beef Trimmings, FOB National, Wtd. Avg. 85% fr (BPN U-24)

USDA / Weekly National Carlot Meat Report / Weekly

52 week period

52 week period

           

Packaging Materials

Linerboard

Linerboard (42-lb) Unbleached Kraft, East, Sh. Ton, Semi-Annual

Miller Freeman, Inc. / Pulp & Paper Week / Weekly/Prices are Published Monthly

Semi-annual

Semi-annual

           

Packaging Materials

Resins

LDPE Resins, Large Buyer Price Film Liner Grade

Chemical Data / Monthly Petrochemical & Plastic Analysis / Monthly

12 month period

12 month period

In addition to the components shown above, the following are also included:

ITEM

EPA

FACTOR/

COMPONENT

ECONOMIC

INDICATOR

PUBLISHER / PUBLICATION / FREQUENCY PUBLISHED

BASE UNIT PRICE

ADJ. UNIT PRICE

(To be completed as required)

(c) The adjusting unit prices shall be the arithmetic average of the weekly or monthly prices of each applicable economic indicator only for the period specified under the “Adjusting Unit Price” column shown in paragraph (b) immediately preceding the effective date the option term is exercised.

(d) An established market price is a price that is established in the course of ordinary and usual trade between buyers and sellers free to bargain and that can be substantiated by data from sources independent of the offeror(s); and the net price after applying any standard trade discounts offered by the Contractor. The established market price under this clause may reflect industry-wide and/or geographically based market price fluctuations for commodity groups or specific supplies. The established market price that shall be used for the EPA factors subject to price adjustments under this clause, and the economic indicators and publications to be used are listed in paragraph (b) of this clause.

(1) The base unit prices for the purpose of the adjustment calculations under this clause shall be the arithmetic average of the weekly or monthly prices of each applicable economic indicator only for the period specified under the “Base Unit Price” column in paragraph (b) immediately preceding (i) the closing date for proposals, if no discussions are held, (ii) the due date for final proposal revisions, if discussions are held, or (iii) the opening date, if sealed bidding is used.

(2) The adjusting unit prices shall be the arithmetic average of the weekly or monthly prices of each applicable economic indicator for the period specified under the Adjusting Unit Price column in paragraph (b) immediately preceding the effective date the option term is exercised, except for linerboard which shall require one additional adjustment six months after each option term is exercised.

(e) With respect to increases or decreases under this clause, no adjustment shall be made to the base term contract unit prices. One adjustment calculation shall be made annually to determine the unit prices applicable to the forthcoming option term (if exercised), except linerboard which will be adjusted on a semi-annual basis.

(f) EPA allowance factor: For the purpose of price adjustment pursuant to this clause, it shall be conclusively presumed that the amount shown under “Portion Subject to EPA” represents the cost of each item that is subject to adjustment. The portion subject to EPA refers to the element of cost for each item that is outside the control of the vendor and in “Schedule B” the offerors will be required to fill in this amount. This is the only portion of the cost that will be subject to the EPA provision. The EPA provisions based on changes in market prices for product material costs such as beef, pork, chicken, and linerboard are subject to the EPA, because there is serious doubt concerning the stability of market conditions. The balance of product costs for items such as labor, overhead, General and Administrative (G&A), transportation, and profit are those contingencies that can be included in the contract price and can be identified and covered separately through firm fixed prices. The EPA allowance factor remains fixed throughout the life of the contract unless a Government authorized change is made to the contract which affects this allowance.

(g) Performance requirements: The United States Army Research, Development and Engineering Command (RDECOM) Natick Soldier Center (NSC) who prepares the specifications has moved from Military Specifications to Performance Requirements. The Government no longer states the specific amount of product (meat, potatoes, gravy, etc.) that goes into a Tailored Operational Training Meal (TOTM), only an overall amount with a protein and carbohydrate requirement. Meeting the protein requirement indicates that the Contractor has put in sufficient (meat) quantities in the TOTM to satisfy the requirement. (Different Contractors will put in differing quantities of beef, pork, chicken breast, etc. to meet the protein performance requirements). This is why specific weights or quantities cannot be specified in advance in this EPA as would be used in a Military Specification and the cost for the items subject to adjustment will be entered by the Contractor in Section B. The Government performs oversight to ensure that the performance requirements are met or exceeded.

(h) Adjustments shall be calculated as follows: (Round to four decimal places)

(1) Compute the adjusting unit price and the base unit price.

(2) (Adjusting unit price – base unit price)/base unit price = market price change (+ or -).

(3) Market price change x allowance factor = contract unit price adjustment (+ or -) for each item subject to EPA adjustment.

(4) The original option unit price(s) for each option will be the sum of the firm fixed price portion and the portion subject to the EPA (allowance factor). The adjusted unit price(s) for each option shall be determined by increasing or decreasing (as appropriate) the Allowance Factor by the Contract Unit Price Adjustment and adding that to the firm fixed price portion agreed to at the time of award for the option period being adjusted.

(5) Determine the contract price adjustment by computing the sum total of the price adjustment of all items subject to EPA.

(i) Price adjustments pursuant to this clause shall be made by contract modification showing the calculations used to derive the adjusted contract unit price.

(j) Payments: Payment for items pending adjustment under this clause shall be at the existing unadjusted contract unit price until an adjustment modification has been issued. Following issuance of an adjusting contract modification, the Government shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the adjusted price stated in the contract modification for the applicable option period. The Contractor represents by submitting its final invoice that the total amount billed under this contract reflects all increases or decreases required or authorized by this clause.

(k) Any pricing actions pursuant to the “CHANGES” clause or other provisions of the contract will be priced as though there were no provisions for economic price adjustment.

(l) No adjustment will be made under this clause unless the total change in the contract amount is $500.00 or more.

(m) Upward ceiling on economic price adjustment: The total increase in any contract unit price shall not exceed 10% per annum of the original option unit prices agreed to at time of award. There is no percentage limit on downward adjustments under this clause.

(n) Revision of market price indicator: In the event (i) any applicable market price indicator is discontinued or its method of derivation is altered substantially or (ii) the Contracting Officer determines that a particular market price indicator consistently and substantially no longer reflects market conditions, the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate and comparable substitute and the contract shall be modified to reflect such substitute effective on the date the indicator was discontinued, altered, or began to consistently and substantially fail to reflect market conditions.

(o) Disputes: If the parties fail to agree on an appropriate substitute market price indicator or implementation of other matters addressed by this EPA clause then the matter shall be resolved in accordance with the Disputes clause of the contract.

(p) Authority to add additional items to this clause: Paragraph (b) of this clause identifies 14 unique components contained in the ration. These components are selected based on historical data and may not be included in every ration. Refer elsewhere in the solicitation/contract for listing of the exact component makeup. Due to customer requirements, the Contracting Officer may add additional components to the ration. The Contracting Officer will show within paragraph (b) the additional components(s).

(q) Examination of records: The Contractor agrees that the Contracting Officer or designated representative shall have the right to examine the Contractor’s books, records, documents, or other data the Contracting Officer deems necessary to verify Contractor adherence to the provisions of the clause.

(r) In the event any applicable market price indicator is not published for any week(s), that week will not be included in calculating the base unit price or the adjusting unit price as applicable. For instance, if within a 52 week period an indicator is not published 4 times, the average of the 48 published prices only will be calculated. When a range of prices is provided, for the purposes of the calculations the arithmetic average of the high and low number will be calculated to determine the indicator for that period.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9064 Economic Price Adjustment (EPA) – Actual Material Costs for Subsistence Delivered Price Business Model Economic Price Adjustment (EPA) - DLA Troop Support Subsistence Prime Vendor (SPV) Contiguous United States (CONUS), Alaska, and Hawaii.

As prescribed in 16.203-4(d)(2)(S-95), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT (EPA) – ACTUAL MATERIAL COSTS FOR SUBSISTENCE DELIVERED PRICE BUSINESS MODEL – DLA TROOP SUPPORT SUBSISTENCE PRIME VENDOR (SPV) CONTIGUOUS UNITED STATES (CONUS), ALASKA, AND HAWAII

(APR 2014)

(a) Warranties. For the portion of the schedule that is covered by this EPA clause, the Contractor warrants that—

(1) Contract unit prices covered by this contract do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause; and

(2) Price adjustments invoiced under this contract shall be computed in accordance with the provisions of this clause.

(b) Definitions. As used throughout this clause, the term:

(1) “Private label holder” means:

(i) A manufacturer or grower with whom the contractor holds an ownership and/or financial interest, or ownership and/or financial interest in a specific item(s) produced by a manufacturer or grower; or

(ii) An entity holding an intellectual property interest, whether by ownership or license, in the label under which product is being sold in the commercial marketplace; or

(iii) An entity holding exclusive marketing and/or sales authority of a product, or one holding property rights in a proprietary product formula.

(2) “Redistributor” means an entity independent of the contractor from which the contractor purchases product for purposes of consolidating quantities and/or obtaining a competitive delivered price.

(3) “Standard Freight” means the published list price or prevailing market rate for transportation of subsistence and food service operating supplies, i.e. the transportation charge for delivery from the manufacturer/grower/private label holder or redistributor to the SPV Contractor. This may include inter-division transfers between the SPV Contractor’s warehouses provided the delivered price (inclusive of standard freight) of a product at a given time is identical to the delivered price of the same product at the same time to other commercial customers in the SPV Contractor’s electronic purchasing system.

(i) In the event the SPV Contractor picks up product free on board (f.o.b.) origin from a manufacturer/grower/ private label holder, or arranges for delivery transportation from a third party source other than the manufacturer/grower/private label holder, the standard freight charge shall be based on market tariffs/conditions and shall not exceed the lesser of:

(A) The manufacturer/grower/private label holder’s or manufacturer/grower/private label holder’s carrier’s freight price normally payable by the SPV Contractor for inbound shipments of such products and quantities to the Contractor’s distribution point; or

(B) An average price based on market conditions for freight in the same market for the same type of freight service for like products, shipping methods and quantities.

(ii) In rare circumstances, and only with the Contracting Officer’s written approval, the SPV Contractor may use drop shipments, i.e. the product is shipped directly from the manufacturer/grower / private label holder to the customer without the SPV Contractor taking possession. This may involve transportation charges using non-standard freight such as FedEx, United Parcel Service (UPS), or the United States (U.S.) Postal Service. In such instances the Contracting Officer will determine price reasonableness on the unit price inclusive of freight.

(4) “Contract unit price” means the total price per unit charged to DLA Troop Support for a product delivered to DLA Troop Support’s customers. The Contract unit price consists of three components: delivered price plus distribution price less Government rebates and discounts. The unit price sum of the three component prices shall be rounded up or down as applicable, to the nearest cent to determine the final Contract unit price.

(5) Delivered price.

(i) Delivered price” means the most recent manufacturer, grower, or private label holder commercial price per unit to the Contractor, inclusive of all standard freight, that is input in the contractor’s purchasing system as the starting basis for its pricing to customers prior to the application of any specific distribution fees, rebates, discounts, limited discounts, or other financial agreements with the Contractor’s customers. The delivered price shall be based on f.o.b. destination delivered using standard freight. The delivered price shall exclude all costs that are to be covered in the distribution price. The SPV Contractor warrants that the delivered price to its delivering warehouse of a product sold at any given time by the SPV Contractor to DLA Troop Support customers is identical to the delivered price of such product sold at the same time to its other customers.

(A) Exception: For mandatory source items, the delivered price shall be limited to the nonprofit agency’s price for product as set in accordance with applicable law, plus standard freight.

(B) Exception: A redistributor’s price for a specific manufacturer/grower/private label holder’s product (or stock keeping unit (SKU)) may be used as long as the redistributor’s price for the quantity ordered is equal to or lower than the manufacturer’s/ grower’s/ private label holder’s current price inclusive of Government rebates and discounts (as defined below). Supporting documentation (published price list, manufacturer letter/email, or similar proof of price comparison) may be required. The determination that the supporting documentation is sufficient to establish the manufacturer’s/ grower’s/ private label holder’s current price rests solely with the Contracting Officer.

(C) Exception: Standard freight may not apply to drop shipments and f.o.b. origin pickups.

(ii) The Contractor shall utilize best commercial practices in purchasing its food items under this contract, to include seeking and using competition to the maximum extent practicable for all purchases and purchasing in the most economical order quantities and terms and conditions.

(6) “Distribution Price(s)” means the firm fixed price portion of the Contract Unit price, offered as a dollar amount per unit of issue, rounded up or down to the nearest cent. The distribution price is the only method for the Contractor to bill the Government for all aspects of contract performance other than delivered price; including but not limited to, the performance requirements of the statement of work (SOW) for the applicable SPV solicitation and resulting contract. As detailed above in paragraph (5), delivered price is distinct from and not to be included in the distribution price. For both drop shipments and Government pick-ups, the Contracting Officer may negotiate a reduced distribution price with the Contractor since the Contractor is not handling the product.

(7) “Government rebates and discounts” means all rebates, discounts, and limited discounts designated for the Government, including National Allowance Pricing Agreements (NAPA) discounts, food show discounts, early payment discounts (other than qualifying early payment discounts as defined in the Rebates, Discounts and Price Related Provisions section of the solicitation), and any other rebates, discounts, or similar arrangements designated by the manufacturer/grower/ private label holder or redistributor to be passed to the Government or passed to all customers without specific designation. In accordance with other provisions of the contract (and subject to any applicable exceptions in those provisions), all Government rebates and discounts shall be passed to the Government via a reduced catalog price (i.e. “off invoice”). Any Government rebates and discounts that must be passed to the Government and which cannot be applied as an up-front price reduction must be submitted via check payable to the U.S. Treasury, with an attached itemized listing of all customer purchases by line item to include contract number, call number, purchase order number and contract line item number (CLIN).

(8) “Ordering catalog” means the electronic listing of items and their corresponding Contract unit prices available for ordering under this contract.

(9) “Ordering Week” means from Sunday at 12:01 AM through the following Saturday until midnight (Eastern Time ET, standard or daylight as applicable).

(c) Price adjustments.

(1) General.

(i) All Contract unit prices shall be fixed and remain unchanged until changed pursuant to this clause or other applicable provision of the contract. Only the delivered price component of the Contract unit price is subject to adjustment under this clause. After the first ordering week, if the Contractor’s delivered price changes for any or all Contract unit prices, the Contract unit price shall be changed in the next week’s ordering catalog upon the Contractor’s request, submitted in accordance with paragraph (iii) below, by the same dollar amount of the change in the delivered price, subject to the limitations in paragraph (d). The price change shall be effective at the beginning of the next ordering week. All ordering catalog unit prices computed in accordance with this clause and in effect when an order is placed shall remain in effect for that order through delivery. DLA Troop Support will be charged the Contract unit price in effect at the time of each order regardless of any changes in the unit price occurring in any subsequent ordering week.

(ii) Catalog delivered prices must be reflective of the prime vendor’s last receipt price (the price of the stock most recently received into SPV contractor’s inventory).

(iii) Updates to the delivered price: All notices and requests for new item delivered prices and price changes shall be submitted weekly, no later than [buyer fill in time] Eastern Time on [buyer fill in day], to be effective in the following ordering week’s ordering catalog prices. The delivered price shall have any and all Government rebates and discounts subtractions made prior to presenting the delivered price to DLA Troop Support. The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer of its notice/request in the form of an electronic data interchange (EDI) 832 transaction set. The change notice shall include the Contractor’s adjustment in the delivered price component of the applicable Contract unit price. Upon the Contracting Officer’s acceptance of such EDI 832 price changes in accordance with paragraph (v) below, the price change transaction sets will post in the next week’s ordering catalog and each Contract unit price shall be changed by the same dollar amount of the change in the delivered price in the next week’s ordering catalog.

(iv) All price changes, and catalog contract prices, are subject to review by the Government. The Contracting Officer may at any time require the submission of supporting data to substantiate any requested price change or the requested continuation of the pre-existing price for any item, including prices applicable to prior ordering weeks. Upon notice from the Contracting Officer that supporting data is required, the Contractor shall promptly furnish to the Government all supporting data, including but not limited to, invoices, quotes, price lists, manufacturer/grower/private label holder documentation regarding Government rebates and discounts, and any other substantiating information requested by the Contracting Officer.

(v) Price change requests that the Contracting Officer questions or finds to be inconsistent with the requirements of this clause shall not be posted until the Contracting Officer specifically authorizes the posting. If the Contracting Officer does not notify the Contractor by close of business Eastern Time each [buyer fill in day] that a price or a price change request is being questioned or has been found to be erroneous, the price change(s) will post to the ordering catalog effective the beginning of the following ordering week. The posting of updated prices in the ordering catalog, calculated in accordance with this clause, constitutes a modification to this contract. No further contract modification is required to effect this change. Any changes that post to the ordering catalog do not constitute a waiver of any of the rights delineated elsewhere in the contract.

(vi) Should the Contracting Officer determine that, or question whether a price change request contained an erroneous unit price or price change, or cannot otherwise determine the changed price(s) to be fair and reasonable, such as when the changed price(s) is(are) higher than lower delivered prices for items of comparable quality which are reasonably available to the Government or Contractor from other sources, the Contracting Officer will so advise the Contractor, prior to close of business Eastern Time on [buyer fill in day]. If the Contracting Officer cannot determine a price fair and reasonable, and the Contracting Officer and the Contractor cannot negotiate a fair and reasonable price, the Contracting Officer may reject any price change and direct in writing that the item in question be removed from the Contractor’s ordering catalog, without Government liability. The Contracting Officer may subsequently remove any such item from the ordering catalog if the Contractor fails to remove it. The Government has the right to procure such removed items from any alternate source of supply, and the failure of the Contractor to supply such item may be considered negatively in any evaluation of performance.

(vii) In the event of a price change not posting or an ordering catalog contract unit price not computed in accordance with this clause, resulting in an incorrectly increased or decreased Contract unit price, upon discovery of such event the Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing and promptly thereafter correct its ordering catalog and submit a refund including interest for any amounts paid to the Contractor resulting from the erroneous price. In the event of an erroneous price decrease in the ordering catalog, if the contractor can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer that the error did not result from the fault or negligence of the Contractor, the Contractor may submit a request for equitable adjustment for consideration by the Contracting Officer.

(2) Limitations. All adjustments under this clause shall be limited to the effect on contract unit prices of actual increases or decreases in the delivered prices for material. There shall be no upward adjustment for—

(i) Supplies for which the delivered price is not affected by such changes;

(ii) Changes in the quantities of materials; and

(iii) Increases in unit prices that the Contracting Officer determines are computed incorrectly (i.e. not adhering to the Contract unit price definition in this clause) and/or increases in unit prices that the Contracting Officer determines are not fair and reasonable.

(3) If the Contracting Officer rejects a proposed adjustment for an item because the adjusted unit price cannot be determined fair and reasonable, the Contractor shall have no obligation to fill future orders for such item as of the effective date of the proposed adjustment unless such item is subsequently added to the contract at a Unit Price that is determined fair and reasonable. Alternately, the item may be retained on the catalog at the prior (unadjusted) price for as long as both parties agree to do so.

(d) Upward ceiling on economic price adjustment. The aggregate of contract delivered price increases for each item under this clause during the contract period inclusive of any option period(s) shall not exceed [buyer fill in percentage] percent (%) for all items except fresh fruits and vegetables (FF&V) and [buyer fill in percentage] percent (%) for fresh fruits and vegetables (FF&V) of the initial contract delivered price, except as provided below:

(1) If at any time the Contractor has reason to believe that within the near future a price adjustment under the provisions of this clause will be required that will exceed the current contract ceiling price for any item, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the expected increase. In the event the latest actual market price for an item would result in a contract unit price that will exceed the allowable ceiling price under the contract, then the Contractor shall immediately notify the Contracting Officer in writing or via its EDI 832 price change request and separate email no later than the time specified in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) above. With either such notification the Contractor shall include a revised ceiling the Contractor believes is sufficient to permit completion of remaining contract performance, along with appropriate explanation and documentation as required by the Contracting Officer.

(2) If an actual increase in the delivered price would raise a contract unit price for an item above the current ceiling, the Contractor shall have no obligation under this contract to fill future orders for such items, as of the effective date of the increase, unless the Contracting Officer issues a contract modification to raise the ceiling. If the contract ceiling will not be raised, the Contracting Officer shall so promptly notify the Contractor in writing. After evaluation of a requested actual price increase, if the Contracting Officer authorizes the change in the Contract unit price, the Contractor shall submit an EDI 832 price change. The price change shall be posted for the following week’s ordering catalog.

(e) Downward limitation on economic price adjustments. There is no downward limitation on the aggregated percentage of decreases that may be made under this clause.

(f) Examination of records. The Contracting Officer or designated representative shall have the right to examine the Contractor’s books, records, documents and other data, to include commercial sales data, that the Contracting Officer deems necessary to verify Contractor adherence to the provisions of this clause. Such examination may occur up to twice a year (except as provided for below) until the end of 3 years after the date of final payment under this contract or the time periods specified in Subpart 4.7 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR), whichever is earlier. These will normally involve Government selection of a statistically significant sample size of invoices/records to examine based on the number of line items on the specific contract catalog. If an examination of records reveals irregularities, further examinations and/or a larger sample size may be required. In addition to normal examination, the Government may conduct additional examinations at the Contracting Officer's discretion.

(g) Final invoice. The Contractor shall include a statement on the final invoice that the amounts invoiced hereunder have applied all decreases required or authorized by this clause.

(h) Disputes. Any dispute arising under this clause shall be determined in accordance with the “Disputes” clause of the contract.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9065 Economic Price Adjustment – Actual Material Costs For Subsistence Product Price Business Model.

As prescribed at 16.203-4(d)(2)(S-96), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT – ACTUAL MATERIAL COSTS FOR DLA TROOP SUPPORT - SUBSISTENCE PRODUCT PRICE BUSINESS MODEL (OCT 2015)

(a) Warranties: For the portion of the schedule that is covered by this economic price adjustment (EPA) clause, the Contractor warrants that --

(1) Contract unit prices covered by this contract do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause; and

(2) All price adjustments invoiced under this contract shall be computed in accordance with the provisions of this clause.

(b) Definitions: As used throughout this clause, the term

(1) “Contract unit price” means the total price per unit charged to DLA Troop Support for a product delivered to DLA Troop Support’s customers. The Contract unit price consists of two components: Product price and distribution price as identified in the schedule of items. The sum of the two component prices shall be rounded to the nearest cent to determine the final Contract unit price.

(2) DLA Troop Support “Manufacturer’s Price Agreement” (MPA) means an agreement between DLA Troop Support and manufacturers which identifies a fixed product price for specific items that will be cataloged by the prime vendor.

(3) “Product price” is the most recent DLA Troop Support MP) price or the most recent manufacturer, grower or private label holder commercial price per unit to the Contractor, exclusive of standard freight.

(i) Exceptions:

(A) Fresh fruits and vegetables (FF&V):

(1) The product is listed in the distribution category for prime vendor fresh fruits and vegetables (FF&V)){buyer fill in}; and

(2) It is necessary for the product to be transported into the local market of the importer, as otherwise approved under the contract, from a foreign country because local supply does not exist or it is insufficient to meet demand requirements; and

(3) The importer that establishes the product price is the firm that actually performs the FF&V import service, including, but not limited to: procurement, storage, consolidation, pallets, and palletizing as it applies to the importer’s normal commercial sales, and the importer has comparable commercial sales in the market that is the point of import.

(B) A contiguous United States (CONUS) based manufacturer, grower or private label holder’s product pricing which is a national price inclusive of transportation costs to a Distribution Point shall be supported by documentation and may be considered by the Government on a case by case basis, upon concurrence of the Contracting Officer.

(C) Mandatory source items: The product price shall be limited to the nonprofit agency’s price for product as set in accordance with applicable law. The product price shall be based on f.o.b. origin/nonprofit agency. (Prices set in accordance with applicable law (f.o.b. origin/nonprofit agency.)

(D) Prime vendor table displays/decorations only: For products listed in category [buyer fill-in category number] prime vendor table displays/decorations only, the product price shall be based on f.o.b. origin/point of the manufacturer’s distributor because the manufacturer will not sell directly to the prime vendor. This exception must be approved by the Contracting Officer on a case by case basis. Support documentation is required.

(E) A CONUS-based redistributor’s price for a specific manufacturer’s product (also known as a stock keeping unit (SKU)) may be considered by the Government as long as the redistributor’s price for the quantity ordered is equal to or lower than the manufacturer’s published price inclusive of discounts/allowances. This exception must be approved by the Contracting officer on a case by case basis. Support documentation may be required.

(4) “Product allowance” is discounts, rebates, and allowances to be passed on to the Government. In accordance with other provisions of the contract, all discounts, rebates, or allowances on particular items which are reflected in the amounts shown on the face of the manufacture’s, grower’s or private label holder’s invoice (referred to as “off-invoice allowances”) or otherwise given to the Contractor by the manufacturer, grower or private label holder, shall be passed by the Contractor to the Government, in the form of an up-front price reduction. The total of these discounts, rebates, and allowances (or product allowance), shall be reflected via a reduced subsistence total order and receipt electronic system (STORES) price, resulting in a lower invoice price to the customer. Any rebates that must be passed to the Government and which cannot be applied as an up-front price reduction must be submitted via check made to the United States (U.S.) Treasury, attached with itemized listing of all customer purchases by line item to include contract number, call number, purchase order number and contract line-item number (CLIN).

(5) “Distribution price(s)” means the firm fixed price portion of the Contract unit price, offered as a dollar amount per unit of measure, rounded up or down to the nearest cent. The distribution price is the only method for the Contractor to bill the Government for all aspects of contract performance other than product price, including but not limited to, the performance requirements of this Statement of Work (SOW). Product price is distinct from and not to be included in the distribution price. The distribution price may be further segregated into pricing segments covering discrete, solicitation-specific performance requirements.

(6) “Ordering catalog” means the electronic listing of items and their corresponding contract unit prices available for ordering under this contract.

(7) “Ordering month” means from Sunday 12:01 AM of the first full week in a calendar month through the last Saturday 11:59 PM that precedes the Sunday of the first full week in the next calendar month (eastern time (ET), standard or daylight as applicable).

(8) “United States Defense Transportation System (DTS) Ocean Shipping Costs:” DTS ocean transportation costs (for shipping the product from the Prime Vendor’s CONUS facility(s) to the prime vendor’s OCONUS facility(s), aka “point to point” delivery via DTS), shall be excluded from the distribution price. The Defense Transportation System is responsible for point-to-point delivery.

(c) Price adjustments:

(1) General:

(i) All contract unit prices shall be fixed and remain unchanged until changed pursuant to this clause or other applicable provision of the contract. Only the product price component of the Contract unit price is subject to adjustment under this clause. After the first ordering month, if the Contractor’s product price changes for any or all contract unit prices, the Contract unit price shall be changed in the next month’s ordering catalog upon the Contractor’s request, submitted in accordance with paragraph iii below, by the same dollar amount of the change in the Product price, subject to the limitations in paragraph (d). The price change shall be effective at the beginning of the next ordering month. All ordering catalog unit prices computed in accordance with this clause and in effect when an order is placed shall remain in effect for that order through delivery. DLA Troop Support will be charged the Contract unit price in effect at the time of each order regardless of any changes in the unit price occurring in any subsequent ordering month.

(ii) Catalog product prices must be reflective of the prime vendor’s last receipt price (the price of the stock most recently received into the OCONUS inventory). For all distribution categories, when multiple sources are being utilized and more than one manufacturer’s product is receipted prior to a catalog update, the Contractor shall establish the product price based on the mix of invoices received after the previous changes period. The product price would be derived as follows:

Supplier A – {Buyer fill-in percentage and price}

Supplier B – {Buyer fill-in percentage and price}

Supplier C – {Buyer fill-in percentage and price}

Product price = {Buyer fill-in dollar amount}

(iii) Updates to the product price: All notices and requests for new item product prices and price changes shall be submitted monthly, no later than {buyer fill-in time} local Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, United States (U.S.) time one week prior to the first day of the next ordering month, to be effective in the next ordering month’s catalog prices. The product price shall have any and all product allowance subtractions made prior to presenting the product price to DLA Troop Support. The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer of its notice/request in the form of an electronic data interchange (EDI) 832 transaction set. The change notice shall include the Contractor’s adjustment in the product price component of the applicable Contract unit price. Upon the Contracting Officer’s acceptance of such electronic data interchange (EDI) 832 price changes in accordance with (v) below, the price change transaction sets will post in the next month’s ordering catalog and each Contract unit price shall be changed by the same dollar amount of the change in the product price in the next month’s ordering catalog.

(iv) All price changes, and catalog contract prices, are subject to review by the Government. The Contracting Officer may at any time require the submission of supporting data to substantiate any requested price change or the requested continuation of the pre-existing price for any item, including prices applicable to prior ordering months. Upon notice from the Contracting Officer that supporting data is required, the Contractor shall promptly furnish to the Government all supporting data, including but not limited to, invoices, quotes, price lists, supplier documentation regarding rebates/allowances, and any other substantiating information requested by the Contracting Officer.

(v) Price change requests that the Contracting Officer questions or finds to be inconsistent with the requirements of this clause shall not be posted until the Contracting Officer specifically authorizes the posting. If the Contracting Officer does not notify the Contractor by close of business local Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, U.S. time on the{buyer fill-in day} day immediately following the{buyer fill-in day} that a price or a price change request is being questioned or has been found to be erroneous, the price change(s) will post to the ordering catalog effective the beginning of the following ordering month. The posting of updated prices in the ordering catalog, calculated in accordance with this clause, constitutes a modification to this contract. No further contract modification is required to effect this change.

(vi) Should the Contracting Officer determine that, or question whether, a price change request contained an erroneous unit price or price change, or cannot otherwise determine the changed price(s) to be fair and reasonable, such as when the changed price(s) is (are) higher than lower product prices for items of comparable quality which are reasonably available to the Government or Contractor from other sources, the Contracting Officer will so advise the Contractor, prior to close of business local Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, U.S. time on the {buyer fill-in day} immediately following the{buyer fill-in day}. If the Contracting Officer cannot determine a price fair and reasonable, and the Contracting Officer and the Contractor cannot negotiate a fair and reasonable price, the Contracting Officer may reject any price change and direct in writing that the item in question be removed from the Contractor’s ordering catalog, without Government liability. The Contracting Officer may subsequently remove any such item from the ordering catalog if the Contractor fails to remove it. The Government has the right to procure such removed items from any alternate source of supply, and the failure of the Contractor to supply such item will be considered a negative instance of performance.

(vii) In the event of a price change not posting or an ordering catalog contract unit price not computed in accordance with this clause, resulting in an incorrectly increased or decreased Contract unit price, the prime vendor shall immediately notify the Contracting Officer in writing and promptly thereafter correct its ordering catalog and submit a refund for any amounts paid to the Contractor resulting from the erroneous price. In the event of an erroneous price decrease in the ordering catalog, if the Contractor can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer that the error did not result from the fault or negligence of the Contractor, the Contractor may submit a request for equitable adjustment for consideration by the Contracting Officer.

(2) Limitations: All adjustments under this clause shall be limited to the effect on contract unit prices of actual increases or decreases in the product prices for material. There shall be no upward adjustment for --

(i) Supplies for which the product price is not affected by such changes;

(ii) Changes in the quantities of material; and

(iii) Increases in unit prices that the Contracting Officer determines are computed incorrectly (i.e. not adhering to the Contract unit price definition in this clause) and/or increases in unit prices that the Contracting Officer determines are not fair and reasonable.

(d) Upward ceiling on economic price adjustment: The aggregate of contract product price increases for each item under this clause during the contract period inclusive of any option period(s) or tiered pricing period(s) shall not exceed {buyer fill-in percentage} (%) (buyer fill-in percentage} (%) for fresh fruits and vegetables (FF&V)) of the initial Contract product price, except as provided below:

(1) If at any time the Contractor has reason to believe that within the near future a price adjustment under the provisions of this clause will be required that will exceed the current contract ceiling price for any item, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the expected increase. In the event the latest actual market price for an item would result in a Contract unit price that will exceed the allowable ceiling price under the contract, then the Contractor shall immediately notify the Contracting Officer in writing or via its EDI price change request and separate email no later than the time specified in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) above. With either such notification the Contractor shall include a revised ceiling the Contractor believes is sufficient to permit completion of remaining contract performance, along with appropriate explanation and documentation as required by the Contracting Officer.

(2) If an actual increase in the reference price would raise a contract unit price for an item above the current ceiling, the Contractor shall have no obligation under this contract to fill future orders for such items, as of the effective date of the increase, unless the Contracting Officer issues a contract modification to raise the ceiling. If the contract ceiling will not be raised, the Contracting Officer shall so promptly notify the Contractor in writing. After evaluation of a requested actual price increase, if the Contracting Officer authorizes the change in the Contract unit price, the Contractor shall submit the EDI 832 price change. The price change shall be posted for the following month’s ordering catalog.

(e) Downward limitation on economic price adjustments: There is no downward limitation on the aggregated percentage of decreases that may be made under this clause.

(f) Examination of record: The Contracting Officer or designated representative shall have the right to examine the Contractor’s books, records, documents and other data, to include commercial sales data, the Contracting Officer deems necessary to verify Contractor adherence to the provisions of this clause. Such examination may occur during all reasonable times until the end of 3 years after the date of final payment under this contract or the time periods specified in Subpart 4.7 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR), whichever is earlier.

(g) Final invoice: The Contractor shall include a statement on the final invoice that the amounts invoiced hereunder have applied all decreases required or authorized by this clause.

(h) Disputes: Any dispute arising under this clause shall be determined in accordance with the “Disputes” clause of the contract.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9066 Economic Price Adjustment – Market Prices – DLA Distribution.

When used: This clause may be included in solicitations and resulting contracts for fiberboard boxes, liners and/or other items identified therein, when: (1) unpredictable increases or decreases in the cost of the items are expected; (2) the changes can be tracked by published market prices to be used for price adjustment purposes; (3) the Contracting Officer considers the use of this clause appropriate; and (4) the requirements of 16.203-2, -3, and -4 are met. This clause is approved for use by DLA Distribution only. See 16.203-4-90(l).

Notes:

1. Paragraphs (b)(1): The Contracting Officer shall insert identification of where the market prices can be found, e.g.: “the “Price Watch: Paperboard/Packaging" table contained in the PPI Pulp & Paper Week Price Watch (an RISI Inc. publication of Pulp & Paper Market News for North America).”

2. Paragraph (b)(1): Contracting Officer shall insert identification of the market price(s) to be used, e.g. :

Linerboard (42-pound (lb.)) Unbleached kraft, East (list $### - $###)

Linerboard (42-lb) Unbleached kraft, West (list $### - $###)

Corrugating medium Semichemical, East (list $### - $###)

Corrugating medium Semichemical, West (list $### - $###)”

(Note: The Contracting Officer shall modify subparagraphs (b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(ii), (b)(4) and (b)(4)(i) if separate regional prices are not applicable.

3. Paragraph (d)(1): Contracting Officer shall fill-in the overall percentage, or the percentage of each contract item price, that is deemed to represent the ordered price of the item(s) as applicable, e.g., “70” percent.

4. Paragraph (d)(4): Contracting Officer shall fill-in the percentage of the increase/decrease threshold for triggering a price increase or decrease band, e.g., “4” percent.

5. Paragraph (e)(1): The Contracting Officer shall fill-in the aggregate annual percentage limitation. This percentage is subject to 10% per annum aggregate limit, unless a higher limit is approved by the Chief of the Contracting Office or designee (see 16.203-3(94)). Such rationale and approval for any ceiling over the 10% per annum limit must be documented in the contract file.

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT – MARKET PRICES – DLA DISTRIBUTION (NOV 2011)

(a) Warranties. The Contractor warrants that:

(1) The unit prices set forth in the Schedule do not include allowances for any portion of the contingencies covered by this clause.

(2) The prices to be invoiced hereunder shall be computed in accordance with the provisions of this clause.

(b) Definitions. The terms used in this clause are defined below.

(1) The “market prices” specified hereunder are, as a satisfactory measure of price changes in the marketplace, used for price adjustments under this clause. The prices appear in

______________(Note 1)________________

______________(Note 2)________________

(i) The above applicable “East” market prices shall be used to adjust prices under this clause for items delivered to Defense Distribution Center Anniston, Alabama; Defense Distribution Depot Europe; Defense Distribution Center Susquehanna, Pennsylvania; Defense Distribution Center Norfolk, Virginia; Defense Distribution Center New Cumberland, Pennsylvania; and any other required delivery points east of the Mississippi River.

(ii) The above applicable ‘West” market prices shall be used to adjust prices under this clause for items delivered to Defense Distribution Center Hill, Utah, Defense Distribution Center San Joaquin, California; Defense Distribution Center Pearl Harbor, Hawaii; Defense Distribution Center Red River, Texarkana, Texas; and any other required delivery points west of the Mississippi River.

(2) Base market price – The average of the minimum and maximum list prices in United States (U.S.) dollar prices published the week of the contract effective date. If the contract effective date falls in a week when the prices are not published, then the average of the applicable minimum and maximum prices from the preceding week of publication shall be used.

(3) Adjusting market price – The average of the list price ranges specified above for the week in which the unit price(s) are being adjusted. Note: The adjusting market price becomes the base market price for the subsequent adjustment period, if any.

(4) Contract unit price – The contract unit price(s) to be invoiced for product(s) delivered to East and West locations is the sum of the “ordered price” and the “distribution price”:

(i) Ordered Price – The Contractor’s purchase cost for materials delivered to East or West locations. No amount shall be included in the ordered price(s) for any other element of cost or for profit. The ordered price component is subject to increases or decreases in accordance with this clause.

(ii) Distribution Price – The price that represents all the elements of the contract unit price other than the “ordered price”. The distribution price typically consists of the Contractor’s projected labor, general and administrative overhead, packaging costs, transportation costs from the prime vendor’s distribution point to destination, any other projected expenses or overhead associated with prime vendor function, and profit. Profit includes all profit relevant to both the materials costs and distribution costs. The distribution price reflects the difference between the ordered price and the contract unit price.

(5) Base Price – The unit price(s) offered for the item(s) included in the contract award schedule.

(6) Contract Price – means:

(i) The base year total prices and all option year prices shown on the contract schedule page(s) at time of award, or:

(ii) The base year total prices and all option year prices adjusted pursuant to this clause. (Note: price adjustments made to each ordered price component will be applied concurrently to any remaining option year prices.)

(7) Contract effective date – Means the effective date of award of the contract resulting from this solicitation.

(8) Option Year – A one (1) calendar year period consisting of twelve (12) calendar months. The first contract calendar year (base year) shall commence on the contract effective date and shall end 365 days (366 days for a leap year) thereafter. Each succeeding contract calendar year shall commence on the day immediately following the last day of the preceding contract calendar year.

(c) Price Change Notification. Within five calendar days following publication of a market price sufficient to require a price change under this clause, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the change and market price upon which the current contract price is based and attach a copy of the market price publication containing such price change.

(d) Limitations. All price adjustments are subject to the limitations set forth in this clause including:

(1) Price adjustments shall be applied only to the ordered price component, which is deemed to represent ___(Note 3)___ percent of the contract unit price for each item.

(2) Contract prices shall be adjusted by the same percentage that the Adjusting market price bears to the Base market price.

(3) When any unit price adjustments under this clause coincide with the exercise of an option period, such adjustments will be authorized separately from the exercise of the option.

(4) Price adjustments under this clause will be made only if the change to the price of a contract item would increase or decrease by (Note 4) percent or more of the current price of a contract line item.

(5) Increased contract unit prices shall not apply to quantities scheduled for delivery prior to the effective date of the increased unit price. The effective date of the increased unit price is the effective date on the contract modification (Standard Form (SF) 30, block 3).

All price adjustments shall be calculated as shown in the following example:

 

Unit

Prices

Baseline

Ordered

Price

(Compute using %

of Unit

Price from

(d)(1)

above)

Baseline

Distribution

Price

Baseline

Market

Price

Current

Market

Price

%

Change

Between

Baseline

And

Current

Market

Price

$ Increase /

Decrease

To Ordered

Price

Adjusted

Ordered

Price

Adjusted

Unit

Price

Sample

Increase

$5.90 =

$4.13

$1.77

140.2

151.7

(+) 8.2%

(+) $0.34

$4.47

$6.24

Sample

Decrease

$5.90 =

$4.13

$1.77

140.2

124.6

(-) 11.13%

(-) $0.46

$3.67

$5.44

Sample Increase Sample Decrease

Latest Market Price: 151.7 Latest Market Price: 124.6

Previous Market Price: 140.2 Previous Market Price: 140.2

(+) 11.5 (-) 15.60

% Change: 11.5 / 140.2 = (+) 8.2% % Change: 15.6 / 140.2 = (-) 11.13%

(e) Upward Ceiling On Economic Price Adjustment.

(1) The Contractor agrees that the total increase in any contract item’s unit price pursuant to the provisions of this clause shall not exceed (Note 5) percent per annum of the item’s unit price at the inception of each contract year, except as provided under paragraph (e)(3).

(2) If at any time, the Contractor has reason to believe that within the near future a price adjustment under the provisions of this clause will be required that will exceed the current contract ceiling price for any item, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the expected increase. The notification shall include a revised ceiling the Contractor believes is sufficient to permit completion of remaining contract performance, along with appropriate explanation and documentation as required by the Contracting Officer.

(3) If an actual increase in a market price would raise a contract unit price for an item above the current ceiling, the Contracting Officer may issue a contract modification to raise the ceiling. If the contract ceiling will not be raised, the Contracting Officer shall so promptly notify the Contractor in writing.

(4) There is no percentage limit on downward adjustments under this clause.

(f) Revision of the market price. In the event---

(1) any applicable market price indicator is discontinued or its method of derivation is altered substantially, or

(2) the Contracting Officer determines that the market price indicator consistently and substantially fails to reflect market conditions the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate substitute and the contract shall be modified to reflect such substitute effective on the date the indicator was discontinued, altered, or began to consistently and substantially fail to reflect market conditions.

(g) Contract Modifications. Price adjustment(s) pursuant to this clause shall be incorporated by a modification signed by the Contractor and the Contracting Officer. The modification shall be issued:

(1) within thirty (30) calendar days of the date of request by the Contractor and shall set forth the unit price(s) as adjusted in accordance with this clause to establish the new contract price(s),

(2) shall adjust the unit prices of any delivery orders issued during and following this 30 day period, and

(3) if the adjustment results in a decrease to the unit price(s) of any delivery orders issued during this 30 day period, the Contractor shall submit a credit memorandum in the amount of the decrease within 30 days of the date of the Modification. The credit will be applied to subsequent invoices.

(h) Final invoice. The Contractor shall include a statement on the final invoice for each contract year that amounts invoiced under this contract reflect all decreases required by this clause.

(i) Disputes. Any disagreement arising under this clause shall be resolved in accordance with the “Disputes” clause of the contract.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9067 Economic Price Adjustment - Liquid Propane Gas – DLA Distribution.

As prescribed in 16.203-4-90(l)(8), use the clause in contracts for procurement of liquid propane gas (LPG) by DLA Distribution only.

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT LIQUID PROPANE GAS – DLA DISTRIBUTION

(JAN 2013)

(a) Warranties. The Contractor warrants that –

(1) The unit prices set forth in the schedule do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause; and

(2) The prices to be invoiced hereunder shall be computed in accordance with the provision of this clause.

(b) Definitions. As used throughout this clause-

(1) The term "base price" means-

(i) The unit price offered for an item and included in the contract award schedule at time of award

(2) Market price means a price determined by an independent trade association, governmental body, or other third party and reported or made available in a consistent manner in a publication, electronic data base, or other form. This price may be either a single market price or a combination of market prices for price adjustment for individual items by product, market area, and publication as specified in paragraph (f) below.

(3) The term "base market price" means the preselected market price for an item as published on [Note 1] in the publication specified in paragraph (f).

(4) The adjusting market price means the average price listed in the publication specified in paragraph (f) immediately preceding the date of adjustment.

(c) Adjustments. The Contracting Officer shall issue a modification to the contract to reflect any price change pursuant to this clause. The Contract price shall be adjusted at the initial date of performance only if the change between the market price at the start of performance and the base market price equals 5% (positive or negative) or more of the contract price. Price changes thereafter shall be no more frequent than every two weeks. Therefore, after the initial date of performance, the difference between the current market price and the base market price will be determined on a weekly basis, providing there has not been a price adjustment in the prior week (in which case no adjustment would be applicable). The Contract price will be changed by this difference, (positive or negative), at any time the adjustment from the current price to the newly adjusted price (positive or negative) is determined to equal 5% or more of the base price. Price changes will be formally issued in a contract modification which will be effective on the fourth business day immediately following the date of the publication used for the adjusting market price. For example, if the adjusting market price was published on a Monday, the effective date of the price change would be the Friday of that same week.

(1) Calculations. The prices payable under this clause shall be determined by adjusting the award price by the same number of cents, or fraction thereof that the market price increases or decreases, per like unit of measure, no more than every two weeks, providing that such an adjustment would result in a 5% or more change between the base price and the adjusted contract price. All arithmetical calculations, including the final adjusted unit price shall be rounded to the nearest thousandth of a cent. For example, if performance started January 1, the contract award price is $2.00 and if the base market price on the base reference date is 150.000 cents, and the adjusting market priceimmediately preceding the performance period is 160.000 cents, the contract price shall increase by 10.000 cents $2.10 at the start of the performance period. If the adjusting market price was 155.000 cents instead of 160.000, there would be no adjustment, since the difference between the adjusting market price and the base market price is less than 5% of the base price. All calculations in this example are purely hypothetical, and not based on any actual dates or prices.

(2) Revision of published market price indicator. In the event--

(i) Any applicable market price is discontinued or its method of derivation is altered substantially; or

(ii) The Contracting Officer determines that the market price indicator consistently and substantially failed to reflect market conditions,-

the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate and comparable substitute for determining the price adjustments hereunder. The contract shall be modified to reflect such substitute effective on the date the indicator was discontinued, altered, or began to consistently and substantially fail to reflect market conditions. If the parties fail to agree on an appropriate substitute, the matter shall be resolved in accordance with the Disputes clause of the contract.

(3) Failure to deliver. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this clause, no upward adjustment shall apply to product scheduled under the contract to be delivered before the effective date of the adjustment, unless the Contractor's failure to deliver according to the delivery schedule results from causes beyond the Contractor's control and without its fault or negligence, within the meaning of the Default clause of this contract, in which case the Contract shall be amended to make an equitable extension of the delivery schedule.

(4) Upward ceiling on economic price adjustment. The Contractor agrees that the total increase in any Contract unit price pursuant to these economic price adjustment provisions shall not exceed [Note 2] percent of the award price in any applicable program year (whether a single year or a multiyear program), except as provided hereafter. This [Note 2] percent is not cumulative for each program year, and instead is applied to the price in effect at the beginning of each program year, through the end of that program year.

(i) If at any time the Contractor has reason to believe that within the near future a price adjustment under the provisions of this clause will be required that will exceed the current contract ceiling price for any item, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the expected increase. The notification shall include a revised ceiling the Contractor believes is sufficient to permit completion of remaining contract performance, along with appropriate explanation and documentation as required by the Contracting Officer.

(ii) If an actual increase in the market price would raise a contract unit price for an item above the current ceiling, the Contractor shall have no obligation under this contract to fill pending or future orders for such item, as of the effective date of the increase, unless the Contracting Officer issues a contract modification to raise the ceiling. If the contract ceiling will not be raised, the Contracting Officer shall so promptly notify the Contractor in writing.

(d) Examination of records. The Contractor agrees that the Contracting Officer or designated representatives shall have the right to examine the Contractor's books, records, documents, or other data the Contracting Officer deems necessary to verify Contractor adherence to the provisions of this clause.

(e) Final invoice. The Contractor shall include a statement on the final invoice that the amounts invoiced hereunder have applied all decreases required by this clause.

(f) Publication, product, and location. The average of the high and low in Butane Propane News’ (BPN's) Weekly Propane Newsletter, Propane Prices Update, Spot Prices for Natural Gas Liquids, at Mont Belvieu (not LDH) shall be used to calculate each four week average specified above. These prices measure the general rate and direction of price movement for this commodity within a market. This does not indicate a mandatory source of supply or area where bidders must obtain supplies.

(End of Clause)

Note 1: Requires buyer to fill in the appropriate base market price date in paragraph (b)(3). This date should be no later than the date of final proposal revisions.

Note 2: The buyer must also fill in the percentage applicable in (c)(4), as determined in accordance with 16.203-3-90 and local procedures.

52.216-9068 Economic Price Adjustment – Published Market Price -Electricity – Heat Rate.

As prescribed at 16.203-4(a)(2)(99), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT – PUBLISHED MARKET PRICE - ELECTRICITY – HEAT RATE (NOV 2011)

(a) Warranties. The Contractor warrants that--

(1) The award price set forth in the Schedule does not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause; and

(2) The prices to be invoiced shall be computed in accordance with the provisions of this clause.

(b) Definitions. As used throughout this clause, the term--

(1) Adjusting market price means the market price to be used in calculating an economic price adjustment to arrive at the updated contract price for a given delivery month. Adjusting market prices are established two possible ways:

(i) In the fixed price trigger schedule attachment, there are trigger floors and trigger ceilings for specified volumes within each delivery month. If the [buyer fill-in applicable market index] natural gas price reaches either the trigger floor or the trigger ceiling for a specified volume, the adjusting market price is the trigger floor or trigger ceiling for that volume.

(ii) If neither the Trigger floor nor trigger ceiling prices are met for a given trigger volume, the adjusting market price of natural gas for all remaining volumes contained in the fixed price trigger schedule for the delivery month will be the [buyer fill-in applicable market index] final settlement price for that delivery month.

(2) Award price means the sum of the block energy adder and the product of the heat rate and the initial market price expressed in dollars per megawatt hour.

(3) Base (7X24) block energy means a block of electricity that covers electricity usage 7 days a week, 24 hours a day.

(4) Block energy adder is a fixed service fee, expressed in dollars per megawatt hour, that should cover all overhead and costs not included in the heat rate/market index component of the Contractor’s price. At a minimum, the adder is expected to cover the Contractor’s wholesale transmission, losses, ancillaries, intra- and inter-zonal congestion, and scheduling.

(5) Delivery month means the period between meter readings, as set forth in the statement of work.

(6) Heat rate means the measurement of the efficiency with which heat can be used to produce electricity. Specifically, it is the number of British thermal units required to produce one kilowatt hour of electricity. Under this solicitation, the heat rate for base (7x24) block energy is [buyer fill-in applicable heat rate] and the heat rate for on-peak (5x16) block energy is [buyer fill-in applicable heat rate].

(7) Initial Market Price means the market price for [buyer fill-in applicable market index] natural gas at time of award, expressed in dollars per British thermal units, as published by [buyer fill-in applicable publication].

(8) Market index is [buyer fill-in applicable publication and market index] natural gas.

(9) Market Price is the price for [buyer fill-in applicable market index] natural gas, expressed in dollars per British thermal units, as published by [buyer fill-in applicable publication].

(10) On-peak (5X16) Block Energy means a block of electricity that covers a customer’s electricity usage Monday through Friday, 5 days a week, 16 hours a day. Peak hours are [buyer fill-in applicable peak hours], as defined by the [buyer fill-in applicable ISO/RTO].

(11) Settlement Price for a given delivery Month means the [buyer fill-in applicable market index] natural gas contract price as of three business days prior to the first calendar day of that delivery month. Where a delivery month begins in one month (Month 1) and ends in the subsequent month (Month 2), the [buyer fill-in applicable market index] natural gas contract price as of three business days prior to the first calendar day of Month 2 will be used.

(12) Trigger means a pre-established floor or ceiling natural gas market price for a given volume of natural gas for a specified delivery month. (See the fixed price trigger schedule attachment).

(13) Trigger ceiling means the highest price for a specified volume contained in the fixed price trigger schedule. Where a ceiling is triggered for a given volume, the adjusting market price for that volume is locked in at the ceiling price, unless an exception specified in the statement of work applies.

(14) Trigger floor means the lowest price for a specified volume contained in the fixed price trigger schedule. Where a floor is triggered for a given volume, the adjusting market price for that volume is locked in at the floor price, unless an exception specified in the statement of work applies.

(15) Updated contract price means the sum of the block energy adder and the product of the heat rate and weighted adjusting market price expressed in dollars per megawatt hour.

(16) Upward ceiling means the highest allowable differential between the award price and an updated contract price.

(17) Weighted adjusting market price (WAMP) means the average of all triggered and/or settled adjusting market prices weighted by British Thermal units, for each delivery month expressed in dollars per MMBTU.

(c) Adjustments. The contract prices for electricity delivered in a given delivery month will be updated by inserting the WAMP for that month utilizing the formulas below.

Updated Contract PriceB = (Heat RateB * Weighted Adjusting Market Price) + Block Energy AdderB

Updated Contract PriceP = (Heat RateP * Weighted Adjusting Market Price) + Block Energy AdderP

Where the subscript B denotes Base (7X24) Block Energy and the subscript P denotes On-peak (5X16) Block Energy.

The heat rates and block energy adders are fixed for the contract term, while the WAMP component varies with the market based upon either the pre-established triggers set forth in the fixed price trigger schedule or the published [buyer fill-in applicable publication and market index] settlement price, as defined above.

(d) Calculations. All calculations shall be rounded to five decimal places.

(e) Failure to deliver. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this clause, no upward adjustment shall apply to product scheduled under the contract to be delivered before the effective date of the adjustment, unless the Contractor’s failure to deliver according to the delivery schedule results from causes beyond the Contractor’s control and without its fault or negligence, within the meaning of paragraphs (f), Excusable Delays, and (m), Termination for Cause, of the Contract Terms And Conditions – Commercial Items clause of this contract, in which case the contract shall be amended to make an equitable extension of the delivery schedule.

(f) Upward ceiling on economic price adjustment. The Contractor agrees that in any delivery month of the contract term, the total increase in any base or on-peak updated contract price, pursuant to these economic price adjustment provisions, shall not exceed [buyer fill-in applicable upward ceiling] of the value of the award price.

Except as provided hereafter--

(1) If at any time the Contractor has reason to believe that within the near future a price adjustment under the provisions of this clause will be required that will exceed the current contract upward ceiling price for any item, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the expected increase. The notification shall include a revised upward ceiling which the Contractor believes is sufficient to permit completion of remaining contract performance, along with appropriate explanation and documentation as required by the Contracting Officer.

(2) If an actual increase in the established Market price would raise an updated contract price for an item above the current upward ceiling, the Contractor shall have no obligation under this contract to fill pending or future orders for such item, as of the effective date of the increase, unless the Contracting Officer issues a contract modification to raise the Upward Ceiling. If the contract Upward Ceiling will not be raised, the Contracting Officer shall so promptly notify the Contractor in writing.

(g) Revision of market index indicator. In the event that--

(1) Any applicable market index indicator is discontinued or its method of derivation is altered substantially; or

(2) The Contracting Officer determines that the market index indicator consistently and substantially fails to reflect market conditions,-the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate and comparable substitute and the contract shall be modified to reflect such substitute effective on the date the indicator was discontinued, altered, or began to consistently and substantially fail to reflect market conditions. If the parties fail to agree on an appropriate substitute, the matter shall be resolved in accordance with paragraph (d), Disputes, of the Contract Terms And Conditions – Commercial Items clause of this contract.

(h) Examination of records. The Contractor agrees that the Contracting Officer or designated representative shall have the right to examine the Contractor's books, records, documents, or other data the Contracting Officer deems necessary to verify Contractor adherence to the provisions of this clause.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9069 Economic Price Adjustment – Published Market Price – DLA Energy Domestic Bulk.

As prescribed at 16.203-4(a)(2)(98), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT -- PUBLISHED MARKET PRICE - DLA ENERGY DOMESTIC BULK (NOV 2011)

(a) Warranties. The Contractor warrants that—

(1) The base unit prices set forth in the Schedule do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause; and

(2) The prices to be invoiced shall be computed in accordance with the provisions of this clause.

(b) Definitions. As used throughout this clause, the term—

(1) Base unit price means the unit price set forth opposite the item in the Schedule.

(2) Market price means the price to be used in determining an economic price adjustment of the base unit price of an individual product for the market area and time period specified in this clause. The market price is derived from quotes, assessments, or sales prices in the market place for one or several items or commodity groups as reported in a consistent manner in a publication, electronic data base, or other form, as determined by an independent trade association, governmental body, or other third party independent of the Contractor.

(i) Base market price means the price as shown in Column V of the table below, which is the market price from which economic price adjustments are calculated pursuant to this clause.

(ii) Adjusting market price means the market price for deliveries during the most recent period, as defined in the table below.

(3) Date of delivery is defined as follows:

(i) For tanker or barge deliveries.

(A) Free on board (f.o.b.) origin. The date and time vessel commences loading.

(B) F.o.b. destination. The date and time vessel commences discharging.

(ii) For pipeline deliveries. The date and time product commences to move past the specified f.o.b. point.

(iii) For all other types of deliveries. The date product is received.

(c) Adjustments.

(1) Subject to the provisions of this clause, the price payable shall be the base unit price in effect on the date of delivery increased or decreased by the same number of cents, or fraction thereof, that the adjusting market price applicable at date of delivery increases or decreases, per like unit of measure, from the base market price.

(2) Calculations. All calculations shall be rounded to six decimal places.

(3) Modifications. Any resultant price changes to the base market price and base unit price shall be executed by the Contracting Officer through a weekly price adjustment modification effective each Tuesday.

(4) Failure to deliver. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this clause, no upward adjustment shall apply to product scheduled under the contract to be delivered before the effective date of the adjustment, unless the Contractor’s failure to deliver according to the delivery schedule results from causes beyond the Contractor’s control and without its fault or negligence, within the meaning of paragraphs (f), Excusable Delays, and (m), Termination for Cause, of the Contract Terms And Conditions - Commercial Items clause of this contract, in which case the contract shall be amended to make an equitable extension of the delivery schedule.

(5) Upward ceiling on economic price adjustment. The Contractor agrees that the total increase in any contract unit price, pursuant to these economic price adjustment provisions shall not exceed (Note 1) percent of the original base unit price in any applicable program year (whether a single year or multiyear program), except as provided hereafter.

(i) If at any time the Contractor has reason to believe that within the near future a price adjustment under the provisions of this clause will be required that will exceed the current contract ceiling price for any item, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the expected increase. The notification shall include a revised ceiling which the Contractor believes is sufficient to permit completion of remaining contract performance, along with appropriate explanation and documentation as required by the Contracting Officer.

(ii) If an actual increase in the established market price would raise a contract unit price for an item above the current ceiling, the Contractor shall have no obligation under this contract to fill pending or future orders for such item, as of the effective date of the increase, unless the Contracting Officer issues a contract modification to raise the ceiling. If the contract ceiling will not be raised, the Contracting Officer shall so promptly notify the Contractor in writing.

(6) Revision of market price indicator. In the event—

(i) Any applicable market price indicator is discontinued or its method of derivation is altered substantially; or

(ii) The Contracting Officer determines that the market price indicator consistently and substantially fails to reflect market conditions,-the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate and comparable substitute and the contract shall be modified to reflect such substitute effective on the date the indicator was discontinued, altered, or began to consistently and substantially fail to reflect market conditions. If the parties fail to agree on an appropriate substitute, the matter shall be resolved in accordance with paragraph (d), Disputes, of the Contract Terms And Conditions - Commercial Items clause of this contract.

(d) Conversion factors. If this clause requires quantity conversions for economic price adjustment purposes, the conversion factors for applicable products, as specified in the DLA Energy conversion factor instruction, apply unless otherwise specified in the Schedule.

(e) Examination of records. The Contractor agrees that the Contracting Officer or designated representative shall have the right to examine the Contractor's books, records, documents, or other data the Contracting Officer deems necessary to verify Contractor adherence to the provisions of this clause.

(f) Final invoice. The Contractor shall include a statement on the final invoice that the amounts invoiced hereunder have applied all decreases required by this clause.

(g) Table.

I. Heading under which market indicator is published

II. Base market price

III. Location where market price is applicable (excludes all taxes)

IV. Item number/ Name of product

V. Name of Publication

(see note(s) below)

(Notes - fill-in)

(End of Clause)

Note 1: The Contracting Officer shall complete the percentage as required in 16.203-4(a)(2)(XX)

Note 2: The Contracting Officer shall complete the table after coordinating with the Market Research Division.

Note 3: Method(s), and time period(s) for calculating the market price(s), as exemplified below:

For Platts Oilgram: "Note: The East/Gulf Coast adjusting market price will be firm for weekly periods and is defined as the average of the applicable daily Platts spot assessment quotations effective for the prior week. The simple average of the daily average highs and lows of the prices effective Monday through Friday (excluding any days prices that are not published) shall be the adjusting market price effective for the following Tuesday through Monday."

For Oil Price Information Service: "Note: The Rocky Mountain adjusting market price will be firm for weekly periods and is defined as the Oil Price Information Service Publication applicable weekly quotations effective for the prior week. The simple average of the highs and lows of the prices effective the prior week shall be the adjusting market price effective for Tuesday through Monday."

(End of Clause)

52.216-9070 Economic Price Adjustment – Daily Market Price Indicators (Ships’ Bunkers).

As prescribed at 16.203-4(a)(2)(103), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT – DAILY MARKET PRICE INDICATORS (SHIPS’ BUNKERS) (JUL 2010)

(a) Warranties: The Contractor warrants that--

(1) The unit prices set forth in the Schedule do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause; and

(2) The prices to be invoiced hereunder shall be computed in accordance with the provisions of this clause.

(b) Definitions: As used throughout this clause, the term--

(1) Award price means the original contract price.

(2) Reference price means the market price indicator set forth in the Table in (f) below with which the award price is to fluctuate.

(i) Base reference price means the market price indicator shown in the Table in (f) below and is the reference price from which economic price adjustments are calculated pursuant to this clause. This price will be expressed as Base Ref. Price in any price adjustment notification issued through contract modifications and/or postings to the web page under the heading Vendor Resources and then Product Price Adjustments. The base reference date annotated in the Table shall remain unchanged throughout the life of the contract.

(ii) Adjusting reference price means the market price indicator in effect on the date of delivery, used to determine the change in reference price. In the event one or more applicable reference prices are not (or were not) published, then the term adjusting reference price means the market price indicator for an item as published on the date nearest in time on or prior to the effective calendar date as expressed in (4) below. It is annotated as New Ref. Price in any Price Adjustment (PA) modification issued.

(3) Current unit price means the price in effect for the day that the price adjustment provisions discussed in paragraph (c) below begin. This price, expressed as Latest Unit Price in any price adjustment notification issued through contract modifications and/or postings to the web page under the heading Vendor Resources and then Product Price Adjustments, shall be the unit price charged to the Government for supplies delivered under the contract.

(4) Date of delivery means the date and time product is received by the requesting activity/ vessel. This is shown by signature of receipt by the Government representative for the entire delivery. A single delivery that began on one date and ended on another date shall be considered as received on the date of completion annotated by the Government on the bunker delivery document. Excusable delays in delivery shall be handled on a case-by-case basis by the Contracting Officer.

(5) Calendar week means a consecutive seven-day period, beginning with Monday, unless otherwise specified in (c)(1) below.

(6) Published means issued in either print or electronic format by the service designated to be employed as an escalator, unless otherwise specifically stated. In the event of a conflict between the prices set forth in the print version and those set forth in the electronic version for the same date, the electronic version shall prevail, unless otherwise specified in (c)(1) below.

(c) Adjustments: The prices payable under this contract shall be the award price increased or decreased by the amount that the reference price shall have increased or decreased as of the date of delivery. The amount of increase or decrease in the award price shall be based on the same number of cents, or fraction thereof, that the reference price increases or decreases per like unit of measure.

(1) Day of publication: The adjusting reference price in effect on the date of delivery shall be that item's reference price effective (and normally published) on the date in which the delivery is made, or, in the event there is no publication on that day, it shall be the item's reference price as last previously published prior to that date.

Note: Platts issues corrections to its published prices on a regular basis. Platts posts corrections to its website (http://www.platts.com) for its subscribers. If a correction to a reference price is found on the Platts website, all of the items that use that reference price will be corrected. will correct any other reference prices, as notice of the correction is received. will work with the pricing services to determine the appropriate price, whenever an offeror or Contractor can show that the price referenced should be reviewed.

(2) Calculations:

(i) If averages are published within a given publication, then these averages will be used.

(ii) For prices in U.S. gallons, if averages are not available within a given publication, calculated averages, carried to six decimal places, rounded, will be used. For prices in metric tons, if averages are not available within a given publication, calculated averages, carried to two decimal places, rounded, will be used. For domestic contract line items, conversions from metric tons to gallons shall be utilized through the conversion factors clause for the applicable publication reference product. Barrels shall be converted using the conversion factors instruction for barrels to gallons. If this clause requires quantity conversion for economic price adjustment purposes, the conversion factors for applicable products, as specified in the Conversion Factor Instruction, apply unless otherwise specified in the Schedule in the Table (f) below. Details on the specific products covered and the method of conversion can be found in Instruction M55 ( MAR 2007), which is included in solicitations and resulting contracts when conversion factors are required.

(iii) For domestic contract line items, the final calculated reference price, as well as any intermediary arithmetical calculations, will consist of a number including six decimal places, rounded. For overseas contract line items, the final calculated reference price, as well as any intermediary arithmetical calculations, will consist of a number including two decimal places, rounded.

(iv) For domestic contract line items, the final adjusted unit price will always consist of a number including six decimal places, rounded. For overseas contract line items, the final adjusted unit price will always consist of a number including two decimal places, rounded.

(3) Failure to deliver: Notwithstanding any other provisions of this clause, no upward adjustment shall apply to product scheduled under the contract to be delivered before the effective date of the adjustment unless the Contractor’s failure to deliver according to the delivery schedule results from causes beyond the Contractor’s control and without its fault or negligence, within the meaning of paragraphs (f), Excusable Delays, and (m), Termination for Cause, of the Contract Terms And Conditions – Commercial Items clause of this contract in which case the contract shall be amended to make an equitable extension of the delivery schedule.

(4) Upward ceiling on economic price adjustments: The Contractor agrees that the total increase in any contract unit price shall not exceed {buyer fill-in applicable upward ceiling}____________ percent (%) of the award price, except as provided hereafter:

(i) If, at any time, the Contractor has reason to believe that within the near future a price adjustment under the provisions of this clause will be required that will exceed the current contract ceiling price for any item, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the expected increase. The notification shall include a revised ceiling the Contractor believes is sufficient to permit completion of remaining contract performance, along with an appropriate explanation and documentation as required by the Contracting Officer.

(ii) If an actual increase in the reference price would raise a contract unit price for an item above the current ceiling, the Contractor shall have no obligation under this contract to fill pending or future orders for such item, as of the effective date of the increase, unless the Contracting Officer issues a contract modification to raise the ceiling. If the contract ceiling will not be raised, the Contracting Officer shall so promptly notify the Contractor in writing.

(5) Revision of reference price: In the event--

(i) Any applicable reference price (market price indicator) is discontinued or its method of derivation is altered substantially; or

(ii) The Contracting Officer determines that the reference price consistently and substantially failed to reflect market conditions, the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate and comparable substitute for determining the price adjustments hereunder. The contract shall be modified to reflect such substitute effective on or just prior to the date the indicator was discontinued, altered, or began to consistently and substantially fail to reflect market conditions. Failure to agree on an appropriate substitute shall be considered a “dispute” within the meaning of paragraph (d), Disputes, of the Contract Terms And Conditions -- Commercial Items clause of the contract.

(d) Examination of records: The Contractor agrees that the Contracting Officer or designated representatives shall have the right to examine the Contractor's books, records, documents, and other data the Contracting Officer deems necessary to verify Contractor adherence to the provisions of this clause.

(e) Final invoice: The Contractor shall include a statement on the final invoice that the amounts invoiced hereunder have applied all decreases required by this clause.

(f) Table: The following publication(s)/date(s) apply: {buyer fill-in of applicable information}.

Note to buyer: - select one of the following choices:

(1) Insert the following table when the solicitation does not contain numerous items:

Base reference Base reference Base reference Base reference

Item no. publication heading date price

or

(2) (at Contracting Officer’s discretion) Insert for Ships’ Bunker programs when the solicitation is for a major program buy:

“See the continuation pages to this clause at Attachment C for a listing of each line item, the applicable publications for each line item, as well as the applicable reference heading, base reference date and base reference price.”

The Contracting Officer shall insert the appropriate table at Attachment C.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9071 Economic Price Adjustment – Market Price – Posts, Camps, and Stations (PC&S) – Korea/Guam/Japan.

As prescribed at 16.203-4(a)(2)(100), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT - MARKET PRICE - POSTS, CAMPS, AND STATIONS (PC&S) KOREA/GUAM/JAPAN (NOV 2011)

(a) Warranties. The Contractor warrants that—

(1) The unit prices set forth in the Schedule do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause; and

(2) The prices to be invoiced hereunder shall be computed in accordance with the provisions of this clause.

(b) Definitions. As used throughout this clause, the term—

(1) Base unit price means the unit price set forth opposite the item in Section B of the Schedule.

(2) Market price means a price determined by an independent trade association, governmental body, or other third party and reported or made available in a consistent manner in a publication, electronic data base, or other form. This price may be either a single market price or a combination of market prices for price adjustment for individual items by product, market area, and publication as specified in the Table in (g) below. For purposes of this procurement, the market price is the average of the prices published in Platt's Oilgram Price Report. The applicable market price is identified by product following the Table in (g) below.

(i) Base market price means the price as shown in column IV of the Table in (g) below and is the market price from which economic price adjustments are calculated pursuant to this clause.

(ii) Adjusting market price means the market price in effect on the date of delivery and that will be used to determine the change in market price as defined in (c)(1) below.

(3) Date of delivery is defined as follows:

(i) For free on board (f.o.b.) destination truck deliveries. The date product is received, on a truck-by-truck basis.

(ii) For all other types of deliveries. The date and time product commences moving past the specified f.o.b. point.

(c) See Note 1.

(1) Subject to the provisions of this clause, the prices payable hereunder shall be determined by adding to the base unit price the same number of cents, or fraction thereof, that the adjusting market price increases or decreases, per like unit of measure, subsequent to the date on which the base market price is established (see column IV of the Table). The prices payable shall be issued through semimonthly contract notifications effective the first and third Monday of each month.

(2) Contract price adjustments shall be provided via notification through contract modifications and/or posting to the web page under the heading Vendor Resources and then Product Price Adjustments.

(3) All arithmetical calculations, including the final adjusted unit price, shall be rounded to four decimal places.

(4) Failure to deliver. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this clause, no upward adjustment shall apply to product scheduled under the contract to be delivered before the effective date of the adjustment, unless the Contractor’s failure to deliver according to the delivery schedule results from causes beyond the Contractor’s control and without its fault or negligence, within the meaning of paragraphs (f), Excusable Delays, and (m), Termination for Cause, of the Contract Terms And Conditions - Commercial Items clause of this contract, in which case the contract shall be amended to make an equitable extension of the delivery schedule.

(5) Upward ceiling on economic price adjustment. The Contractor agrees that the total increase in any contract unit price, pursuant to these economic price adjustment provisions, shall not exceed See Note 2____ percent of the base unit price in any applicable program year (whether a single year or a multiyear program), except as provided hereafter.

(i) If at any time the Contractor has reason to believe that within the near future a price adjustment under the provisions of this clause will be required that will exceed the current contract ceiling price for any item, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the expected increase. The notification shall include a revised ceiling the Contractor believes is sufficient to permit completion of remaining contract performance, along with an appropriate explanation and documentation as required by the Contracting Officer.

(ii) If an actual increase in the market price would raise a contract unit price for an item above the current ceiling, the Contractor shall have no obligation under this contract to fill pending or future orders for such item, as of the effective date of the increase, unless the Contracting Officer issues a contract modification to raise the ceiling. If the contract ceiling will not be raised, the Contracting Officer shall so promptly notify the Contractor in writing.

(6) Revision of market price indicator. In the event—

(i) Any applicable market price indicator is discontinued or its method of derivation is altered substantially; or

(ii) The Contracting Officer determines that the market price indicator consistently and substantially fails to reflect market conditions,-the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate and comparable substitute for determining the price adjustments hereunder. The contract shall be modified to reflect such substitute effective on the date the indicator was discontinued, altered, or began to consistently and substantially fail to reflect market conditions. If the parties fail to agree on an appropriate substitute, the matter shall be resolved in accordance with paragraph (d), disputes, of the Contract Terms And Conditions - Commercial Items clause of this contract.

(d) Conversion factors. If this clause requires quantity conversion for economic price adjustment purposes, the conversion factors for applicable products, as specified in the Conversion Factor Instruction, apply unless otherwise specified in the Schedule.

(e) Examination of records. The Contractor agrees that the Contracting Officer or designated representatives shall have the right to examine the Contractor's books, records, documents, and other data the Contracting Officer deems necessary to verify Contractor adherence to the provisions of this clause.

(f) Final invoice. The Contractor shall include a statement on the final invoice that the amounts invoiced hereunder have applied all decreases required by this clause.

(g) Table.

I II III IV

Heading under which market price is published and

Base market price

Name of publication

as of ____________

Item no. (see (b)(2) above) name of product (date of publication)

(see note 3)

(End of Clause)

Note 1: The Contracting Officer shall insert the following:

(For Korea and Guam only):

(c) Adjustments.

(For Japan only):

(c) Adjustments. For products delivered by barge or tanker, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer of any delivery and associated change in the adjusting market price within 15 days from the date thereof. For products delivered via other modes (TT, TW, etc.), price adjustments shall be semimonthly and shall occur on the first and third Monday of each month. No increase in a contract unit price for barge or tanker deliveries shall be executed pursuant to this provision until the increase in the applicable adjusting market price has been verified by the Contracting Officer.

Note 2: The Contracting Officer shall insert the appropriate ceiling percentage in paragraph (c)(4) as determined by the Chief of the Contracting Office or designee (reference note 2 of the clause). Explicit approval must be obtained for any ceiling exceeding ten (10) percent in accordance with DLAD 16.203-3 (94).

Note 3: The Contracting Officer shall coordinate with the Market Research Section (DESC-RN) before completion of fill in the blank information sections of the clause such as base market, and publication dates, to ensure the accuracy of the information and the correct selection of the market price.

52.216-9072 Economic Price Adjustment - Petroleum Product Price , Post, Camp, and Station (PC&S).

As prescribed at 16.203-4(a)(2)(101), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT – PETROLEUM PRODUCT PRICE, POST, CAMP AND STATION (PC&S) (NOV 2011)

(a) Warranties: The Contractor warrants that—

(1) The unit prices set forth in the Schedule do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause; and

(2) The prices to be invoiced hereunder shall be computed daily in accordance with the provisions of this clause.

(b) Definitions: As used throughout this clause, the term--

(1) Base price means—

(i) The unit price offered for an item and included in the contract award schedule; or

(ii) During any subsequent program year, either the effective contract price as of the start of the subsequent program year, or the price agreed upon as of the start of the subsequent program year.

(2) Base reference price means the reference price for an item as published on__________. In the event one or more applicable reference prices are not (or were not) published on the date shown, then the term base reference price means the reference price for an item as published on the date nearest in time prior to the date shown.

(3) Reference price means that published reference price or combination of published reference prices for price adjustment of individual items by product, market area, and publication as specified in (f) below.

(4) Date of delivery means—

(i) For tanker or barge deliveries.

(A) Free on board (f.o.b.) origin: The date and time vessel commences loading.

(B) F.o.b. destination: The date and time vessel commences discharging.

(ii) For all other types of deliveries: The date product is received on a truck-by-truck basis.

(5) Published means issued in either printed or electronic format by the service designated to be employed as an escalator, unless otherwise specifically stated. In the event of a conflict between the price set forth in the print version and those set forth in the electronic version for the same date, the electronic version shall prevail unless otherwise specified in (c) below.

(c) Adjustments: Contract price adjustments shall be provided via notification through contract modifications and/or posting to the web page under the heading Vendor Resources and then Product Price Adjustments to reflect any price change pursuant to this clause.

(1) Calculations: The prices payable hereunder shall be determined by adjusting the award price by the same number of cents, or fraction thereof, that the daily reference price increases or decreases, per like unit of measure. All arithmetical calculations, including the final adjusted unit price, shall be carried to six decimal places.

Oil price information service (OPIS): For all items employing OPIS, the reference price in effect on the date of delivery shall be the end of day OPIS rack average effective (6:00 p.m. timestamp) that day. In the event there is no price published for date of delivery, then it shall be the item’s reference price that was last in effect.

Other publications: Except for items employing OPIS, the reference price in effect on the date of delivery shall be that item's preselected reference price that is in effect the date of delivery. In the event there is no price published for date of delivery, then it shall be the item’s reference price that was last in effect.

(2) Revision of published reference price: In the event—

(i) Any applicable reference price is discontinued or its method of derivation is altered substantially; or

(ii) The Contracting Officer determines that the reference price consistently and substantially failed to reflect market conditions—

the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate and comparable substitute for determining the price adjustments hereunder. The contract shall be modified to reflect such substitute effective on the date the reference price was discontinued, altered, or began to consistently and substantially fail to reflect market conditions. If the parties fail to agree on an appropriate substitute, the matter shall be resolved in accordance with paragraph (d), Disputes, of the Contract Terms And Conditions - Commercial Items clause of this contract.

(3) Failure to deliver: Notwithstanding any other provisions of this clause, no upward adjustment shall apply to product scheduled under the contract to be delivered before the effective date of the adjustment, unless the Contractor’s failure to deliver according to the delivery schedule results from causes beyond the Contractor’s control and without its fault or negligence within the meaning of paragraphs (f), Excusable Delays, and (m), Termination for Cause, of the Contract Terms And Conditions - Commercial Items clause of this contract in which case the contract shall be amended to make an equitable extension of the delivery schedule.

(4) Upward ceiling on economic price adjustment: The Contractor agrees that the total increase in any contract unit price pursuant to these economic price adjustment provisions shall not exceed ____________ percent (%) of the of the base price in any applicable program year, except as provided below.

If at any time the Contractor has reason to believe that within the near future a price adjustment under the provisions of this clause will be required that will exceed the current contract ceiling price for any item, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the expected increase. The notification shall include a revised ceiling the Contractor believes is sufficient to permit completion of remaining contract performance, along with an appropriate explanation and documentation as required by the Contracting Officer.

If an actual increase in the reference price would raise a contract unit price for an item above the current ceiling, the Contractor shall have no obligation under this contract to fill pending or future orders for such item, as of the effective date of the increase, unless the Contracting Officer issues a contract modification to raise the ceiling. If the contract ceiling will not be raised, the Contracting Officer shall so promptly notify the Contractor in writing.

(d) Examination of records: The Contractor agrees that the Contracting Officer or designated representatives shall have the right to examine the Contractor's books, records, documents, or other data the Contracting Officer deems necessary to verify Contractor adherence to the provisions of this clause.

(e) Final invoice: The Contractor shall include a statement on the final invoice that the amounts invoiced hereunder have applied all decreases required by this clause.

(f) Publications. The following publication(s) is (are) used:

(End of Clause)

52.216-9073 Economic Price Adjustment – Petroleum Product Market Price, Post, Camp, and Station (PC&S) Belgium.

As prescribed at 16.203-4(a)(2)(102), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT – PETROLEUM PRODUCT MARKET PRICE, POST, CAMP, AND STATION (PC&S) BELGIUM (JUN 2010)

(a) Warranties: The Contractor warrants that—

The unit prices set forth in the Schedule do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause; and

The prices to be invoiced hereunder shall be computed in accordance with the provisions of this clause.

(b) Definitions: As used throughout this clause, the term—

Award price means the unit price set forth opposite the item in the Schedule. The award price consists of the market price (the official posted Belgium government product price (see (2) below) less applicable taxes and duties (as specified in the Tax Relief clause), and the firm rebate.

Market price for all products (including fuel oils, gasoline, and diesel products) means the current applicable official Belgium Government price as published in “Officieel tarief van de aardolieprodukten.” The current applicable official Belgium Government price as published in “Officieel tarief van de aardolieprodukten” sets the maximum price that can be charged for the specified petroleum products referenced in this clause. For deliveries of Fuel Oils at and over 2,000 liters, the official Belgium Government price will be the gasoil chauffage camion (a partir de 2000 L) (excluding all applicable duties/taxes, e.g., Excise Duties/Fuel Oil/U.S. Government NATO Exemption taxes) and a firm fixed rebate that is deducted from the official Belgium Government price. For deliveries of Fuel Oils under 2,000 liters, the official Belgium Government price will be the gasoil chauffage (moins de 2000 L) (excluding all applicable duties/taxes, e.g., Excise Duties/Fuel Oil/U.S. Government NATO Exemption taxes) and a firm fixed rebate that is deducted from the official Belgium Government price. For deliveries of Gasoline, the official Belgium Government price will be the PRIX A LA POMPE Essence Super 95 RON - 10S (excluding all applicable duties/taxes, e.g., Excise Duties/Fuel Oil/U.S. Government NATO Exemption taxes) and a firm fixed rebate that is deducted from the official Belgium Government price. For deliveries of Diesel the official Belgium Government price will be the PRIX A LA POMPE Diesel 10S (excluding all applicable duties/taxes, e.g., Excise Duties/Fuel Oil/U.S. Government NATO Exemption taxes) and a firm fixed rebate that is deducted from the official Belgium Government price.

Date of delivery means the date and time of product delivery completion via the method of delivery specified in the Schedule.

(c ) Adjustments:

Notification: The Contractor shall notify by facsimile or letter within five calendar days of any official price change issued by the Belgium Government in the “Officieel tarief van de aardolieprodukten.” The notification shall be accompanied by a copy of the document showing the new market price.

Subject to the provisions of this clause, the prices payable hereunder shall be the market price incorporated into the contract less applicable taxes and duties, and the firm rebate.

The Contracting Officer shall, pursuant to the provisions of this clause, issue a contract notification to incorporate the new market price, effective on the publication date of such market price.

Contract price adjustments shall be provided via notification through contract modifications and/or posting to the web page under the heading Vendor Resources and then Product Price Adjustments.

(d) Upward ceiling on economic price adjustment:

The Contractor agrees that the total increase in any contract unit price shall not exceed ___ percent (%) of the award price during the first program year or of the unit price in effect as of the start of any subsequent program year (if this is a long-term or multiyear program), except as provided hereafter:

(1) If at any time the Contractor has reason to believe that within the near future a price adjustment under the provisions of this clause will be required that will exceed the current contract ceiling price for the item(s), the Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the estimated effective date and the amount of the expected increase. The notification shall include a revised ceiling sufficient to permit completion of remaining contract performance, along with appropriate explanation and documentation as required by the Contracting Officer.

(2) If an actual increase in the market price would raise a contract unit price for an item above the current ceiling, the Contractor shall have no obligation under this contract to fill pending or future orders for such item, as of the effective date of the increase, unless the Contracting Officer issues a contract modification to raise the ceiling. If the contract will not be modified, the Contracting Officer shall promptly notify the Contractor in writing that the ceiling will not be raised.

(e) Revision of market price indicator: In the event—

(1) Any applicable market price is discontinued or its method of derivation is altered substantially; or

(2) The Contracting Officer determines that the market price indicator consistently and substantially failed to reflect market conditions. The parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate and comparable substitute for determining the price adjustments hereunder. The contract shall be modified to reflect such substitute effective on the date the indicator was discontinued, altered, or began to consistently and substantially fail to reflect market conditions. If the parties fail to agree on an appropriate substitute, the matter shall be resolved in accordance with paragraph (d), Disputes, of the Contract Terms And Conditions - Commercial Items clause of this contract.

(f) Failure to deliver: Notwithstanding any other provisions of this clause, no upward adjustment shall apply to product scheduled under the contract to be delivered before the effective date of the adjustment, unless the Contractor’s failure to deliver according to the delivery schedule results from causes beyond the Contractor’s control and without its fault or negligence, within the meaning of paragraphs (f), Excusable Delays, and (m), Termination for Cause, of the Contract Terms And Conditions -- Commercial Items clause of this contract, or is the result of an allocation made in accordance with the terms of the Allocation clause of this contract, in which case the contract shall be amended to make an equitable extension of the delivery schedule.

(g) Examination of records: The Contractor agrees that the Contracting Officer or designated representatives shall have the right to examine the Contractor's books, records, documents, and other data the Contracting Officer deems necessary to verify Contractor adherence to the provisions of this clause.

(h) Final invoice: The Contractor shall include a statement on the final invoice that the amounts invoiced hereunder have applied all decreases required by this clause.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9074 Economic Price Adjustment - Market Price And Actual Transportation Cost (Natural Gas) Alaska.

As prescribed at 16.203-4(a)(2)(104), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT -- MARKET PRICE AND ACTUAL TRANSPORTATION COST - NATURAL GAS - ALASKA (JUN 2010)

(a) Warranties. The Contractor warrants that—

(1) The unit prices set forth in the Schedule do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause; and

(2) The prices to be invoiced hereunder shall be computed in accordance with the provisions of this clause.

(b) DEFINITIONS. As used in this clause, the term—

(1) Contract unit price is the market price based on a fixed percentage of the ENSTAR Natural Gas Company’s current approved and published Enstar natural gas cost adjustment tariff rate on file with the regulatory commission of Alaska, expressed in dollars per thousand cubic feet (MCF). All other Enstar applicable tariff components (transportation, regulatory fees, company use gas, etc.) will be passed through at cost. Customer service charges and meter fees imposed by Enstar Natural Gas Company, as permitted by the tariff, will be considered pass-through utility charges.

(2) Local Distribution Company (LDC) means the local public utility operating in a franchised area without competition that transports gas over its own distribution lines from its interconnection points with an interstate or intrastate pipeline to customers.

(3) Market price indicator is the Enstar natural gas cost adjustment tariff rate on file with the regulatory commission of Alaska.

(c) Price adjustments. The contract unit price will be changed only as a result of a revision of the Enstar Natural Gas Cost Adjustment tariff rate. If the ENSTAR Natural Gas Cost Adjustment is revised, the fixed percentage stated in the contract schedule page shall be applied to the revised Gas Cost Adjustment to obtain the new contract unit price.

(1) Calculations. All numbers used in or derived through calculations prescribed by this clause shall be rounded to four decimal places.

(2) Upward ceiling on economic price adjustments.

(i) The Contractor agrees that any increase in the contract unit price pursuant to this clause shall not exceed __(Contracting Officer fill-in see Note 1)_percent of the contract unit price effective at time of award. If market conditions warrant, the Government may institute a contract ceiling increase.

(ii) If, at any time, the Contractor has reason to believe that within the near future an increase in the ENSTAR Natural Gas Company’s Adjustment tariff rate would raise the contract unit price above the current ceiling, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer of the expected increase. At the same time, the Contractor shall propose a revised ceiling sufficient to permit completion of remaining contract performance. The Contractor’s proposal shall be supported by appropriate explanations and documentation as required by the Contracting Officer.

(iii) If an actual increase in the market price would raise the contract unit price above the current ceiling, the Contractor shall have no obligation under this contract to fill pending or future orders, as of the effective date of the increase, until the Contracting Officer notifies the Contractor that the ceiling will or will not be raised. In the case where the Contractor receives confirmation that the ceiling will be raised, the Contractor is required to continue performance.

(3) Revision of market price indicator. If the applicable market price indicator is discontinued, its method of derivation is altered substantially, or the Contracting Officer determines that the market price indicator consistently and substantially failed to reflect market conditions, the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate and comparable substitute and the contract shall be modified to reflect such substitute effective on the date the indicator was discontinued, altered, or began to consistently and substantially fail to reflect market conditions. If the parties fail to agree on an appropriate substitute, the matter shall be resolved in accordance with paragraph (d), Disputes, of the Contract Terms And Conditions -- Commercial Items (Natural Gas) clause.

(d) Examination of records. The Contractor agrees that the Contracting Officer or designated representative shall have the right to examine the Contractor’s books, records, documents, and other data the Contracting Officer deems necessary to verify Contractor adherence to the provisions of this clause.

(End of Clause)

Note 1: The Contracting Officer is required to fill-in the applicable ceiling in paragraph (c)(2)(i)

52.216-9075 Economic Price Adjustment – Published Market Price –Ships Bunkers.

As prescribed at 16.203-4(a)(2)(105), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT – MARKET PRICE INDICATORS - SHIPS BUNKERS

(NOV 2011)

(a) Warranties. The Contractor warrants that –

(1) The unit prices set forth in the Schedule do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause; and

(2) The prices to be invoiced hereunder shall be computed in accordance with the provisions of this clause.

(b) Definitions. As used throughout this clause, the term-

(1) Award price means the original contract price.

(2) Reference price means the market price indicator set forth in the Table in (f) below with which the award price is to fluctuate.

(i) Base reference price means the market price indicator shown in the Table in (f) below and is the reference price from which economic price adjustments are calculated pursuant to this clause. This price will be expressed as base reference price in any price adjustment notification issued through contract modifications and/or postings to the DLA Energy web page under the heading vendor resources and then product price adjustments. The base reference date annotated in the table shall remain unchanged throughout the life of the contract.

(ii) Adjusting reference price means the market price indicator in effect in the calendar week of the date of delivery, used to determine the change in reference price. In the event one or more applicable reference prices are not (or were not) published, then the term adjusting reference price means the market price indicator for an item as published on the date nearest in time on or prior to the effective calendar date as expressed in (4) below. It is annotated as new reference price in any price adjustment notification (PA) modification issued.

(3) Current unit price means the most current price in effect for the week that the price adjustment provisions discussed in paragraph (c) below begin. This price, expressed as latest unit price in any price adjustment notification issued through contract modifications and/or postings to the DLA Energy web page under the heading vendor resources and then product price adjustments shall be the unit price charged to the Government for supplies delivered under the contract.

(4) Date of delivery means the date and time product is received by the requesting activity/vessel. This is shown by signature of receipt by the Government representative for the entire delivery. A single delivery that began on one date and ended on another date shall be considered as received on the date of completion annotated by the Government on the bunker delivery document. Excusable delays in delivery shall be handled on a case-by-case basis by the Contracting Officer.

(5) Calendar week means a consecutive seven-day period, beginning with Monday, unless otherwise specified in (c)(1) below.

(6) Published means issued in either print or electronic format by the service designated to be employed as an escalator, unless otherwise specifically stated. In the event of a conflict between the prices set forth in the print version and those set forth in the electronic version for the same date, the electronic version shall prevail, unless otherwise specified in (c)(1) below.

(c) Adjustments. The prices payable under this contract shall be the award price increased or decreased by the amount that the reference price shall have increased or decreased through the date of delivery. The amount of increase or decrease in the award price shall be based on the same number of cents, or fraction thereof, that the reference price increases or decreases per like unit of measure.

(1) Day of publication.

(i) Platt's bunkerwire and bunkerfuels report. For items employing Platt's Bunkerwire and Bunker Fuels Report, the adjusting reference price in effect on the date of delivery shall be that item's reference price effective (and normally published) on the Tuesday of the calendar week in which the delivery is made, or, in the event there is no publication on Tuesday of that week, it shall be the item's reference price as last previously published prior to that Tuesday.

(ii) Platt’s Oilgram price report. For items employing Platt's Oilgram Price Report, spot price assessment, the adjusting reference price in effect on the date of delivery shall be that item's reference price in effect for the Monday of the calendar week in which the delivery is made, or, in the event there is no price for that Monday, it shall be the item's reference price in effect for the date nearest in time prior to that Monday. For items employing Platt’s Oilgram Price Report, 5 day rolling average, the reference price in effect on the date of delivery shall be the average of that item’s reference price effective for 5 consecutive days ending Friday prior to the calendar week in which the delivery is made. In the event there is no price for any one or more of those 5 days, the reference price shall be calculated by averaging the last 5 days for which prices were in effect on or prior to that Friday.

(iii) AXXIS. For items employing AXXIS, the adjusting reference price shall be that item’s reference price in effect for the Thursday of the calendar week prior to the date that delivery is made. In the event there is no price for that Thursday, it shall be the item’s reference price in effect for the date nearest in time prior to that Thursday.

(iv) Oil price information service (OPIS). For items employing OPIS, the adjusting reference price in effect on the date of delivery shall be that item’s reference price published, in print, on the Monday of the calendar week in which delivery is made. In the event there is no publication in that week, it shall be the item’s reference price as last previously published in the print edition.

Note: Generally, the Monday print edition of OPIS contains the prices in effect for the prior Thursday. However, the Monday print edition of OPIS may contain prices for a date other than the prior Thursday. In any event, the prices appearing in the Monday print edition shall have control.

(v) When a combination of two different publications is utilized, the applicable reference dates will be stated in paragraph (f) below, unless paragraph (f) references an attachment, in which case the reference dates will be provided in that attachment .

(vi) Platts issues corrections to its published prices on a regular basis. Platts posts corrections to its website (http://www.platts.com) for its subscribers. If a correction to a reference price is found on the Platts website, all of the items that use that reference price will be corrected. DLA Energy will correct any other reference prices, as notice of the correct is received. DLA Energy will work with the pricing services to determine the appropriate price, whenever an offeror or Contractor can show that the price referenced should be reviewed.

(2) Calculations.

(i) If averages are published within a given publication, then these averages will be used.

(ii) For prices in U.S. gallons, if averages are not available within a given publication, DLA Energy calculated averages, carried to six decimal places, rounded, will be used based on the low and high prices. For prices in metric tons, if averages are not available within a given publication, DLA Energy calculated averages, carried to two decimal places, rounded, will be used. For domestic contract line items, DLA Energy conversions from metric tons to gallons shall be calculated based on the conversion factors Instruction for the applicable publication reference product. Barrels shall be converted using the DLA Energy conversion factors Instruction line for barrels to gallons. The above shall apply unless cited differently in the Table in (f) below.

(iii) For domestic contract line items, the final calculated reference price, as well as any intermediary arithmetical calculations, will consist of a number including six decimal places, rounded. For overseas contract line items, the final calculated reference price, as well as any intermediary arithmetical calculations, will consist of a number including two decimal places, rounded.

(iv) For domestic contract line items, the final adjusted unit price will always consist of a number including six decimal places, rounded. For overseas contract line items, the final adjusted unit price will always consist of a number including two decimal places, rounded.

(3) Failure to deliver. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this clause, no upward adjustment shall apply to product scheduled under the contract to be delivered before the effective date of the adjustment unless the Contractor’s failure to deliver according to the delivery schedule results from causes beyond the Contractor’s control and without its fault or negligence, within the meaning of paragraphs (f), Excusable Delays, and (m), Termination for Cause, of the Contract Terms And Conditions – Commercial Items clause of this contract in which case the contract shall be amended to make an equitable extension of the delivery schedule.

(4) Upward ceiling on economic price adjustments. The Contractor agrees that the total increase in any contract unit price shall not exceed [buyer fill-in applicable upward ceiling]_ percent of the award price, except as provided hereafter:

(i) If, at any time, the Contractor has reason to believe that within the near future a price adjustment under the provisions of this clause will be required that will exceed the current contract ceiling price for any item, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the expected increase. The notification shall include a revised ceiling the Contractor believes is sufficient to permit completion of remaining contract performance, along with an appropriate explanation and documentation as required by the Contracting Officer.

(ii) If an actual increase in the reference price would raise a contract unit price for an item above the current ceiling, the Contractor shall have no obligation under this contract to fill pending or future orders for such item, as of the effective date of the increase, unless the Contracting Officer issues a contract modification to raise the ceiling. If the contract ceiling will not be raised, the Contracting Officer shall so promptly notify the Contractor in writing.

(5) Revision of reference price. In the event—

(i) Any applicable reference price (market price indicator) is discontinued or its method of derivation is altered substantially; or

(ii) The Contracting Officer determines that the reference price consistently and substantially fails to reflect market conditions—

the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate and comparable substitute for determining the price adjustments hereunder. The contract shall be modified to reflect such substitute effective on or just prior to the date the indicator was discontinued, altered, or began to consistently and substantially fail to reflect market conditions. If the parties fail to agree on an appropriate substitute, the matter shall be resolved in accordance with paragraph (d), Disputes, of the Contract Terms And Conditions – Commercial Items clause of the contract.

(d) Examination of records. The Contractor agrees that the Contracting Officer or designated representatives shall have the right to examine the Contractor's books, records, documents, and other data the Contracting Officer deems necessary to verify Contractor adherence to the provisions of this clause.

(e) Final invoice. The Contractor shall include a statement on the final invoice that the amounts invoiced hereunder have applied all decreases required by this clause.

(f) Table. The following publication(s)/date(s) apply: [buyer fill-in of applicable information].

Note to buyer: - select one of the following choices:

(1) Insert the following table when the solicitation does not contain numerous items:

Base reference Base reference Base reference Base reference

Item no. publication heading date price

or

(2) (at Contracting Officer’s discretion) Insert for Ships’ Bunker programs when the solicitation is for a major program buy:

“See the continuation pages to this clause at Attachment C for a listing of each line item, the applicable publications for each line item, as well as the applicable reference heading, base reference date and base reference price.”

The Contracting Officer shall insert the appropriate table at Attachment C.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9083 Restitution.

As prescribed in 16.506-97, insert the following clause:

RESTITUTION (SEP 2012)

(a) Warranties. The Contractor warrants that the unit prices included in the schedule do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause.

(b) Restitution is an export subsidy given by the governments of European Community member countries to companies for specific products they export to third countries. These subsidies enable foreign companies to charge less for exports.

(1) Restitution also applies to sales to the United States Forces stationed in Europe under the Status of Forces Agreement (SOFA). Accordingly, restitution applies to this contract.

(2) The amount of restitution provided by these Governments changes from time to time and is expected to be reduced and eventually eliminated. Accordingly, the unit prices subject to restitution under this Contract shall be increased or decreased to cover some or all (see paragraph (c)) of these changes in the restitution amount.

(c) Restitution schedule(s):

(1) Restitution applies to the following items/products: _(The contract specialist shall insert the appropriate language based upon the type of product(s) as listed here in the clause):

(The contract specialist shall insert the line item number(s) and product(s) that are subject to the restitution.)

(2) The offeror shall provide a restitution schedule with its offer.

(i) This restitution schedule is a listing of the items subject to adjustment under this clause and shall include the contract line items, product names, unit prices and amount of restitution contained in each.

(ii) This restitution schedule shall be verified by the Contracting Officer and shall be included in the Contract at paragraph (g) to the extent verified by the Contracting Officer.

(3) Restitution adjustments shall be limited to those items listed in the restitution schedule and are authorized to be made [The contract specialist shall insert the frequency of the adjustments to be made during the life of the contract in terms of days, months, or other appropriate period].

(i) Revised restitution schedules shall be required whenever there are changes in restitution authorized by this clause. (See paragraph (d)).

(ii) Whenever a revised restitution schedule becomes effective, it shall be incorporated into paragraph (g) and replace the existing restitution schedule.

(d) Adjustment in restitution:

(1) During the basic Contract year the first adjustment consideration date will be _[The contract specialist shall insert the day and month of the first authorized adjustment period, i.e., 1 January]_. After this date the next adjustment consideration will be _[The contract specialist shall insert the day and months of the subsequent authorized adjustment periods, i.e., 1 April, 1 July, etc.]_.

(2) When an adjustment is authorized by this clause, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer if the rates of restitution for the same item shown in the restitution schedule either increase or decrease. The Contractor shall furnish this notice within _[The contract specialist shall insert the number of days the contractor has to submit an adjustment request.]_ days after the restitution amount is increased or decreased, or within any period that the contracting officer may approve in writing.

(3) The notice shall include the Contractor’s proposal for an adjustment in the contract unit prices and shall include, in the form required by the Contracting Officer, supporting data explaining the cause, effective date(s) for the new restitution rate(s), amount of the increase or decrease, the amount of the contractor’s adjustment proposal, and any other information required by the Contracting Officer to verify the revised restitution amount(s) and the proposed adjustment(s).

(i) This supporting documentation shall also include the calculations used to derive the adjusted unit price(s) and a revised restitution schedule updated to reflect the new proposed contract unit prices and restitution rates.

(A) The revised restitution schedule shall include the same information as the original restitution schedule discussed in paragraph (c) above.

(B) The revised restitution schedule shall cover the current term of the contract. Also, if not all the items on the revised restitution schedule were affected by the current adjustment, those subject to adjustment shall be highlighted.

(ii) Those items not subject to adjustment shall reflect the same restitution amount as contained in the existing restitution schedule in paragraph (g).

(4) Calculation of the revised unit price based upon changes in restitution.

(i) The restitution amounts agreed to at time of award shall serve as the basis for the initial adjustment. Once the adjustment is made, the revised restitution amounts will serve as the basis for the next adjustment. Restitution adjustments shall be calculated using the following formula:

(A) If restitution decreases:

Current restitution amount (per contract item unit price)

- Revised restitution amount (per contract item unit price)

------------------------------------------------------------------------

= Unit price adjustment

The unit price adjustment shall be added to the unit price to determine the revised unit price.

(B) If restitution increases:

Current restitution amount (per contract item unit price)

- Revised restitution amount (per contract item unit price)

------------------------------------------------------------------------

= Unit price adjustment

The unit price adjustment shall be subtracted from the unit price to determine the revised unit price.

(e) Promptly after the contracting officer receives the notice and data under paragraph (d) above, the Contracting Officer shall make a price adjustment in the contract unit prices.

(1) The effective date of any price adjustment shall be no later than _(The contract specialist shall insert the number of days the Government has to evaluate and finalize a price adjustment) days after the Government receives the contractor’s restitution change proposal.

(2) The Contracting Officer may postpone the adjustment until an accumulation of increases or decreases per item results in an adjustment allowable under sub-paragraph (f)(6) of this clause. The Contracting Officer’s price verification analysis shall include using the information contained in ___[The contract specialist shall insert the publication(s) which contain the restitution amount information and will be used in the price verification analysis]____.

(3) The Contracting Officer shall modify this contract (1) to include the price adjustment and its effective date and (2) replace the existing restitution schedule in paragraph (g) with the revised restitution schedule to reflect the increase or decrease resulting from the adjustment. The Contractor shall continue performance pending any adjustment under this clause.

(f) Any price adjustment under this clause is subject to the following limitations:

(1) Decreases in the rate of restitution for products shown in the current restitution schedule in paragraph (g). There shall be no adjustment for --

(i) supplies or services for which the unit price is not affected by such changes, or

(ii) changes in unit price other than for those items shown in the Restitution Schedule.

(2) The aggregate of the increase in any contract unit price shall not exceed 10% of the original contract unit price. There is no percentage limit on downward adjustments under this clause.

(3) No upward adjustment shall apply prior to the effective date of the adjustment as set forth in the contract modification.

(4) The adjusted contract unit prices shall apply only to quantities delivered and accepted on or after the effective date of the adjustment as set forth in the contract modification.

(5) No modification increasing the contract unit price shall be executed until the contracting officer verifies the decrease in the restitution.

(6) There shall be no adjustment unless the value of the adjustment is at least 100 Euro per item, based upon the estimated weekly quantities.

(7) The Contractor shall certify on the final invoice that amounts invoiced under this contract have applied all restitution increases.

(g) The offeror shall attach a restitution schedule with his/her offer. (See paragraph (c). This paragraph shall be revised whenever a new restitution schedule applies).

Restitution schedule:

(The contract specialist shall insert the Contractor’s proposed restitution schedule into the resulting contract.)

(End of Clause)

52.216-9084 Economic Price Adjustment – National Contracts – Subsistence.

As prescribed at 16.203-4(a)(2)(106), insert the following clause.

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT (EPA) – NATIONAL CONTRACTS – SUBSISTENCE

(OCT 2014)

(a) Warranties. For the portion of the Schedule that is covered by this EPA clause, the Contractor warrants that the unit prices included in the Schedule do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by this clause.

(b) The base market price for the purpose of the adjustment calculations under this clause shall be the arithmetic average of the prices for each applicable economic indicator for the period specified under the “Base Market Price Period” column below; for the initial Base Market Price, the specified period shall end with either the solicitation closing date for proposals (if no discussions are held)[,] the due date for final proposal revisions (if discussions are held), or the solicitation opening date (if sealed bidding is used), as applicable.

ITEM

ECONOMIC INDICATOR

PUBLISHER/ PUBLICATION/FREQUENCY PUBLISHED

BASE MARKET PRICE PERIOD

ADJUSTING MARKET PRICE PERIOD

 

 

 

 

 

[Contracting Officer shall fill in.]

 

 

 

 

 

(c) The adjusting market price shall be the arithmetic average of the prices of each applicable economic indicator published for the period specified under the “Adjusting Market Price Period” column shown in paragraph (b) immediately preceding the effective date of the adjustment period. "Base unit price" is the unit price as awarded for the base contract period and for each pricing tier period or option period for each item subject to adjustment pursuant to this clause, and shall be used in calculating price adjustments. This price is exclusive of any adjustment pursuant to this clause.

(d) An established market price is a price established in the course of ordinary and usual trade between buyers and sellers free to bargain and that can be substantiated by data from sources independent of the offeror(s); and the net price after applying any standard trade discounts offered by the Contractor. The established market price under this clause may reflect industry-wide and/or geographically-based market price fluctuations for commodity groups or specific supplies. The economic indicators and publications to be used in determining the established market prices for purposes of this clause are listed in paragraph (b) of this clause.

(e) "Adjustment period" is the amount of time, measured in months, during which the unit price for each contract line item must remain fixed.

(1) The initial base unit price (see paragraph (c) above) shall be the price for the first adjustment period following contact award.

(2) The length of each adjustment period will be (Contracting Officer shall insert number) months;

(3) Unit Prices shall not be adjusted for the first adjustment period following contract award and may only be adjusted for each adjustment period after that first adjustment period; and

(4) There shall be (Contract Officer shall insert number) adjustment periods per calendar year.

(f) “Adjusted Unit Price” is the adjusted price for each contract line item applicable at the start of and throughout each new adjustment period, as calculated following the procedure in (g) below.

(g) The Adjusted Unit Price for each item for each adjustment period shall be determined by increasing or decreasing (as appropriate) the Base Unit Price applicable to that adjustment period for each item by the applicable Market Price Change for each item. Each Adjusted Unit Price shall be rounded to two decimal places. Adjustments shall be calculated as follows:

(1) Compute the Adjusting Market Price and the Base Market Price for each item subject to adjustment. (Round to four decimal places)

(2) Adjusting Market Price – Base Market Price = Market Price Change (+ or -). (Round to two decimal places)

(3) Current Base Unit Price (+ or -) Market Price Change = Adjusted Unit Price.

(4) The following calculation example is provided.

EXAMPLE OF ADJUSTMENT CALCULATION

Final Proposal Revision due date: June 28, 2013

*For the purpose of the example adjustment, the base market price will be the economic indicator for the four weeks immediately preceding the due date for Final Proposal Revision.

ITEM

ECONOMIC INDICATOR

PUBLISHER/ PUBLICATION/ FREQUENCY PUBLISHED

BASE MARKET PRICE PERIOD

ADJUSTING MARKET PRICE PERIOD

Chicken Breast Filets

Breasts. B/S, Georgia FOB Dock, Final Wtd. Avg. Price

USDA/Broiler Market News Report/Final Wtd. Avg. Prices are Reported on Mondays*

4 week weighted average price for end of period preceding adjustment period

3 months immediately preceding the date of adjustment

The arithmetic average of the prices listed in the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) Broiler Market New Report for Chicken Breasts – B/S (Boneless/Skinless) during the four (4) week period immediately preceding the due date for Final Proposal Revisions will be used to calculate the base market price for the Chicken Breasts – B/S

Base Market Price calculation

*Note 1: The numbers used in the following example are hypothetical and are being utilized for illustration purposes only for how the price adjustments will be calculated pursuant to this clause.

*Note 2: The prices reported in the USDA/Broiler Market News are reported in cents per LB. To convert the prices in Dollars per LB, divide by 100. For the purpose of this example and the EPA price adjustment calculations, the prices shall be shown in Dollars per LB.

Date

Price in Dollars per LB

   

24 June 2013

$1.7850

   

17 June 2013

$1.7500

   

10 June 2013

$1.8150

   

03 June 2013

$1.8400

   

Total Four Weeks

$7.1900

   

Total/4 = Arithmetic average

$1.7975

*Note 3: For some four (4) week periods, the USDA may publish fewer than four (4) issues of the summary due to events such as Federal Holidays. In all such cases, only those issues published for the relevant four week period will be used in the calculations.

Base award date: August 30, 2013 Base Unit Price: $2.39

*Note 4: For the purpose of this example, the initial offered prices will be fixed for three months

(August 30, 2013 – November 30, 2013), which would be the first adjustment period following contract award. For this example, the effective modification date for the second adjustment period is November 30, 2013.

The arithmetic average of the prices listed in the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) Broiler Market New Report for Chicken Breasts – B/S (Boneless/Skinless) during the 3 month period (approximately 13 weekly reports) immediately preceding the effective date of the modification (i.e. November 30, 2013) will be used to calculate the first adjustment period for the Chicken Breasts – B/S

Adjusted Market Price calculation

Date

Price in Dollars per LB

   

25 November 2013

$1.5200

   

18 November 2013

$1.5500

   

11 November 2013

$1.5900

   

04 November 2013

$1.6350

   

28 October 2013

$1.6700

   

21 October 2013

$1.7950

   

14 October 2013

$1.8650

   

07 October 2013

$2.0300

   

30 September 2013

$2.0350

   

23 September 2013

$2.0600

   

16 September 2013

$2.0750

   

09 September 2013

$1.9850

   

02 September 2013

$1.9000

   

Total 13 Weeks

$23.7100

   

Total/13 = Arithmetic average

$1.8238

   

1. Calculate the Adjusting Market Price and the Base Market Price. From the example above:

Base Market Price = $1.7975 and Adjusting Market Price = $1.8238 (Round to four decimal places)

2. Calculate Market Price Change (+/-):

Adjusting Market Price – Base Market Price = $1.8238 -$1.7975 = $0.03 (Round to two decimal places)

3. Calculate Adjusted Unit Price: Base Unit Price (+/-) Market Price Change

*Note: Since this is an example of the first price adjustment under this clause, the base unit price would be the price as awarded.

$2.39 + $.03 = $2.42

(h) Price adjustments pursuant to this clause shall be made by contract modification showing the calculations used to derive the adjusted contract unit price. All order pricing will be the contract price in effect at the time the order is placed. No price adjustment under this clause will take effect unless and until a formal modification adjusting the price is made.

(i) Any pricing actions pursuant to the Changes Clause or other provisions of the contract will be priced as though there were no provisions for economic price adjustment.

(j) Upward ceiling on economic price adjustment. The total increase in any contract unit price during and at the end of all adjustment periods to which a particular base unit price is applicable shall not exceed Contracting Officer shall insert percentage of that base unit price agreed to at time of award. There is no percentage limit on downward adjustments under this clause.

(k) If at any time the Contractor has reason to believe that within the near future a price adjustment under the provisions of this clause will be required that will exceed the adjustment ceiling for any item, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer in writing of the expected increase. The notification shall include a revised ceiling the Contractor believes is sufficient to permit completion of remaining contract performance, along with appropriate explanation and documentation as required by the Contracting Officer.

(l) If an increase in the price index would raise a contract unit price for an item above the current ceiling, the Contracting Officer may issue a contract modification to raise the ceiling. If the contract ceiling will not be raised, the Contracting Officer shall so promptly notify the Contractor in writing.

(m) Revision of market price indicator. In the event (i) any applicable market price indicator is discontinued or its method of derivation is altered substantially or (ii) the Contracting Officer determines that a particular market price indicator consistently and substantially no longer reflects market conditions, the parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate and comparable substitute, and the contract shall be modified to reflect such substitute effective on the date the indicator was discontinued, altered, or began to consistently and substantially fail to reflect market conditions.

(n) Disputes. If the parties fail to agree on an appropriate substitute market price indicator or implementation of other matters addressed by this EPA clause, then the matter shall be resolved in accordance with the Disputes clause of the contract.

(o) Examination of records. The Contractor agrees that the Contracting Officer or designated representative shall have the right to examine the Contractor’s books, records, documents, or other data the Contracting Officer deems necessary to verify Contractor adherence to the provisions of the clause.

(p) In the event any applicable market price indicator is not published for any week, quarter, month, etc., that week, quarter, month, etc., will not be included in calculating the Base Market Price or the Adjusting Market Price, as applicable. For instance, if within a three-month period an indicator was expected to be published 13 times (1 time per week) but was not published 2 times, the average of the 11 published prices only will be calculated. When a range of prices is provided, for the purposes of the calculations the arithmetic average of the high and low number will be calculated to determine the indicator for that period.

(End of clause)

52.216-9085, Economic Price Adjustment -- DLA Multiple Award Schedule Contracts.

As prescribed in 16.203-4(a)(1)(S-92), insert the following clause:

ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT -- DLA MULTIPLE AWARD SCHEDULE CONTRACTS

(OCT 2015)

(a) The Contractor warrants that the unit price stated in the Schedule for _________ [Offeror insert catalog part number(s) or state “all line items”] is not in excess of the Contractor’s applicable established price, proposed as the basis for the contract award, in effect on the contract date for like quantities of the same item. The term “unit price” excludes any part of the price directly resulting from requirements for preservation, packaging, or packing beyond standard commercial practice. The term “established price” means a price that --

(1) Is an established catalog or market price for a commercial item sold in substantial quantities to the general public; and

(2) Is the net price after applying any standard trade discounts offered by the Contractor.

(3) The Contractor shall identify the standard trade discount as follows: [The Contracting Officer is to check a box to indicate whether paragraph (a)(3)(i) or (a)(3)(ii) applies.]

(i) The standard trade discount offered is _______. [Offeror insert discount percentage] The contractor may offer increased discounts, either temporary or permanent, during the contract ordering period.

(ii) The standard trade discount including offered discount shall be provided in accordance with _____________________________________. [The Contracting Officer shall insert the applicable clause(s), provision(s), or reference(s) within the solicitation.]

(b) The Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer of the amount and effective date of each decrease in any established price that was used as the basis for the contract award. Each corresponding contract unit price shall be decreased by the same percentage that the established price is decreased. The decrease shall apply to those items ordered after the effective date of the decrease in the Contractor’s established price and the online catalog price is modified by the contracting officer.

(c) If the Contractor’s applicable established price that was used as the basis for the contract award is increased after the contract date, the corresponding contract unit price shall be increased, upon the Contractor’s written request to the Contracting Officer, by the same or if requested by the Contractor a lower percentage, that the established price is increased and the online catalog price is modified by the contracting officer, subject to the following limitations:

(1) All prices shall be fixed for the initial 12-month period of the contract, unless otherwise specified at the time of award.

(2) No more than three requests for price increases per Schedule will be considered during each succeeding 12-month period of the contract.

(3) The aggregate of the increases during any 12-month period in any contract unit price under this clause shall not exceed ___ percent of the contract unit price in effect at the end of the preceding 12-month period. The Government may unilaterally change this limitation when market conditions during the contract period support such a change.

(4) An increase in a contract unit price shall not be executed and the online catalog shall not be modified under this paragraph (c) until the Contracting Officer verifies the reasonableness of the increase in the applicable established price. The increase shall apply to those items ordered after the effective date of the decrease in the Contractor’s established price and the online catalog price is modified by the contracting officer.

(5) The Contractor will submit for all price increases/decreases.

(i) The commercial catalog/price list with the price change and the effective date for general public.

(ii) Additional information as requested by the Contracting Officer to support the price increase or decrease.

(End of Clause)

52.217-9002 Conditions for Evaluation and Acceptance of Offers for Part Numbered Items.

As prescribed in 17.7501(b)(3), insert the following provision:

CONDITIONS FOR EVALUATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF OFFERS FOR PART NUMBERED ITEMS (OCT 2014)

(a) The product described in the purchase order text (POT) or procurement item description (PID)of this solicitation is that product which the Government has determined to be acceptable. All offerors shall indicate below, or through an alternative means in an electronic quoting system, whether they are offering an “exact product,” an “alternate product” (which includes a “previously reverse-engineered product”), a “superseding part number,” or a “previously-approved product;” and shall furnish the data required for whichever is applicable. (To determine which type of product to indicate, offerors must refer to the criteria in subparagraphs (b)-(e) of this provision, respectively.) Any product offered must be either a product cited in the POT or PID or be physically, mechanically, electrically, and functionally interchangeable with a product cited in the POT or PID, including additional requirements referred to in the POT or PID, if any.

Exact product – applies to contract line-item(s) (CLIN(s)): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Alternate/previously reverse-engineered product – applies to CLIN(s):

Superseding part number – applies to CLIN(s): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Previously-approved product – applies to CLIN(s): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(b) “Exact product.”

(1) “Exact product” means a product described by the name of an approved source and its corresponding part number, as currently cited in the POT or PID ; modified (if necessary) to conform to any additional requirements set forth in the POT or PID ; and manufactured by, or under the direction of, that approved source. If an Offeror indicates that an “exact product” is being offered, the Offeror must meet one of the descriptions in subparagraphs (i)-(iv) below.

(Any Offeror not meeting one of these descriptions is not considered to be offering “exact product;” even though the item may be manufactured in accordance with the drawings and/or specifications of an approved source currently cited in the POT or PID.)

For any Offeror other than the manufacturer cited in the POT or PID, the Contracting Officer may request evidence to demonstrate technical acceptability of the supplies offered. Evidence requested will generally include information tracing the supplies back to the original equipment manufacturer or its authorized distributor. At a minimum, evidence must be sufficient to establish the identity of the product and its manufacturing source. The Contracting Officer determines the acceptability and sufficiency of documentation or other evidence, at his or her sole discretion. If an Offeror fails to provide the requested evidence/information or provides information that the Contracting Officer finds unacceptable, its offer may be rejected without further consideration under this solicitation.

(i) An approved source currently cited in the POT or PID offering its corresponding part number as cited in the POT or PID;

(ii) A dealer/distributor offering the product of an approved source that meets the description in subparagraph (i) above;

(iii) A manufacturer who (A) produces the offered item under the direction of an approved source currently cited in; and (B) has authorization from that approved source to manufacture the item, identify it as that approved source’s name and part number, and sell the item directly to the Government. If requested by the Contracting Officer, the Offeror must provide documentation to demonstrate such authorization, or other evidence of technical acceptability such as information that traces the supplies back to the original equipment manufacturer. Such evidence could be documentation obtained directly from the approved source or identification on a Web site maintained by the approved source confirming that the manufacturer is an acceptable source for the item identified by that approved source’s name and part number. If evidence cannot be obtained directly from the approved source, this does not necessarily preclude acceptance of the offer, if the Offeror provides adequate documentation or other evidence allowing the Contracting Officer to determine the approved source has oversight of and involvement in the manufacturing process.

(iv) A dealer/distributor offering the product of a manufacturer that meets the description in subparagraph (iii) above. If requested by the Contracting Officer, the Offeror/Contractor must provide documentation that demonstrates such authorization or other evidence of technical acceptability such as information that traces the supplies back to the original equipment manufacturer or its authorized distributor. Such evidence could be documentation obtained directly from the approved source or identification on a web site maintained by the approved source confirming that the item being offered is produced by a manufacturer that is an acceptable source for the item identified by that approved source’s name and part number. If evidence cannot be obtained directly from the approved source or manufacturing source, this does not necessarily preclude acceptance of the offer, if the Contracting Officer can adequately document that the approved source has oversight of and involvement in the manufacturing process by other means.

(2) When the POT or PID identifies the item being acquired as a critical safety item (CSI), offers of exact product will be evaluated in accordance with 52.211-9005.

(c) “Alternate product.”

(1) The Offeror must indicate that an “alternate product” is being offered if the Offeror is any one of the following:

(i) An Offeror who (A) manufactures the item for an approved source currently cited in the POT or PID; and (B) does not have authorization from that approved source to manufacture the item, identify it as the approved source part number, and sell the item directly to the Government;

(ii) A dealer/distributor offering the product of a manufacturer that meets the description in subparagraph (i) above;

(iii) An Offeror of a previously reverse-engineered product that is not currently cited in the POT or PID; or

(iv) Any other Offeror who does not meet the criteria in subparagraphs (b)(1), (d), or (e) of this provision.

(2) If an alternate product is offered, the Offeror shall furnish with its offer legible copies of all drawings, specifications, or other data necessary to clearly describe the characteristics and features of the alternate product being offered. Data submitted shall cover design, materials, performance, function, interchangeability, inspection and/or testing criteria, and other characteristics of the offered product.

If the offered product is to be manufactured in accordance with data the Offeror has obtained from elsewhere within the Government, the Offeror shall either furnish the detailed data specified in this paragraph, or supply a description of the data package in its possession; i.e., basic data document and revision, the date the data was obtained and from whom (Government agency/activity).

If the Offeror does not furnish the detailed data with its offer, the Contracting Officer will be unable to begin evaluation of the offered product until such time as the detailed data can be obtained from the Government agency/activity possessing the data.

If the alternate product is a previously reverse-engineered product, the Offeror shall provide: traceability documentation to establish that the offered item represents the item specified in the POT or PID (i.e., invoice from an approved source or submission of samples having markings of an approved source); number of samples that were examined; the process/logic used; raw data (measurements, lab reports, test results) used to prepare drawings or specifications for the offered item; any additional evidence that indicates the reverse-engineered item will function properly in the end item; and any evidence that life cycle/reliability considerations have been analyzed.

(3) In addition, the Offeror may be required to furnish data describing the “exact product” cited in the POT or PID. The data required from the Offeror depends on the level of technical data describing the exact product, if any, available to the Government. The possible levels of technical data the Government may have and the corresponding data submission requirements for Offerors are identified in subparagraphs (a)-(d) below.

For the item(s) being acquired under this solicitation, the level of data in the Government’s possession and the corresponding requirements for data submission are identified in the POT or PID; or, if not specified in the POT or PID, are as follows: [buyer insert (a), (b), (c), or (d), as applicable, if the POT or PID does not identify]. (If the level of data in the Government’s possession and Offeror requirements for data submission are not identified in either the POT or PID or in this subparagraph (c)(3), then subparagraph (i) below applies.)

(i) No data: This Agency has no data available for evaluating the acceptability of alternate products offered. In addition to the data required in subparagraph (c)(2) of this provision, the Offeror must furnish drawings and other data covering the design, materials, etc., of the exact product cited in the POT or PID, sufficient to establish that the Offeror's product is equal to the product cited in the POT or PID.

(ii) Adequate proprietary (i.e., limited rights) data: This Agency possesses adequate drawings and/or specifications for the exact product as cited in the POT or PID, but such data are proprietary (i.e., limited rights) and shall be used only for evaluation purposes. The Offeror must furnish the data required in subparagraph (c)(2) of this provision, but is not required to submit data on the exact product.

(iii) Inadequate data: This Agency does not have adequate data available for evaluating the acceptability of alternate products offered. In addition to the data required in subparagraph (c)(2) of this provision, the Offeror must furnish drawings and other data covering the design, materials, etc., of the exact product cited in the POT or PID, sufficient to establish that the Offeror's product is equal to the product cited in the POT or PID.

(iv) Adequate catalog data: This is a commercial off-the-shelf item. Adequate catalog data are available at the contracting office to evaluate alternate offers. In addition to the data required in subparagraph (c)(2) of this provision, the Offeror must furnish with its offer a commercially-acceptable cross reference list; or legible copies of all drawings, specifications or other data necessary to clearly describe the characteristics and features of the alternate product being offered, sufficient to establish that the Offeror’s product is equal to the product cited in the POT or PID. The Offeror is not required to submit data on the exact product.

(4) Except for indefinite delivery purchase orders (IDPOs), if this solicitation is automated, the Contracting Officer will not evaluate offers of alternate product (which includes offers of previously reverse-engineered product) for the current procurement. Instead, the Offeror shall submit a request to the appropriate location below for evaluation of the alternate product’s technical acceptability for future procurements of the same item. The request for evaluation shall cite the national stock number (NSN) of the exact product and, as identified in this provision, include the applicable level of technical data on the alternate and exact products. The level of technical data that the Government has available for use to evaluate the acceptability of an alternate product offered, and the corresponding level of technical data that must be furnished with an offer of alternate product, will be identified either in the POT or PID or in paragraph (c)(2) of the provision at 52.217-9002. If the level of data and submission requirements are not identified in either of these locations in the solicitation, then 52.217-9002(c)(3)(i) applies.

(i) For solicitation numbers beginning with SPM7 or SPE7:

DLA Land and Maritime

Directorate of Procurement

Alternate offer monitor, BPP

Post Office (P.O.) Box 3990

Columbus, Ohio 43218-3990

(ii) For solicitation numbers beginning with SPE4 or SP0:

DLA Aviation

Office of the Competition Advocate

Attention: Small Business Office, DU

8000 Jefferson Davis Highway

Richmond, Virginia 23297-5100

(iii) For solicitation numbers beginning with SPM1, SPM2, SPM3, SPM5, or SPM8:

DLA Troop Support

Attention: (see note below)

700 Robbins Avenue

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19111-5096

Note: The address (attention line) will change based on the 5th digit of the PIIN as follows:

SPM1= Clothing and Textile (C&T)

SPM2 = Medical

SPM3 = Subsistence

SPM5 = formerly Aviation or L&M detachments (currently called hardware)

SPM8 = Construction and equipment (C&E)]

(iv) For solicitation numbers beginning with SPRRA1 and SPRRA2 of the PIIN:

Defense Logistics Agency – DLA Aviation

Office of the Competition Advocate

Building 5201

Redstone Arsenal, Alabama 35898

(v) For solicitation numbers beginning with SPRPA1 of the PIIN:

DLA Philadelphia

Competition Advocate Office

700 Robbins Avenue Building 1

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19111-5098

(vi) For Tank-Automotive and Armaments Command (TACOM) Depot Level Repairable (DLR) - DLA Land and Maritime solicitations beginning SPRDL1 of the PIIN:

Defense Logistics Agency

DLR Procurement Operations - ZG

6501 East Eleven Mile Road

Warren, Michigan 48397-5000

(vii) For Communications-Electronics Command (CECOM) DLR-DLA Land and Maritime solicitations beginning SPRBL1 of the PIIN:

Defense Logistics Agency

DLR Procurement Operations - ZL

6001 Combat Dr., Rm. C1-301

Aberdeen Proving Ground, MD 21005-1846

(d) “Superseding part number.”

(1) The Offeror must indicate that a “superseding part number” is being offered if the offered item otherwise qualifies as an “exact product,” except that the part number cited in the POT or PID has been superseded. The Offeror may be requested to furnish data, or provide confirmation through some other means, sufficient to establish that there are no changes in the configuration of the part. However, if such data are unavailable, the Offeror may be required to furnish technical data as required in paragraph (c) for “alternate products.” (If such data indicate there have been changes in the configuration of the part, the offered item must be identified as an “alternate product.”)

(2) For solicitation numbers beginning with SPE or SPM, any data to be furnished with an offer of a “superseding part number” should be mailed to the buyer at the procuring activity address on the solicitation. (Uploading the information with the quotation, or including it in the “Remarks” section, will make the offer a “bid with exception,” causing it not to be evaluated.)

(e) “Previously-approved product.”

(1) If the product offered has previously been furnished to the Government or otherwise previously evaluated and approved, the Offeror shall indicate in the space provided below, or through an alternative means in an electronic quoting system, the contract and/or solicitation number under which the product was furnished or approved.

Contract line item number(s) (CLINS) _____________have been previously furnished or evaluated and approved under contract/solicitation number _____________________.

(2) If the product was furnished or evaluated and approved by a contracting activity different from the one issuing this solicitation, Offerors are advised that the Contracting Officer may not have access to records of another activity or other information sufficient to reasonably determine the offered product’s acceptability. Therefore, in order to ensure that adequate data is available for evaluation, Offerors may elect to furnish with their offer the information requested by subparagraph (b) or (c) of this provision, whichever is applicable for the offered product. Offerors are advised that if the additional data is not furnished, the Government may not be able to evaluate the offer. (For solicitation numbers beginning with SPE, the information should be mailed to the buyer at the procuring activity address on the solicitation. Uploading the information with the quotation, or including it in the “Remarks” section, will make the offer a “bid with exception,” causing it not to be evaluated.)

(f) For all types of offers (“exact product,” “alternate product,” “superseding part number,” or “previously-approved product”), Offerors shall provide the commercial and Government entity (CAGE) code of the manufacturer and the part number being offered for each item in the solicitation.

(g) Failure to furnish adequate data and/or information as prescribed in subparagraph (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f) of this provision when required for the current procurement within 10 business days or less, or as otherwise required by the Contracting Officer or elsewhere in this solicitation, may preclude consideration of the offer.

For automated procurements, it is the responsibility of the Offeror when offering a “superseding part number” or a “previously-approved part number” to ensure that supporting documentation arrives at the contracting activity within 2 business days after the data is requested, or the offer may not be considered.

The Agency will make every effort to determine, prior to award, the acceptability of the products offered which meet the following dollar savings threshold, and/or which have a reasonable chance to receive an award; generally, the Agency will not evaluate alternate offers not meeting the dollar threshold. The savings potential is based on the cost of evaluation and is $200.00 if only a local technical evaluation is involved, plus an additional $1,500.00 for each required Engineering Support Activity evaluation.

If the time before proposed award does not permit evaluation and delay of award would adversely affect the Government, alternate offers will not be considered for the current procurement. Instead, they will be evaluated for technical acceptability for future procurements of the same item, if adequate data is submitted, as stipulated above.

When an alternate offer will not be considered for the current procurement, the Contracting Officer may request that the offeror, at its discretion, provide a sample product for testing and evaluation in addition to the data required in this provision. Although not mandatory, offerors are encouraged to provide the sample. This may facilitate the post-award evaluation and, if the alternate product is approved, increase the likelihood of its being added to the POT or PID in time for the next acquisition of the item.

The Offeror shall not submit a sample product until requested to do so. The testing of the sample product will be done at a testing facility; therefore, the shipping instructions will be provided with the request. Unless otherwise specified in the solicitation, samples shall be submitted at no expense to the Government, may be damaged or destroyed during testing without liability from the Government to the submitter, and consequently may not be returned to the offeror; samples that are not damaged or destroyed will be returned only at the offeror’s request and expense.

For alternate offers not evaluated, the offeror’s complete technical data package will be returned.

(h) If offerors desire to restrict the Government's use of data submitted for evaluation, the data must bear the appropriate legends as prescribed by Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.215-1(e). In the event an award is made to an offeror submitting data without the appropriate legend, the Government will have unlimited rights to its use as defined in Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) clause 252.227-7013.

(i) It is the Government that determines if the documentation or other evidence furnished by an Offeror is adequate to satisfy the requirements in this provision. The Contracting Officer may at any time, pre-award or post-award, request evidence of the technical acceptability of the supplies offered in response to this solicitation. At a minimum, evidence must be sufficient to establish the identity of the product and its manufacturing source. The Contracting Officer determines the acceptability and sufficiency of documentation or other evidence, at his or her sole discretion. If the Contracting Officer requests evidence from a Contractor who received an award resulting from this solicitation and the Contracting Officer subsequently finds the evidence to be unacceptable, or if the Contractor fails to provide the requested evidence, the award may be cancelled.

(End of Provision)

52.217-9003 Manufacturing or Production Information.

As prescribed in 17.7302(f), a provision substantially as follows shall be inserted in negotiated solicitations:

MANUFACTURING OR PRODUCTION INFORMATION (NOV 2011)

If offers are submitted which fail to provide the actual manufacturing/production source(s) for the item(s) offered, or, if such information is provided but restricted from disclosure (by the inclusion of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.215-12 legend or any other proprietary or confidentiality restriction) such offers may be rejected as technically unacceptable. This provision does not apply to commercial items.

(End of Provision)

52.217-9006 Surge and Sustainment (S&S) Requirements.

As prescribed in 17.9304(a), insert the following clause.

SURGE AND SUSTAINMENT (S&S) REQUIREMENTS (NOV 2011)

This solicitation includes items that are critical to support the Department of Defense’s ability to conduct contingency operations. These items are designated as the S&S requirements, including the Services’ go-to-war requirements. S&S requirements are identified in the schedule of supplies as monthly wartime rate (MWR) or D1-D6 schedule in the solicitation, and are in addition to peacetime quantities. The objective of this requirement is to obtain contractual coverage to meet the S&S quantities and sustainable accelerated delivery specified in this solicitation. S&S coverage includes access to production capability as well as vendor owned or managed inventory/safety stocks. Offerors will be evaluated on their ability to meet the terms and conditions of the S&S requirements. S&S requirements are defined as follows:

(a) Surge and sustainment capability means the ability of the supplier to meet the increased quantity and/or accelerated delivery requirements, using production and/or supplier base capabilities, to support increased requirements with accelerated delivery, such as for Department of Defense (DOD) contingencies or emergency peacetime requirements. This capability includes both the ability to ramp-up to meet accelerated delivery and/or increased quantities (i.e., Surge), as well as to sustain an increased production and delivery pace throughout the contingency (i.e., Sustainment). The spectrum of possible contingencies ranges from major theater wars to smaller-scale military operations.

(b) S&S quantity and accelerated delivery schedule are identified on an individual item basis, based on the Services’ wartime planning requirements. The surge quantities are identified by Monthly Wartime Rate (MWR) as a percentage or an exact number; however, some items may require different delivery schedule such as D1-D6 schedule. The S&S quantity and delivery requirements are above and beyond the peacetime requirements.

(c) S&S capability assessment plan (CAP), (previously referred to as the “Surge Plan”). The CAP provides the offeror’s method of covering S&S requirements, identification of competing priorities for the same resources, and date the Contractor can provide the required S&S capability. If any of the S&S quantity and delivery requirements cannot be met, the offeror must identify the shortfall and provide the best value solutions to include a proposed investment strategy to offset the shortfall. For example, the CAP may include, but is not limited to, one of the following scenarios to address wartime delivery requirements:

(1) The S&S quantity and delivery requirements can be fully covered within the supplier’s resources.

(2) The S&S delivery schedule can be fully covered with early deliveries due to unit pack shipping (e.g., S&S quantity and delivery requirements is for 10 feet of wire every 30 days, and the wire is sold to the government in 100 foot rolls. A single delivery of one roll in the first 30 days would meet the requirement for ten 30-day delivery periods).

(3) The total S&S quantity and delivery requirements can be met but at a different delivery rate, and the supplier has no cost-effective investment strategy that would improve the capability to deliver according to the quantity and delivery requirements (e.g., the schedule calls for 20 o-ring seals each 30-day period, but the vendor needs a 30 day ramp-up and could deliver 40 in the second period and 20 each delivery period thereafter).

(4) The total S&S quantity and delivery requirements can be met but at a different delivery rate, and includes an investment strategy that would improve the supplier’s capability to deliver according to the MWR or D1-D6 (e.g., the schedule calls for 20 seals each 30-day period, and the vendor can meet the schedule starting in the third ordering period but needs a Government investment to be capable of meeting deliveries in the first two months).

(5) The S&S quantity and delivery requirements can be partially covered (the supplier can only provide a fraction of the total quantities specified); however, the supplier has no cost-effective investment strategy that would improve the capability to deliver at the MWR or D1-D6.

(6) The S&S quantity and delivery requirements can be partially covered (the supplier can only provide a portion of the MWR or D1-D6 quantities specified), and includes an investment strategy that would improve the supplier’s capability to deliver at the MWR or D1-D6.

(7) The S&S quantity and delivery requirements cannot be met with existing resources, and there is no cost effective solution to improve the industrial capability to deliver at the MWR or D1-D6.

(d) Stock rotation plan. The CAP must include a stock rotation plan for Government or supplier S&S investments (e.g., lead-time materials that are purchased using Warstopper funding) to ensure the newest materials are available for production. The stock rotation plan must not preclude the supplier from making the surge deliveries.

(e) Exit strategy. The CAP must include a proposed exit strategy describing how to transition and ramp-down S&S assets and/or Government investment. The exit strategy must be designed to conserve protected S&S resources when (1) the contract expires, (2) a follow-on contract transitions to another supplier and/or (3) the requirement is reduced or eliminated by the requiring customer(s). The exit strategy must consider peacetime demand patterns, production run levels, normal lead-times for raw materials used in the production process, and other relevant factors, and address least cost/best-value alternatives that minimize the risk of unused raw materials or the untimely disposition of other serviceable S&S assets before the contract expires.

(f) Government investments. Use of Government investment may be considered to address S&S coverage shortfalls as specified under (c)(3) to (7) above when it is in the Government’s best interest. Use of Government investment is limited per clause 52.217-9010. Contracting Officer (CO) approval is required for any Government investment request and any investment costs incurred by the supplier without the explicit written approval of the Contracting Officer are the sole responsibility of the supplier.

(g) S&S validation/test plan. In most cases, the Government will develop a validation/test plan prior to verifying the supplier’s capability against the required S&S CAP and the Schedule. Upon request, the supplier shall submit a S&S validation/test plan that defines how the S&S capability can be verified when

(1) complex industrial and manufacturing processes are involved, or

(2) the supplier methodologies for gaining visibility over supplier base capabilities within an existing structure to enable a more cost effective alternative. In any case, a validation/test plan will be developed prior to any validation/testing of the supplier’s S&S capability.

(h) Agreement to participate in S&S validation/testing. By submission of an offer, the supplier agrees to participate in S&S validation/testing as required by the Government to verify the S&S capability as described in the approved CAP. Validation/testing may include any methodology that can verify the supplier’s S&S capability. Validations will be conducted on randomly selected items by the Industrial Specialist after contract award and may be conducted throughout the contract period. Validation includes, but is not limited to, verification that the supplier and any subcontractor(s) have sufficient equipment, facilities, personnel, stock, pre-positioned raw material, production capabilities, visibility of supplier base resources and agreements, networks and plans for distribution (receiving, storing, packaging and issuing) and transportation services to accommodate the S&S requirements in the contract. This validation includes examination of any in-house work, review of the stock rotation plan (if applicable), and other contracts that impact the production of any added or accelerated quantities. The Government reserves the right to require validation using other methodologies when deemed appropriate by the Contracting Officer. The language in this clause does not limit the Government's right, at any time after award, to perform inspections or validate the supplier's S&S capability.

(i) Supplier notification of S&S capability changes. The supplier agrees to maintain S&S capability to produce and/or deliver the S&S quantity identified in the Schedule of Supplies in accordance with the approved CAP and S&S terms and conditions throughout the life of the contract. Changes that negatively impact S&S capability must be reported in writing to the Contracting Officer within ten (10) working days after the supplier becomes aware of such an impact. Such notification must include a revised S&S CAP with the supplier’s proposed corrective action(s) and date when the supplier can attain the required S&S capability. Refer to 52.217-9007(a) for instructions on submitting changes to the CAP.

(j) Government changes, Additions and Deletions to S&S Coverage. The identification of new S&S items in the peacetime schedule or increases in quantities of items already in the S&S schedule must be done through bilateral contract modifications. Deletion of S&S requirements or decreases in quantities will be made by the Government through unilateral contract modifications. The government reserves the right to obtain S&S requirements from other sources without liability to the supplier. This language does not relieve the supplier of the responsibility to provide, in accordance with the applicable delivery schedule, non-S&S and S&S quantities agreed to in the schedule and CAP during the contingency.

(k) Early or unexpected S&S requirements. The supplier shall support S&S requirements to the maximum extent practical (1) prior to the supplier achieving full S&S capability agreed to in the Schedule and the CAP, and (2) for requirements exceeding those agreed upon in the Schedule and the CAP, if agreed to by the Contractor and not exceeding any applicable contract maximum dollar value or quantity. The Government reserves the right to obtain S&S requirements from other sources without liability to the supplier.

(l) S&S execution. The Government will issue a surge order or series of orders equaling the MWR or D1-D6 each month, when executing S&S requirement. S&S orders are in addition to any other requirements included in the contract and do not excuse the Contractor from compliance with orders for non-S&S requirements. The order limitations clause applicable to peacetime requirements does not apply to the surge quantities if it conflicts with the quantity necessary to support a contingency. The Government reserves the right to order less than the MWR or D1-D6 quantity as specified on each surge order. Multiple orders for the same NSN may be issued to support multiple contingencies. The Government reserves the right to order in excess of the MWR or D1-D6 provided the supplier accepts the order.

(1) When a surge order is issued and Government investment is used to establish the S&S capability, the supplier must use funds generated from the order to refresh or replace S&S material (e.g., inventories of lead-time materials, partially finished units, or finished product) consumed within ninety (90) days to support future S&S requirements.

(2) When a surge order is issued and no Government investment is used to establish the S&S capability, the supplier must replace S&S material (e.g., inventories of lead-time materials, partially finished units, or finished product) consumed within ninety (90) days to support future S&S requirements.

(m) Contract expiration or termination. The Contracting Officer will notify the supplier and exercise the approved S&S exit strategy in accordance with the terms and conditions of the contract. The exit strategy must conserve protected S&S resources when (1) the contract expires, (2) a follow-on contract transitions to another supplier and/or (3) the requirement is eliminated by the requiring customer(s). When exercising the exit strategy, the supplier must consider peacetime demand patterns, production run levels, normal lead-times for raw materials used in the production process, and other relevant factors, and address least cost/best-value alternatives that minimize the risk of unused raw materials or the untimely disposition of other serviceable S&S assets before the contract expires.

(End of Clause)

Alternate I. Surge and Sustainment (S&S) requirements – alternate I.

As prescribed in 17.9304(a), insert the following alternate clause.

SURGE AND SUSTAINMENT (S&S) REQUIREMENTS – ALTERNATE I (NOV 2011)

This solicitation includes items that are critical to support the Department of Defense’s ability to conduct contingency operations. These items are designated as the S&S requirements, including the Services’ go-to-war requirements. S&S requirements are identified as “Surge Quantity Option” expressed in a percent or exact quantity in this solicitation, and are in addition to peacetime quantities. The objective of this requirement is to obtain contractual coverage to meet the S&S quantities and sustainable accelerated delivery specified in this solicitation. S&S coverage includes access to production capability as well as vendor owned or managed inventory/safety stocks. Offerors will be evaluated on their ability to meet the terms and conditions of the S&S requirements. S&S requirements are defined as follows:

(a) Surge and sustainment capability means the ability of the supplier to meet the increased quantity and/or accelerated delivery requirements, using production and/or supplier base capabilities, in support of Department of Defense (DOD) contingencies and/or emergency peacetime requirements. This capability includes both the ability to ramp-up to meet early delivery or increased requirements (i.e., Surge), as well as to sustain an increased production and delivery pace throughout the contingency (i.e., Sustainment). The spectrum of possible contingencies ranges from major theater wars to smaller-scale military operations.

(b) S&S quantity and accelerated delivery schedule are identified on an individual item basis, based on the Services wartime planning requirements. The surge quantity option is expressed as a percent or an exact number with a sustainable accelerated delivery. The S&S quantity and delivery requirements are above and beyond the peacetime requirements in the schedule of supplies.

(c) S&S capability assessment plan (CAP) (previously known as the “surge plan”). The CAP provides the offeror’s method of covering the S&S quantity and delivery requirements, identification of competing priorities for the same resources, and date the Contractor can provide the required S&S capability. If any of the S&S quantity and delivery requirements cannot be met, the offeror must identify the shortfall and provide the best value solutions to include a proposed investment strategy to offset the shortfall. For example, the CAP may include, but is not limited to, one of the following scenarios to address wartime delivery requirements:

(1) The S&S quantity and delivery requirements can be fully covered within the supplier’s resources.

(2) The S&S delivery schedule can be fully covered with early deliveries due to unit pack shipping.

(3) The total S&S quantity and delivery requirements can be met but at a different delivery rate, and the supplier has no cost-effective investment strategy that would improve the capability to deliver according to the quantity and delivery requirements.

(4) The total S&S quantity and delivery requirements can be met but at a different delivery rate, and includes an investment strategy that would improve the supplier’s capability to deliver according to the surge quantity option (e.g., the surge quantity option calls for 50% of estimated annual demand quantity or an exact quantity of 20 boxes) every 10 days, and the vendor can meet the schedule starting in the third ordering period but needs Government investment to become capable of meeting deliveries in the first two months).

(5) The S&S quantity and delivery requirements can be partially covered (the supplier can only provide a fraction of the total quantities specified); however, the supplier has no cost-effective investment strategy that would improve the capability to deliver at the surge quantity option.

(6) The S&S quantity and delivery requirements can be partially covered (the supplier can only provide a portion of the surge quantity option specified), and includes an investment strategy that would improve the supplier’s capability to deliver at the surge quantity option.

(d) Government Investments. Use of Government investment may be considered to address S&S coverage shortfalls as specified under (c)(3) to (7) above only when it is in the Government’s best interest. Use of Government investment is limited per clause 52.217-9010. Contracting Officer (CO) approval is required for any Government investment requests and any investment costs incurred by the supplier without the explicit written approval of the Contracting Officer are the sole responsibility of the supplier.

(e) Agreement to participate in S&S validation/testing. By submission of an offer, the supplier agrees to participate in S&S validation/testing as required by the Government to verify the stated S&S capability. Testing/Validation may include any methodology that can validate the supplier’s S&S capability. Validations will be conducted on randomly selected items by the Industrial Specialist after contract award and throughout the contract period. Validations include, but are not limited to, verification that the supplier and any subcontractor(s) have sufficient equipment, facilities, personnel, stock, pre-positioned raw material, production capabilities, visibility of supplier base resources and agreements, networks and plans for distribution (receiving, storing, packaging and issuing) and transportation services to accommodate the S&S requirements in the contract. This validation includes examination of any in-house work, review of the stock rotation plan (if applicable), and other contracts that impact the production of any added or accelerated quantities. The Government reserves the right to require validation using other methodologies when deemed appropriate. The language in this clause does not limit the Government's right, at any time after award, to perform inspections or validate the supplier's S&S capability.

(f) Supplier notification of S&S capability changes. The supplier agrees to maintain S&S capability to produce and/or deliver the S&S quantity identified in the Schedule of supplies in accordance with the approved CAP and S&S terms and conditions throughout the life of the contract. Changes that negatively impact S&S capability must be reported in writing to the Contracting Officer within ten (10) working days after the supplier becomes aware of such an impact. Such notification must include a revised S&S CAP with the supplier’s proposed corrective action(s) and date when the supplier can attain the required S&S capability. Refer to 52.217-9007(a) for instructions on submitting changes to the CAP.

(g) Government changes, additions and deletions to S&S requirements. The identification of new S&S items in the peacetime schedule or increases in quantities of items already in the S&S schedule will be done through bilateral contract modifications. Deletion of S&S requirements or decreases in quantities will be made by the Government through unilateral contract modifications. The government reserves the right to obtain S&S requirements from other sources without liability to the supplier. This language does not relieve the supplier of the responsibility to provide, in accordance with the applicable delivery schedule, non-S&S and S&S quantities agreed to in the Schedule and CAP during the contingency.

(h) Early or unexpected S&S requirements. The supplier shall support S&S requirements to the maximum extent practical (1) prior to the supplier achieving full S&S capability agreed to in the Schedule and the CAP, and (2) for requirements exceeding those agreed upon in the Schedule and the CAP, if agreed to by the Contractor and not exceeding any applicable contract maximum dollar value or quantity. The Government reserves the right to obtain S&S requirements from other sources without liability to the supplier.

(End of Clause)

52.217-9007 Surge and Sustainment (S&S) Instructions to Offerors.

As prescribed in 17.9304(b), insert the following clause.

SURGE AND SUSTAINMENT (S&S) INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS (JUN 2012)

The offeror must provide a detailed approach for covering S&S requirements in the capability assessment plan (CAP) and, if required, a validation/test plan.

(a) CAP:

Offerors must submit a CAP that describes the method and capability to meet the surge requirements identified as monthly wartime rate (MWR) or D1-D6 in the solicitation. (See 17.9301.) The CAP must also include the supplier’s investment plan, stock rotation plan, and a proposed exit strategy to support the S&S requirement.

Offerors shall complete the electronic CAP (eCAP) online using the worldwide web industrial capabilities program (WICAP) website at https://wicap.hq.dla.mil/wicap/. Offerors shall print a copy of the CAP summary and submit it as part of the proposal. Any changes to the CAP before solicitation closing date or after contract award must be done using the website identified above. Instructions, examples and points of contact for the CAP are available on the website. The following are exceptions to the instruction to use eCAP:

(1) For subsistence, use the industrial capability questionnaire tool through the support planning integrated data enterprise readiness system[ (SPIDERS) website at https://spiders.dla.mil/.

(2) For medical items, use the industrial preparedness system (IPSYS) industrial capability survey tool through the DLA Troop Support DMMonline Directorate of Medical Materiel, single sign-on application website at https://www.medical.dla.mil/registration/consent/default.aspx.

(b) Validation/test plan:

Offerors shall submit a validation/test plan upon Government request. The plan must address the most cost effective way and best industry practices for evaluating the stated capability. If required, any cost associated with performing a validation/test including test plan development, testing, and testing report) will be separately priced. When possible, use statistical methods based on simulations, limited production runs, or other methods that do not require full production of the S&S requirements to conduct the validation/test. The following must be included in the validation/test plan: methodology, rating criteria (e.g., how offeror determines the stated coverage in the CAP), labor cost, material cost, and time required to conduct validation/test.

(End of Clause)

Alternate I. Surge and Sustainment (S&S) Instructions to Offerors – Alternate I.

As prescribed in 17.9304(b), insert the following alternate clause.

SURGE AND SUSTAINMENT (S&S) INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS – ALTERNATE I

(NOV 2011)

(a) Offerors shall provide a detailed approach for covering S&S requirements in the capability assessment plan (CAP) and, if required, a validation/test plan.

(b) CAP.

(1) Offerors shall submit a CAP that describes the method and capability to meet the surge requirements identified in the solicitation. The CAP must also include the supplier’s investment plan, stock rotation plan, and all other information in Section ____ of the solicitation.

(2) Offeror must complete and print the CAP summary for submittal as part of the proposal or the offer. Additionally, any attachments cited in the CAP must be submitted as part of the offer.

(End of Clause)

52.217-9008 Surge and Sustainment (S&S) Evaluation.

As prescribed in 17.9304(c), insert the following clause.

SURGE AND SUSTAINMENT (S&S) EVALUATION (NOV 2011)

Surge and sustainment capability is a requirement in this solicitation. The S&S evaluation will be based on the capability assessment plan (CAP), test/validation plan (if required), surge costs/prices, and S&S performance history (see (c) below). The offeror’s proposal may be deemed unacceptable for failure to submit the required S&S information in accordance with the solicitation. The Government reserves the right to require additional information if necessary. S&S will be evaluated as follows:

(a) CAP evaluation. The offeror’s CAP will be reviewed and assessed for responsiveness, completeness, technical merit, and S&S performance history (see (c) below). The CAP must demonstrate the offeror’s ability to provide the full S&S quantity and delivery requirements as specified in the solicitation; the technical merits of the proposed solutions to any identified shortfalls in S&S quantity and delivery requirements; and the ability to achieve these without Government investment.

(b) Validation/test plan (if required) evaluation. The offeror’s validation/test plan will be evaluated to determine the extent to which the plan accurately measures the stated capability in the offeror’s CAP. If the offeror requests Government investment to conduct the test, the Contracting Officer will make a unilateral determination to whether Government investment will be provided and, if it is, which phase(s) of the S&S capability testing will be funded (e.g., test plan development, testing and/or test plan report).

(c) S&S performance history evaluation. The quality and extent of the offeror’s historical surge support performance will be considered in the evaluation. In the absence of or in addition to historical S&S capability support, the Contracting Officer may consider other relevant performance history where the offeror demonstrated the ability to quickly respond to and sustain higher than normal production rates or faster than normal delivery requirements, or both. This aspect of the offeror’s past performance will not be considered in the evaluation of the past performance evaluation factor in this solicitation.

(End of Clause)

Alternate I. Surge and Sustainment (S&S) Evaluation – Alternate I.

As prescribed in 17.9304(c), insert the following alternate clause.

SURGE AND SUSTAINMENT (S&S) EVALUATION – ALTERNATE I (NOV 2011)

Surge and sustainment capability is a requirement in this solicitation. The S&S evaluation will be based on the capability assessment plan (CAP) and the quality and extent of the offeror’s S&S past performance. The offeror’s proposal may be deemed unacceptable for failure to submit the required S&S information in accordance with the solicitation. The Government reserves the right to require additional information if necessary. S&S will be evaluated as follows:

(a) CAP evaluation. The offeror’s CAP will be reviewed and assessed for responsiveness, completeness, technical merit, and S&S past performance. The CAP must demonstrate the offeror’s ability to provide the full S&S quantity and delivery requirements as specified in the solicitation; the technical merits of the proposed solutions to any identified shortfalls in S&S quantity and delivery requirements; and the ability to achieve these without Government investment.

(b) S&S Performance History Evaluation. The quality and extent of the offeror’s previous S&S performance will be considered in the evaluation. In the absence of or in addition to DLA S&S past performance, the Contracting Officer may consider other relevant performance history where the offeror demonstrated the ability to quickly respond to and sustain higher than normal production rates or faster than normal delivery requirements, or both. This aspect of the offeror’s past performance will not be considered in the evaluation of the past performance evaluation factor in this solicitation.

(End of Clause)

52.217-9009 Surge and Sustainment (S&S) Pricing.

As prescribed in 17.9304(d), insert the following clause.

SURGE AND SUSTAINMENT (S&S) PRICING (NOV 2011)

(a) When pricing S&S items, the offeror will use a six-month period for the purpose of providing the offered prices for S&S requirements. However, the concept of S&S requires the offeror to surge to a delivery rate and sustain that rate throughout contingency operations that may last longer than six months or when the S&S item has a lead-time greater than six months.

(b) The offeror’s proposed S&S prices will be evaluated for price reasonableness and cost realism in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 15.404-1 and 15.403. If proposed surge prices are higher than the peacetime prices, the Government reserves the right to request information other than cost or pricing data, or, if applicable, certified cost or pricing data to determine price reasonableness and cost realism. A breakdown of the costs attributable specifically to surge may be requested. Information supporting offered surge prices must include sufficient description explaining the causes of the price difference. The information shall be provided as a separate attachment to the proposal and may be submitted in the offeror’s own format unless the Contracting Officer requires a specific format described in the solicitation.

(c) In accordance with FAR 15.403-4, the Truth in Negotiation Act (TINA) threshold includes S&S prices. If TINA is applicable, the Contracting Officer must obtain a certified cost or pricing data if none of the exceptions in 15.403-1(b) applies. If the S&S pricing exceeds the peacetime pricing, the additional information referred to in paragraph d. below is subject to certification, as applicable, in accordance with FAR 15.406-2.

(d) The offeror should provide a proposal that contains the offeror's best terms from a price and technical standpoint. When S&S pricing exceeds peacetime pricing, the offeror’s proposal must identify the additional costs, if any, for supporting S&S requirements that are above the costs associated with peacetime buys, such as premium pay for overtime and/or additional shift, cost of expedited delivery of materials from sub-tier suppliers, minimum purchase quantities from sub-tier suppliers, the cost of reserving the production capacity and maintaining extra inventory, raw materials, or components to meet the S&S requirements.

(End of Clause)

52.217-9010 Limitations on Use of Surge and Sustainment (S&S) Government Investment.

As prescribed in 17.9304(e), insert the following clause.

LIMITATIONS ON USE OF SURGE AND SUSTAINMENT (S&S) GOVERNMENT INVESTMENT (NOV 2011)

(a) The capability assessment plan (CAP) must include the offeror’s investment strategy in accordance with 52.217-9006. In the event the S&S requirement cannot be met with the supplier’s resources and there is no cost effective solution to improve the industrial base capability, limited Government investment may be considered, if it is in the best interest of the Government. The supplier shall not incur any expenses before receiving written approval of Government investment from the Contracting Officer, and acts at its own risk in advance of such approval. Any Government investment will only be used for obtaining S&S coverage in accordance with the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of changes in conditions (e.g. manufacturing, labor market, industry, technology, etc.) that warrant a different investment approach to obtaining the S&S coverage, the supplier shall notify the Contracting Officer immediately upon knowledge of the change and shall submit, within 30 days thereafter, a new capability assessment plan describing the revised strategy for Contracting Officer’s approval. If the initial investment has not been made or completed, the supplier will suspend S&S investment until receipt of written approval from the Contracting Officer.

(b) The Contractor shall not use Government S&S investments for any purpose other than to support S&S delivery orders, unless such use has been authorized by the Contracting Officer in writing. The Contractor shall submit in writing to the Contracting Officer any desired use of the S&S investments and consideration offered to the Government for this use.

(c) The supplier’s stock rotation plan must ensure that newest materials are available for production and no material is held beyond its shelf-life expiration date, and use of Government investments (e.g., lead-time materials) is only authorized to support S&S delivery orders. A stock rotation plan must be included as part of the supplier’s CAP and shall not preclude the supplier from making the surge deliveries.

(End of Clause)

52.217-9011 Provisioning.

As prescribed in 17.7601-92(a), insert the following clause:

PROVISIONING (DEC 2011)

(a) The Government hereby

[ ] (Buyer fill-in) will require

[ ] (Buyer fill-in) reserves the right to require provisioning for the end item specified herein in accordance with the requirements of Military Standard 1552, Provisioning Technical Documentation, Uniform Department of Defense (DoD) Requirements For, and Military Standard 1561, Provisioning Procedures, Uniform DoD, _______________ (enter date of current issue in effect on date of contract award or on date of Solicitations). Such provisioning will include: Furnishing of technical documentation necessary to identify and determine the range and quantity of support items that may be required as spares, repair parts, special tools, and test equipment (Support Items) as set forth in paragraph (b) below; furnishing of supplementary provisioning technical documentation, as required; participation in any provisioning conference(s) deemed necessary; and the furnishing of support items in the range and quantity required for adequate end item (equipment) support.

(b) Provisioning technical documentation.

Provisioning technical documentation to be delivered to the Government will be specified on Department of Defense (DD) Form 1949-2, Provisioning Requirements Statement, DD Form 1949-1, Provisioning Technical Documentation Data Selection Sheet and DD Form 1423, Contract Data Requirements List (CDRL). If provided in the solicitation, prices for all provisioning requirements specified on the DD Forms 1949-1, 1949-2, and 1423 should be submitted to the Contracting Officer with the offer and will be included in offer evaluation.

If it is determined after contract award that provisioning is required, DD Form 1949-2, Provisioning Requirements Statement, DD Form 1949-1, Provisioning Technical Documentation Data Selection Sheet and DD Form 1423, Contract Data Requirements List, will be furnished to the Contractor. The Contractor will have 30 days after receipt of the notice of the proposed modification to return a priced proposal. The final price and delivery applicable to such documentation will be subject to negotiation between the parties.

In addition to the priced proposal indicated above, the Contractor may also submit with the proposal a statement of prior submission, as defined in Military Standard 1561, paragraph 5.3.11.1. Statement of Prior Submission information shall be furnished on DLA procurement clause, Waiver/Reduction of Provisioning Technical Documentation and Supplementary Provisioning Technical Documentation Requirements.

(c) Supplementary provisioning technical documentation.

If the Contracting Officer requires certain supplementary documentation at the time a solicitation is issued (for items on the various lists as indicated in Military Standard 1561, paragraph 5.3.8.), then this amount and the nature of the documentation required to be delivered to and retained by the Government will be specified on DD Form 1423, CDRL. Prices for all provisioning requirements specified on DD Form 1423 should be submitted to the Contracting Officer with the offer and will be included in the offer evaluation. Additional documentation such as Federal item identifications per Military Standard 1561, paragraph 5.3.9, may be ordered at any time prior to final delivery of end items under the contract.

If, after contract award, the Contracting Officer requires certain supplementary documentation for items on the various lists in addition to that required by Military Standard 1561, paragraph 5.3.8. such as Federal Item Identifications, the Contracting Officer will issue a notice of such requirement indicating the amount and nature of the documentation required. The Contractor will have 30 days after receipt of the notice of the proposed modification to return a priced proposal. The final price and delivery applicable thereto will be the subject of negotiation between the parties.

(d) Provisioning conferences.

The Provisioning Requirements Statement, DD Form 1949-2, will advise the Contractor of requirements for provisioning conference(s) provided for in Military Standard 1561. If a decision is reached that such a conference(s) is required, the Contracting Officer will so advise the Contractor. Upon such notification, the Contractor will provide competent personnel, adequate facilities, if requested, and all available pertinent technical information. The Contractor will promptly advise the Contracting Officer of any contemplated increase in costs because of the conference(s) requirement. The time and place of the conference(s) and any equitable adjustment to the contract price will be subject to negotiation between the parties.

(e) Support Items.

As a result of the above actions, the Contracting Officer may, from time to time, issue provisioned item orders for spares, repair parts, tools, and test equipment or components (support items) being purchased under the contract for an initial period of operation. Such order or orders which will be placed prior to final payment under the contract may provide for deliveries concurrently with or subsequent to delivery of the equipment.

If concurrent delivery is required and such delivery necessitates a delay in delivery of the end items or components, an adjustment in the delivery requirements will be considered. Within 60 days after receipt of the provisioned item order, the Contractor will submit firm prices for the items ordered. The final prices will be subject to negotiation between the parties.

Unless otherwise specified, these prices will include the cost of preparation for delivery (preservation, packaging, packing, and container marking) in accordance with Level A packaging of Military Standard 794, Level A packing for overseas destination and Level B packing for contiguous United States (CONUS) destination.

If the parties are unable to agree under paragraphs (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this clause as to price and/or as to time of performance, the Contracting Officer will unilaterally determine price and/or time of performance. This unilateral determination is subject to the terms of the “Disputes” clause of this contract.

(End of Clause)

52.217-9012 Warstopper Program Material Buffer Availability.

As prescribed in 17.9305, insert the following clause:

WARSTOPPER PROGRAM MATERIAL BUFFER AVAILABILITY (MAY 2013)

(a) General. The Warstopper program material buffer (“Buffer”) was created to decrease lead times for defense contracts relating to military systems with a wartime requirement. A buffer requirement is established by the Contracting Officer, when a supply contract is awarded, to fulfill a need for warstopper raw material. A list of available buffer material can be found at https://wicap.hq.dla.mil/buffers. If the buffer material is not available or the material is inadequate to complete the requirement, the Contractor shall contact the Contracting Officer Representative (COR) for guidance. Intervention by the Government may occur to prioritize wartime requirements at the discretion of the COR or for additional reasons, but by exception. When a buffer has been established, the following process shall be used to submit requests for buffer material. A valid request by defense Contractors to use the material buffers includes the following:

(1) A defense Contractor or sub-tier Contractor supporting a prime defense Contractor with a current, active defense contract with the U.S. Government;

(2) A contract directly between the defense Contractor and a material supplier listed on the buffer website (https://wicap.hq.dla.mil/buffers);

(3) The following information must be provided:

(i) Requestor’s name,

(ii) U.S. Government contract number,

(iii) Defense Priorities and Allocations System (DPAS) rating,

(iv) Material specification,

(v) Quantity required, and

(vi) Required delivery date.

(b) The material supplier provides material from the buffer upon a valid request and notifies the COR in monthly reporting. When requests exceed the buffer’s maximum monthly material availability, the material supplier may negotiate phased delivery of material across the material monthly availability; or the Government COR may prioritize the release of the material at the Government’s discretion.

(c) Businesses accessing the buffer (manufacturers) are entitled to their contracted pricing with the material supplier if such an arrangement is established or standard (not spot market) pricing if prior arrangements have not been established. Businesses using the buffer are solely responsible for costs of using the buffer, and the Government has no liability either for these costs or for delays or other effects arising from the use of the buffer.

(d) The buffer material provided is not Government-furnished material, but is rather a normal vendor-to-vendor transaction with all applicable warranties and guarantees provided through the commercial transaction.

(e) The current material Buffer suppliers and materials may be reviewed at https://wicap.hq.dla.mil/buffers.

(End of Clause)

52.217-9017 Tailored Logistics Support Purchasing Reviews.

As prescribed in 17.9508(a), insert the provision/clause in solicitations/contracts.

TAILORED LOGISTICS SUPPORT PURCHASING REVIEWS (NOV 2011)

(a) From the commencement of performance of this contract until 3 years after the final contract payment, the Contractor shall allow the Contracting Officer, Administrative Contracting Officer, Defense Contract Management Agency (DCMA), Defense Contract Audit Agency (DCAA), and any other duly authorized representative of the Contracting Officer access to all records and information pertaining to those items or services for which the Government is relying on the Contractor’s purchasing system to determine that competition was obtained or to justify that prices are fair and reasonable. The Contractor shall maintain records subject to this clause for not less than 3 years after the contract final payment.

(b) The Contracting Officer may conduct reviews of purchased items or services provided under this contract regardless of dollar value that meet the criteria in paragraph 1 of this clause to ascertain whether the Contractor has obtained the best value. The Contractor shall seek competition to the maximum extent practicable for all purchases. Contractor purchases of any supplies or services shall solicit a competitive quotation from at least two independently-competing firms. For other than sole source items, the request for quotations shall, to the extent practical, solicit offers from different manufacturers or producers. If the Contractor is unable to obtain quotes for competing items from two or more such independently-competing firms, the Contractor shall retain supporting documentation for its rationale for selection of the suppliers solicited and chosen to supply the items, and for its determination that the price was fair and reasonable. The Contractor is responsible for maintaining this same documentation for all sole source/non-competitive actions. The following price reasonableness and documentation requirements are applicable to all purchases, regardless of dollar value:

(1) A price is reasonable if, in its nature and amount, it does not exceed that which would be incurred by a prudent person in the conduct of competitive business. The Contracting Officer will examine the prices with particular care in connection with buys that may not be subject to effective competition restraints. The Contractor’s price will not be presumed to be reasonable. If an initial review of the facts results in a challenge of a specific price by the Contracting Officer or the Contracting Officer’s representative, the burden of proof shall be upon the Contractor to establish that the price is reasonable under the standards in Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) Subpart 15.4 and FAR 31.201-3.

(2) The Contractor shall keep the documentation to a minimum, but shall retain data supporting the purchases either by paper or electronically. At a minimum, price quotations and invoices shall be retained. Should the Contractor receive an oral price quotation, the Contractor shall document who the supplier or subcontractor is by complete name, address, telephone number, price, terms and other conditions quoted by each vendor. Price quotes for supplies shall be broken down by individual items, shipping costs, and any other included expenses. Price quotes for incidental services which are not pre-priced in the contract shall include labor hours and costs or prices, as applicable, including the total price of the job, individual pricing for the portions of the work if applicable, materials, and all other elements of cost, overhead, and profit. This price breakdown documentation shall be made for each subcontractor performing work on this contract.

(c) When the Contractor is purchasing from subcontractors or other sources and receives a discount or rebates, the Contractor shall immediately pass these savings to the Government in the contract price and invoice for payment. The Contractor is required to use diligence in the selection of the most economical method of delivery of the product or services by selecting a best value method of delivery based on the urgency and nature of the work or product required. When labor hours are involved in the work to be accomplished and the Contractor has not already pre-priced the effort to use its own labor force, the Contractor shall provide the labor at rates required by the contract (for example, Service Contract Act or Davis-Bacon Act rates) or at rates based on competition if mandatory rates are not required by the contract.

(d) If the Contracting Officer determines that the purchased product or service is unreasonably priced, the Contractor shall refund to the Government the amount the Contracting Officer determines is in excess of a reasonable price. The Contracting Officer shall notify the Contractor in writing in accordance with FAR 32.610, giving the basis for the determination and the amount to be refunded. The Contractor shall make the refund payment in accordance with directions from the Contracting Officer, and shall provide proof of the refund payment to the Contracting Officer. The Contracting Officer may collect the amount due using all available means in accordance with FAR Subpart 32.6. FAR 52.232-17, Interest, is applicable to payments not made within 30 days of the demand for payment. Any disputes arising under this provision shall be handled in accordance with the “Disputes” clause of this contract.

(e) At the midpoint of each performance period if the period is a year or less long or annually if the performance period is more than a year, upon receipt of notification from the Contracting Officer of the intent to exercise an option, or if otherwise requested, the Contractor shall provide the Contracting Officer an affirmation in the following form, signed by an authorized representative of the Contractor:

“To the best of my knowledge and belief, during the period beginning ____________ (insert date) and ending_______________(insert date), _______________(insert Contractor’s name) furnished all supplies or services called for by Contract number _____________ in accordance with all applicable requirements. I further affirm that the supplies or services are of the quality specified and conform in all respects with the contract requirements, including specifications, drawings, preservation, packaging, packing, marking requirements, and item identification, and are in the quantity required. The items and services were competed or prices are justified as fair and reasonable in accordance with the requirements of ______________(name/number of the clause).”

(End of Clause)

52.217-9018 Supply Assurance Through Multisource Contracting.

As prescribed in 17.9004, insert the following provision:

SUPPLY ASSURANCE THROUGH MULTISOURCE CONTRACTING (NOV 2011)

(a) The Government reserves the right to make multiple awards to assure the availability of supplies when first article testing is required, if the Contracting Officer determines that the item(s) to be procured is (are) not available in the marketplace for immediate delivery. In such cases, it may be in the Government's best interests to increase the likelihood of supply availability by making awards to both an unproven and a proven source of supply for this item, or by making awards to more than one unproven source of supply, if there are no sources currently waived for the first article test requirement. A proven source is defined as a currently waived for the first article test requirement source that meets the criteria for first article waiver.

(b) When a multisource award basis exists, the Contracting Officer will award the larger portion of the total requirement to the offeror that represents the best value to the Government based on the evaluation scheme included in the solicitation.

(1) If awards will be made to a proven source as well as an unproven source, the source that represents the best value to the Government shall receive not less than 60% of the total requirement.

(2) If awards will be made to two unproven sources, the source that represents the best value to the Government shall receive not less than 60% of the total requirement.

(c) Unless an offeror otherwise qualifies its offer, unit prices submitted for the total requirement will apply to any partial awards.

(d) In the event that an unproven source fails to complete first article testing requirements, the Government may increase the quantity of supplies called for in the schedule of this contract to the proven source (one that has successfully met first article requirements), at the unit prices specified, up to and including 100% of the quantity awarded to the unproven source. This option is separate and distinct from any other option provision included in this contract.

(End of Provision)

52.217-9020 Corporate Contract Fill Rate and Unfilled Orders.

As prescribed in 17.9700(a), insert the following clause:

CORPORATE CONTRACT FILL RATE AND UNFILLED ORDERS (AUG 2008)

(a) Definitions. As used in this Clause:

(1) "Fill rate" means the percentage of the total quantity of the items ordered which are shipped within ____ days of receipt of order. For example, if ten orders of ten each are received and eight shipments of 10 each and one shipment of five each are made in response to nine of the orders, a fill rate of 85% has been obtained. The fill rate achieved during each semiannual period will be used to set the authorized markup for the following period.

(2) "Receipt of the order" means the date on which the electronic transmission of the requisition/delivery order is made from the supply chain to the Contractor. Requisitions will be issued for DLA owned stock. Delivery orders will be issued for new material.

(3) "Shipment" means the date on which the item is delivered by the Contractor to the designated carrier.

(b) The Contractor agrees to provide a fill rate of ____% for the items included on this contract. If the agreed upon fill rate of ____% is achieved the markup to the contract price which the Contractor is authorized to charge is %. If a fill rate lower than ____% but greater than or equal to ____ is realized, the authorized markup is reduced to ____%. If a fill rate less than ____ but greater than or equal to ____ is realized, the authorized markup is reduced to ____%. A fill rate of less than ____% is determined to be an unacceptable level of performance. If the calculated fill rate is less than ____% for two successive contract periods, the Government may terminate the contract for default; however, if the contract is not terminated, the authorized markup for a fill rate less than ____% is reduced to ____%.

(c) Items for which orders are received in the first 6 month period that cannot be filled for any of the following reasons will not be used in the fill rate calculation:

(1) If no Government stock is transferred and the lead time to obtain stock is greater than the time between the inclusion of the item on the contract (i.e. contract award or contract modification) and the time in which the item would normally be included in the fill rate calculation for the next contract period, then the item will not be used in the fill rate calculation.

(2) If the Government due in is not received by the Contractor, then the item will not be used in the fill rate calculation.

(3) If the Contractor receives order(s) for quantities greater than the Government-provided annual demand estimate, then the item will not be used in the fill rate calculation.

(d) The fill rate will be calculated semiannually on a cumulative basis for all orders received in the semiannual contract period. In order to avoid administrative difficulties, the period of time used to calculate the fill rate and the period of time to which a particular authorized markup applies will not coincide. The Contractor will calculate the fill rate for the preceding six months when the tenth month of the contract is completed. The calculated fill rate and the date on which this calculation is based will be provided to the DPRO and the supply chain within 30 days after completion of the tenth month and after the completion of each subsequent six month period for confirmation and concurrence of fill rate.

(e) The percentage of on time shipments will be calculated on a semiannual basis. For purposes of this clause only, dates will be calculated starting with the first complete day after receipt of the order. For example, if the order is received at 4:00 p.m. on Monday, shipment at any time during Tuesday will be counted as shipping on the first day. For purposes of this clause only, months will be calculated starting with the first complete calendar month after the beginning of the contract. For example, if the contract is issued on Aug 12, 2007, the first month is September, 2007. Complete records of the fill rate will be maintained by the Contractor and made available for Government inspection.

(f) The Government will prepare a modification to the contract adjusting the authorized markup as needed effective the beginning of the thirteenth month of the contract (or other definitive period). The subsequent periods for fill rate calculation and authorized markup adjustment will be every semiannual period. The authorized markup for the initial twelve month contract period is ____%.

(g) A backorder is defined as a requirement for an item which cannot be filled within ___ days of receipt of order. The Contractor agrees to ship ___% of all backordered items within 90 days of receipt of the order. Receipt of the order is defined as the date on which the electronic transmission of the requirement is made from the supply chain to the Contractor. Shipment is defined as the date on which the item is delivered by the Contractor to the designated carrier. The percentage of backorders filled on time will be calculated on a semiannual basis concurrent with the fill rate calculations.

(End of Clause)

52.217-9023 Restriction of Alternate Offers for Source Controlled Items.

As prescribed in 17.7502(b)(2)(S-90) insert the following provision:

RESTRICTION OF ALTERNATE OFFERS FOR SOURCE CONTROLLED ITEMS (JUN 2008)

(a) This acquisition is restricted to source(s) specified on the source control drawing applicable to the item in the purchase order text (POT). Only offers which propose to supply the exact product of the approved sources will be considered for award.

(b) DLA will not evaluate and approve alternate offers for this item. Offerors who are interested in qualifying their product for purposes of future acquisitions must contact the cognizant design activity specified on the source control drawing.

(c) Award of this solicitation will not be held pending qualification and approval of any product. If your product has been recently approved but not added to the list of approved sources cited in the source control drawing, a copy of the cognizant design activity's letter of approval must be submitted with your offer.

(End of Provision)

52.219-9004 Small Business Program Representations.

As prescribed in 19.307(90), insert the following provision:

SMALL BUSINESS PROGRAM REPRESENTATIONS (NOV 2011)

(a) In order to facilitate the use of electronic commerce/electronic data interchange while fulfilling the requirements of the small business program, certain socioeconomic information must be provided in a coded, rather than a fill-in format. Because electronic commerce/electronic data interchange (EC/EDI) transactions are often reformatted in transmission, the use of these codes will prevent misinterpretation within the system. The recording of unique codes instead of the traditional “x-in-the-box” form of information entry may also preclude potential mistakes in socioeconomic program reporting.

(b) In order to record the representations and certifications contained in Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) provision 52.219-1, Small Business Program Representations, and in accordance with the definitions found therein, the offeror represents and certifies as a part of its offer that it is a ____________business type. (The offeror shall select the one code from the following listing which represents the offeror’s business type.) The offeror’s recording of its business type herein by means of an alpha code replaces the marking of the appropriate boxes in FAR 52.219-1, paragraph (b). The penalties for misrepresentation of business status still apply; see FAR 52.219-1, paragraph (d)(2).

Code B=Small Business. Enter code B if your firm is a small business concern, as defined in FAR 52.219-1, paragraph (c).

Code M=Small Disadvantaged Business. Enter code M if your firm is a small disadvantaged business concern, as defined in FAR 52.219-23, paragraph (a).

Code U=Woman-Owned Small Disadvantaged Business. Enter code U if your firm is a woman-owned business, as defined in FAR 52.219-1, paragraph (c), and a small disadvantaged business, as defined in FAR 52.219-23, paragraph (a).

Code W=Woman-Owned Small Business. Enter Code W if your firm is a woman-owned small business, as defined in FAR 52.219-1, paragraph (c).

Code A=Large business. Enter code A if your firm is not included in any of the above categories.

(End of Provision)

52.219-9008 Combined HUBZone/Small Business Set-Aside Instructions – Type 1.

As prescribed in 19.508(90)(a), insert the following clause:

COMBINED HISTORICALLY UNDERUTILIZED BUSINESS ZONE (HUBZONE)/SMALL BUSINESS SET-ASIDE INSTRUCTIONS – TYPE 1 (NOV 2011)

This solicitation is restricted to small business concerns and Federal Prison Industries (FPI). All small businesses are encouraged to submit quotes; however, award will be made in the following order of set-aside precedence: (1) HUBZone small business concerns (Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.219-3); then, if no qualified quote is received from a HUBZone small business concern at a fair market price, (2) small business concerns (FAR 52.219-6) or FPI (FAR 52.219-6, Alternate II). The FAR clauses contained herein (except paragraph (b) of 52.219-3) apply to the solicitation. Only the FAR clause matching the awardee’s Small Business Program and Type representation applies to the award.

(End of Clause)

52.219-9009 Combined HUBZone/Small Business Set-Aside Instructions – Type 2.

As prescribed in 19.508(90)(b), insert the following clause:

COMBINED HISTORICALLY UNDERUTILIZED BUSINESS ZONE (HUBZONE)/SMALL BUSINESS SET-ASIDE INSTRUCTIONS – TYPE 2 (FEB 2006)

This solicitation is restricted to small business concerns and Federal Prison Industries (FPI). All small businesses are encouraged to submit quotes; however, award will be made in the following order of set-aside precedence: (1) HUBZone small business concerns (Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.219-3); then, if no qualified quote is received from a HUBZone small business concern at a fair market price, (2) small business concerns (FAR 52.219-6 Alternate I) or FPI (FAR 52.219-6, Alternate II). The FAR clauses contained herein (except paragraph (b) of 52.219-3) apply to the solicitation. Only the FAR clause matching the awardee’s Small Business Program and Type representation applies to the award.

(End of Clause)

52.219-9013 Combined Set-Aside Instructions – Type 1.

As prescribed in 19.508(c), insert the following clause:

COMBINED SET-ASIDE INSTRUCTIONS – TYPE 1 (NOV 2011)

(a) This solicitation is restricted to small business concerns and Federal Prison Industries (FPI). All small businesses are encouraged to submit quotes; however, award will be made in the following order of set-aside precedence:

(1) Service-disabled veteran-owned small business (SDVOSB) concerns (Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.219-27); then, if no qualified quote is received from an SDVOSB concern at a fair market price,

(2) Historically underutilized business zone (HUBZone) small business concerns (FAR 52.219-3); then, if no qualified quote is received from a HUBZone small business concern at a fair market price,

(3) small business concerns (FAR 52.219-6) or FPI (FAR 52.219-6, Alternate II).

(b) The FAR clauses contained herein (except paragraphs (b) of 52.219-3 and 52.219-27) apply to the solicitation. Only the FAR clause matching the awardee’s Small Business Program and Type representation applies to the award.

(End of Clause)

52.219-9014 Combined Set-Aside Instructions – Type 2.

As prescribed in 19.508(90)(d), insert the following clause:

COMBINED SET-ASIDE INSTRUCTIONS – TYPE 2 (NOV 2011)

(a) This solicitation is restricted to small business concerns and Federal Prison Industries (FPI). All small businesses are encouraged to submit quotes; however, award will be made in the following order of set-aside precedence:

(1) Service-Disabled Veteran-Owned Small Business (SDVOSB) concerns (Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.219-27); then, if no qualified quote is received from a SDVOSB concern at a fair market price,

(2) Historically Underutilized Business Zone (HUBZone) small business concerns (FAR 52.219-3); then, if no qualified quote is received from a HUBZone small business concern at a fair market price,

(3) Small business concerns (FAR 52.219-6, Alternate I) or FPI (FAR 52.219-6, Alternate II).

(b) The FAR clauses contained herein (except paragraphs (b) of 52.219-3 and 52.219-27) apply to the solicitation. Only the FAR clause matching the awardee’s Small Business Program and Type representation applies to the award.

(End of Clause)

52.219-9015 Combined Service-Disabled Veteran-Owned Small Business/Small Business Set-Aside Instructions – Type 1.

As prescribed in 19.508(e), insert the following clause:

COMBINED SERVICE-DISABLED VETERAN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS/SMALL BUSINESS SET-ASIDE INSTRUCTIONS – TYPE 1 (NOV 2011)

(a) This solicitation is restricted to small business concerns and Federal Prison Industries (FPI). All small businesses are encouraged to submit quotes; however, award will be made in the following order of set-aside precedence:

(1) Service-disabled veteran-owned small business (SDVOSB) concerns (Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.219-27); then, if no qualified quote is received from a SDVOSB concern at a fair market price,

(2) Small business concerns (FAR 52.219-6) or FPI (FAR 52.219-6, Alternate II).

(b) The FAR clauses contained herein (except paragraph (b) of 52.219-27) apply to the solicitation. Only the FAR clause matching the awardee’s Small Business Program and Type representation applies to the award.

(End of Clause)

52.219-9016 Combined Service-Disabled Veteran-Owned Small Business/Small Business Set-Aside Instructions – Type 2.

As prescribed in 19.508(f), insert the following clause:

COMBINED SERVICE-DISABLED VETERAN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS/SMALL BUSINESS SET-ASIDE INSTRUCTIONS – TYPE 2 (NOV 2011)

(a) This solicitation is restricted to small business concerns and Federal Prison Industries (FPI). All small businesses are encouraged to submit quotes; however, award will be made in the following order of set-aside precedence:

(1) Service-disabled veteran-owned small business (SDVOSB) concerns (Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.219-27); then, if no qualified quote is received from a SDVOSB concern at a fair market price,

(2) small business concerns (FAR 52.219-6, Alternate I) or FPI (FAR 52.219-6, Alternate II).

(b) The FAR clauses contained herein (except paragraph (b) of 52.219-27) apply to the solicitation. Only the FAR clause matching the awardee’s Small Business Program and Type representation applies to the award.

(End of Clause)

52.223-9003 Marking Dangerous Goods or Hazardous Materials.

As prescribed in 23.303-91, insert the following clause:

MARKING DANGEROUS GOODS OR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS (NOV 2011)

(a) In the shipment of dangerous goods or hazardous materials, the Contractor shall mark outer containers and furnish information as requested by the government transportation office responsible for cargo movement. By shipping the materials, the Contractor warrants that the materials are properly classified, described, packaged, marked and labeled, and are in proper condition for transportation, according to the applicable regulations of the Department of Transportation (DOT).

(b) The Contractor shall identify hazardous materials as established in:

(1) DOT Hazardous Materials Regulations, Tariff Number BOE-6000, Parts 171-177.

(2) American National Standard for the Precautionary Labeling of Hazardous Industrial Chemicals, 2129.1-1976.

(c) The Contractor shall place all required markings, on outer shipping containers of hazardous materials in accordance with Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 49, Subpart D, of Part 172 and military standard (MIL-STD) 129P (also see Part 178, 49 CFR for DOT shipping containers and packaging specifications).

(d) The Contractor will insure that the following data is shown on shipping papers:

(1) Description of the dangerous goods article by the true shipping name as shown in the commodity list in 49 CFR 172.101. For export by water only, if shipping is named in a not otherwise specified (N.O.S.) entry, further identification by clear text chemical name is required to be shown in parentheses.

(2) Classification of the item as prescribed in 49 CFR 172.101.

(3) Total quantity by weight, volume, or as otherwise appropriate. For transportation by water, see 49 CFR 172.203(i).

(4) For water shipments only, show name of shipper.

(5) DOT hazard identification numbers (UN or NA) on appropriate shipping documents and Government Bill of Lading. The UN or NA numbers can be found in Sections 172.101, Column 3A or Section 172.102, Column 4 of 49 CFR Parts 100-177. For tank shipments having a capacity of more than 110 gallons, on panels or placards as specified in Section 172.332 of 49 CFR Parts 100-177.

(e) Air Shipments:

(1) For commercial air shipments, the Contractor shall complete the “International Air Transport Association Shipper’s Declaration for Dangerous Goods” form and present it with the shipment to the carrier.

(2) For military air shipments (including military contract airlift), the Contractor shall use a Shipper’s Declaration for Dangerous Goods (MISC PUB 55-3) or local form to certify dangerous goods or hazardous material moving and affix it to outer shipping containers in accordance with military standard (MIL-STD) 129P and Air Force Manual 24-204I (Latest Revision).

(End of Clause)

52.223-9004 Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA).

As prescribed in 23.303-92, insert the following provision:

FEDERAL INSECTICIDE, FUNGICIDE, AND RODENTICIDE ACT (FIFRA) (SEP 2008)

The Contractor warrants that all pesticidal, insecticidal, fungicidal, etc., chemicals delivered or, utilized in the production of the finished supplies or, utilized in the delivery of services under this contract comply with the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) and the Regulations for the Enforcement of the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act. The Contractor specifically warrants that all such pesticidal chemicals utilized were properly labeled for use as applied in the production of the supplies or delivery of the services and that the label of the pesticide utilized was, at the time of production of the supplies or delivery of the services, registered with the Registration Division, Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

When a pesticidal chemical is required by an applicable specification which, at the time of the bid offering, is not available with an EPA approved label authorizing the use as required in the specification, the FIFRA shall take precedence. In such cases, the Contractor shall request that the Government authorize a deviation from the specification and designate a substitute pesticidal chemical which is, at that time, produced with an EPA approved label designating the use as required by the specification.

The Contractor should indicate registration number(s) for the aforementioned chemicals in the space provided below:

EPA Registration Number

(End of Provision)

52.223-9007 Permission for Mercury (DLA Maritime Norfolk).

As prescribed in 23.303-93, insert the following clause in full text:

PERMISSION FOR MERCURY (DLA MARITIME-NORFOLK) (JUN 2011)

(a) Supplies furnished under this contract will contain mercury or mercury compounds. Each item of such supplies shall be provided with appropriate identification as specified herein. In addition to the shipping container labeling required by the U.S. Department of Transportation, identification shall be applied to unit containers, intermediate containers, and shipping containers. Individual unit identification is not required for individual repair or replacement parts when the size of such parts causes labeling to be impractical.

(b) Supplies furnished under this contract shall be in compliance with the following unless otherwise approved by the Government:

(1) All mercury or mercury compounds shall be potted or otherwise sealed and secured to prevent contamination of the atmosphere or other material or equipment.

(2) Mercury-bearing devices must be contained within a double boundary of confinement; i.e., primary and secondary seals or barriers, the secondary to prevent contamination in event of rupture of the primary.

(c) External surfaces of supplies furnished under this contract shall not be contaminated by mercury or mercury compounds.

(d) The requirements of this clause shall be included in all subcontracts hereunder.

(e) Technical questions pertaining to the requirements of this clause shall be referred to the Contracting Officer via the Government inspector or representative.

(End of Clause)

52.225-9003 Customs Clearance Procedures for United States (U.S.) Subsistence in the European Union.

As prescribed in 25.902, insert the following clause:

CUSTOMS CLEARANCE PROCEDURES FOR UNITED STATES (U.S.) SUBSISTENCE IN THE EUROPEAN UNION (NOV 2011)

(a) The Contractor will obtain from the appropriate customs clearance officer an Import/Export Declaration (AE Form 302-1). The customs clearance document will be utilized for goods which are the property of, or destined to be the property of the United States (U.S.) Armed Forces for every shipment to the U.S. Government in Europe which enters, leaves, or transits Benelux, Denmark, France, Italy, Spain, Yugoslavia, Macedonia, Turkey and German irrespective of the mode of transportation and point of delivery. The AE Form 302-1 will be processed and distributed as follows:

(1) AE Form 302-1 consists of 1 original and 5 copies, numbered 1 through 6. Contractor will receive from the issuing customs clearance officer of the appropriate Defense Subsistence Office, copies number 1, 2, 3, 5, and 6 plus insert copies of AE Form 302-A as required. Copy number 4 is retained by the issuing customs clearance officer. The Contractor is required to complete columns a, b, and d of all copies when exact quantities are known. When completed, copy number 6 will be returned to the issuing customs clearance officer. The Contractor will use copies number 1, 2, 3, 5 and insert copies to move supplies across applicable border crossings as follows:

(2) Copy number 1 will be used at border point of exit.

(3) Insert copies (AE Form 320-A) will be used to transit multiple countries. One copy will be presented at border entry point and one copy at border exit point. Additional copies may be required for consignees in some countries.

(4) Copy numbers l, 2, and 3 will be presented to the customs office at the border entry point of the consignees country for processing. Copy number 3 will be retained at the border. Copies number 1 and 2 will be returned to the transporter to be delivered to the consignee with the cargo.

(b) The transporter will surrender all copies of customs documents to the consignee upon delivery. Upon receipt and acceptance of the cargo the consignee will complete the certificate of receipt on copies number 1 and 2. The consignee will return copy number 1 to the issuing customs clearance officer. Copy number 2 will be returned to the border entry point to close customs files and release appropriate commercial documents. The transporter may request the completed number 2 copy to hand carry back to the border entry point. This procedure is at the discretion of the consignee since it remains the consignee’s responsibility to return the number 2 copy to the border entry point.

(c) When cargo is rejected the consignee will annotate the rejection on copies number 1 and 2. The transporter will be given a copy (photocopy) of the AE Form 302-1 with rejections annotated and will be instructed to present that copy to customs when returning with the rejected product. Rejected product entering a country through customs on AE Form 302-1 may not be disposed of without proper customs authorization.

(End of Clause)

52.227-9000 Commercial Manuals for Naval Shipboard Use Items.

As prescribed in 27.7102-3(a)(91) insert the following clause:

COMMERCIAL MANUALS FOR NAVAL SHIPBOARD USE ITEMS (NOV 2011)

CAUTION: Do not submit sample commercial manuals with contract offers. Such samples will not be evaluated prior to award.

(a) Sample commercial manual(s).

(1) Submission of samples.

(i) Unless the requirement for submission of sample commercial manuals is waived under paragraph (a)(2) below, the Contractor, at no cost to the Government, shall submit five (5) sample copies of his commercial manual, not later than 90 calendar days prior to the initial scheduled delivery of equipment under this contract, to the appropriate address below for review and approval:

DLA Aviation

Attention: _______

8000 Jefferson Davis Highway

Richmond, Virginia 23297-5370

DLA Troop Support

Attention: _____

700 Robbins Avenue

Philadelphia., Pennsylvania 19111-5096

(ii) Manuals are to be prepared in accordance with requirements of the attached DD Form 1423. Sample manuals may be sent via regular mail. The Contracting Officer or the Contracting Officer's Representative (COR) will notify the Contractor of the acceptance of, or the required corrections to, the sample commercial manual within 60 calendar days after date of receipt.

(iii) In the event corrections are required, the Contracting Officer will furnish the Contractor a notice of required corrections. The Contractor shall submit five (5) copies of the corrected commercial manual for approval within the period specified in the notice of required corrections, but this period shall not be less than 10 working days after the receipt of notice. When the commercial manual can be corrected by the addition of supplemental sheets, the Contractor will be so advised. The Contracting Officer or COR will furnish the Contractor with the notice of approval of the manual and the numbers assigned to the commercial manual. To facilitate preparation of an acceptable commercial manual, the Contractor may communicate directly with the technical representative to secure assistance on problems relating to the manual.

(2) Waiver of samples.

(i) The Government reserves the right to waive the requirement for submission of sample commercial manuals from those offerors offering manuals that have been previously furnished by the offeror and accepted by the Government. Offerors offering previously approved manuals should furnish with the offer evidence of prior Government acceptance in writing in the following format:

Prior Government acceptance

Government agency

Special contract requirements

Previous commercial manual control number

Date

Contract number

Model number

National stock number

Manual [ ] has, [ ] has not been revised since the manuals last approval.

Equipment [ ] has, [ ] has not been altered, changed, modified or redesigned since last manual approval.

Note: If the equipment or manual has been changed since last manual approval or government procurement, then sample manual submission is required.

(ii) The Contractor shall also furnish to the Government with his request for waiver, five (5) copies of any changes to the previously approved commercial manual.

(iii) If the Contracting Officer determines that a waiver is appropriate, the offered price will be reduced by the value of the number of manuals required on the commercial manual distribution manual form and evaluated on that basis.

(b) Manual distribution.

(1) The Contractor shall furnish with each end item two (2) copies of the approved commercial manual prepared in accordance with the attached Department of Defense (DD) Form 1423.

(2) Unless submission of the sample manuals is waived, the Contractor shall furnish, on or before initial shipment of production items, copies of the approved commercial manual specified herein to the addresses checked on the attached commercial manual distribution form in the quantity indicated.

(3) If approval of the manual has not been obtained by the time the end item is ready for shipment, the Contractor shall request permission from the Contracting Officer to pack a copy of his proposed manual for shipment with each unit. Upon receipt of approval of manual, the Contractor will forward one copy of such approved manual to the ultimate consignee of the end item. Shipping address for approved manual will be furnished by Defense Contract Management Agency or the Contracting Officer.

(c) Option for Additional Commercials Manuals.

(1) The Government may order by written notice any time after award, but not later than 30 calendar days before final scheduled delivery of end items, additional copies of such manuals, f.o.b. origin, in the quantities and at the unit price set below:

QUANTITY UNIT PRICE

1 - 5 $

6 - 25 $

over 25 $

(2) Failure of an offeror to quote unit price for the option quantities of manuals will be considered an offer to furnish the option quantities at the unit price for the basic quantity of such manuals.

(3) Delivery of additional copies of manuals ordered shall be not later than 60 calendar days after written notice, unless the parties otherwise agree.

(4) The offeror may, without affecting the responsiveness of his offer, refuse to give the Government the right to purchases additional commercial manuals, provided that such refusal is set forth in this offer.

(End of Clause)

52.227-9004 Demilitarization – Small Arm Weapons and Parts and Accessories (Category I – Munitions List Items).

As prescribed in 27.409-92, insert the following clause:

DEMILITARIZATION – SMALL ARMS WEAPONS AND PARTS, AND ACCESSORIES (CATEGORY I – MUNITIONS LIST ITEMS) (NOV 2011)

(a) Definitions:

(1) "Excess property" means property of the type covered by this contract for which the Contractor does not claim or is refused payment including, but not limited to, rejects or overruns. Excess property (whether title to the property is in the Government or not) includes completed or partially completed parts, components, subassemblies and assemblies, end items, and all associated packaging and marking.

(2) "Significant Military Equipment" means those articles for which special controls are warranted because of their capacity for military utility or capability.

(3) "Munitions List Items (MLI)" means those items listed on the United States (U.S.) Munitions List. The U.S. Munitions List delineates the articles, services and related technical data designated as defense articles and defense services pursuant to the Arms Export Control Act.

(b) This contract requires the manufacture, assembly, test, maintenance, repair and/or delivery of military/defense items. This clause sets forth the requirements for the demilitarization, and corresponding certification, of excess property under this contract. These requirements are applicable to any Contractor/subcontractor who performs work on this contract.

(c) Contract completion and Contractor certification.

(1) Upon completion of production of this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Administrative Contracting Officer (ACO), or his designated representative, in a timely manner so that a Government representative can physically witness the demilitarization of material under this contract. Demilitarization shall be accomplished as prescribed in subparagraph (d) below. The Contractor and the Government representative are both required to sign and date the demilitarization certificate (provided below). The certificate shall state that demilitarization has been accomplished, and identify the quantity and items which were demilitarized.

Certificate

I, ______________________ (name and title of Contractor's employee) am the officer or employee of ______________________ (name of company) responsible for assuring demilitarization requirements have been accomplished.

I certify that ** (identify items and quantities) ** were demilitarized in accordance with instructions provided in contract __________ (contract number).

End of Certificate

(2) This certificate, along with the final Department of Defense (DD) Form 250, will be forwarded by the Government Quality Assurance Representative (QAR) to the ACO so that final payment can be made. The ACO will not release the final DD Form 250 for payment to the Contractor unless the Demilitarization Certificate has been received. The Demilitarization Certificate received will become part of the contract file.

Warning: Signing a false certificate constitutes a felony and may subject the individual to criminal prosecution.

(3) To accomplish the certification requirements for subcontractor demilitarization, the Contractor is required to follow all procedures of subparagraph (c)(1) above. The subcontractor is responsible for all of the Contractor requirements specified, and the Contractor is responsible for all of the Government requirements specified. Therefore, the prime Contractor must witness the actual demilitarization of material under this contract by the subcontractor, and so certify.

(d) Excess property shall be completely destroyed or mutilated (whichever is prescribed) prior to final payment, as set forth below. Demilitarization is necessary in order that the property will be unusable or nonreclaimable for its original purpose, and to preclude the possibility of reconditioning the property to make saleable as implements of destruction.

(1) The following items are considered to be significant military equipment and require total destruction worldwide:

(i) All nonautomatic, semiautomatic, and automatic firearms and other weapons up to and including .50 caliber and all components and parts;

(ii) Shotguns and all components and parts;

(iii) Shoulder fired grenade launchers and all components and parts;

(iv) Man portable rocket launchers and all components and parts;

(v) Individually operated weapons which are portable and/or can be fired without special mounts or firing devices and which have potential use in civil disturbances and are vulnerable to theft and all components and parts;

(vi) Pyrotechnic pistols and other ground signal projectors and all components and parts;

(vii) Rifle grenade launchers and all components and parts;

(viii) Magazines and ammunition clips for items in this category.

(ix) Insurgency or counter-insurgency type firearms or other weapons having a special military application (i.e., close assault weapons systems), regardless of caliber, and all components and parts;

(x) Technical data related to the manufacture or production of any defense article enumerated above.

(2) The following items are considered to be significant military equipment accessories and require key point demilitarization worldwide:

(i) Gun mounts (including bipods and tripods). Key points are all attachment points/fittings and moveable joints.

(3) The following items are considered to be MLI accessories and require total or key point destruction worldwide, or as indicated:

(i) Silencers, suppressors and mufflers (total destruction).

(ii) Rifle scopes and all types of telescopic and optical sights including those designated for night sighting and viewing (key point destruction). Key points are attachment points/fittings, lenses, infrared source and as otherwise indicated by the ICA.

(4) The following items are considered to be MLI and do not require demilitarization:

(i) All other technical data (not in subparagraph (d)(1) above) and defense services directly related to any defense article enumerated in this category.

(e) Method and degree of demilitarizations.

(1) For items listed in subparagraph (d)(1) above, the preferred normal method of demilitarization is by torch cutting utilizing a cutting tip that displaces at least ½ inch of metal. All cuts will completely sever the item and be made in accordance with instructions applicable to the items being demilitarized as depicted in appropriate figures in Appendix 7 of Department of Defense (DoD) 4160.21-M-1, Defense Demilitarization and Trade Security Control Manual. Shearing, crushing, deep water dumping or melting may be utilized when such methods of demilitarization are deemed more cost effective and/or practicable and are authorized by appropriate authority.

(2) Machine guns will be demilitarized by torch cutting utilizing a cutting tip that displaces at least 1/2 inch of metal or shearing the receiver in a minimum of two places or by crushing in a hydraulic or similar type press. The barrel will be torch cut, sheared or crushed in the chamber area and in two or more places to the extent necessary to prevent restoration. If the shearing or crushing method is used, the trunnion block and side frame must be completely cut through, broken or distorted to preclude restoration to a usable condition.

(3) Receivers shall be demilitarized by torch cutting in a minimum of two places utilizing a cutting tip that displaces at least 1/2 inch of metal or crushed to the extent necessary to preclude restoration to a usable condition.

(4) Bolts and barrels will be demilitarized by torch cutting utilizing a cutting tip that displaces at least 1/2 inch of metal or crushed to the extent necessary to preclude restoration to a usable condition.

(5) Accessories, i.e., silencers and mufflers, rifle grenade launchers, riflescopes and all types of telescopic and optical sights including those designed for night sighting and viewing, and gunmounts (including bipods and tripods) will be demilitarized by breaking, crushing or cutting in a manner which precludes restoration to a usable condition in accordance with instructions applicable to the items being demilitarized as depicted in appropriate figures contained in Appendix 7 of Department of Defense (DoD) 4160.21-M-1.

(6) Other metallic parts, will be demilitarized by cutting, crushing or melting.

(7) Technical Data, to include any reproduced copies, additional drawings and working papers, will be demilitarized by burning, shredding or pulping.

(f) If demilitarization by melting is authorized and the Contractor does not possess the capability to perform this operation, this melting could be accomplished at Contractor expense by Rock Island Arsenal. If you desire to use this method, contact Armament and Chemical Acquisition and Logistics Activity, Attention: AMSTA-AC-PCW-C, Rock Island, Illinois 61299-7630, for a copy of "Attachment - Demilitarization by Melting/Demilitarization of Surplus Small Arms Weapons and Parts".

(g) The requirements of this clause shall apply to any packaging of Government property and excess property containing nonremovable markings required exclusively by this contract. Removable markings shall be removed before any nondemilitarized disposition.

(h) The Contractor/subcontractor agrees that no items demilitarized, as stated above, will be disposed of by the Contractor/subcontractor other than as scrap.

(i) Any excess property which arises out of this contract, but for which no demilitarization order was included in the contract, shall not be released, retained, sold, or disposed of in any manner without instructions from the ACO.

(j) Any requests for exceptions or waivers to this clause must be made in writing to the Procuring Contracting Officer.

(k) The Contractor further agrees that this clause, including this subparagraph (k), will be included in any subcontracts for the aforesaid items.

(End of Clause)

52.227-9005 Restrictions on Use of Boeing Rights Guard Technical Data.

As prescribed in 27.402-90(c), insert the following clause:

RESTRICTIONS ON USE OF BOEING RIGHTS GUARD TECHNICAL DATA (NOV 2011)

(a) Technical data furnished herewith (hereinafter Rights Guard technical data) is proprietary to The Boeing Company which has licensed the Government to use same for the procurement of replenishment spare parts for United States (U.S.) Government owned aircraft (E-3, E-8 and/or -135 series aircraft) and for no other purpose. Rights Guard technical data shall not be disclosed, in whole or in part, to any other person or entity other than to supplier's bidder's offeror's employees, having a need to know and who are under an obligation to preserve and protect such data under terms and conditions no less restrictive than those imposed herein, and then only for the purposes if responding to this solicitation or performing any resulting contract.

(b) The suppliers/bidders/offerors hereunder are prohibited from

(1) reproducing, in whole or in part, Rights Guard technical data;

(2) incorporating any information contained in such Rights Guard technical data into other documentation; or

(3) otherwise utilizing such Rights Guard technical data, except for responding to this solicitation or performing any resulting contract.

Each supplier/bidder/offeror shall include the authorized Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) limited rights legend of 252.227-7013, Rights in Technical Data - Noncommercial Items, identifying the Boeing Company as the owner, on all Rights Guard technical data that is incorporated, in whole or in part, into any technical data delivered by such supplier/bidder/offeror to the Government in response to this solicitation or as part of the performance of any resulting contract. In the case of the limited rights legend, the Contractor shall indicate such Rights Guard technical data as not being subject to an expiration date, if such date is required by the limited rights legend authorized under its contract.

(c) Rights Guard technical data provided by Defense Logistics Agency (DLA), including any copies thereof, is to be destroyed according to the following schedule:

(1) Immediately upon decision to "no bid" the solicitation for which the data was received.

(2) Within 30 calendar days of being advised your company was not the successful bidder for the solicitation for which the data was requested and received.

(3) If the contract awardee, within 30 calendar days of contract completion.

Note: The DLA annual certificate of destruction does not in any way imply or provide authority for your company to retain the data beyond the timeframes established above. Suspected and actual instances of data retention provided by DLA beyond these timeframes will be reported to the Boeing Company for remedy. Furthermore, failure to comply with this obligation shall be grounds for your removal from the list of qualified bidders for any other solicitation involving Boeing technical data.

(d) The Government and/or the Boeing Company shall have the right to audit supplier's/ bidder's/ offeror's records to ensure the destruction of Boeing proprietary data. The reviews may be conducted after giving fifteen (15) days written notice in advance of such reviews.

(e) All suppliers shall comply with military standard (MIL-STD) 130 for the purpose of distinguishing any spare parts made using Boeing Rights Guard technical data.

(f) Prior to requesting the Rights Guard data, an Annual Certification for the Use of Rights Guard Technical Data must be on file at the DLA Aviation, Attention: Rights Guard Program, Richmond, Virginia 23297-5604. An annual rights guard destruction certification must also be on file if your company has received Rights Guard Data and the time of destruction has passed. Forms are available by downloading at https://pcf1.bsm.dla.mil/cfolders/, (select “License Agreements”, then ’01 Boeing Rights Guard”).

(End of Clause)

52.227-9006 Use of Colt Industries Restricted Technical Data.

As prescribed in 27.402-90(e), insert the following clause:

USE OF COLT INDUSTRIES RESTRICTED TECHNICAL DATA (NOV 2011)

(a) This data can only be transmitted and/or used by Contractors within the United States, its territories and possessions. Canadian and Mexican manufacturers and those in other foreign countries are not allowed to receive the data at all. These data cannot be used for purposes of Foreign Military Sales (FMS) or for export.

(b) Data released pursuant to this procurement was furnished under a limited use license agreement with Colt Industries for Government use in the manufacture of M16 items. Any use contrary to Defense Federal Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 252.227-7025 will give rise to third party beneficiary rights to Colt Industries. Bidders/offerors must retain the Colt's markings on the drawing intact.

(c) All Contractors, immediately upon decision to “no bid” the solicitation for which the data was received, shall destroy all solicitation technical data, and provide written notice of destruction to the following:

DLA Land and Maritime

Post Office (P.O.) Box 3990

Attention: VTS

Columbus, Ohio 43218-3990

All unsuccessful bidders/offerors (those firms not receiving an award) shall destroy all solicitation technical data within 30 calendar days from the date of notification of award, and provide written notice of destruction. Upon completion of contract performance, the successful supplier/bidder/offeror shall destroy all solicitation technical data, including any copies thereof and shall provide to the Government a written notification to that effect. Failure to destroy the solicitation technical data and send written notification to the Government within the specified time, may result in disqualification from participation in future acquisitions involving Colt Industries restricted technical data requirements.

(d) Prior to obtaining technical data, a certification regarding the use of limited rights technical data form must be on file at the DLA Land and Maritime, Attention: VTS, P.O. Box 3990, Columbus, Ohio, 43218-3990. Forms are available for download at https://pcf1.bsm.dla.mil/cfolders/ (select “License Agreements”, then “05 Colt Industries”).

(End of Clause)

52.227-9007 Restrictions on Use of OTO Melara-Limited Rights Technical Data.

As prescribed in 27-402-90(d), insert the following clause:

RESTRICTIONS ON USE OF OTO MELARA LIMITED RIGHTS TECHNICAL DATA (NOV 2011)

(a) The United States Government requires that each bidder/offeror/Contractor receiving a copy of this solicitation followed by technical data (drawings, specifications, and any data contained therein) shall use such technical data solely for the purpose of submitting an offer for the manufacture of the supplies described in the solicitation. In the event a contract is awarded as a result of this solicitation, the Contractor shall agree to make no disclosure of the solicitation technical data except as may be necessary to its suppliers for the furnishing of the supplies specified in the contract. To the extent that any such disclosure is made to the Contractor's suppliers, the same nondisclosure agreement terms relative to the solicitation technical data also shall be applicable to the suppliers.

(b) This data is available only for competitive procurements and manufacture in the United States by U.S. firms. It shall not be released to foreign firms.

(c) The signature of the person(s) authorized to sign the solicitation and resultant contract shall constitute agreement to the nondisclosure requirement.

(d) All unsuccessful bidders/offerors (those firms not receiving an award) shall return all solicitation technical data via certified mail within 30 calendar days from the date of notification of award to:

DLA Land and Maritime

Attention: VTS

Post Office (P.O.) Box 3990

Columbus, Ohio 43218-3990

(e) All unsuccessful bidders/offerors shall agree to make no disclosure of the solicitation technical data except as may be necessary to their suppliers for the furnishing of prices for the supplies specified in the solicitation. To the extent that any such disclosure is made to the unsuccessful offerors’ suppliers, the same nondisclosure agreement relative to the solicitation technical data also shall be applicable to those suppliers.

(f) Successful bidders/offerors may retain the technical data for future United States Government procurements, unless otherwise notified.

(g) Failure to return the solicitation's technical data within the specified time may result in disqualification from participation in future MK-75 Gun acquisitions.

(h) Prior to obtaining technical data, a certification regarding the use of limited rights technical data form must be on file at the DLA Land and Maritime, Attention: VTS, P.O. Box 3990, Columbus, Ohio, 43218-3990. Forms are available for down load at https://pcf1.bsm.dla.mil/cfolders/ (select “License Agreements”, then “16 OTO Melara”).

(End of Clause)

52.227-9008 Restriction on Use of Fabrique National (FN) Herstal Technical Data.

As prescribed in 27-402-90(b), insert the following clause:

RESTRICTION ON USE OF FABRIQUE NATIONAL (FN) HERSTAL TECHNICAL DATA

(NOV 2011)

(a) The United States (U.S.) Government requires that each bidder/offeror/Contractor receiving a copy of this solicitation and accompanying technical data (drawings, specifications, and any data contained therein) shall use such technical data solely for the purpose of submitting an offer for the manufacture of the supplies and/or services described in the solicitation. In the event a contract is awarded as a result of this solicitation, the Contractor shall agree to make no disclosure of the solicitation technical data except as may be necessary to its suppliers for the furnishing of the supplies or services specified in the contract. To the extent that any such disclosure is made to the Contractor's suppliers, the same nondisclosure agreement relative to the solicitation technical data shall be applicable.

(b) This data is available only for competitive procurements and manufacture in the United States and Canada by U.S and Canadian firms. It shall not be released to foreign firms.

(c) The signature of the person(s) authorized to sign the solicitation and resultant contract shall constitute agreement to the non-disclosure and non-use requirement.

(d) All unsuccessful bidders/offerors (those firms not receiving an award) shall destroy all solicitation technical data within 30 calendar days from the date of notification of award, and provide written notice of destruction to the following:

DLA Land and Maritime

Post Office (P.O.) Box 3990

Attention: VTS

Columbus, Ohio 43218-3990

(e) Upon the completion of contract performance, the successful supplier/bidders/offerors shall destroy all FN Herstal technical data, including any copies thereof and shall provide to the Government a written notification to that effect.

(f) Failure to destroy the solicitation's technical data and send written notification to the Government within the specified time, may result in disqualification from participation in future MAG-58 automatic weapon acquisitions.

(g) Prior to obtaining technical data, a certification regarding the use of limited rights technical data form must be on file at the DLA Land and Maritime, Attention: VTS, P.O. Box 3990, Columbus, Ohio, 43218-3990. Forms are available for download at https://pcf1.bsm.dla.mil/cfolders/ (select “License Agreements”, then “06 Fabrique Nationale Herstal”).

(End of Clause)

52.232-9006 Transporter proof of delivery (TPD).

As prescribed in 32.908-94, insert the following clause:

TRANSPORTER PROOF OF DELIVERY (TPD) (APR 2013)

(a) Definition. As used in this clause, transporter proof of delivery (TPD) means a commercial document that is generated by the Contractor and/or the Contractor’s transporter of supplies and that is signed by the Government customer in order to document delivery of supplies under this contract/order. Examples of TPD are United Parcel Service (UPS) or Federal Express (FEDEX) delivery tracking reports. TPD documentation must include a customer signature, or visibility of the name of the customer who signed.

(b) When this clause is included in the contract or order, the Government may use TPD, in combination with adequate Contractor documentation cross-referencing the TPD to the specific supplies provided, as a basis for accepting the supplies. TPD with adequate supporting documentation satisfies the receipt report requirement and, coupled with acceptance, allows the Government to initiate the payment process, if all other applicable payment conditions are satisfied.

(c) To facilitate the payment process, the Government will initiate a request for the Contractor to provide TPD when the customer has not provided receipt acknowledgement to the buying activity. If TPD is requested and the Contractor agrees to provide it, the documentation must include the customer signature, or visibility of the name of the customer who signed, and as much of the following information as possible:

(1) Contract number or order number;

(2) Contract line item number (CLIN);

(3) Unit price;

(4) Quantity of items;

(5) Extended price;

(6) National stock number (NSN);

(7) Delivery date;

(8) Recipient organization's name and address;

(9) Receiving activity Department of Defense activity address code (DoDAAC);

(10) Requisition document number (and suffix, when applicable);

(11) Shipment number;

(12) Invoice number; and

(13) Location where the carrier made delivery (activity name, building number, city, state).

(d) Process for submitting TPD documentation.

(1) Enter wide area workflow (WAWF) using the ``history folder,'' enter the appropriate contract data, and recall the receiving report (RR);

(2) Click on “attachment.” Browse and upload the TPD and any additional Contractor documentation required to provide the information identified in paragraph (c) of this clause. (Attachments created in any Microsoft Office product or in PDF format are acceptable.); and

(3) Click on “submit.”

(e) Responsibility for supplies.

(1) Title to the supplies passes to the Government after delivery to the point of first receipt by the Government and subsequent acceptance.

(2) Notwithstanding any other provision of the contract, order, or blanket purchase agreement, the Contractor shall:

(i) Assume all responsibility and risk of loss for supplies not received at destination, damaged in transit, or not conforming to purchase requirements; and

(ii) Replace, repair, or correct those supplies promptly at the Contractor’s expense, if instructed to do so by the Contracting Officer within 180 days from the date title to the supplies vests in the Government.

(End of Clause)

52.232-9008 Constructive Acceptance.

As prescribed in 32.908-93, insert the following clause:

CONSTRUCTIVE ACCEPTANCE (JUN 2012)

In accordance with FAR 32.904(b)(1)(ii)(B)(4), the Contracting Officer has determined that more than seven days are needed for constructive acceptance. The following number of days for constructive acceptance applies to paragraph (a)(5)(i) of FAR Clause 52.232-25, “Prompt Payment”, which is incorporated by reference or full text: _______ days for constructive acceptance.

(End of Clause)

52.233-9000 Agency Protests.

As prescribed in 33.106 (90) a provision substantially as follows shall be inserted in all solicitations:

AGENCY PROTESTS (NOV 2011)

(a) Companies protesting this procurement may file a protest

(1) With the Contracting Officer,

(2) With the Government Accountability Office (GAO), or

(3) Pursuant to Executive Order Number 12979, with the Agency for a decision by the Activity’s Chief of the Contracting Office.

(b) Protests filed with the agency should clearly state that they are an "Agency Level Protest under Executive Order Number 12979."

(c) Defense Logistics Agency (DLA) procedures for Agency Level Protests filed under Executive Order Number 12979 allow for a higher level decision on the initial protest than would occur with a protest to the Contracting Officer; this process is not an appellate review of a Contracting Officer's decision on a protest previously filed with the Contracting Officer. Absent a clear indication of the intent to file an agency level protest, protests will be presumed to be protests to the Contracting Officer.

(End of Provision)

52.233-9001 Disputes Agreement to Use Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR).

As prescribed in 33.214, insert the following provision:

DISPUTES - AGREEMENT TO USE ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION (NOV 2011)

(a) The parties agree to negotiate with each other to try to resolve any disputes that may arise. If unassisted negotiations are unsuccessful, the parties will use alternative dispute resolution (ADR) techniques to try to resolve the dispute. Litigation will only be considered as a last resort when ADR is unsuccessful or has been documented by the party rejecting ADR to be inappropriate for resolving the dispute.

(b) Before either party determines ADR inappropriate, that party must discuss the use of ADR with the other party. The documentation rejecting ADR must be signed by an official authorized to bind the Contractor (see Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.233-1), or, for the Agency, by the Contracting Officer, and approved at a level above the Contracting Officer after consultation with the ADR Specialist and with legal. Contractor personnel are also encouraged to include the ADR Specialist in their discussions with the Contracting Officer before determining ADR to be inappropriate.

(c) The offeror should check here to opt out of this clause:

[ ] Alternate wording may be negotiated with the Contracting Officer.

(End of Provision)

52.237-9002 Key Personnel – Fixed-Price Service Contracts.

As prescribed in 37.110-90(c)(2), insert the following provision:

KEY PERSONNEL - FIXED-PRICE SERVICE CONTRACTS (APR 2008)

(a) Certain skilled, experienced, professional and/or technical personnel are essential for successful accomplishment of the work to be performed under this contract. These are defined as "Key Personnel" and are those persons whose resumes were submitted as part of the technical/business proposal for evaluation. The Contractor agrees to use said key personnel during the performance of this contract and that they shall not be removed from the contract work or replaced unless authorized in accordance with this clause.

(b) The Contractor shall not substitute key personnel assigned to perform work under this contract without the prior approval of the Contracting Officer. Requests for approval of substitutions shall be in writing and shall provide a detailed explanation of the circumstances necessitating the proposed substitutions. The request must contain a complete resume for the proposed substitute, and any other information requested or needed by the Contracting Officer to approve or disapprove the request. Proposed substitutes must have qualifications that are equal to or higher than the key personnel being replaced. The Contracting Officer or his/her authorized representative shall evaluate such requests and promptly notify the Contractor in writing whether the proposed substitution is acceptable.

(c) If the Contracting Officer determines that suitable and timely replacement of key personnel who have been reassigned, terminated or have otherwise become unavailable for the contract work is not reasonably forthcoming, or the resultant substitution would be so substantial as to impair the successful completion of the contract or the delivery order in accordance with the proposal accepted by the Government at time of contract award, the Contracting Officer may

(1) terminate the contract for default or for the convenience of the Government, as appropriate, or

(2) if the Contracting Officer finds the Contractor at fault for the condition, equitably adjust the contract price downward to compensate the Government for any resultant delay, loss or damage.

(d) The provisions of this clause shall be fully applicable to any subcontract which may be entered into.

(End of Provision)

52.237-9003 Site Visit Coordinator.

As prescribed in 37.110-90(a), insert the following provision:

SITE VISIT COORDINATOR (APR 2008)

(a) Interested prospective offerors may make an appointment to visit the site of installation by contacting the site visit coordinator or his or her alternate, during normal work hours/local time at the site. Contact information for the site visit coordinator and his or her alternate is as follows:

Primary Name: Phone Number

Alternate Name: Phone Number

(b) Prospective offerors are notified that remarks or explanations provided during a site visit shall not qualify the terms of this solicitation. Unless and until this solicitation is amended in writing, terms of the solicitation and specifications remain unchanged.

(c) Site visitors requiring interpretation or clarification of technical or contractual requirements included in this solicitation are encouraged to submit their questions and any information obtained during the site visit to the Contracting Officer, by contacting the individual identified on the face of the solicitation.

(End of Provision)

52.242-9005 Report of Shipment (Repship) of Perishable Medical Items.

As prescribed in 42.1107 insert the following clause:

REPORT OF SHIPMENT (REPSHIP) OF PERISHABLE MEDICAL ITEMS – DLA TROOP SUPPORT – MEDICAL (NOV 2011)

(a) Unless otherwise directed by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall send a prepaid notice of shipment to the consignee transportation officer (T.O.) for all shipments of perishable medical items when given to a commercial carrier (common, contract or private) for shipment within the United States (U.S.). The notice shall be transmitted by rapid means (telephone or teletype) to be received by the consignee transportation officer at least 24 hours prior to the arrival of the shipment. It shall contain all information listed below and be prominently identified as being a "Report of Shipment of Perishable Medical Items" or, "Repship for T.O. perishable medical items".

(b) Refrigerated items which are restricted as to length of time during which they can be without temperature control shall not be entered into the postal system, even though they otherwise qualify for this service.

(c) The following information will be included in the Repship:

(1) Repship for T.O. perishable medical items (and date of message).

(2) Transportation Officer.

(3) Consignee name and address.

(4) Bill of Lading (BL) number.

(5) Document identification, requisition number, and contract or purchase order number.

(6) Item identification and protective requirements.

(7) Route (all participating carriers).

(8) Carrier identification number if other than BL number, such as air bill or air express receipt number.

(9) Flight number (when appropriate).

(10) Departure time (date/hour).

(11) Estimated delivery time, indicated on the BL as DDD.

(12) Deadline delivery time (date/hour, a.m. or p.m., that item must be returned to refrigerator/freezer or re-iced).

(13) A request for the consignee to contact the local carrier to trace and expedite delivery if not received by the estimated delivery time (11) above).

(14) Name and address of Contractor.

(End of Clause)

52.245-9023 Firm and Flexible Sizes.

As prescribed in 45.106(107), insert the following clause:

FIRM AND FLEXIBLE SIZES (JUL 2008)

(a) The sizes set forth in Section F hereof for the first three delivery increments are firm; however, the Contractor may not proceed to cut and fabricate for such increments until following the expiration of 3 working days from the date of award during which time the Government reserves the right to make one change to these firm sizes.

(b) Except as provided below:

(1) The size for the remaining delivery increments are flexible;

(2) The flexible sizes are furnished for the purposes of formulation and evaluation of offers;

(3) The Contractor may not proceed to cut and fabricate the flexible portion.

(c) Firm sizes for the flexible portion will be furnished by the Contracting Officer not later than 120 days prior to the end of each applicable delivery period. If notice of change for the flexible portion is not given by such time, the Contractor may cut sizes and quantities set forth in the flexible schedule for the applicable delivery period. Once the Contractor has been furnished the firm sizes for the flexible portions of the schedule, it will be considered a firm schedule for the applicable delivery increment.

(d) Notwithstanding the above, sizes and/or quantities of each size are further subject to change by the Contracting Officer; any such change shall be deemed to be a change within the purview of the article entitled "Changes.” All changes made under the provisions of this clause shall be made in accordance with clause 52.245-9022, Sized Items.

(End of Clause)

52.245-9024 Special Measurements.

As prescribed in 45.106(108), insert the following clause:

SPECIAL MEASUREMENTS (NOV 2011)

(a) In addition to the Government's rights under the provisions of Defense Logistics Acquisition Directive (DLAD) clause 52.245-9022, Sized Items, the Government reserves the right to make size changes to include special measurement items. Special measurement items may be outside the range of the normal size tariff for that item. The Contractor will be responsible for adjustments to the Government-furnished patterns made necessary by the addition of special measurement items.

(b) Delivery of the special measurement items shall be to the location designated in the contract modification formalizing the change. The special measurement items shall arrive at the designated location within twelve (12) calendar days after the effective date of the contract modification.

(c) Any increased costs incurred by the Contractor as a result of a special measurement size change will be definitized by the Administrative Contracting Officer (ACO). Definitization shall be based on the following:

(1) Any increased costs for labor shall be limited to charges for special pattern grading and special cutting.

(2) Any adjustment (increase or decrease) for material usage will be based upon the Contractor's actual material usage.

(d) The total claim for an equitable adjustment under this clause shall not exceed 25% of the highest unit price for the corresponding item under this contract, exclusive of transportation costs. Failure to agree to any adjustment shall be a dispute under the Disputes clause. However, nothing in this clause shall excuse the Contractor from proceeding with the contract as changed.

(End of Clause)

52.245-9027 Government-Furnished Property (GFP) Mechanical Gauges (Loaned) (Includes FSCs 5995 and 6150).

As prescribed in 45.106(111), insert the following clause:

GOVERNMENT-FURNISHED PROPERTY (GFP) MECHANICAL GAUGES (LOANED) (INCLUDES FEDERAL SUPPLY CLASSES (FSCS) 5995 AND 6150) (NOV 2011)

(a) Purpose and Use of GFP Mechanical Gauges:

(1) Gauges shall be subject to the requirements of:

(i) International Organization for Standardization (ISO) / American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/American Society for Quality (ASQ) Q9001 or Q9002, or equivalents as applicable; and

(ii) ISO 10012-1 or ANSI/NCSL Z540-1-1994, or equivalents.

(2) The Contractor shall thoroughly check the gauge drawings against the Government-furnished equipment drawings. Discrepancies shall be reported in writing to the Contracting Officer. Negative reports are required.

(3) Gauges shall be used only for quality conformance inspection in accordance with specification and/or drawing(s).

(4) The Contractor shall make gauges available to Government quality assurance representative in accordance with inspection requirements applicable to this contract.

(b) Return of GFP Mechanical Gauges to the Government:

(1) When the GFP mechanical gauges are no longer required for use by the Contractor or Government Quality Assurance Representative, but no longer than completion of the delivery of end items or termination of this contract, the Contractor shall deliver to the Government all of said GFP gauges, unless directed otherwise by the Contracting Officer.

(2) The Contractor shall notify the cognizant Government quality assurance activity to arrange for inspection by the Government quality assurance representative of the condition of the gauges before they are packed for return to the Government.

(3) The Contractor shall prepare, package and pack such gauges for shipment in accordance with Level B of MIL-G10944 and deliver for return or disposition free on board (f.o.b.) carrier's equipment, wharf or freight station, at the Government's option, in the city and state of the plant identified in 52.245-9003. The packages shall be marked for the consignee as follows:

United States (U. S.) Army District TMDE Support Center

Attention: AMXPM-GA-T

11 Hap Arnold Blvd, Building 12

Tobyhanna, Pennsylvania 18466-5104

(End of Clause)

52.246-9000 Certificate of Quality Compliance.

As prescribed in 46.390, insert the following clause:

CERTIFICATE OF QUALITY COMPLIANCE (DEC 1994)

The Contractor shall prepare and furnish a certificate of quality compliance (COQC) for all supplies delivered under this contract. If the supplies delivered under this contract are from more than one manufacturing lot, a separate COQC shall be prepared and furnished for each manufacturing lot represented by, manufactured or produced under a product specification, original equipment manufacturer (OEM)/manufacturer's part number, commercial, industry or military standard, or drawings, or other technical data.

(a) This certificate shall contain the following:

(1) The Contractor's name, address, and commercial and Government entity (CAGE) code number (if assigned), the contract/order number, the applicable specification, drawing, or standard (including revision/amendment and date), identification of the specific supplies manufactured or produced (including National Stock Number, nomenclature, type, grade, and class, if applicable); for metal products, the COQC shall include the alloy designation and condition (finish and temper), if applicable. If the Contractor is not a manufacturer, the Certificate shall include the name, address and CAGE Code (if assigned) for each of the entities through which the supplies or materials, components, subassemblies, assemblies or parts passed, so that traceability to the manufacturer will be readily discernible therefrom.

(2) The identification of each parameter for which the contract, specification, drawing, or standard required inspection or testing;

(3) The identification of the specific requirement for each of the parameters in (2), above, for the particular material being produced and covered by the certificate;

(4) The actual results of inspections or tests conducted by the Contractor to demonstrate conformance with each of the specific requirements of (3), above;

(5) The marking requirement for the material and the source of this requirement (contract and specification or standard); and

(6) A statement, signed by an authorized Contractor representative responsible for quality assurance, that (i) the lot has been produced, sampled, tested, and inspected, and marked in accordance with all contract and specification requirements; and (ii) the material complies with all of the contract and specification requirements.

(b) For contracts assigned for Government inspection at source, the Contractor shall have the completed certificate available for review by the Government representative when the material is presented for acceptance by the Government. In the case of destination-inspected material, the Contractor shall attach a copy of the completed certificate to the packing list sent with each shipment to each shipping point designated in the contract. For source inspected material, a copy may (but need not) accompany the shipment. If the Contractor offering the material to the Government is not the manufacturer of the material, the Contractor is responsible for obtaining a certified test report from the manufacturer, including it as part of this COQC, and for demonstrating that the specific material being offered under this certificate is covered by the certified test report.

(c) Unless otherwise specified by the contract, the Contractor shall be responsible for retaining the certificate for a period of 4 years. When requested by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall make the certificate available for review by the Government at any time during the period the certificate is required to be retained.

(End of Clause)

52.246-9002 Product Certification and Test Report(s) (Metals).

As prescribed in 46.396, insert the following clause:

PRODUCT CERTIFICATION AND TEST REPORT(S) (METALS) (JUL 2008)

(a) Definitions. For purposes of this clause, the following definitions apply:

(1) Primary mill. A manufacturing facility which produces a basic product, denoted herein as a primary mill product, by the smelting of raw materials or scrap metal by electric furnace or other conversion process authorized by the applicable specification.

(2) Primary mill product. A basic product which is manufactured or produced at a primary mill by electric furnace or other authorized conversion process and cast in metal molds.

(3) Derivative product. A product which is manufactured or produced from a primary mill product, or a product which is manufactured or produced from another derivative product.

(4) Heat, melt or die lot number. The designation of the single manufacturing process of smelting by which specific metal mill products have been identified.

(5) Manufacturing Lot. All products of the same thickness or diameter, class, condition or temper, rolled or forged from the same heat, and heat-treated at the same time or by the same continuous process.

(b) With each tender of supplies under this contract, the Contractor shall secure a copy of the order and the product certification and test report(s) to the packing slip so as to withstand air, rail or ocean shipment to each consignee specified in the order. If the supplies to be delivered under this contract are the product(s) of more than one (1) manufacturing lot, a separate certificate shall be furnished for each manufacturing lot. This requirement shall apply whether the supplies are/were manufactured or produced under a product specification, the part number or die number of a particular manufacturer or other entity, a commercial, industry or military standard or specification, drawings or any other form of technical data.

(c) Each certificate prepared in accordance with this clause shall include the following:

(1) The Contractor's name, address, and commercial and Government entity (CAGE) code; the Contract/order number, the applicable specification, drawing or standard, or part number (including revision/amendment and date); identification of the specific supplies delivered under the order, including the national stock number (NSN), the nomenclature, the class, type and grade, and unified numbering system (UNS) code, if applicable; and for metal products, include the alloy designation, and condition (finish and temper). If the Contractor is not the manufacturer of the supplies furnished under the order, the certificate will include the name, address, and CAGE code (if applicable) for each of the entities through which the supplies passed, whether as complete products, or as products upon which further manufacturing, production, or fabrication was required, so that traceability to the manufacturer of the primary mill product will be readily discernible there from.

(2) The identification of each parameter for which the contract, specification, standard, drawing or other data, required for inspection or testing.

(3) The identification of the specific requirement for each of the parameters in (c)(2) above, for the particular supplies being produced and covered by the Certificate.

(4) The actual results of inspection and/or tests conducted by the Contractor to demonstrate conformance with each of the specific requirements of (c) (3) above.

(5) The marking requirement for the material and the source of this requirement, i.e., the contract schedule, specifications, standards or other requirement(s).

(6) A statement, signed by an authorized representative of the Contractor who is responsible for quality assurance, certifying that the lot has been produced, inspected, sampled and tested, and marked in accordance with all contract and specification requirements, and that the supplies comply with all applicable contract and specification requirements.

(d) If the supplies to be delivered under this contract are primary mill products, or are/were produced or fabricated from products which were derived from primary mill products, the Contractor shall attach to each certificate for supplies delivered under this contract, a true copy of the certification and test report (CERT) of the primary mill which manufactured or produced the primary mill product(s). The producing mill CERT for the primary mill product(s) shall identify each manufacturing lot by heat, melt or die lot number. If the supplies to be delivered under this contract are derived from primary mill product of more than one heat, melt or die lot, a separate CERT shall be attached to the Contractor's Certification for each such heat, melt or die lot. If the supplies to be delivered under this contract are derivative products, produced from primary mill products, or from other derivative products, then, in addition to each primary mill CERT required by this clause, the Contractor shall attach to its certification a true copy of the CERT of each derivative product manufacturer or producer for each manufacturing lot represented by the supplies delivered under the contract.

(e) Unless otherwise specified in this contract, the Contractor shall retain the certificate and supporting documents (CERTS) for a period of four (4) years. Upon the request of the Contracting Officer at any time during the period required for retention, the Contractor shall make the certificate(s) available for review by the Government.

(End of Clause)

52.246-9003 Measuring and Test Equipment.

As prescribed in 46.391, insert the following clause:

MEASURING AND TEST EQUIPMENT (JAN 2014)

Notwithstanding any other clause to the contrary, and/or in addition thereto, the Contractor shall ensure that the gauges and other measuring and testing equipment, used in determining whether the supplies presented to the Government for acceptance under this contract fully conform to specified technical requirements, are calibrated in accordance with International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 10012:2003 or American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/National Conference of Standards Laboratories (NCSL) Z540.3 (R2013).

(End of Clause)

52.246-9004 Product Verification Testing.

As prescribed in 46.392, insert the following clause:

PRODUCT VERIFICATION TESTING (MAR 2014)

(a) In accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.246-2, “Inspection of Supplies-Fixed Price, and the procedures below, the Government may perform product verification testing (PVT) on some or all items under the contract.

(b) The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that supplies are manufactured, produced, and subjected to all tests required by applicable material specifications/drawings specified in the purchase description of the contract. The Government reserves the right to conduct PVT to ascertain if any or all requirements of the purchase identification description contained elsewhere herein are met prior to final acceptance.

(c) When required, PVT will be performed at a Government-designated testing laboratory at Government expense. When specified by the contracting activity, the cognizant Government quality assurance representative (QAR) is responsible for notifying the Contractor of PVT invocation and execution.

(1) Upon notification to the contractor that PVT is invoked, the Contractor shall not ship and/or deliver any material under this contract unless directed to do so in writing by the Contracting Officer or until notified of acceptable PVT results.

(2) The Government reserves the right to reject the lot or withhold payment if the Contractor ships prior to Government approval of the PVT applicable to that lot.

(3) The Government will normally notify the Contractor of the results of the PVT within 20 working days after receipt of the samples by the Government-designated testing facility; failure to notify the contractor of the results within 20 working days does not affect the respective rights or obligations of the Contractor and the Government except as specifically stated in this clause.

(d) When PVT has been invoked and upon Contractor presentation of a production lot prior to acceptance, the QAR will preliminarily inspect and then select a random sample from such lot(s) for PVT.

(1) The QAR has the authority to reject tendered lots which are not in conformance to contract requirements rather than select a sample for PVT. The QAR shall notify the contractor of such rejection and the Contractor shall propose corrective action, if appropriate.

(2) Under the direction of the QAR, selected PVT samples shall be shipped by the Contractor at Government expense with a copy of the Department of Defense (DD) form 250 and a DD form 1222. The packaging will be marked as follows: “Product Verification Test Samples, Contract number ___________, lot/item number ____________." Upon shipment of the PVT samples, the QAR shall submit the original unsigned DD form 250, along with a copy of the DD form 1222, to the procuring contracting officer (PCO).

(e) Samples subjected to PVT are deemed to be part of the contract quantity.

(1) Samples which pass testing and are not destroyed during evaluation will be returned to the Contractor at the Government's expense and will be included as part of the total contract quantity.

(2) Samples which pass testing and are destroyed during evaluation will not be returned to the Contractor. The Government will consider the destroyed samples as part of the contract quantity for payment and delivery. The Contractor will deliver the remaining lot quantity minus the destroyed sample units.

(3) If samples fail testing, such failure will result in rejection of the entire contract lot from which the samples were taken. These samples will not be included as part of the total contract quantity. At the Government’s discretion, parts failing any test criteria may be retained and not be returned to the Contractor without liability from the Government to the Contractor.

(f) These subparagraphs pertain only to contracts and bilateral purchase orders.

(1) The Government will evaluate the test results and the QAR shall notify the contractor of the acceptance or rejection of the lot based upon the PVT results. The Government is not required to accept/reject the supplies tendered until after receipt of the PVT results.

(2) The Government shall have the option to require the Contractor to screen the entire tendered lot or contract quantity for any defects noted during preliminary inspection or by the PVT. Any defects found shall be corrected before re-tendering any lot for acceptance by the Government. Upon retendering a lot, the Government has the right to request documentation establishing that the screening was performed and that all parts conform to contract requirements. Furthermore, the Government may subject any retendered lot to additional PVT.

(3) If the Government rejects a lot tendered for acceptance based upon preliminary inspection or a failure to pass PVT, the Contractor shall be deemed to have failed to make delivery within the meaning of the Default clause of this contract. In such case, the Government reserves all rights and remedies to which it is otherwise entitled by law, regulation, or this contract.

(g) These subparagraphs pertain only to unilateral purchase orders.

(1) The Government will evaluate the test results and the QAR shall notify the contractor of acceptance or rejection of the lot. If the Government fails to act within the period set for notification (see(c)(3) above), the required delivery date will be deemed to have been extended by an amount of time equal to the Government’s delay. The Government is not required to accept/reject the supplies tendered until after receipt of the PVT results.

(2) If a lot is rejected at either preliminary inspection or based upon the results of PVT, the order may be cancelled for delivery of nonconforming goods with no liability from the Government to the unilateral purchase order awardee. The Government has the option to permit the unilateral purchase order awardee to retender the lot after screening for, and correcting, any defects noted by the QAR during the preliminary inspection or based on the results of the PVT. Upon retendering the lot, the Government has the right to request documentation establishing that the screening was performed and that all items conform to contract requirements. Furthermore, the Government may subject this lot to additional PVT.

Alternate I (MAR 2014) When acquiring heat and die number requirements, identified by the contract description or specification, use the following additional paragraphs (a)(1) and (b)(1).

(a)(1) The QAR will select samples on a random basis from each "heat" or "die number" lot which is included in the production lot or contract lot tendered for acceptance.

(b)(1) If the test results indicate nonconformities in the chemical or mechanical properties, the nonconformities shall be the cause for rejection of the entire "heat" or "die number" lot included in the production or contract lot. Any "heat" or "die number" lot that is rejected may not be re-tendered for Government inspection and acceptance.

Alternate II (MAR 2014) When acquiring instrument bearings, use paragraphs (a)(1) and (b)(1) in addition to the basic clause.

(a)(1) When PVT is a requirement, the Contractor shall notify the PCO and the QAR in writing at least 30 calendar days before anticipated completion of manufacture of the contract quantity or first manufacturing lot. This is to allow for sufficient time for scheduling and PCO coordination with the Government test facility.

(b)(1) The PCO may waive the requirement for PVT where supplies being offered are identical to supplies that were accepted by the Government within a period of two years prior to the date of current solicitation. Offerors offering such products, who wish to rely on such prior acceptance by the Government, must furnish evidence with the offer that prior Government acceptance is presently appropriate for the products to be furnished hereunder by indicating below the information for identical supplies accepted by the Government.

Government agency_______________________________________________

Contract number _____________________________________________

Date of Contract_________________________________________

National stock number (NSN)________________________

Specification/Part Number ___________________

(2) In all cases, the PCO reserves the right to make final waiver determination.

(3) The contract delivery schedule shall be reduced by 30 calendar days (time allotted for submission and approval of PVT sample(s)) if submission of PVT sample(s) is waived by the Government.

(End of Clause)

52.246-9006 Place of Performance – Government Inspection, Acceptance and Shipping Point.

As prescribed in 46.503-90(b)(1), insert the following clause.

PLACE OF PERFORMANCE – GOVERNMENT INSPECTION, ACCEPTANCE AND SHIPPING POINT (MAR 2013)

(a) Place of performance:

[ ] (1) Items will be manufactured at the following locations:

Item number Plant name and address

(To be supplied with the offer by the offeror)

[ ] (2) Items will be furnished from stock. The manufacturer (not the dealer) is as follows:

Item number Name and address of manufacturer

(To be supplied with the offer by the offeror)

(b) Place of packaging, packing and marking:

[ ] (1) Same as shown in (a)(1) above.

[ ] (2) As shown below:

Item number Name and address of packaging plant

(To be supplied with the offer by the offeror)

(c) Place of Government inspection:

(To be supplied with the offer by the offeror)

[ ] (1) Material inspection, except as may be indicated in (c)(2), will be made at the follow locations:

Item number Plant name and address Government inspection office

(To be supplied with the offer by the offeror)

[ ] (2) Packaging, packing and marking inspection (if other than (c)(1) above) will be made at the following location:

Item number Plant name and address Government inspection office

(To be supplied with the offer by the offeror)

[ ] (3) At destination.

(d) Place of acceptance:

[ ] (1) At the plant shown and by the Government inspection office shown in (c)(1) above.

[ ] (2) At the plant shown and by the Government inspection office shown in (c)(2) above.

[ ] (3) At destination by the receiving authority.

(e) Applicable to free on board (f.o.b). origin shipments on Government bill of lading awards only. Shipment will be made from the Contractor’s or subcontractor plant(s) identified below. These shipping points were used in the evaluation of Contractor’s f.o.b. origin offer. If the Contractor ships from a place other than as identified herein, any increase in transportation costs shall be borne by the Contractor and any savings shall revert to the Government.

[ ] (1) Same as shown in (a)(1) above.

[ ] (2) As shown below:

Item Number Name and Address of Shipping Point

(To be supplied with the offer by the offeror)

(f) The performance of any of the work contracted for in any place other than that named above is prohibited unless approved in writing in advance by the Contracting Officer.

(End of Clause)

52.246-9008 Inspection and Acceptance at Origin.

As prescribed in 46.503-90(b)(3), insert the following clause:

INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE AT ORIGIN (NOV 2011)

(a) Inspection and acceptance are at origin.

(b) The point of acceptance will be the point of last inspection before shipment unless otherwise indicated by the offeror.

(c) The Offeror shall indicate below the location where supplies will be inspected:

Supplies:

Plant: ___________________________________

Commercial and Government entity (CAGE) code:__________________

Street: __________________________________

City/State/Zip: ______________________________

Applicable to contract line-item numbers(s) (CLIN(s)): __________________________________

(d) The Offeror shall indicate below the location where packaging will be inspected:

Packaging:

( ) Same as for supplies

or,

Plant: __________________________________ CAGE Code: ___________________

Street: _________________________________

City/State/Zip: _____________________________

Applicable to CLIN(s): ___________________________________________________

(e) For CLIN(s) described by manufacturer's name/code and part number:

(1) Contractor must present evidence of performance of all quality assurance requirements specified in the contract and ensure that item will serve its intended purpose by performing examinations and tests to determine (A) completeness of item, (B) absence of rust, contamination, or deterioration, (C) correct identification, (D) absence of any damage, and (E) compliance with preparation for delivery. If the Contractor is not the manufacturer of the supplies, evidence must be furnished to establish that the supplies were produced by the manufacturer.

(2) The word "manufacturer" means the actual manufacturer of each CLIN. The Government’s Quality Assurance Representative may require that evidence be furnished establishing the name and address of the plant that manufactures each CLIN to ensure that a domestic product is being supplied.

(f) For CLIN(S) designated as former Government surplus (whether described by manufacturer’s name/code and part number, or by Military or Federal specification or drawing), the original package markings of each item shall be verified to previous Government contract number and part number (as specified in Defense Logistics Acquisition Directive (DLAD) 52.211-9000, Section I of the award). Any deviation from this number shall be cause for rejection of the item.

(g) Additional inspection requirements may be required, based on the evaluation of the surplus offer, by the procuring activity. Such additional requirements, if necessary, will be identified before the award.

(End of Clause)

Alternate I - Replace paragraph (a) in 9008 with (a) below, for acquisitions above the simplified acquisition threshold (SAT) whenever subsequent shipments, per National Stock Number (NSN), will undergo inspection and acceptance at destination,

Alternate (ALT) I (a) For each national stock number (NSN), inspection and acceptance will take place at:

Origin - first shipment only;

Destination - subsequent shipments

(End of Clause)

52.246-9012 Preparation for Delivery and Inspection of Fresh Fruits and Vegetables.

As prescribed in 46.402-91, insert the following clause:

PREPARATION FOR DELIVERY AND INSPECTION OF FRESH FRUITS AND VEGETABLES (NOV 2011)

(a) To the extent possible the government shall purchase product based on visual best value selection, i.e., that product which best meets customer needs after considering quality and price.

(b) For supplies to be delivered to DLA Troop Support cold storage sites in the contiguous United States, inspection shall be performed at origin by the Government purchasing agent. Inspection at destination for identity, quality, condition, and quantity shall be performed by the Government purchasing agent or by veterinary/medical food inspection personnel services. The Contracting Officer reserves the right to require that inspection be performed by the Agricultural Marketing Service, USDA, or by state inspectors at the expense of the Contractor.

(c) For supplies to be delivered directly to military posts, camps, stations, commissary stores or ports of embarkation for overseas customers, inspection shall be performed at origin by USDA or state inspectors at Contractor’s expense. Inspection at destination for identity, quality, condition and quantity shall be performed by veterinary/medical food inspection personnel services.

(d) In preparing for delivery the Contractor shall assure the following:

(1) Include with each shipment when available, a copy of DLA Troop Support Form 1930, signed by the Contracting Officer, stating whether USDA or state inspection was accomplished at origin.

(2) Include a copy of the USDA or state inspection certificate with each shipment which receives such inspection. The certificate shall cite the rail car number or trailer license number. Any shipments received at destination without the required certificate will be inspected by the government at the expense of the Contractor.

(e) In the event deliveries are rejected at destination, the Contractor may request a reinspection from the Contracting Officer. The Contracting Officer may grant reinspections, if valid reasons exist. The reinspection will be conducted by the USDA. In the event results of reinspections confirm nonconformance with contract requirements, the cost of the reinspection shall be borne by the Contractor. If results establish conformance with contract requirements, the cost shall be borne by the government.

(f) A representative portion of each contract line item may be check-weighed at destination to determine that the containers meet the specified minimum weight. No payment will be made for weights in excess of the minimum weight required by the contract. Except for supplies purchased for resale, contract requirements will be considered to be satisfied when the average weight per container meets the specified minimum weight. For supplies purchased for resale, each package must contain, at destination, no less than the marked net weight as shown on the container. (Except that lots in compliance with the USDA individual container weight allowance will be considered to meet contract requirements.)

(g) Fresh fruits and vegetables shall be packed in clean commercial type containers. Used containers are permissible if they are free of inappropriate markings. Containers shall be full, tightly packed, and properly closed or covered.

(h) When delivery is to be made to two or more destinations, the Contractor shall separately brace each delivery segment at origin or otherwise provide for its protection while enroute to the other consignee(s).

(i) When seavans are loaded at origin for overseas shipment, copies of all papers including a copy of the inspection certificate and a consist document or equivalent document must be placed in the van. The consist document may be your own manifest provided the specified information is included and the copy placed in the van has the word “consist” written or typed on the top of the document.

The following information is to be written on the consist document:

 

(1) Consignee’s requisition number

(2) Item description

(3) Count

(4) Unit price

The consist document along with the inspection certificate, and phyto-sanitary certificate (if applicable) must be attached to one of the containers in the last row prior to sealing the van. (A copy of the phyto-sanitary certificate (if applicable) must also be attached to the outside of the van door). All papers must show the BPA number as well as other pertinent information as to the contents of the van. Vans will be loaded in accordance with guidance provided by the Contracting Officer.

(End of Clause)

52.246-9013 Contractor and Government Samples at Origin.

As prescribed in 46.402-92, insert the following clause:

CONTRACTOR AND GOVERNMENT SAMPLES AT ORIGIN (SEP 2007)

When required, the Contractor will select samples of end items or components or both for Contractor examination or testing as required by the item specification or other contract provisions. In addition, the government may select samples of end items or components or both at origin for the purpose of conducting required inspection.

The Government may use, consume, destroy or retain said samples at its option. Notwithstanding any other provision of the contract, the Contractor shall bear the cost of Contractor and Government samples selected at origin, whether the supplies are accepted or rejected.

Furthermore, unless otherwise specified, any sample unit which is altered as a result of the performance of any required examination or test so as to no longer meet the required characteristic of the component or end item, shall not be included as part of the supplies delivered under the contract.

Examples of such alteration include, but are not limited to, cutting an item to remove a slice or observe internal surface characteristics, procedures requiring re-canning/re-cooking of the product, thawing and refreezing.

(End of Clause)

52.246-9014 Certificate of Conformance.

As prescribed in 46.504-90(a)(1), insert the following clause:

CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMANCE (NOV 2011)

(a) Unless otherwise specified in the contract, the Contractor shall furnish a certificate of conformance for packaging, packing, labeling, marking and unitization materials and their performance in use in lieu of government sampling and testing. Performance in use applies to joint strength of strapping and tension of unit load strapping. The unitization materials covered by the certificate of conformance shall not include pallets. Examination and testing of pallets shall be performed in accordance with specification requirements unless otherwise stipulated in the contract.

(b) When specified, the Contractor may also furnish a certificate of conformance for certain components/ingredients or end item characteristics. The Contractor may still furnish a certificate covering any of the foregoing even though a subcontractor provided the materials. In such event, the Contractor is responsible for assuring that the materials met all contract requirements. For this reason, the Contractor should request a certificate of conformance from the subcontractor.

(c) The certificate of conformance should be worded substantially as follows:

(1) I certify that all (indicate type of material) called for by the contract conform to applicable contract requirements in every particular. (For meats only, the Contractor must also state that "no distressed, reconditioned meat has been used.")

(2) Such materials consist of the following: (Specify quantity, manufacturer and nomenclature for each item.)

Signature and Title of Certifying Official

Distribution: One copy to origin inspector, when applicable. One copy with shipment when origin USDA/USDC inspection is not required. One copy with invoice for payment when Department of Defense (DD) form 250 is not used.

(d) It is the intent of the Government to be able to rely on the certificate of conformance. To assure that the certificate is reliable, the Government reserves the right to perform verification testing of each component for which specifications are established in the contract. Random samples shall be personally selected by the cognizant Government inspector. Random samples of packaging, labeling, packing and marking materials shall be submitted to the DLA analytical laboratory with a copy of the DD form 1222 furnished to DLA Troop Support HSQ. Food component materials shall be sent to the laboratory servicing the inspector’s organization. All costs incident to the sampling and submittal of materials shall be borne by the Contractor. The reliability of the Contractor’s certificate of conformance will be determined on the basis of Government verification results.

(1) When it is determined by DLA Troop Support HSQ that the DLA analytical laboratory test samples meet the contract requirements, the certificate of conformance for these materials is considered reliable.

(2) When DLA Troop Support finds the materials do not meet the contract requirements based on recognized statistical methods, the certificate of conformance is considered unreliable. The Contractor shall be so advised and the particular deficiencies which render such certificate unreliable shall be identified. The unreliability status may be continued from contract to contract regardless of the particular contract on which the verification tests, or submission by Contractor of nonconforming material, has occurred. The Contractor is responsible for all costs incurred by the government in performing tests of future samples submitted for testing after such time as the Government has informed the Contractor of the unreliability status and until reliability is again established to the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer. Testing and administrative costs shall be assessed at the prevailing rate.

(End of Clause)

52.246-9023 General Inspection Requirements.

As prescribed in 46.202-3-90(b), insert the following clause:

GENERAL INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS - DLA TROOP SUPPORT - SUBSISTENCE

(NOV 2011)

(a) Inspection.

(1) The Contractor shall employ the services of the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyard Administration (GIPSA) or Agricultural Marketing Service (AMS) or U.S. Department of Commerce (USDC), National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) to accomplish origin inspection (examination and testing) and sampling as required herein and in the applicable commodity specifications. The Contractor shall bear all expenses incident thereto, including costs of samples and all associated costs for preparation and mailing. Costs shall be assessed in accordance with the Government laboratory testing charges for individual test characteristics and number of tests required by the specification or contract. A list of fees may be obtained from the appropriate inspection activity.

The Contractor shall furnish the Government grader/inspector a copy of the complete contract and supporting contractual documents (i.e., individual solicitation, contract modifications, waivers, and referenced specifications).

Offerors may contact the appropriate Government office to discuss inspection procedures prior to submitting offers; however, nothing provided thereby shall be construed to alter the applicable specification in any manner or to reduce the responsibility of Contractor to comply with such specifications.

(2) The Contractor shall take action to correct or replace nonconforming supplies.

(3) The Government will perform an inspection at destination for identity, condition and quantity. If there is evidence that the supplies do not conform with contract requirements, the inspector shall report the findings of his inspection to the appropriate DLA Troop Support office (operational rations business unit, food services business unit, produce business unit, product services office, etc.). The applicable DLA Troop Support office shall report the findings to the Contracting Officer or the ordering officer, who shall in turn notify the Contractor.

(4) Supplies will be rejected when any evidence of insect activity (live or dead in any stage of development) or rodent activity/contamination is found in or on product, packaging, packing or unitization.

(5) Nonconforming supplies rejected at origin will not normally be accepted by the Government. However, the Contractor may elect to petition the Contracting Officer in writing to grant a waiver of the contract requirements for which supplies have been found nonconforming, and to accept the supplies “as is” with appropriate price consideration.

(6) The Contractor shall furnish all inspection gauges, instruments, scales, tools or other material required by the designated Government inspection activity to complete the necessary inspection. The Government inspector will insure that the Contractor has had such gauges, instruments, scales, tools, or other material required to complete inspection properly calibrated and, if necessary, certified. When required by the contract/solicitation the Government inspector will collect insect specimens from plant production and storage areas and submit the specimens to the nearest military entomological laboratory for identification. When the collection of insects is required, the Contractor shall be responsible for supplying and installing specified insect monitoring devices required to accomplish this task.

(b) Standby test samples. The Government reserves the right to withdraw and hold standby samples of components or finished products or both (the quantity of which shall be not more than twice that required by the specification) for inspection purposes. Samples not used will be returned to the Contractor.

(c) USDA and USDC certificates.

(1) Inspection by USDA, AMS, Fruit and Vegetable Division, Poultry Division or Dairy Division: When DD Form 250, Material Inspection Receiving Report (MIRR), is not used, the Contractor shall obtain official USDA inspection certificate, which shall:

(i) Contain the following statement in the grade section of the certificate:

(A) Supplies listed hereon conform to all quality requirements of the contract.

(B) Container condition meets all requirements of the contract.

(C) Visual examination indicates conformance to packaging, packing, unitization, labeling and marking requirements of the contract.

(ii) Indicate that supplies shipped are those inspected. This may be satisfied by means of one of the following:

(A) Each primary container must be embossed, stamped or stenciled with a code mark prior to inspection, which corresponds with the code marks listed on the USDA grade certificate.

(B) The USDA grade certificate bears a statement that all of the shipping containers comprising the inspection lot have been stamped with the official USDA stamp impression.

(C) The USDA certificate of loading, if issued, bears a cross-reference to the applicable USDA inspection document.

(iii) Indicate that the Contractor has furnished a certificate of conformance for packaging, packing, labeling, marking and unitization materials.

(iv) Indicate the random samples of packaging, packing, labeling, marking and unitization materials, where applicable, have been selected by the inspector for forwarding to DLA Analytical Laboratory, 700 Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19111 in accordance with DLA Troop Support clause 52.246-9P20.

(v) Indicate the applicable contract or order number.

(2) Inspection by USDA, AMS, livestock, meat, grain and seed division: For all shipments, whether DD Form 250 (MIRR) is required or not, the Contractor shall obtain a USDA agricultural products acceptance certificate (Form LS 5-3), which shall contain the information specified in paragraph (c)(1). The Contractor shall also include the applicable lot number(s).

(3) Inspection by USDA, GIPSA, Field Management Division: When DD Form 250 (MIRR) is not required, the Contractor shall obtain an official USDA inspection or examination certificate, as appropriate. In addition to the entries required by the GIPSA, the certificate shall contain the following certification: “Supplies listed hereon conform to all quality and condition requirements of the contract”.

(d) Distribution of Certificates. Copying machine duplicates of USDC certificates and USDA certificates other than USDA Form LS 5-3 are not acceptable. Copying machine duplicates of USDA Form LS 5-3 are acceptable only as provided in paragraph (2) and (3) below. Copying machine duplicates of the original signed DD Form 250 are acceptable. In addition to the prohibited use of copying machine duplicates, USDC certificates must also be embossed with the official seal of the USDC. The Contractor shall distribute certificates as follows:

(1) When DD Form 250 (MIRR) signed by the inspector is provided, a copy of the USDA/USDC inspection certificate need not be furnished to the designated paying office. (Exception: When the contract or specification provides for acceptance of product with a price adjustment to the Contractor'’ invoice, e.g., excess fat in ground beef, the original signed USDA/USDC inspection certificate must be attached to the top of the commercial invoice which is submitted to the designated paying office.)

(2) When DD Form 250 (MIRR) is not required, the original signed USDC inspection certificate or USDA inspection certificate other than USDA Form LS 5-3 must be attached to the top of the commercial invoice, which is submitted to the designated paying office. When the services of the USDA, AMS, Livestock, Meat, Grain and Seed Division are employed, the original signed USDA Form LS 5-3 or a copying machine duplicate of the original form LS 5-3 with an original signature must be attached to the top of the commercial invoice which is submitted to the designated paying office.

(3) As appropriate for any shipment, one blue or green signed copy of the original USDA Fruit and Vegetable Division certificate; one green or yellow carbon copy of the original signed USDA, AMS Dairy Division or Poultry Division certificate; one copy of the original signed USDA, GIPSA or USDC certificate; one copy of the original signed USDA Form LS 5-3 or a copying machine duplicate of the original USDA Form LS 5-3 with an original signature shall accompany each shipment to each destination and be marked Attention: Subsistence Inspector.

(4) In the event the Contractor does not include appropriate certificate(s) with each shipment to each destination as required, the Government reserves the right to arrange for government grading/inspection and certification at destination at the Contractor’s expense.

(e) Lot identification. The contractor shall code or distinctively mark by embossing, stamping, printing or stenciling each shipping container for every lot of supplies offered for acceptance so as to identify the lot from any other lot produced by the Contractor. Under both in-process (on line) and stationary lot inspections, the maximum lot size, unless otherwise specified in the contract, shall be defined by the assigned inspection agency.

(f) Particular inspection requirements.

(1) Primary containers: Examination of primary containers for external condition and labeling shall be in accordance with the U.S. standards for condition of food containers, except that when requirements are contained in the specification, examination shall be performed in accordance with that specification. When additional requirements are specified in the specification, examination for these requirements shall be in accordance with the specification.

(2) Unit loads: Examination of unit loads shall be in accordance with MIL-L-35078.

(3) All other: Examination shall be in accordance with the specification.

(End of Clause)

52.246-9024 Alternative Inspection Requirements for Selected Items.

As prescribed in 46.202-3-90(c), insert the following clause:

ALTERNATIVE INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR SELECTED ITEMS –

DLA TROOP SUPPORT - SUBSISTENCE (NOV 2011)

(a) Optional Contractor testing of Contractor-furnished materials.

To expedite shipment, the Contractor has the option to perform, or have performed by an independent laboratory, contractually-required tests of end items or component material not specified by the U.S. Standards of Grade. The inspector for the Government agency having jurisdiction over ascertaining compliance may permit shipment, provided all other requirements of the contract are met. The designated Government inspector will select random samples of each lot of end items or component material for verification testing until the Contractor’s testing system is determined reliable in accordance with paragraph (c) of this clause. It is the intent of the Government to rely on Contractor test results to the maximum extent practicable and minimize Government verification testing.

(b) Compliance of product.

Acceptance of material as complying with required characteristics shall be based on the Contractor’s test results; provided that Government verification indicates the Contractor’s testing system is reliable, in accordance with paragraph (c) of this clause, as to each of the required characteristics. If the Contractor’s test system is determined to be unreliable, product compliance will be determined based solely on Government test results. In the event the Government detects any irregularities in the Contractor’s testing system, the designated Government inspector may withhold approval until Government test results indicate products conform to contract requirements. (For Meal, Ready-to-Eat (MRE) items, if Government laboratory test results show that product is nonconforming, the product shall be withheld from final assembly and subject to return and replacement by the component Contractor, even if previously approved by the Government inspector.)

(c) Reliability conditions.

(1) To be considered reliable, the Contractor’s testing system shall produce results comparable to the Government test results; unless the Government agency having jurisdiction has inspected the item produced at the Contractor’s plant within the previous 120 days. Unless otherwise specified in this contract, the Government inspector will select samples randomly from the first three lots of end items presented for inspection and will conduct verification testing on a skip-lot basis. Skip-lot verification is done by random selection of samples from not less than one lot in six consecutive lots presented for inspection. The sampling procedure under skip-lot places the succeeding lots not chosen for inspection back into the universe available for subsequent inspection. (For instance, starting with a group of six lots (i.e., 1-6), one lot is randomly selected for inspection. If lot 4 is selected, the next samples will be selected from lots 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10. If lot 8 is selected, the next samples will be selected from lots 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, or 14; and so on.)

(2) Contractor’s testing system shall be considered unreliable when (i) the Government verification results indicate product nonconformance to contract requirements; and (ii) a significant disparity exists between Government laboratory results and Contractor test results. When a Contractor’s testing system is determined to be unreliable, compliance testing will revert to the Government, and all items shall be inspected by the Government prior to shipment.

(3) Contractor’s testing system will be considered doubtful when (i) a significant disparity exists between Government laboratory results and Contractor test results; (ii) the Government test results indicate significantly poorer quality than the Contractor’s; and (iii) the Government laboratory test results do not indicate product nonconformance to a statistically significant degree. When the Contractor’s testing system is considered doubtful, verification testing will be performed on each lot produced; however, the Government will continue to permit the Contractor to ship based on its own test results.

(4) Contractor testing system reliability will be determined by applying recognized statistical tests to the Contractor’s and Government’s test results. These determinations shall be accomplished by the DLA Troop Support, Directorate of Subsistence, Product Services Office, 700 Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19111-5092.

(5) The Contracting Officer will notify the Contractor of any change in reliability status. Notification will include details of the statistical determinations and test results used in reliability studies. Telephonic notification and copies of these determinations will be provided to the Government by DLA Troop Support FTRE.

(d) Procedures. When the Contractor elects to perform testing, the following shall apply:

(1) Reporting of Contractor’s results. Test reports for each lot of end item and components shall be submitted in the format contained in this clause by the Contractor in an original and one copy to the designated Government inspector. The inspector will forward one completed copy to DLA Troop Support FTRE.

(2) Verification actions. The Government will perform verification testing for food items and component material required by the contract to assure that the Contractor’s testing results are reliable. Verification samples will be accompanied by a Department of Defense (DD) form 1222, Request for and Results of Tests. The Government laboratory that performs the tests will provide copies of the test results to the Government inspector and to DLA Troop Support FTRE. The Government laboratory will telephone the results to DLA Troop Support HS (215-737-4259) when testing identifies nonconformance. The Government reserves the right to (i) increase the rate or amount of verification testing up to and including full lot-by-lot testing, in the event the Contractor does not furnish reliable test results or certificates; or (ii) obtain additional data when significant disparities exist between the Contractor’s results and the results of the Government laboratory testing. When any element of the Contractor testing system is determined unreliable, the Government may consider the testing system as a whole unreliable and return to full lot-by-lot verification for every test. Testing by the Government will continue until such time as the Contractor’s reliability is again established.

(3) Standby test samples. The Government reserves the right to withdraw and hold standby test samples of component or finished product or both (the quantity of which shall be the next larger available sample size required for unit testing and the same sample size required for composite testing) for inspection purposes. Unused samples will be returned to the Contractor.

(e) Charges applicable to unreliable test status. The prime Contractor shall be charged the costs of lot-by-lot inspection during the period that its testing system is considered unreliable. These charges will be processed and approved by the Contracting Officer.

(f) Format for Contractor/subcontractor test report.

Name and address of Contractor:

Name and address of subcontractor: (if applicable)

Received for testing: (date)

Contract number:

Sample tested: (end item or component, indicate by name)

Quantity tested:

Applicable specification:

Identification of lot: (end item or component lot number, as applicable)

Quantity in lot: (units)

Testing completed: (date)

Test report

(Report test results for each sample unit tested and the sample average, if required by the specification, and identify results obtained from composite samples.)

(Typed name and title of laboratory official and signature)

The following certification shall be affixed to the test report when testing was performed on component items by supplier’s laboratory or by subcontractor’s laboratory.

Certification

I certify that the above test results were furnished to this firm to cover the testing of samples which are representative of the lot, and to the best of my knowledge and belief, have been found to comply with the analytical requirements of the specification, contract no. _______________

Signature:______________________________

(typed name and title of Contractor’s representative who is authorized to sign the certificate, and the date)

The following certification shall be affixed to the test report when testing was performed on component and/or end item by Contractor’s laboratory or an independent laboratory.

Certification

I certify that the item presented for acceptance under terms of above referenced contract has been tested, as required by the contract, through the testing of samples that were representative of the lot, and to the best of my knowledge and belief, were found to comply with the analytical requirements of the specification and the contract.

Signature: ___________________________________________________________________

(typed name and title of Contractor’s representative who is authorized to sign the certificate, and the date)

Distribution:

(Original and one (1) copy to Government inspector, who will forward one (1) copy to DLA Troop Support FTRE; and hard copy with each shipment, when DD Form 250 (MIRR) reports are not provided.)

(End of Clause)

52.246-9025 Reinspection of Nonconforming Supplies.

As prescribed in 46.407-97, insert the following clause:

REINSPECTION OF NONCONFORMING SUPPLIES – DLA TROOP SUPPORT - SUBSISTENCE (NOV 2011)

(a) When origin inspection is performed by the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) or U.S. Department of Commerce (USDC) and supplies are found to be nonconforming at origin, the Contractor may request USDA/USDC reinspection/formal review in accordance with the regulations of the respective agency. In such instances, the next larger available sample size will be used. The decision of the USDA/USDC representative as to conformance or nonconformance shall be final. It will be within the discretion of USDA/USDC whether to assess reinspection costs against the Contractor.

(b) When origin inspection is performed by the USDA or USDC and supplies are found to be nonconforming at destination, the Contractor may petition the Contracting Officer to obtain permission for a single reinspection, provided such petition provides valid technical reasons to believe the destination inspection findings were erroneous. The reinspection shall be performed in accordance with the original destination inspection criteria unless otherwise specified by the Contracting Officer.

(1) Reinspection of nonconforming supplies for grading factors, suspicion of fraud or substitution shall be conducted by the applicable origin inspection agency (USDA for meats and poultry, or USDC for water foods). All costs associated with USDA/USDC reinspection shall be borne by the Contractor; unless the reinspection results establish compliance with contractual requirements, in which case costs shall be borne by the Government.

(2) Reinspection for all other criteria shall be accomplished by the Military Medical/Veterinary Services, as coordinated by the Contracting Officer with the applicable Military Medical/Veterinary Service Headquarters. The Military Medical/Veterinary Service Headquarters will designate the activity assigned to perform the reinspection and advise the Contracting Officer and the designated activity of the reinspection schedule. Reinspection shall be performed by personnel other than those involved in the original destination inspection. Reinspection costs shall be borne by the Contractor when reinspection results substantiate the nonconformance. The Government shall bear the costs of reinspection if the products are determined to be in compliance with contractual requirements.

(c) When inspection by the USDA or USDC is not a contract requirement and supplies are found nonconforming at destination, the Contractor may petition the Contracting Officer one time only to obtain permission for a single reinspection, provided such petition provides valid technical reasons to believe the original inspection findings were erroneous. If the Contracting Officer authorizes a reinspection, the reinspection results shall be final if they differ from the original inspection to such a statistically significant degree that error in the original results is probable. Otherwise, the original inspection results shall prevail. The reinspection/formal review shall be performed in accordance with the original inspection criteria, unless otherwise specified. All costs associated with the reinspection shall be borne by the Contractor; unless the reinspection results establish compliance with the contract requirements, in which case costs shall be assumed by the Government. Reinspection shall not be authorized when original inspection findings show that the supplies are unwholesome or contain a deleterious substance.

(d) The Contractor may elect to petition the Contracting Officer to grant a waiver of those contract requirements for which supplies have been found nonconforming and accept the supplies “as is” with appropriate price consideration. However, if the Contractor intends to exercise any option under (a), (b) or (c) above, the Contractor must do so prior to requesting a waiver. The denial of a waiver by the Contracting Officer will result in final rejection of the nonconforming supplies without recourse to reinspection.

(End of Clause)

52.246-9030 Shade Evaluation of Contractor Furnished Components.

As prescribed in 46.395(a), insert the following clause:

SHADE EVALUATION OF CONTRACTOR FURNISHED COMPONENTS (APR 2008)

Contracts awarded under this solicitation shall require shade evaluation of Contractor furnished components in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) Swatches shall be cut by the Contractor from those pieces or rolls selected by the Government representative. For yard goods, the dimensions of each swatch shall be 4" x 12" while for narrow loom material each swatch shall be a full width and 12" in length. The number of pieces or rolls to be sampled shall be in accordance with the following table:

 

Lot Size

Pieces to be sampled

 

1 to 8 pieces

Each piece

 

9 to 25 pieces

8 pieces

 

26 to 90 pieces

20 pieces

 

91 to 160 pieces

32 pieces

 

over 160 pieces

1 of 5 pieces

(b) The swatches shall be submitted to the Government laboratory for shade evaluation. If any swatches are rejected, the end items made from the rejected component lot shall also be rejected. In these instances, the Contractor shall without cost to the Government, cut additional shade swatches from each remaining piece or roll in the rejected sample lot which was not previously sampled and submit these swatches to the Government for shade evaluation.

(c) Swatches submitted in accordance with (a) and (b) above, shall also be evaluated for uniformity of shade when so specified in section 3 of the fabric specification and when the standard sample is referenced for uniformity of shade.

(End of Clause)

52.246-9031 Shade Evaluation.

As prescribed in 46.395(b), insert the following clause:

SHADE EVALUATION (APR 2008)

[ ] (a) 100% Swatching: From each piece in the lot, the Contractor shall cut a 4 X 24 inches shade swatch which is representative of the shade of the piece. The Contractor shall cut these swatches into two 4 X 12 inches swatches and identify each swatch with the piece from which it was cut. One set of swatches and a tally list of piece numbers for each roll of the lot shall be forwarded to the DLA Product Testing Center Analytical for evaluation. The remaining set shall be retained at the plant for use by the Quality Assurance Representative (QAR).

or

[ ] (a) Case Swatching: The Contractor shall put in each case only pieces which closely approximate each other in shade. From one piece in each case, the Contractor shall then cut a 4 X 24 inches shade swatch which shall be representative of the shade of the pieces in that case. The Contractor shall cut these swatches into two 4 X 12 inches swatches and identify each swatch with the case number containing the piece from which it was cut. One set of swatches shall be forwarded to the Government laboratory for evaluation, and the other set retained at the plant for use by the Quality Assurance Representative (QAR).

or

[ ] (a) Sampling: Notwithstanding any current provisions of the fabric specification, the following shade evaluation shall apply to this solicitation. A 4 x 12 inches shade swatch will be cut by the Contractor from those pieces or rolls selected by the Government representative, in accordance with the following table:

 

Lot Size

Number of Pieces to be Sampled

 

1 to 8 pieces

Each piece

 

9 to 25 pieces

8 pieces

 

26 to 90 pieces

20 pieces

 

91 to 160 pieces

32 pieces

 

over 160 pieces

1 of 5 pieces

The swatches shall be identified and submitted to the DLA Product Testing Center--Analytical for shade evaluation. If one or more of the shade swatches submitted are found unacceptable, the entire lot shall be rejected. A lot that was rejected for shade shall be screened and all pieces in the lot defective for shade shall be removed before such a lot is resubmitted. Resubmitted lots shall again be subjected to the sampling and shade evaluation prescribed herein. This requirement does not negate the Contractor's responsibility to perform shade evaluation prior to submittal of a lot to the Government.

(b) When Section 3 of the fabric specification contains a specific requirement for uniformity of shade and when the standard sample is referenced for uniformity of shade, the swatches submitted in accordance with (a) above shall also be evaluated for uniformity of shade.

(c) The Contractor shall transmit the swatches to:

 

DLA Product Testing Center-Analytical
700 Robbins Avenue
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19111-5092

The letter shall indicate "For Government shade approval" and contain the following information:

(1) Name of prime Contractor.

(2) Contract number.

(3) Nomenclature.

(4) Government inspection lot number.

(5) Number of swatches being submitted.

(6) QAR's name.

(7) Name and address of the QAR's base plant.

(8) Piece number of standard sample cited in contract.

(9) Tally list with piece numbers (not applicable to case swatching).

(d) If any swatches are rejected by the DLA Product Testing Center-Analytical for shade, those pieces* from which the rejected swatches were cut will be removed from the lot. Each piece acceptable for shade from which a shade swatch has been removed shall be cut by the Contractor from selvage to selvage so that there will be no evidence of the shade swatch cut-out. The portion removed shall not be included in the yardage indicated on the piece ticket.

(e) If the Contractor reworks and resubmits pieces* originally rejected for shade or finish, it shall not combine the rejected pieces* with normal production or with lots rejected for other causes. Such pieces* shall be combined to form one resubmitted lot. Each piece* shall retain its original piece number, suffixed with an "X". The lot number shall also be suffixed with an "X".

*When the second block (a) above (CASE SWATCHING) is checked, the word "case(s)" is substituted for the word "piece(s)" in paragraphs (d) and (e)

(End of Clause)

52.246-9039 Removal of Government Identification from Non-Accepted Supplies.

As prescribed in 46.407(97), insert the following clause:

REMOVAL OF GOVERNMENT IDENTIFICATION FROM NON-ACCEPTED SUPPLIES

(NOV 2011)

(a) The Contractor shall remove or obliterate from a rejected end item and its packing and packaging, any marking, symbol, or other representation that the end item or any part of it has been produced or manufactured for the United States Government. Removal or obliteration shall be accomplished prior to any donation, sale, or disposal in commercial channels. The Contractor, in making disposition in commercial channels of rejected supplies, is responsible for compliance with requirements of the Federal Trade Commission Act (15 United States Code (U.S.C.) 45 et seq.) and the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.), as well as other Federal or State laws and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

(b) Unless otherwise authorized by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor is responsible for removal or obliteration of government identifications within 72 hours of rejection of nonconforming supplies including supplies manufactured for the Government but not offered or supplies transferred from the Government's account to the cold storage Contractor's account at origin or destination. (For product rejected at destination and returned to the Contractor's plant, the 72 hour period starts with the time of Contractor receipt of returned product). After removal or obliteration is accomplished and prior to disposition, the Contractor must notify the Government inspector.

(End of Clause)

52.246-9042 Documentation of Traceability - Qualified Products List/Qualified Manufacturers List (QPL/QML) Integrated Circuits, Hybrid Microcircuits, and Semiconductor Devices – DLA Maritime.

As prescribed in 46.504-90(a)(2), insert the following clause:

DOCUMENTATION OF TRACEABILITY – QUALIFIED PRODUCTS LIST/QUALIFIED MANUFACTURERS LIST (QPL/QML) INTEGRATED CIRCUITS, HYBRID MICROCIRCUITS, AND SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES – DLA MARITIME (NOV 2011)

(a) This clause is applicable to all contracts for QPL or QML integrated circuits or hybrid microcircuits devices procured in accordance with MIL-M-38510, MIL-PRF-38534 or MIL-PRF-38535, and semiconductor devices procured in accordance with MIL-PRF-19500. This clause applies regardless of the point of inspection designated in the award. This clause applies not only to contracts with suppliers (e.g., dealers or distributors) not listed as approved manufacturers on the applicable QPL/QML, but also to contracts awarded directly to a manufacturer listed on the applicable QPL/QML.

(b) The items supplied must be in strict conformance to the requirements set forth and/or referenced in the item description, including applicable revisions and slash sheets. To ensure this conformance, the Contractor must provide a certificate of conformance and traceability (CoC/T), as required by the applicable military specification. This CoC/T must include the information and documentation required by the applicable military specification. This documentation must reference the contract number and include a certification signed by the approved QPL/QML manufacturer. In addition, if the material is not procured directly from the approved manufacturer, all additional documentation required by the specification must be provided to establish traceability from the QPL/QML manufacturer through delivery to the Government. The CoC/T is required to determine acceptability of the supplies. If the CoC/T is not provided, is incomplete, or is otherwise unacceptable, the supplies will be determined not to meet contract requirements and will be rejected.

(c) If the contract requires inspection and acceptance at origin, the Contractor shall furnish the original and two copies of the CoC/T to the Government quality assurance representative (QAR) with the items offered for acceptance. The CoC/T must clearly reference the applicable contract number. Upon acceptance, the QAR shall sign all copies indicating approval of the certification and acceptance of the supplies. The Contractor shall submit one signed copy to DLA Land and Maritime FMTA. The second copy shall be retained by the QAR. The original shall be maintained by the Contractor.

(d) If the contract requires inspection and acceptance at destination, the Contractor shall mail one copy of the CoC/T to DLA Land and Maritime FMTA upon shipment/delivery. The CoC/T must clearly reference the applicable contract number.

(End of Clause)

52.246-9043 Higher-Level Contract Quality Requirement (Non-Manufacturers).

As prescribed in 46.311, insert the following clause:

HIGHER-LEVEL CONTRACT QUALITY REQUIREMENT (NON-MANUFACTURERS)

(NOV 2011)

If a higher-level contract quality requirement applies to this contract and the Contractor is not the actual manufacturer of the item(s) to be furnished, the Contractor represents that it shall:

(a) Furnish items under this contract that were produced at a manufacturing facility conforming to the higher-level contract quality requirement specified in FAR 52.246-11; or

(b) Maintain and provide objective evidence that items furnished under this contract were produced at a manufacturing facility conforming to the specified higher-level contract quality requirement and that the material meets contract requirements. At a minimum, evidence shall be sufficient to establish the identity of the product and its manufacturing source; and

(c) Maintain documentation of its quality assurance program; receiving/verification process; records management system; procurement system; inventory control system; testing results; and any other records identified in this contract.

(End of Clause)

52.246-9044 Sanitary Conditions.

As prescribed in 46.311-90, insert the following clause:

SANITARY CONDITIONS (APR 2014 )

(a) Food establishments.

(1) All establishments and distributors furnishing subsistence items under DLA Troop Support contracts are subject to sanitation approval and surveillance as deemed appropriate by the Military Medical Service or by other Federal agencies recognized by the Military Medical Service. The Government does not intend to make any award for, nor accept, any subsistence products manufactured, processed, or stored in a facility which fails to maintain acceptable levels of food safety and food defense, is operating under such unsanitary conditions as may lead to product contamination or adulteration constituting a health hazard, or which has not been listed in an appropriate Government directory as a sanitarily approved establishment when required. Accordingly, the supplier agrees that, except as indicated in paragraphs (2) and (3) below, products furnished as a result of this contract will originate only in establishments listed in the U.S. Army Public Health Command (USAPHC ) Circular 40-1, Worldwide Directory of Sanitarily Approved Food Establishments for Armed Forces Procurement, (Worldwide Directory) (available at: http://phc.amedd.army.mil/topics/foodwater/ca/Pages/DoDApprovedFoodSources.aspx ). Compliance with the current edition of DoD Military Standard 3006A, Sanitation Requirements for Food Establishments, is mandatory for listing of establishments in the Worldwide Directory. Suppliers also agree to inform the Contracting Officer immediately upon notification that a facility is no longer sanitarily approved and/or removed from the Worldwide Directory and/or other Federal agency’s listing, as indicated in paragraph (2) below. Suppliers also agree to inform the Contracting Officer when sanitary approval is regained and listing is reinstated.

(2) Establishments furnishing the products listed below and appearing in the publications indicated need not be listed in the worldwide directory. Additional guidance on specific listing requirements for products/plants included in or exempt from listing is provided in Appendix A of the worldwide directory.

(i) Meat and meat products and poultry and poultry products may be supplied from establishments which are currently listed in the “Meat, Poultry and Egg Inspection Directory,] published by the United States Department of Agriculture, Food Safety and Inspection Service (USDA, FSIS), at http://www/fsis/usda/gov/wps/portal/fsis/topics/inspection/mpi-directory . The item, to be acceptable, shall, on delivery, bear on the product, its wrappers or shipping container, as applicable, the USDA shield and applicable establishment number. USDA listed establishments processing products not subject to the Federal Meat and Poultry Products Inspection Acts must be listed in the W]orldwide Directory for those items.

(ii) Intrastate commerce of meat and meat products and poultry and poultry products for direct delivery to military installations within the same state (intrastate) may be supplied when the items are processed in establishments under state inspection programs certified by the USDA as being “at least equal to” the Federal Meat and Poultry Products Inspection Acts. The item, to be acceptable, shall, on delivery, bear on the product, its wrappers or shipping container, as applicable, the official inspection legend or label of the inspection agency and applicable establishment number.

(iii) Shell eggs may be supplied from establishments listed in the “List of Plants Operating under USDA Poultry and Egg Grading Programs” published by the USDA, Agriculture Marketing Service (AMS) at http://www.ams.usda.gov/poultry/grading.htm.

(iv) Egg products (liquid, dehydrated, frozen) may be supplied from establishments listed in the “Meat, Poultry and Egg Product Inspection Directory” published by the USDA FSIS at http://apps.ams.usda.gov/plantbook/Query_Pages/PlantBook_Query.asp . All products, to be acceptable, shall, on delivery, bear on the product, its wrappers or shipping container, as applicable, the official inspection legend or label of the inspection agency and applicable establishment number.

(v) Fish, fishery products, seafood, and seafood products may be supplied from establishments listed under “U.S. Establishments Approved For Sanitation And For Producing USDC Inspected Fishery Products” in the “USDC Participants List for Firms, Facilities, and Products”, published electronically by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Fisheries (USDC, NOAA) (available at: seafood.nmfs.noaa.gov). All products, to be acceptable, shall, on delivery, bear on the product, its wrappers or shipping container, as applicable, the full name and address of the producing facility.

(vi) Pasteurized milk and milk products may be supplied from plants having a pasteurization plant compliance rating of 90 percent or higher, as certified by a state milk sanitation officer and listed in “Sanitation Compliance and Enforcement Ratings of Interstate Milk Shippers” (IMS), published by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Food and Drug Administration (USDHHS, FDA) at http://www.fda.gov/Food/GuidanceRegulation/FederalStateFoodPrograms/ucm2007965.htm. These plants may serve as sources of pasteurized milk and milk products as defined in Section I of the “Grade ‘A’ Pasteurized Milk Ordinance” (PMO) published by the USDHHS, FDA at http://www.fda.gov/Food/GuidanceRegulation/GuidanceDocumentsRegulatoryInformation/Milk/default.htm.

(vii) Manufactured or processed dairy products only from plants listed in Section I of the “Dairy Plants Surveyed and Approved for USDA Grading Service”, published electronically by Dairy Grading Branch, AMS, USDA (available at: http://www.ams.usda.gov/AMSv1.0/getfile?dDocName=STELPRD3651022 ) may serve as sources of manufactured or processed dairy products as listed by the specific USDA product/operation code. Plants producing products not specifically listed by USDA product/operation code must be Worldwide Directory listed (e.g., plant is coded to produce cubed cheddar but not shredded cheddar; or, plant is coded for cubed cheddar but not cubed mozzarella). Plants listed in Section II and denoted as “P” codes (packaging and processing) must be Worldwide Directory listed.

(viii) Oysters, clams and mussels from plants listed in the “Interstate Certified Shellfish Shippers Lists” (ICSSL), published by the USDHHS, FDA at http://www.fda.gov/food/guidanceregulation/federalstatefoodprograms/ucm2006753.htm.

(3) Establishments exempt from Worldwide Directory listing. Refer to AR 40-657/NAVSUPINST 4355.4H/MCO P1010.31H, Veterinary/Medical Food Safety, Quality Assurance, and Laboratory Service, for a list of establishment types that may be exempt from Worldwide Directory listing. (AR 40-657 is available from National Technical Information Service, 5301 Shawnee Road, Alexandria, VA 22312 ; 1-888-584-8332 ; or download from web site: http://www.apd.army.mil/pdffiles/r40_657.pdf ) For the most current listing of exempt plants/products, see the Worldwide Directory (available at: http://phc.amedd.army.mil/topics/foodwater/ca/Pages/DoDApprovedFoodSources.aspx).

(4) Subsistence items other than those exempt from listing in the Worldwide Directory, bearing labels reading “Distributed By”, “Manufactured For”, etc., are not acceptable unless the source of manufacturing/processing is indicated on the label or on accompanying shipment documentation.

(5) When the Military Medical Service or other Federal agency acceptable to the Military Medical Service determines the levels of food safety and food defense of the establishment or its products have or may lead to product contamination or adulteration, the Contracting Officer will suspend the work until such conditions are remedied to the satisfaction of the appropriate inspection agency. Suspension of the work shall not extend the life of the contract, nor shall it be considered sufficient cause for the Contractor to request an extension of any delivery date. In the event the Contractor fails to correct such objectionable conditions within the time specified by the Contracting Officer, the Government shall have the right to terminate the contract in accordance with the “Default” clause of the contract.

(b) Delivery conveyances.

The supplies delivered under this contract shall be transported in delivery conveyances maintained to prevent tampering with and /or adulteration or contamination of the supplies, and if applicable, equipped to maintain a prescribed temperature. The delivery conveyances shall be subject to inspection by the government at all reasonable times and places. When the sanitary conditions of the delivery conveyance have led, or may lead to product contamination, adulteration, constitute a health hazard, or the delivery conveyance is not equipped to maintain prescribed temperatures, or the transport results in product ‘unfit for intended purpose’, supplies tendered for acceptance may be rejected without further inspection.

(End of Clause)

52.246-9045 Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act-Wholesale Meat Act.

As prescribed in 46.311-91, insert the following clause:

FEDERAL FOOD, DRUG AND COSMETIC ACT-WHOLESALE MEAT ACT (AUG 2008)

(a) The Contractor warrants that the supplies delivered under this contract comply with the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and the Wholesome Meat Act and regulations promulgated there under. This warranty will apply regardless of whether or not the supplies have been:

(1) Shipped in interstate commerce,

(2) Seized under either Act or inspected by the Food and Drug Administration or Department of Agriculture.

(3) Inspected, accepted, paid for or consumed, or any or all of these, provided however, that the supplies are not required to comply with requirements of said Acts and regulations promulgated there under when a specific paragraph of the applicable specification directs otherwise and the supplies are being contracted for military rations, not for resale.

(b) The Government shall have six months from the date of delivery of the supplies to the government within which to discover a breach of this warranty. Notwithstanding the time at which such breach is discovered, the Government reserves the right to give notice of breach of this warranty at any time within this six-month period or within 30 days after expiration of such period, and any such notice shall preserve the rights and remedies provided herein.

(c) Within a reasonable time after notice to the Contractor of breach of this warranty, the Government may, at its election:

(1) Retain all or part of the supplies and recover from the Contractor, or deduct from the contract price, a sum the Government determines to be equitable under the circumstances;

(2) Return or offer to return all or part of the supplies to the Contractor in place and recover the contract price and transportation, handling, inspection and storage costs expended therefore; provided, that if the supplies are seized under either Act or regulations promulgated there under, such seizure, at Government option, shall be deemed a return of supplies within the meaning of this clause and thereby allow the government to pursue the remedy provided herein. Failure to agree to any deduction or recovery provided herein shall be a dispute within the meaning of the clause of this contract entitled “Disputes”.

(d) The rights and remedies provided by this clause shall not be exclusive and are in addition to other rights and remedies provided by law or under this contract, nor shall pursuit of a remedy herein or by law either jointly, severally or alternatively, whether simultaneously or at different times, constitute an election of remedies.

(End of Clause)

52.246-9046 Phytosanitary Certificates for Export Shipments of Produce.

As prescribed in 46.311-92, insert the following clause:

PHYTOSANITARY CERTIFICATES FOR EXPORT SHIPMENTS OF PRODUCE (NOV 2011)

(a) A federal phytosanitary certificate is required for produce shipped to, and received in, a foreign country. The Contractor is responsible for arranging and paying for required inspections, and obtaining and properly distributing appropriate certificates. Foreign governments will only accept a true copy of a certificate, i.e., a copy containing the original signature of the inspector. Certificates containing photostatic or facsimile copy signatures are not acceptable. The Contracting Officer will specify any additional requirements relating to the authenticity and acceptability of the phytosanitary certificates at time of order placement.

(b) Phytosanitary certificates will be distributed as follows:

(1) A true copy of the certificate (with an original signature) will be placed in a waterproof document protector and affixed by waterproof tape to a product container inside the shipping van. The certificate will be immediately visible upon opening the door of the shipping van.

(2) A second true copy (with original signature) will be placed in a waterproof document protector and affixed by waterproof tape to the door-latching mechanism on the outside of the shipping van.

(3) A third true copy (with original signature) will be express mailed to the overseas facility receiving the produce on behalf of the government. These addresses may vary, and will be specified at time of order placement.

(4) An information copy of the certificate (inspector’s signature may be a photostatic reproduction) will be mailed, or transmitted by facsimile to:

DLA Troop Support

Attention: HP

700 Robbins Avenue

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19111-5092

Fax Number: 215-737-4502

(c) The Contractor is liable for all losses incurred by the Government resulting from the Contractor’s failure to comply with the requirements of this clause.

(End of Clause)

52.246-9047 Entry into Plant by Government Employees for Meal, Ready-to-Eat (MRE) and Tray Pack Items.

As prescribed in 46.311-93, insert the following clause:

ENTRY INTO PLANT BY GOVERNMENT EMPLOYEES FOR MEAL, READY-TO-EAT (MRE) AND TRAY PACK ITEMS (AUG 2008)

The Contracting Officer or any Government personnel designated by the contracting office shall be permitted entry into Contractor’s and subcontractor’s plants during performance of manufacturing and assembly operations. Except for inspection service, the Contracting Officer shall give prior notice of the purpose of the meetings, and shall furnish dates of the visit.

(End of Clause)

52.246-9049 Storage of Semiperishable Components for Meal, Ready-to-eat (MRE) and Tray Pack.

As prescribed in 46.311-94, insert the following clause:

STORAGE OF SEMIPERISHABLE COMPONENTS FOR MEAL, READY-TO-EAT (MRE) AND TRAY PACK (AUG 2008)

(a) Components will be stored in such a manner as to protect them from damage due to temperature or humidity changes. Forced ventilation will be provided where it becomes necessary to protect stored components from high temperature or humidity. Candy components (excluding Type V, Class 1, high unfilled candies) and vacuum packaged cookies and brownies shall be stored in the following manner prior to assembly:

(1) If held in storage more than one but less than four months prior to assembly, they shall not be stored at a temperature higher than 60 degrees F.

(2) If held in storage five to six months prior to assembly, they shall not be stored at a temperature higher than 55 degrees F.

(3) If held in storage greater than six months prior to assembly, special temperature requirements will be established on a case-by-case basis; the Contractor will contact the Contracting Officer 60 days in advance to establish these requirements.

(4) If removed from storage in a frozen condition, they shall not be exposed to high temperatures and/or humidity without first being held for approximately 24 hours at approximately 70 degrees F. and 55% humidity.

(5) Contractor shall comply with provisions of the integrated pest management (IPM) programs requirements for operation rations. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the proper care and storage of GFM. DLA Troop Support may be contacted for assistance concerning individual component storage problems or concerns regarding proper method.

(6) Notwithstanding other requirements concerning stacking of pallets of GFM, pallets will be stacked one high unless the Contractor determines the cases will withstand higher stacking without damaging GFM.

(End of Clause)

52.246-9051 Repackaging of Hazardous Material.

As prescribed in 46.407-97, insert the following clause:

REPACKAGING OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL (SEP 2008)

(a) Supplies to be delivered under this contract are considered hazardous as defined by FED-STD-313 (latest revision) or by the Government's technical representative. Accordingly, notwithstanding inspection at origin, the Inspection of Supplies Clause, or any other provision of this contract, the Government shall have the option to accept at destination supplies damaged in transit and/or nonconforming to the packaging, packing and marking (PP&M) requirements, and by contract or otherwise and without advance notification to the Contractor:

(1) Correct such damage and/or nonconformity; and

(2) Remove hazardous material spills and/or leakage resulting from damage in transit and/or nonconforming PP&M. The Contractor shall be liable for all costs related to such correction and removal.

(b) If this is a purchase order and the vendor furnishes supplies that are not in conformance with the PP&M requirements specified, such action shall not be deemed a counter offer but shall be deemed an acceptance by the vendor of the terms of the Government's offer as set forth in this purchase order.

(c) The rights and remedies provided in this clause are in addition to and do not limit any rights afforded to the Government by any other clause of this contract/purchase order.

(End of Clause)

52.246-9061 Warranty of Industrial Plant Equipment (IPE) – Federal Supply Group (FSG) 34.

As prescribed in 46.710-90(d), insert the following clause:

WARRANTY OF INDUSTRIAL PLANT EQUIPMENT (IPE) –

FEDERAL SUPPLY GROUP (FSG) 34 (SEP 2008)

(a) Definitions: "Acceptance," as used in this clause, means the act of an authorized representative of the Government by which the Government assumes for itself, or as an agent of another, ownership of existing and identified supplies, or approves specific services rendered, as partial or complete performance of the contract. "Supplies," as used in this clause, means the end items furnished by the Contractor and related services required under this contract. The word does not include "data."

(b) Contractor's obligations.

(1) The Contractor warrants that for one (1) year all supplies furnished under this contract will be free from defects in material and workmanship and will conform with all requirements of this contract. Warranty period begins from the date of acceptance.

(2) Any supplies or parts thereof corrected or furnished in replacement by the Contractor shall be subject to the conditions of this clause to the same extent as supplies initially delivered. This warranty shall be equal in duration to that set forth in paragraph (b)(1) of this clause and shall run from the date of delivery of the corrected or replaced supplies.

(3) When the machine is inoperable because of a defect, deficiency and/or nonconformance subject to the Contractor's warranty, and after the Contractor has received written notice of the defect, deficiency or nonconformance, the warranty shall be extended for the time period during which the machine was inoperable (i.e., length of time from when Contractor receives notification until machine is operable.)

(4) The Contractor shall not be obligated to correct or replace supplies if the facilities, tooling, drawings, or other equipment or supplies necessary to accomplish the correction or replacement have been made unavailable to the Contractor by action of the Government. In the event that correction or replacement has been directed, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer, in writing, of the non-availability.

(5) The Contractor shall also prepare and furnish to the Government data and reports applicable to any correction required (including revision and updating of all affected data called for under this contract) at no increase in the contract price.

(6) When supplies are returned to the Contractor, the Contractor shall bear the transportation costs from the place of delivery specified in the contract (irrespective of the free on board (f.o.b.) point or the point of acceptance) to the Contractor's plant and return. When defective items are returned to the Contractor from other than the place of delivery specified in the contract, or when the Government exercises alternate remedies, the Contractor's liability for transportation charges incurred shall not exceed an amount equal to the cost of transportation by the usual commercial method of shipment between the place of delivery specified in the contract and the Contractor's plant and subsequent return.

(7) The warranties expressed herein are in lieu of any implied warranties of merchantability and “fitness for a particular purpose”.

(c) Remedies available to the Government.

(1) In the event of a breach of the Contractor's warranty in paragraph (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this clause, the Government may, at no increase in contract price-

(i) Require the Contractor, at the place of delivery specified in the contract (irrespective of the f.o.b. point or point of acceptance) or at the Contractor's plant, to repair or replace, at the Contractor's election, defective or nonconforming supplies, or

(ii) Require the Contractor to furnish at the Contractor's plant the materials or parts and installation instructions required to successfully accomplish the correction.

(iii) Where it is impracticable for the Government to pursue remedies at (i) and (ii), the Government may arrange for the repair or replacement of defective or nonconforming supplies by the Government or by another source at the Contractor's expense. Where the Government is to accomplish the repair, the Contractor at the Government's option will furnish the material or parts and the instruction required to successfully accomplish the repair.

(2) If the Contracting Officer does not require correction or replacement of defective or nonconforming supplies or the Contractor is not obligated to correct or replace under paragraph (b)(4) of this clause, the Government shall be entitled to an equitable reduction in the contract price.

(3) The Contracting Officer shall notify the Contractor in writing of any breach of the warranty in paragraph (b) of this clause within a reasonable period, but not later than 45 days after discovery of the defect. The Contractor shall submit to the Contracting Officer a written recommendation within 2 working days as to the corrective action required to remedy the breach. After the notice of breach, but not later than 5 days after receipt of the Contractor's recommendation for corrective action, the Contracting Officer may, in writing, direct correction or replacements in paragraph (c)(1) of this clause, and the Contractor shall, notwithstanding any disagreement regarding the existence of a breach of warranty, comply with this direction within 5 days of receipt. If it is later determined that the Contractor did not breach the warranty in paragraph (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this clause, the contract price will be equitably adjusted.

(4) If supplies are corrected or replaced, the period for notification of a breach of the Contractor's warranty in paragraph (c)(3) of this clause shall be 45 days from the discovery of the defect.

(5) The rights and remedies of the Government provided in this clause are in addition to and do not limit any rights afforded to the Government by any other clause of the contract.

(6) The Contractor shall be liable for the reasonable costs of disassembly and/or reassembly of larger items when it is necessary to remove the supplies to be inspected and/or returned for correction or replacement.

Note: FAR clause 52.246-18 is applicable only if item(s) are placed in use within the land area of the united states contiguous to the 48 states.

(End of Clause)

52.246-9062 Repackaging to Correct Packaging Deficiencies.

As prescribed in 46.407-98, insert the following clause:

REPACKAGING TO CORRECT PACKAGING DEFICIENCIES (SEP 2008)

(a) Notwithstanding inspection and acceptance by the Government of supplies furnished under this contract, or any condition of this contract concerning the conclusiveness thereof, the Contractor guarantees that the preservation, packaging, packing and marking (PPP&M), and the preparation of, and method of shipment of such supplies will conform with the requirements of this contract.

(b) The Government may at the option of the Contracting Officer, correct PPP&M deficiencies, without prior Contractor notification, and require an equitable adjustment in the contract price to cover labor and material when the actual corrective costs are less than $300.

(c) If the Contractor furnishes supplies under a simplified acquisition that are not in conformance with the PPP&M requirements of the award, such action shall not be deemed a counter offer but shall be deemed an acceptance by the vendor of the terms of the Government's offer as set forth in the purchase order.

(End of Clause)

52.246-9063 Warranty of Supplies, Extended (66 Months).

As prescribed in 46.710-90(e), insert the following clause:

WARRANTY OF SUPPLIES, EXTENDED (66 MONTHS) (NOV 2011)

(a) Warranty.

(1) Notwithstanding inspection and acceptance by the Government of any end item furnished under this contract, or any term or condition of this contract concerning the conclusiveness thereof, the Contractor warrants that at the time of acceptance of each end item and continuing for a period of 66 months after each such acceptance:

(i) Each end item delivered under this contract will be free from defects in material and workmanship and will conform with all of the requirements of this contract; and

(ii) The preservation, packaging, packing and marking, and the preparation for, and method of, shipment of all end items will conform with the requirements of this contract.

(2) The warranties expressed herein are in lieu of any implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose.

(b) Notification.

(1) The Government will be entitled to receive a refund of all or part of the contract price as provided in paragraph (c) for a breach of warranty for an end which is detected within 66 months after acceptance of the end item, provided that an authorized Government official notifies the Contractor of the breach. The period for giving notice shall end 90 days after the expiration of the warranty for each end item. In addition to notifying the Contractor of a breach of warranty, the Government shall return to the Contractor each item for which such notice is given. The Government may return the item either before or after notifying the Contractor of the breach.

(2) The notification shall set forth the date on which the breach of warranty on an end item was detected.

(c) Remedy.

(1) With respect to each end item in which a breach of warranty is detected within 12 months after its acceptance, the Contractor shall refund the full contract price.

(2) With respect to each end item in which a breach of warranty is detected more than 12 months but less than 66 months after its acceptance, the Contractor will refund a portion of the contract equal to the unit price less 1/54th of such unit price for each month beyond 12 months that have passed from the date of acceptance of that end item until the date of detection of the breach of warranty on that end item.

(3) For any refund owed under this clause the Contractor shall send a check, payable to the accounting and finance officer, to DLA Aviation or to another location if so designated by the Contracting Officer, within 30 days after receipt of a notification under paragraph (b) or within 30 days after receipt of the returned item, whichever occurs later. Each such check will be substituted with a statement identifying the Contractor, contract number, item name, national stock number, total amount of the check, and for each end item for which an amount is included:

(i) End item serial number;

(ii) Warranty expiration date;

(iii) Date notification of breach of warranty was received by the Contractor; and

(iv) The amount included in the check for such end item.

(d) Transportation costs. The Government will bear the cost of shipment of each end item returned to the Contractor's plant.

(e) Government rights. The rights and remedies of the Government provided in this clause are in addition to and do not limit any rights afforded to the Government by any other clause of this contract.

(f) Title. Title to a returned end item shall be deemed to be transferred to the Contractor upon receipt by the Government of the refund for that item.

(g) Conditions. With respect to each end item accepted by the Government under this contract, it shall be presumed that there has been a breach of warranty if at any time within 66 months after its acceptance such items fails to operate/perform as required, unless:

(1) The Government fails to return the end item to the Contractor; or

(2) The Contractor establishes that:

(i) The end item is not defective or nonconforming; or

(ii) The defect or nonconformity is attributable solely to improper or negligent installation, operation, handling, or maintenance of that end item by Government personnel; or

(iii) The defect or nonconformity is the result of damage in combat.

(h) Notification by the Contractor.

(1) The Contractor will notify the Contracting Officer within 7 days of the receipt of each end item returned to it by the Government. The notification will include the contract number, serial number, date of receipt, and name of activity returning the item. The Government may inspect any returned item at a time and location agreed on by the parties.

(2) The Contractor will notify the Contracting Officer within 30 days of its receipt of a notice of breach of warranty or the end item to which such notice applies, whichever occurs later, of any disagreement with the governments assertion of a breach of warranty. The Contractor may not thereafter assert in opposition to a claim of breach of warranty by the Government any fact about the condition of the end item that it knew of or could have known of by making a reasonable inspection of the end item within the above thirty day period.

(i) Definitions.

(1) "Acceptance," as used in this clause, means the act of an authorized representative of the Government by which the Government assumes for itself, or as an agent of another, ownership of existing supplies, or approves specific services as partial or complete performance of the contract.

(2) "An authorized Government official," as used in this clause, means the Contracting Officer or a person designated by the Contracting Officer (either by name or by position

(End of Clause)

52.246-9065 Protection from Degradation due to Electrostatic/Electromagnetic Forces.

Insert the following clause as prescribed at 46.401-90 (c):

PROTECTION FROM DEGRADATION DUE TO ELECTROSTATIC/ELECTROMAGNETIC FORCES (NOV 2011)

(a) This clause applies when the items being acquired are sensitive electronic devices. All items subject to degradation from electrostatic/electromagnetic (ES/EM) environmental field forces, including those having a military standard (MIL-STD) 2073-1 preservation method code of GX, shall be handled and packaged at an approved field force protective work station.

(b) If the preservation method code in the solicitation does not specify ES/EM protection and the Offeror’s proposed item of supply is subject to degradation from ES/EM environmental field forces, Offerors shall provide appropriate technical packaging data with their proposals.

(c) Failure to provide required packaging data for offered items of supply which are subject to degradation from ES/EM environmental field forces may result in the offer not being considered for award.

(End of Clause)

52.246-9066 Documentation of Traceability.

As prescribed in 46.490(c), insert the following clause:

DOCUMENTATION OF TRACEABILITY (JAN 2009)

(a) All items furnished under this contract shall be in full compliance with the item description. Items shall be new and unused; unless former Government surplus material was offered in response to the solicitation, and was evaluated and approved in accordance with 52.211-9000. Any offers of “Alternate Product” shall require evaluation in accordance with 52.217-9002.

(b) If the offeror is not identified as an approved source in the item description, the offeror shall submit traceability documentation to the Contracting Officer on or before the date that offers are due. The documentation may be mailed, faxed, or scanned and e-mailed. All traceability documentation shall be legible and unaltered. (If any documentation to be submitted by the Offeror is illegible or has been altered, the Offeror shall also submit written documentation from the approved source, or from the authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source, to verify the illegible or altered information. Documentation from the approved source, or from the authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source, shall include the following: the name and address of the approved source, or of the authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source; the date of the correspondence; and the name and phone number of the representative of the approved source, or authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source, who provided the information.) The Contracting Officer may also require or consider additional evidence prior to award to establish the identity of the item and its manufacturing source. Failure to provide any required documentation within the stated timeframe may result in rejection of the offer.

(c) Traceability documentation shall, at a minimum, include the following:

(1) If the offeror is an authorized dealer/distributor for an approved source for the specific item being procured by the Government, the following requirements apply:

(i) The offeror shall provide one of the following:

(A) A copy of its current dealer/distributorship agreement;

(B) A letter of authorization from the approved source; or

(C) A link to an official web site maintained by the approved source, which shall clearly identify the offeror as an authorized dealer/distributor.

(ii) By submission of documentation described in subparagraph (c)(1)(i) of this clause, the offeror represents that:

(A) The dealer/distributor relationship with the approved source applies to the specific item being procured by the Government; and

(B) If the offeror’s dealer/distributor status with the approved source changes, either before or after award, the offeror shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer. Failure to provide such notification may result in rejection of offer or cancellation of award.

(2) If the offeror is not an authorized dealer/distributor for an approved source for the specific item being procured by the Government:

(i) If the offered item is “not in stock/not currently owned by the offeror" or "not yet manufactured," the following requirements apply:

(A) The offeror shall furnish a verifiable quotation from the approved source, or from an authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source.

(B) The quotation shall include the following:

(1) The item part number or designation, which shall be provided in sufficient detail to document that the item being quoted is the same as the item being procured by the Government;

(2) The quantity, which shall be sufficient to satisfy the solicitation requirement;

(3) The unit price quoted by the approved source, or by the authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source;

(4) The date of the quotation; and

(5) The name and phone number of the representative of the approved source, or of the authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source.

(C) The quotation shall be on the letterhead of the approved source, or of an authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source; or an electronic quotation, which shall be clearly identifiable as coming to the offeror from the approved source, or from an authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source.

(D) If the item will be obtained from an authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source, the offeror shall provide the information described in subparagraph (c)(1)(i) of this clause to document the authorized dealer/distributor arrangement; and the terms in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of this clause shall apply.

(ii) If the offered item is “shipped” or “in stock/currently owned by the offeror,” the following requirements apply:

(A) The offeror shall furnish one of the following documents:

(1) The invoice received by the offeror from the approved source, or from an authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source; or

(2) The packing slip that accompanied the shipment to the offeror from the approved source, or from an authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source. The packing slip shall include a packing slip number. (If no packing slip number was provided, the offeror shall obtain written documentation from the approved source, or from the authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source, verifying the packing slip number. Such documentation shall include the name and address of the approved source, or of the authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source; the date of the correspondence; and the name and phone number of the representative of the approved source, or of the authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source, who provided the information.)

(B) The documentation furnished in accordance with subparagraph (c)(2)(ii)(A) of this clause shall include the following:

(1) Date;

(2) Name and address of the approved source, or of the authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source;

(3) Name and phone number of the representative of the approved source, or of the authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source;

(4) The item part number or designation, which shall be provided in sufficient detail to document that the item provided to the offeror is the same as the item being procured by the Government;

(5) Quantity, which shall be sufficient to satisfy the solicitation requirement;

(6) Unit price charged by the approved source, or by the authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source; and

(7) Offeror’s name and address.

(C) If the item was obtained from an authorized dealer/distributor, the offeror shall provide the information described in subparagraph (c)(1)(i) of this clause to document the authorized dealer/distributor arrangement; and the terms in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of this clause shall apply.

(3) If the items to be furnished are not obtained directly from an approved source, or from an authorized dealer/distributor of an approved source, the offeror shall provide documentation, as described in subparagraph (c)(2) of this clause, sufficient to establish the complete line of ownership or distribution from the approved source, or from an authorized dealer/distributor for the approved source, to the offeror.

(d) Notwithstanding any documentation provided by the offeror prior to contract award, the Government reserves the right to require additional documentation attesting to the authenticity of the material at any time before or after contract delivery.

(e) If the solicitation states that inspection and acceptance shall take place at destination, the Government reserves the right to change the place of Inspection and Acceptance to Origin and to incorporate 52.246-9004, Product Verification Testing, at time of award, with no increase in awarded unit price.

(End of Clause)

52.246-9085 Production Lot Testing (PLT) – Government.

As prescribed in 46.392(c)(2)(i), insert the following clause:

PRODUCTION LOT TESTING (PLT) – GOVERNMENT (JAN 2015)

(a) For the lots/items specified, the Contractor is required to provide [Contracting Officer shall insert number of samples identified in Material Master, Classification, Product Assurance tab, Services for Object] Production Lot Testing (PLT) samples, at no additional charge to the Government. The PLT samples shall conform to all technical requirements in the contract.

(b) The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Contracting Officer and the Government quality assurance representative (QAR) at least fourteen (14) calendar days, or as otherwise specified in the contract, prior to the date when the Contractor will present the first production lot to the cognizant Government QAR for selection of PLT samples. In addition, the QAR may also select the number of samples designated above from later production lots. If first article testing is applicable, production lot testing is to be completed during production but after first article approval. The QAR will select and inspect the PLT samples, and furnish the Contractor a statement that the PLT samples have been inspected and, if they appear acceptable, that they have been preliminarily determined to comply with the contract requirements, subject to further testing by the Government testing facility. If a PLT sample fails QAR preliminary inspection, the entire production lot quantity produced will be rejected. The QAR shall notify the Contracting Officer of rejection and proposed corrective action, if appropriate. Upon receipt of Defense Logistics Agency (DLA) concurrence, the Defense Contract Management Agency will issue a corrective action report (CAR) and have the Contractor resubmit a new production lot quantity. QAR inspection and preliminary approval of the samples is required before the Contractor is authorized to ship PLT samples to the Government testing facility, or to resubmit PLT samples after any disapproval by the Government testing facility.

(c) Following QAR inspection and preliminary approval, the Contractor shall ship the PLT samples to the Government testing facility. The Contractor shall prepare shipping containers for PLT samples to ship to [Contracting Officer shall insert name and address of testing facility as identified in Material Master, Classification, Product Assurance tab, Services for Object in accordance with the following]:

(1) Exterior marking and shipping documentation.

(i) Mark packages containing PLT samples in bold capital letter, below and to the left of the address, as follows: “Production lot samples -= do not post to stock: Contract number [Contractor insert] and lot/item number [Contractor insert].”

(ii) Use a paper copy of the Department of Defense (DD) Form 250/wide area work flow (WAWF) Receiving Report as a packing list on the exterior of the shipping container, in accordance with military standard (MIL-STD) 129, Revision P, 5.3, Exterior Container Documentation.

(2) Interior documentation requirements. Include the following with all shipments of PLT samples (electronic media preferred; format should be compatible with Government/industry software, e.g., Adobe PDF):

(i) The statement of inspection and DD Form 250/WAWF receiving report, signed by the QAR;

(ii) Copy of the contract/order;

(iii) Copies of test reports, showing actual results and tolerances specified in the technical data package;

(iv) Material and process certifications;

(v) Process operations and inspection method sheets;

(vi) Copies of drawings used to manufacture the PLT sample (the Contractor is responsible for properly marking technical data if it asserts proprietary or other rights to restrict from public disclosure and/or from Government use other than for evaluation, to the extent consistent with the Government’s data rights under this contract);

(vii) Documents required under a contract deliverables requirements list, if applicable;

(viii) A Prepaid shipping label or document with the information required to return PLT samples to the Contractor at no cost to the Government, as follows:

(A) Contractor’s complete “ship to” address;

(B) Name of Contractor’s point of contact/addressee;

(C) Phone number of Contractor’s point of contact; and

(D) Transportation cost codes (e.g., Contractor’s FED-EX, DHL, UPS shipping account numbers, etc.); and

(ix) Any other documentation required by the contract.

(3) Additional shipping instructions.

(i) Send all PLT samples by traceable means (e.g., certified or registered mail, United Parcel Service or Federal Express).

(ii) At the time PLT samples are shipped, provide copies of the signed DD Form 250/WAWF Receiving Report and the QAR Statement of Inspection (see subparagraph (c)(2)(i) above), transportation tracking information, and information required to return PLT samples to the Contractor (see (c)(2)(viii) above) to:

(A) The Contracting Officer; and

(B) The applicable FAT/Testing Monitor as identified below (or to the ACO, when no FAT/Testing Monitor is identified):

(1) DLA Land and Maritime at Columbus

Government test point of contact

Post office (P.O.) box 3990

Columbus, Ohio 43218-3990

(2) DLA Aviation at Richmond

Attention: Testing Program Manager

8000 Jefferson Davis Highway

Richmond, Virginia 23297

(3)(i) DLA Aviation (or DLA Land and Maritime) at Philadelphia

Attention: First Article/Testing Monitor

Building 3

700 Robbins Avenue

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19111; or

(ii) For acquisitions of clothing and textile (C&T) items; medical and subsistence items; and meal, ready-to-eat (MRE) and tray pack items, the Contracting Officer, who acts as FAT/testing monitor.

(4) Required delivery timeframes. The Contractor shall ensure delivery of PLT samples to the testing facility in sufficient time prior to the required delivery date for the production quantity to allow for the following:

(i) Transportation time from the Contractor to the testing facility;

(ii) A Contracting Officer shall insert number of days to test, as shown in material master, classification, product assurance tab calendar day period for the facility to conduct the testing after receipt of the PLT samples;

(iii) At least a [Contracting Officer insert number of days to review, as shown in Material Master, Classification, Product Assurance tab] calendar day period for internal review and forwarding of the testing facility results and recommendation of approval or disapproval to the Contractor.

(d) The Contractor is responsible for all transportation charges incurred in the submission and return of any PLT samples, and all costs of manufacturing and retesting additional PLT samples and production quantities; the Contractor shall reimburse the Government for the cost of retesting PLT samples.

(e) Upon completion of the PLT sample testing, the Government test facility will provide the test results to the FAT/Testing Monitor (or ACO) and to the Contracting Officer.

(1) If the PLT sample is disapproved, the Government shall advise the Contractor of the nonconformance, and whether the Contractor will be allowed to produce a new lot to tender for testing. Disapproval of the PLT sample is grounds for rejection of the entire production lot produced. The Contractor shall discard any failed production lot produced and produce a new production lot under the contract terms and conditions. The new lot shall be completed within the time specified by the Government.

(2) The Government reserves the right to require an equitable adjustment of the contract price in favor of the Government for any extension of the delivery schedule or for any additional costs to the Government related to these tests. When notified of disapproval, the Contractor shall respond within 15 calendar days and address the Contracting Officer’s disposition recommendation. Final disposition on conditionally approved or disapproved PLT samples is determined at the discretion of the Contracting Officer, and the samples may be destroyed without liability from the Government to the Contractor.

(f) The Contracting Officer and any Government personnel designated by the Contracting Officer shall be permitted entry into the Contractor’s plan to observe and consult during manufacturing operations.

(g) Approved PLT samples will be returned to the Contractor for delivery with the production quantity and will be paid for under the production quantity CLIN, unless samples were destroyed in testing.

(1) In the event samples were destroyed in testing, a modification will be issued to decrease the production CLIN quantity by the number of samples destroyed in testing.

(2) The quantity and cost of approved samples consumed in or otherwise rendered unusable by testing will bow added to the additive CLIN for the production lot test, and this will be used to reimburse the Contractor for those samples using the unit price for that production lot under the production CLIN. That is the sole purpose of the PLT Additive CLIN. The Government has no liability to the Contractor for disapproved PLT samples, whether intact or destroyed in testing.

(End of Clause)

52.246-9086 Production Lot Testing (PLT) – Contractor.

As prescribed in 46.392(c)(2)(ii), insert the following clause:

PRODUCTION LOT TESTING (PLT) – CONTRACTOR (JAN 2015)

(a) For the lots/items identified in this contract as requiring “production lot testing (PLT) Contractor (including test report),” the Contractor shall –

(1) Produce the production lot quantity. The Government Quality Assurance Representative (QAR) shall select [Contracting Officer shall insert number of samples identified in Material Master, Classification, Product Assurance tab, Services for Object] samples at random from the first production lots produced to determine conformance with technical requirements as stated and/or referenced in the solicitation. In addition, the QAR may also select the same number of samples from any successive lot. If First Article Testing is applicable, production lot testing is to be completed during production but after First Article approval. The QAR will select and inspect the PLT samples, and furnish the Contractor a statement that the PLT samples have been inspected and, if they appear acceptable, that they have been preliminarily determined to comply with the contract requirements, subject to further testing in accordance with this clause. If a PLT sample fails QAR preliminary inspection, the entire production lot quantity produced will be rejected. The QAR shall notify the Contracting Officer of rejection and propose corrective action, if appropriate. Upon receiving DLA concurrence, DCMA will issue a corrective action report (CAR) and have the Contractor resubmit a new production lot quantity. QAR inspection and preliminary approval of the samples is required before the Contractor is authorized to conduct testing pursuant to this clause.

(2) Provide all facilities, equipment and personnel required to perform the testing the PLT samples.

(3) Provide written notice to the Contracting Officer and the QAR of the time and location of the testing at least fourteen (14) calendar days, or as otherwise specified in the contract, prior to the production lot testing so the Government may witness the tests. Testing is to be witnessed by the cognizant QAR.

(4) Prepare and disseminate the PLT report as follows:

(i) Mark the test report, “Production Lot Test Report – Contract Number [Contractor insert] and Lot/Item Number [Contractor insert].”

(ii) Present the PLT report to the QAR for review. The QAR will include a report of the QAR’s conclusions and recommendations along with the Contractor test report. The Contractor shall forward two (2) copies of the PLT Report and QAR report to the Contracting Officer.

(iii) Include the following with all shipments of PLT Reports (electronic media preferred; format should be compatible with Government/industry software, e.g., Adobe PDF.):

(A) The statement of inspection and DD Form 250, signed by the QAR;

(B) Copy of the contract/order;

(C) Copies of test reports, showing actual results and tolerances specified in the technical data package;

(D) Material and process certifications;

(E) Process operations and inspection method sheets;

(F) Copies of drawings used to manufacture the PLT sample (properly marked by the Contractor if it desires to restrict from public (properly marked by Contractor if it desires to restrict from public disclosure and/or from Government use other than for evaluation, to the extent consistent with the Government’s data rights under this contract); and

(G) Documents required under a contract deliverables requirements list, if applicable.

(iv) Submit the PLT report and QAR report to the Government activity specified in the contract in sufficient time prior to the delivery date of the production quantity to allow for at least a [Contracting Officer shall insert number of days as shown in Material Master, Classification, Product Assurance tab, Services for Object] calendar day period for review of the PLT report, and for the Contracting Officer to provide written notification of approval/disapproval to the Contractor.

(5) Pay all costs incurred for transportation of PLT and QAR reports under this contract and all costs of manufacturing and retesting additional PLT samples and production quantities, without additional Government liability.

(b) The Contractor may either:

(1) Enter an offered price in the PLT CLIN for PLT and the preparation cost of the PLT report and, if applicable, the costs of any additional testing not normally required for production; or

(2) Not separately price that PLT and preparation of the PLT report and instead include costs relating to PLT and preparation of the PLT Report in its pricing for the production lot CLIN. If the Contractor does not submit a separate price for the PLT CLIN, the Government shall not be liable to the Contractor for any costs relating to PLT and preparation of the PLT report except to the extent these are included in the production lot CLIN price.

(c) The Contractor shall include the approved PLT samples with the shipment of the production articles of the same lot, and the Government will pay for the samples under the applicable production lot CLIN. The Government has no liability to the Contractor for disapproved PLT samples.

Alternate I (JUL 2011) As prescribed in 46.392(b)(2)(ii), insert the following paragraph (a) in addition to paragraphs (a)-(c) of the basic clause, and renumber paragraphs (a)-(c) of the basic clause as (b)-(d), respectively:

(a)(1) Notice to Contractor: The Defense Contract Management Agency (DCMA) Administrative Contracting Officer (ACO) is delegated (in accordance with FAR 42.202(c)) the authority to approve/disapprove the Production Lot Test (PLT) Report submitted in accordance with the requirements in this contract. Any reference to the Contracting Officer as it relates to submission of and approval/disapproval of the PLT Report shall be deemed to include the DCMA ACO.

(2) Notice to ACO: The DCMA ACO shall forward a copy of the PLT report and the DCMA ACO letter of approval/disapproval to the Contract Administrator (see “issued by” block on page 1 of the award document).

(End of Clause)

52.246-9093 Inspection Standards Wood Products.

As prescribed in 46.202-4-91, insert the following clause:

INSPECTION STANDARDS WOOD PRODUCTS (DEC 2011)

(a) Inspection and acceptance of softwood lumber:

(1) The inspection standards and all other provisions of the grading rules of the associations and bureaus cited in the purchase description shall govern the inspection and acceptance by the Government of softwood lumber offered for delivery unless otherwise stipulated in the contract.

(2) Each piece of softwood lumber offered for delivery under this contract shall have been inspected, graded and grade stamped with an official grade stamp and registered symbol of the applicable association or bureau or of an inspection agency approved by the board of review, American Lumber Standards Committee (ALSC), at the Contractor's expense, prior to Government inspection.

(3) An official certificate of inspection from an ALSC certified grading association, bureau, or testing agency may be provided at the Contractor's expense for each truck or rail car shipment when no official grade stamp exists or is unavailable for the lumber to be furnished or when it would be impractical to grade stamp any particular item. Authorization, written or oral, to provide a certificate of inspection in lieu of grade-stamping must be obtained from the Contracting Officer prior to shipment. A certificate issued by a mill is not acceptable. Note: Glued stock is not permitted unless otherwise specified in the contract.

(b) Inspection and acceptance of hardwood lumber:

(1) The inspection standards and provisions of the grading rules of one of the following associations shall govern the inspection of hardwood lumber (when specified in the contract):

(i) Maple flooring manufacturers association (MFMA)

(ii) National Hardwood Lumber Association (NHLA)

(iii) National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association (NOFMA)

(2) The following applies to dimensional hardwood lumber (other than flooring):

When the total quantity of hardwood lumber awarded is 8,000 BF or more, each piece of the NHLA grade of hardwood lumber, except number 3A and 3B commons, furnished under this contract shall be graded and hammer branded by an NHLA National Inspector prior to offering the material to the Government. The national inspector shall complete a certificate for each shipment certifying that the grade and tally of the lumber meet the contract requirements. Unless otherwise specified, the NHLA inspection will be made after kiln drying when kiln drying is required. The Contractor shall bear the cost of the certificate, including incidental expenses of the national inspector. When Government inspection is at origin, the Contractor shall request the NHLA Certificate in triplicate and shall furnish two copies to the Defense Contact Management Agency (DCMA) representative. The DCMA representative shall forward one copy to the consignee and shall retain the other copy in his files. When Government inspection is at destination, the NHLA certificate must be attached to the consignee's copy of the Department of Defense (DD) Form 250, Material Inspection and Receiving Report, or shipping document, mailed to the destination, and marked for the attention of the receiving officer. The certificate may be used by the Government as evidence that the material conforms to the grade requirements of the contract. If the total quantity of hardwood lumber awarded is less than 8,000 BF, the Contractor must furnish a certificate of conformance per Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.246-15.

(3) For shipments to overseas activities, material will be inspected and accepted at origin. When an NHLA certificate is not required, a certificate of conformance will be prepared by the Contractor certifying that the moisture content, end-coating and sizes, as well as grade and tally, meet the contract requirements.

(4) Unless otherwise specified in the contract, shipments of material to contiguous United States (CONUS) activities will be inspected and accepted at destination. Government inspection shall be for tally, moisture content, end coating, and sizes, as well as grade if an NHLA certificate is not required.

(5) When kiln dried lumber is furnished, lumber shall be measured after kiln drying and shall be quoted, invoiced, and delivered on the basis of net board footage, with no addition of footage for kiln drying shrinkage. Unless otherwise specified, the NHLA Standard Kiln Dried Rule applies.

(6) Oak wilt disease (oak and chestnut wood): If this solicitation/contract covers hardwood wood products which may consist of red or white oak or chestnut, the following applies:

(i) An embargo is in effect that prohibits the shipment of oak and chestnut wood to Belgium, Denmark, France, Italy, Great Britain, Ireland, Luxembourg, Netherlands, or Germany unless one of the following conditions is satisfied:

(A) The wood is bark free and square-edged so that none of the natural rounded surface tissues remain, or

(B) The wood is bark free and has a moisture content not exceeding 20 percent (%).

(ii) The Contractor is responsible for complying with the above requirements and for performing such inspections as may be necessary to assure compliance. In the event a shipment is frustrated due to noncompliance, the Contractor will be held responsible for the cost incurred to correct violation of this requirement, which will include the cost of sorting out defective material, its disposal, and the cost of replacing defective material with conforming material.

(iii) The rights hereby provided the Government shall not be affected by other provisions concerning the conclusiveness of inspection and acceptance and are in addition to and do not limit any rights of the Government under other provisions of the contract.

(c) Inspection and acceptance of plywood:

(1) Plywood furnished in accordance with Commercial Item Description (CID) A-A-55057 Panels, wood/wood based, and construction and decorative, current version, shall be inspected by the Contractor prior to Government inspection. Each construction or industrial plywood panel shall be graded or trademarked in accordance with United States (U.S.) Product Standard PS 1 and shall bear the stamp of one of the following qualified inspection agencies:

(i) American Plywood Association (APA)

(ii) Timber Engineering Company (TECO)

(iii) Pittsburgh Testing Laboratory (PTL)

(iv) Timber Products Inspection (TP)

(2) Hardwood and decorative plywood shall be in accordance with American National Standards Institute, Hardwood Plywood Manufacturers' Association, and American National Standard for Hardwood and Decorative Plywood, ANSI/HPMA HP-1984. All plywood represented as conforming to ANSI/HPMA HP-1984 shall be identified by the following method:

(i) Each panel shall be marked with the symbol ANSI/HPMA HP-1984 and include: the name or identification of the producer; the species and grade of the face veneer; the type of plywood; the symbol "CP" if container plywood; and the identity of the qualified inspection and testing agency, if applicable.

(d) Inspection and acceptance of treated material:

(1) Material to be treated must be inspected by the Government at the treating plant prior to treatment to determine that the grade, moisture, and other attributes of the purchase description are complied with. Notice of nonconformance by the Government inspector to the Contractor or its subcontractor at the location where inspection is performed shall constitute notice of rejection to the Contractor.

(2) The edition of AWPA Standard M3, Standard Quality Control Procedures for Wood Preserving Plants, in effect on date of contract shall be followed in the treatment of the supplies.

(3) After preservative treatment, the Contractor is responsible for the inspection and tests specified in the edition of Federal Specification TT-W 571 in effect on the date of the contract. In addition, the Contractor must have a qualified, independent, quality control agency accredited by the board of review of the American Lumber Standards Committee (ALSC) for service to treating plants and for the commodity specified in the order, take borings to determine the penetration and retention of the preservative, subject to the following exceptions:

(i) The requirement for an independent agency to take borings is waived if the treating plant is licensed to use the quality mark of such an agency, i.e., is licensed for the type of preservative and commodity specified in the contract.

(ii) For waterborne preservatives only, the Contractor is relieved of the responsibility for on-site assay testing.

(iii) For railroad ties, the independent quality control agency is not required to be accredited by ALSC. Such agency though, shall have demonstrated its competence to the satisfaction of the Government quality assurance representative (QAR).

(4) A copy of all test reports for the supplies tendered for final Government inspection and acceptance must be furnished to the Government QAR for inspection at the treating plant. These reports and compliance with pertinent AWPA standards will constitute acceptance evidence of quality control by treatment plants.

(5) When fire retardant treated material is required, a certificate of the test results in accordance with the edition of Military Specification MIL-L-19140 in effect on the date of this contract must be forwarded by the Contractor with each shipment and a copy furnished to the Contracting Officer.

(6) The Contractor is responsible for the performance of all inspection and testing requirements. Furthermore, the Contractor is required to maintain records thereof for a period of four years after final payment.

(7) Unless otherwise specified, inspection and acceptance of sawn stock, round stock, and plywood treated in accordance with Federal Specification TT-W 571 for CONUS orders of $1000 or less will be performed at destination.

(e) Inspection and acceptance of other material: (Applicable only when subparagraph (a), (b), (c) or (d) above do not apply.) The Contractor shall inspect and grade each piece of material offered for delivery prior to Government inspection. Tests set forth in the applicable specification will be performed by the Contractor at its expense. When inspection is at origin, copies of test records and data shall be furnished to the Government QAR and, when inspection is at destination, a copy of test data and records must be attached to the consignee's copy of the DD Form 250, Material Inspection and Receiving Report.

(f) Infestation: Material offered for Government inspection which contains live wood boring insects or marine borers, in any state of development at the time of inspection, will be rejected.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, all supplies, as provided by FAR 52.246-2, Inspection of Supplies Fixed Price, shall be subject to inspection and acceptance by the assigned government quality assurance representative or the activity designated in this contract.

(h) The presence of a grade stamp or certificate of inspection, as specified herein, may be accepted as objective evidence of inspection for grade characteristics.

(i) Determination of moisture content may be made in accordance with the provisions of the latest revision of ASTM standards D4442 and/or D4444 in lieu of other referenced documents.

(End of Clause)

52.246-9094 Level I Material Certification (DLA Maritime-Norfolk).

As prescribed in 46.504-90(a)(4), insert the following clause in full text:

LEVEL I MATERIAL CERTIFICATION (DLA MARITIME-NORFOLK) (JUN 2011)

(a) Due to the critical application of Level I Material in surface ships and submarines, maximum confidence of material integrity and quality is required. Contractors are required to maintain total and complete traceability for all materials used in Level I items (i.e., assemblies, components, parts designated as Level I). This traceability requires material certifications from the origin of the material (mill) which contain quantitative chemical and mechanical data. Where the mechanical properties of the material have been altered by heat treatment or metal working processes, the mill certification shall be accompanied by a certification, from the heat treatment or metal working facility, which contains quantitative results of the mechanical test performed to prove that the material supplied complies with the specification to which it was procured. The sole alternative permitted to the mill and heat treatment or metal working certifications is a testing laboratory’s quantitative test report, identifiable and traceable to the material it represents.

(b) Transcription of data from the original mill certification, heat treatment or metal working facility certification, and/or testing laboratory test report to a Contractor/supplier/vendor form is prohibited. Certifications provided to the Government will be originals or exact copies thereof and will include signatures, traceability numbers, all other requirements or DI-MISC-81020.

(c) The Contractor shall include the substance of this clause in all subcontracts and purchase orders to their suppliers of Level I material.

(End of Clause)

52.246-9095 Quality Assurance Provision for Approved Government Surplus Material.

As prescribed in 46.401-90(f), insert the following clause:

QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISION FOR APPROVED GOVERNMENT SURPLUS MATERIAL AND QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISION (NOV 2012)

(a) If award is for approved surplus material, one of the following quality assurance provisions (QAP) will be applicable.

(1) If origin inspection is cited for this award, surplus quality assurance provision (QAP) S01 and any supplemental requirements as specified in the award apply.

(2) If destination inspection is cited for this award, quality assurance provision (QAP) S02 and any supplemental requirements as specified in the award apply.

(b) The applicable quality assurance provision (QAP), if any, will be as cited in the purchase order text (POT) or the continuation page of the award. A copy of surplus quality assurance provision (QAP) S01 and quality assurance provision (QAP) S02 is available on the DLA Aviation acquisition reference list at http://www.aviation.dla.mil/userweb/dscrbat/qaps.htm.

(End of Clause)

52.247-9001 Port Handling and Ocean Costs in Bid Evaluation.

As prescribed in 47.305-3(91), insert the following provision:

PORT HANDLING AND OCEAN COSTS IN OFFER EVALUATION (APR 1985)

The above tentative port handling and ocean freight charges are set forth for the information of offerors. In evaluating offers received in response to this solicitation, the Government will utilize those charges which are on file as of the date of bid opening, or closing time specified for receipt of proposals, and effective for the date of expected initial shipment. A list of port handling and ocean freight charges actually used in evaluation, if substituted for any listed above, will be furnished interested offerors upon request.

(End of Provision)

52.247-9011 Vendor Shipment Module (VSM).

As prescribed in 47.305-8-90(c), insert the following clause:

VENDOR SHIPMENT MODULE (VSM) (NOV 2011)

(a) The Defense Logistics Agency (DLA) vendor shipment module (VSM), formerly known as the distribution planning and management system (DPMS), is a web-based distribution and transportation system available to DLA vendors for the purpose of obtaining current shipping addresses, two-dimensional bar coded shipping labels in accordance with military standard (MIL-STD) 129P, bills of lading, packing lists, and other shipping documentation. VSM replaces the need for the vendor to contact the DLA transportation office, prior to shipping, when directed in DLA contracts.

(Note: For contracts administered by the Defense Contract Management Agency (DCMA), the vendor must contact the DCMA transportation office in lieu of using VSM, unless otherwise stated in the contract.)

(b) Use of VSM is voluntary and is especially beneficial for DLA administered free on board (f.o.b.) origin contracts and for DLA administered contracts where ultimate destination is a location outside of the United States.

(c) Vendors using VSM must possess the following minimum information technology capability:

(1) Pentium personal computer or equivalent system sufficient to access the Internet.

(2) Compatible laser printer with two megabytes of memory.

(3) Internet Explorer 6.0 or higher.

(4) Adobe Acrobat 8.0 or higher

(5) Minimum 56 Kbps internet connection

(d) For more information about VSM or to register as a VSM user, contact the supply chain transportation office helpdesk at (800) 456-5507 or via email to delivery@dla.mil

(End of Clause)

52.247-9012 Requirements for Treatment of Wood Packaging Material (WPM).

As prescribed in 47.303-90(a), insert the following clause:

REQUIREMENTS FOR TREATMENT OF WOOD PACKAGING MATERIAL (WPM) (FEB 2007)

(a) This clause only applies when wood packaging material (WPM) will be used to make shipments under this contract and/or when WPM is being acquired under this contract.

(b) Definition.

Wood packaging material (WPM) means wood pallets, skids, load boards, pallet collars, wooden boxes, reels, dunnage, crates, frame and cleats. The definition excludes materials that have undergone a manufacturing process, such as corrugated fiberboard, plywood, particleboard, veneer, and oriented strand board (OSD).

(c) All wood packaging material (WPM) used to make shipments under Department of Defense (DOD) contracts and/or acquired by DOD must meet requirements of international standards for phytosanitary measures (ISPM) 15, “Guidelines for Regulating Wood Packaging Materials in International Trade.” DOD shipments inside and outside of the United States must meet ISPM 15 whenever WPM is used to ship DOD cargo.

(1) All WPM shall comply with the official quality control program for heat treatment (HT) or kiln dried heat treatment (KD HT) in accordance with American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated (ALSC) wood packaging material program and WPM enforcement regulations (see http://www.alsc.org/).

(2) All WPM shall include certification/quality markings in accordance with the ALSC standard. Markings shall be placed in an unobstructed area that will be readily visible to inspectors. Pallet markings shall be applied to the stringer or block on diagonally opposite sides of the pallet and be contrasting and clearly visible. All containers shall be marked on a side other than the top or bottom, contrasting and clearly visible. All dunnage used in configuring and/or securing the load shall also comply with ISPM 15 and be marked with an ALSC approved dunnage stamp.

(d) Failure to comply with the requirements of this restriction may result in refusal, destruction, or treatment of materials at the point of entry. The Agency reserves the right to recoup from the Contractor any remediation costs incurred by the Government."

(End of Clause)

52.247-9036 Shipping Instructions (Export).

As prescribed in 47.305-10-90(d), insert the following clause:

SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS (EXPORT) (NOV 2011)

Mail instructions (Army Post Office (APO) or Fleet Post Office (FPO) addresses):

Shipments within mail limitations will be routed to the address cited with each contract line-item (CLIN) in the following manner, based on the TP (Transportation Priority) reflected in the "mark for" data with each CLIN:

(a) U.S. mail is the only mode authorized for shipments to APO or FPO addresses.

(b) Commercial small parcel carrier, (e.g., UPS, RPS or Federal Express) and Commercial Motor Carriers are never an acceptable mode to any APO/FPO address. A small parcel carrier may not be used for any destination in Alaska, Hawaii or Puerto Rico unless the carrier guarantees delivery to that specific consignee.

(c) Parcel post shipments to an APO/FPO address must be addressed to the "Commander" or "Commanding Officer" if there is no title preceding the address. Shipments must be annotated under the return address as follows: "Contents for official use - exempt from customs requirements."

(d) For TP1, TP2, (IPD 01-08), 999, NMCS, regardless of distance from origin to the APO/FPO address, contact the cognizant transportation office prior to shipment. Shipments must be packaged for transportation by Military Air (MILAIR).

(e) For TP3 (IPD 09-15), use surface parcel post (fourth class).

(f) Contact the transportation officer prior to shipping via parcel post when a single CLIN consists of more than one package.

(g) The cost of parcel post insurance will not be paid by the Government.

Freight instructions (to air or water ports and CCPs):

(a) Contractor must comply with the requirements of Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 52.247-52, Clearance and Documentation Requirements - Shipments to DoD Air or Water Terminal Transshipment Points.

(b) Contact the Government Transportation Office for the Contract Administration Office: either Defense Contract Management Agency (DCMA) for DCMA administered awards or Defense Logistics Agency (DLA) Distribution for awards administered by the issuing office, see Block 7 of Department of Defense (DD) form 1155 (page 1 of an order) to obtain shipping instructions at least ten days prior to the FIRM date supplies will be available for release to the carrier.

(c) Shipments to container consolidation points (CCPs):

(1) Shipments directed to a CCP shown with each individual CLIN on Schedule Continuation Sheet(s) will be prepared and shipped in accordance with instructions provided within this contract for Preparation for Delivery.

(2) Contact the Transportation Officer for shipping instructions for the following CCP shipments:

(i) Cargo requiring refrigeration/temperature control.

(ii) Classified or sensitive items requiring signature control.

(iii) When dimensions of an item or package exceed 456 inches (38 feet) long by 89 inches wide by 88 inches high, or weight exceeds 10,000 pounds. Cargo cannot exceed any one of the dimensions or the weight.

(iv) When volume or weight constitutes a full SEAVAN load for each activity (DODAAD) code.

(v) Hazardous Material such as material which is flammable, corrosive, combustible, explosive, toxic, radioactive, unduly magnetic, or which contains oxidizing agents.

(vi) Type 1 shelf life items,

(vii) TP1 and 2 (IPD 01-08) with RDD of 999, 777, or 555.

Note 1: For shipments weighing less than 10,000 pounds which will not be tendered as a carload or truckload, the above data must be furnished only five (5) days prior to scheduled shipment date.

Note 2: Do not ship prior to furnishing required data.

Note 3: Invoices must specify clearly when shipment is made by air.

Advance notice of delivery:

Telephone notice of delivery must be given by the carrier to the consignee transportation officer (transport control/prelodge desk) at least 24 hours prior to delivery of freight shipments (other than small parcels) and bills of lading must be annotated to reflect this requirement.

Freight shipping addresses:

Mail address of the ultimate Consignee and "Mark For" information required as part of the address for parcel post or freight shipments, as applicable, are included with the data cited with each individual CLIN. When shipment is over parcel post limitations, the Contractor will comply with the paragraph above and ship in accordance with instructions furnished by the Transportation officer. Addresses of Aerial terminals will be furnished by the Transportation Officer as required. (Parcel post shipments will not be made to water or air terminals).

(End of Clause)

52.247-9037 Trans-Shipment of Material Through DLA Containerization and Consolidation Points (CCP).

As prescribed in 47.305-10-90(e), insert the following clause:

TRANS-SHIPMENT OF MATERIAL THROUGH DLA CONTAINERIZATION AND CONSOLIDATION POINTS (CCP) (NOV 2011)

(a) Shipping information overview:

(1) For awards not administered by Defense Contract Management Agency (DCMA), contact the DLA Distribution to schedule shipment and obtain export clearance and/or air clearance at:

DLA Distribution

Attention: Transportation Division

Email: delivery@dla.mil

Phone: 1-800-456-5507

Facsimile: 1-717-770-2709

(2) For DCMA administered awards:

(i) The Contractor must provide an electronic Department of Defense (DD) Form 1659 to the contract administration office (CAO) transportation officer. The electronic DD1659 can be secured by accessing the DCMA external web-based (EWAM) shipment instruction request (SIR) at http://www.dcma.mil or by accessing http://www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/infomgt/forms/eforms/dd1659.pdf or may be obtained from the responsible CAO.

(ii) The Contractor must contact the CAO transportation office to schedule shipment and coordinate export clearance.

(3) Approved distribution planning and management system (DPMS) Contractors may obtain shipping addresses/labels and clearances via the DPMS website.

(4) All shipments must be packaged in accordance with military standard (MIL STD) 2073 and marked in accordance with MIL STD 129. When authorized, commercial packaging/packing provisions must be in accordance with (ASTM D3951). Shipments of petroleum products, liquid substances, and materials, or any other product defined as hazardous shall be packaged in accordance with United Nations regulations which can be accessed at http://www.unece.org/trans/danger/publi/adr/adr2007/07ContentsE.html .

(b) Shipping documentation.

(1) All shipping documents (bills of lading or other delivery documents) shall be annotated in the description of articles space by the Contractor with:

(i) Transportation control number (TCN);

(ii) Required delivery date (RDD), project (if any), transportation priority (TP);

(iii) Ultimate consignee DODAAC and address (see "added marking for freight shipping").

(2) One copy of the contract shall be placed in a waterproof envelope and attached to the shipping container, or to the #1 shipment container (in a waterproof envelope), marked # 1 of the total number of containers, if a multi-piece shipment.

(c) Eligible shipments: CCP eligible shipments destined for an ultimate OCONUS destination will be shipped to the DLA CCP at San Joaquin, California (DDJC), or New Cumberland, Pennsylvania (DDSP) as directed by the transportation office (see paragraph (a) above).

Defense Distribution Depot San Joaquin, CA (DDJC) accepts:

Routine surface shipments, unless the material meets one of the exclusions listed in Paragraph (4) of this clause, for Army, Air Force, Navy and Marine Corps, and DLA activities located in Hawaii, Japan, Okinawa, Korea, Alaska, and throughout the Pacific.

Air Eligible shipments, unless the material meets one of the exclusions listed in Paragraph (d) of this clause, for Army activities located in Hawaii, Japan, Okinawa, Korea, Alaska, and throughout the Pacific.

Navy shore activities (not including CASREPS for “Mobile” units) throughout the Pacific and Hawaii.

DDJC – San Joaquin, California (Tracy site)

Phone: 209-839-4283

DSN: 462-4283

FAX: 209-982-3790

Receiving/delivery appointments

(209) 839-4307

Call 24 hours in advance to schedule an appointment.

Note: Shipments that have been determined to be Worldwide Express (WWX) eligible are not to be shipped to a CCP. It is the responsibility of the DCMA transportation office personnel to determine if a shipment is eligible for worldwide express (WWX).

Defense Distribution Depot Susquehanna, Pennsylvania (DDSP) accepts:

Routine surface shipments, unless the material meets one of the exclusions listed in Paragraph (d) of this clause, for Army, Air Force, and DLA activities located in northern and southern Europe, Africa, South America, and Central America.

Air eligible shipments, unless the material meets one of the exclusions listed in paragraph (d) of this clause, for Army and DLA activities throughout Northern and Southern Europe, Africa, South America, and Central America and Marine Corps shipments in the CENTCOM AOR.

DDSP – Susquehanna, Pennsylvania (New Cumberland site)

Commercial: 717-770-6393

DSN: 771-5381

FAX: 717-770-8660

Receiving/delivery appointments

1-800-307-8496

Call 24 hours in advance to schedule an appointment.

Note: Shipments that have been determined to be worldwide express (WWX) eligible are not to be shipped to the CCP. It is the responsibility of the DCMA transportation office personnel to determine if a shipment is eligible for worldwide express (WWX).

All high priority/air eligible material not listed above must be routed to the appropriate Air Mobility Command aerial terminal or other CONUS service designated activity as directed by the Transportation Office (see paragraph (1) above).

(d) Exclusions: Materiel not eligible for shipment to a DLA CCP because of exclusions listed below or where the shipment is consigned to an activity not supported by a DLA CCP shall be shipped directly to an appropriate aerial terminal, water port, or a CONUS service designated activity as directed by the Transportation Office (see paragraph (a) above).

(1) Excluded material:

(i) Any material listed in Defense Transportation Regulation (DTR) DOD 4500.9-R, Chapter 203, Tables 203-10 mandatory CCP exclusions), 203-11 (additional CCP exclusions for DDSP and DDJC) and 203-12 (additional mandatory CCP Exclusions for DDSP). The Defense Transportation Regulation (DTR) can be accessed at: http://www.transcom.mil/j5/pt/dtrpart2/dtr_part_ii_203.pdf .

Note: All shipments destined for CENTCOM AOR require application of radio frequency tags (RFID) for in-transit visibility of the material.

(ii) Foreign military sales (FMS)- FMS is shipped via special consolidation locations for the security assistance program (SAP) as listed in the military assistance program address directory (MAPAD) in accordance with the Delivery Term Code (DTC) requirements. Contact the DLA Distribution or DCMA transportation office (paragraph (1) above) for proper shipping instructions.

(End of Clause)

52.247-9054 Computation of Cube – Wood Products.

As prescribed in 47.303-90(i), insert the following provision:

COMPUTATION OF CUBE – WOOD PRODUCTS (NOV 2012)

(a) For the purpose of applying the rates specified in paragraph d of Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) provision 52.247-51, the total cubic feet for each contract line-item number (CLIN) will be computed as follows:

(1) Softwood lumber: The cube will be computed based on the minimum size specified by the issue of the American Softwood Lumber Standard PS20-70 in effect on the date of the solicitation for nominal size, degree of surfacing and moisture content specified for each CLIN. When a CLIN specification permits any stage of seasoning and offers are submitted based on furnishing dry lumber for specified CLINs the cube of such CLINs will be based on the minimum dry size for the stated nominal size and degree of surfacing.

(2) Hardwood lumber: The cube will be computed based on the minimum size specified by the National Hardwood Lumber Association rules in effect on the date of the solicitation for the nominal size, degree of surfacing and moisture content specified for each CLIN.

(3) Poles, piling and logs: The cube in board foot measure will be calculated using the brereton scale and the minimum butt and tip circumferences and the length specified for each CLIN. Measurement tons are computed using the conversion factor of 480 board foot measure equals one measurement ton or 40 cubic feet.

(4) Plywood: The cube will be computed based on plywood being packaged as required by Federal specification NN-P-530.

(5) Other wood products: The cube will be computed based on the dimensions specified for each CLIN.

(End of Provision)]

52.247-9058, First Destination Transportation (FDT) Program – Shipments Originating Outside the Contiguous United States (OCONUS).

As prescribed in 47.305-3(97), insert the following clause:

FIRST DESTINATION TRANSPORTATION (FDT) PROGRAM – SHIPMENTS ORIGINATING FROM OUTSIDE THE CONTIGUOUS UNITED STATES (OCONUS)

(JUL 2013)

(a) Contiguous United States (CONUS) is defined as being the 48 contiguous states and the District of Columbia.

(b) This acquisition is being conducted under the First Destination Transportation (FDT) Initiative. Delivery terms are f.o.b. origin. Inspection and acceptance by the Government will occur at destination unless otherwise specified in the solicitation.

(c) For offerors whose shipments will originate from outside CONUS (OCONUS), the Offeror’s f.o.b. origin price shall include transportation to a CONUS location that the Offeror selects based on cost-effectiveness or other variables at the Offeror’s discretion. This location shall be deemed the origin point for purposes of the f.o.b. origin terms and conditions of the solicitation/order/contract. The Offeror shall identify this CONUS location as the pick-up point in the Vendor Shipment Module (VSM) at https://vsm.distribution.dla.mil.

(End of Clause)

52.247-9059 F.o.b. Origin, Government Arranged Transportation

As prescribed in 47.305-3-98, insert the following clause in solicitations and contracts:

F.O.B. ORIGIN, GOVERNMENT ARRANGED TRANSPORTATION (OCT 2013)

(a) Definitions.

Government Arranged Transportation” means the Government is responsible for

transportation costs, providing the carrier, and scheduling the shipment pickup contingent upon correct Contractor notification in VSM.

(2) “Vendor Shipment Module (VSM),” formerly known as the Distribution Planning and Management System (DPMS), is a Defense Logistics Agency (DLA) web-based distribution and transportation system available to DLA contractors for the purpose of obtaining current shipping addresses, two-dimensional bar-coded shipping labels in accordance with Military Standard (MIL-STD) 129P, bills of lading, packing lists, and other shipping documentation. VSM replaces the need for the Contractor to contact the DLA transportation office prior to shipping, when directed in DLA contracts. Refer to 47.305-8-90 and clause 52.247-9011 for VSM policy.

(b) The Contractor shall–

(1) Notify the Government when ready to ship material. The Contractor shall use the Vendor Shipment Module (VSM) to notify the Government of the availability of items to ship. The Government can take up to two (2) full business days to schedule the shipment, and pick-up should occur within five(5) business days of the Contractor’s notification. The Contractor shall plan for sufficient time for scheduling the shipment and standard ground transportation for its material to arrive at the destination by the CDD.

(2) Address special accommodations—

(i) Order specified carrier equipment when requested by the Government; or

(ii) If not specified, order appropriate carrier equipment not in excess of capacity to accommodate shipment;

(3) Deliver the shipment in good order and condition to the carrier, and load, stow, trim, block, and/or brace carload or truckload shipment (when loaded by the Contractor) on or in the carrier’s conveyance as required by carrier rules and regulations.

(c) Responsibility for supplies—

(1) Contractor is responsible for any loss and/or damage to the goods:

(i) Occurring before delivery to the carrier;

(ii) Resulting from improper loading, stowing, trimming, blocking, and/or bracing of the shipment, if loaded by the Contractor on or in the carrier’s conveyance.

(2) Per FAR 52.246-16 – Responsibility for Supplies, title to the supplies under this contract shall pass to the Government upon formal acceptance, regardless of when or where the Government takes physical possession, unless the contract specifically provides for earlier passage of title. The Contractor shall not be liable for loss or damage to supplies caused by the negligence of officers, agents, or employees of the Government, including but not limited to the Government’s designated carrier, acting within the scope of their employment.

(3) Paragraph (c)(2) above shall not apply to supplies that so fail to conform to contract requirements as to give a right of rejection. The risk of loss of or damage remains with the Contractor for all non-conforming supplies received at the first-destination location until cure or acceptance. If instructed by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall replace, repair, or correct those supplies promptly at the Contractor’s expense, including but not limited to shipping costs to retrieve the non-conforming supplies and costs to ship conforming supplies.

(End of Clause)

52.249-9000 Administrative Costs of Reprocurement After Default.

As prescribed in 49.402-6(S-90), insert the following clause:

ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS OF REPROCUREMENT AFTER DEFAULT (MAY 1988)

If this contract is terminated in whole or in part for default pursuant to the clause included herein entitled "Default," and the supplies or services covered by the contract so terminated are repurchased by the Government, the Government will incur administrative costs in such repurchases. The Contractor and the Government expressly agree that, in addition to any excess costs of repurchase, as provided in paragraph (b) of the "Default" clause of the contract, or any other damages resulting from such default, the Contractor shall pay, and the Government shall accept, the sum of [insert administrative cost figure] as payment in full for the administrative costs of such repurchase. This assessment of damages for administrative costs shall apply for any termination for default following which the Government repurchases the terminated supplies or services, regardless of whether any other damages are incurred and/or assessed.

(End of Clause)

Previous PageTop Of PageTable Of ContentsNext Page